2004-2005 Undergraduate Catalog

Barry University reserves the right to make changes to this catalog without notice. Changes will be available online. www.barry.edu/ugcatalog

Barry University accepts all qualified candidates for admission without regard to race, sex, religion, creed, color, national or ethnic origin, age or physical handicap.

BRYUG_01.P65 1 3/25/04, 1:16 PM 2 BARRY UNIVERSITY

Inquiries, Applications and Credentials: BARRY UNIVERSITY Division of Enrollment Services 11300 N.E. Second Avenue Miami Shores, Florida 33161-6695

General University Number (305) 899-3000 Toll-Free General University Number (800) 756-6000 Web Address: http://www.barry.edu

Office of Admissions: (305) 899-3100 Toll Free: (800) 695-2279 Fax: (305) 899-2971 E-mail: [email protected]

Office of Financial Aid: (305) 899-3673 Toll Free: (800) 695-2279 Fax: (305) 899-3104 E-mail: [email protected]

SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION (ACE) Local: (305) 899-3300 • In-State Toll-Free: 1-800-945-2279 ACE Processing: (305) 899-3309 3 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2004-2005

*Please note that some schools may have another schedule i.e., ACE, GMS *Summer 2004 StART I Thursday-Saturday, July 8-10 StART II Tuesday-Thursday, July 12-14 *Fall 2004 Orientation New Faculty Monday, August 23 Assembly Tuesday, August 24 Registration Thursday-Friday, August 26-27 StART III Friday, August 27 New Student Orientation Friday-Sunday, August 27-29 New Student Investiture Saturday, August 28 Classes Begin Monday, August 30 Labor Day Monday, September 6 Fall Holiday Friday, October 15 Thanksgiving Holiday Thursday-Sunday, November 25-28 Classes End Friday, December 10 Final Exams Monday-Friday, December 13-17 Commencement Saturday, December 19 *Spring 2005 Registration Thursday-Friday, January 6-7 New Student Orientation Friday, January 7 Classes Begin Monday, January 10 Martin Luther King Holiday Monday, January 17 Spring Break Monday-Friday, March 7-11 Easter Holiday Thursday-Sunday, March 24-27 Classes End Friday, April 29 Final Exams Monday-Friday, May 2-6 Commencement Saturday, May 7 SUMMER SCHOOL 2005 *Summer I Classes Begin Monday, May 9 Classes End Friday, June 17 *Summer II Classes Begin Monday, June 20 Classes End Friday, July 29 School of Adult and Continuing Education Fall Term 2004 August 5 - December 10 Part A August 5 - October 6 Part B October 9 - December 10 Spring Term 2005 January 3 - May 6 Part A January 3 - March 5 Part B March 7 - May 6 4 BARRY UNIVERSITY TABLE OF CONTENTS Academic Calendar ...... 3 French, B.A...... 106 Accreditation ...... 6 French Minor ...... 107 Mission Statement ...... 7 Spanish, B.A...... 108 General Information ...... 8 Spanish Minor ...... 109 Admissions ...... 11 Certificate Program Translation/ International ...... 15 Interpretation ...... 109 Student Life, Division of Student Services ...... 18 Non-Degree Programs Dean of Students ...... 18 Africana Studies ...... 111 Career and Counseling Center ...... 18 American Sign Language...... 111 Commuter Student Affairs ...... 19 Film Studies ...... 111 Disability Services ...... 20 Humanities ...... 112 O’Laughlin Intercultural Center ...... 21 Journalism ...... 112 Orientation and First-Year Programs ...... 22 Department of Fine Arts...... 114 Residential Life ...... 23 Art, B.F.A., B.A...... 114 Student Health Services ...... 24 Painting and/or Drawing Specialization 115 Student Activities ...... 24 Ceramics Specialization ...... 115 Volunteer and Community Service Center ...... 26 Graphic Design Specialization ...... 115 Tuition, Fees, and Financial Aid ...... 30 Art Minor ...... 116 Academic Information ...... 39 Art History Minor ...... 116 Policies and Procedures ...... 53 Photography, B.F.A., B.A...... 118 Academic Resources ...... 58 Creative Photography Specialization ... 119 Learning Center...... 58 Digital Imaging Specialization ...... 119 CAL Program ...... 60 Photo/Communication Specialization .. 120 Transition in Language and Culture Program .. 61 Biomedical and Forensic Honors Program ...... 62 Photography Specicalization ...... 120 Study Abroad ...... 64 Photography Minor ...... 120 BEC Program ...... 62 Photography Certificate ...... 121 Division of Information Technology ...... 65 Music, B.M...... 123 David Brinkley Studio ...... 66 Music Performance ...... 123 Center for Excellence in Learning Musical Theatre...... 123 and Teaching ...... 65 Music Minor ...... 124 School of Adult and Continuing Education...... 69 Theatre, B.A...... 126 Bachelor of Professional Studies, B.P.S...... 70 Acting Specialization ...... 126 Bachelor of Liberal Studies, B.L.S...... 71 Technical Specialization ...... 126 Bachelor of Public Administration, B.P.A...... 72 Theatre Minor ...... 127 Health Services Administration, B.S...... 73 Dance Minor...... 128 Bachelor of Science in Information Department of History and Political Science . 130 Technology, B.S...... 74 History, B.A...... 130 Bachelor of Science in Legal Studies, B.S...... 75 International Studies, B.A...... 134 Bachelor of Science in Professional Political Science, B.S...... 132 Administration, B.S...... 77 Pre-Law, B.A...... 134 School of Arts and Sciences ...... 88 Social Science Minor ...... 135 General Studies, B.A...... 93 Peace Studies Minor ...... 135 Department of Communication ...... 94 Non-Degree Program Advertising, B.A...... 94 Geography ...... 135 International Advertising Specialization 95 Department of Mathematics and Advertising Minor...... 95 Computer Science ...... 137 Broadcast Communication, B.A...... 96 Mathematical Sciences, B.S...... 137 Communication Studies, B.A...... 97 Computer Information Sciences, B.S...... 143 Communication Studies Minor ...... 97 Computer Science, B.S...... 142 Journalism Minor ...... 97 Mathematics Minor ...... 139 Public Relations, B.A...... 97 Computer Science Minor ...... 144 Public Relations Minor ...... 98 Computer Information Sciences Minor ..... 144 Non-Degree Program Computers in Communication Minor ...... 144 Speech ...... 101 Non-Degree Program Department of English and Pre-Engineering ...... 147 Foreign Languages ...... 102 Department of Physical Sciences...... 149 English, B.A...... 102 Chemistry, B.S...... 149 Literature ...... 102 Biochemistry Specialization ...... 150 Professional Writing ...... 103 Pre-Dental Specialization ...... 150 5

Pre-Medical Specialization ...... 150 Exercise Science, B.S...... 208 Pre-Pharmacy Specialization ...... 150 Minor in Exercise Science ...... 209 Pre-Veterinary Specialization ...... 150 Pre-Physical Therapy and Environmental Chemistry Pre-Medicine Options ...... 210 Specialization ...... 150 Exercise Science, Five Year, B.S. to M.S. . 210 Chemistry Minor ...... 150 Physical Education, B.S...... 211 Non-Degree Programs Endorsements in Teaching ...... 212 Pre-Pharmacy ...... 152 Sport Management, B.S...... 215 Physics...... 152 Minor in Sport Management ...... 216 Physics Minor ...... 152 Diving Industry Specialization ...... 217 Department of Psychology...... 154 Minor in Diving Education ...... 218 Industrial/Organizational Specialization ... 155 Golf Industry Specialization ...... 219 Psychology, B.S...... 154 Sport Management, Five Year, B.S. to M.S. .. 220 Psychology Minor ...... 155 Instructional Activities in Sport and Women’s Studies ...... 157 Recreation (non-degree) ...... 229 Women’s Studies Minor ...... 157 School of Natural and Health Sciences ...... 230 Certificate in Women’s Studies...... 157 Allied Health Professions – “3+1” Programs . 231 Department of Sociology and Criminology ... 159 Medical Technology, B.S...... 231 Sociology, B.S...... 159 Cytotechnology, B.S...... 231 Sociology Minor ...... 160 Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound Criminology, B.S...... 162 Technology, B.S...... 231 Criminology Minor ...... 162 Nuclear Medicine Technology, B.S...... 231 Environmental Studies, B.A...... 163 Biology, B.S...... 232 Department of Theology and Philosophy ...... 165 Major: Professional (Pre-Medical, Theology, B.A...... 165 Pre-Optometry, Pre-Dental, Theology Minor ...... 165 Pre-Pharmacy, Pre-Podiatry, Philosophy, B.A...... 169 Pre-Veterinary Specializations) ...... 232 Philosophy Minor...... 169 3-Year Accelerated Option ...... 233 School of Business ...... 173 Biotechnology Specialization ...... 234 Accounting, B.S...... 175 Ecological Studies Specialization ...... 234 Economics, B.S...... 175 Marine Biology Specialization ...... 235 Finance, B.S...... 176 Major: Non-Medical Specialization ...... 235 International Business, B.S...... 176 Pre-Physical Therapy Specialization ...... 235 Management, B.S...... 176 Pre-Physician Assistant Specialization ...... 236 Management Information Systems, B.S...... 176 Biology Minors ...... 237 Marketing, B.S...... 176 Major for the Medical Laboratory Minor in Business ...... 176 Technician ...... 242 Minor in Economics ...... 176 Histotechnology Specialization ...... 243 Minor in Management...... 177 Cardiovascular Perfusion, B.S...... 245 Minor in Management Information Systems .. 177 Environmental Science, B.S...... 236 Minor in Marketing ...... 177 Chemistry Specialization ...... 236 School of Education ...... 185 Biology-Epidemiology Specialization ...... 236 Elementary Education, B.S...... 185 Biology-Marine Specialization ...... 236 Exceptional Student Education, B.S...... 185 Occupational Therapy ...... 248 PreK-Primary Education, B.S...... 185 Post-Baccalaureate Program ...... 248 School of Human Performance and School of Nursing ...... 250 Leisure Sciences ...... 195 Basic Option, B.S.N...... 255 Department of Intercollegiate Athletics...... 197 Two-Year Option, B.S.N...... 256 Campus Recreation and Wellness, Three-Year Option, B.S.N...... 256 Department of...... 199 L.P.N. to B.S.N. Option ...... 256 Department of Sport and Exercise Sciences ... 200 Accelerated Option, B.S.N...... 256 Athletic Training, B.S...... 202 R.N. to B.S.N. Option ...... 256 Pre-Medicine Option...... 203 R.N./B.S. to M.S.N. Bridge Option ...... 258 Pre-Physical Therapy Option ...... 203 Seamless R.N. to M.S.N. Option ...... 258 Florida Teacher Certification Option .... 203 School of Social Work ...... 262 Athletic Training, Social Work, B.S.W...... 263 Five Year, B.S. to M.S...... 206 Trustees ...... 270 Administrative Organization ...... 271 Administration/Faculty ...... 279 6 BARRY UNIVERSITY

ACCREDITATION in Biology with a Histotechnology specialization is approved by the Florida Department of Health, Board Barry University is accredited by the Commission of Clinical Laboratory Personnel and accredited by on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Labora- and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia tory Sciences (NAACLS). The Athletic Training Pro- 30033-4097; Telephone number 404-679-4501) to gram is accredited by the Commission on the award bachelor’s, master’s, specialist, and doctoral de- Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs grees. The graduate programs in Theology in the (CAAHEP). School of Arts and Sciences hold associate member- All programs offered by the D. Inez Andreas ship and are a candidate for full membership in the School of Business are accredited by AACSB Inter- Association of Theological Schools in the United national – The Association to Advance Collegiate States and Canada (ATS). The School Psychology Schools of Business. program is approved by the Department of Educa- Barry University’s School of Law is provisionally tion (DOE) of the State of Florida and by the National Association of School Psychologists (NASP). The approved by the American Bar Association (ABA). undergraduate and master’s programs for the School of Nursing are accredited by the Commission NOTICES on Collegiate Nursing Education. The undergraduate Barry University does not discriminate on the ba- nursing program is approved by the Florida Board of sis of race, religion, sex, national or ethnic origin, or Nursing. The teacher education programs in the physical limitation. This includes policies and proce- Adrian Dominican School of Education and the dures related to membership on the Board of Trust- School of Human Performance and Leisure Sci- ees, the educational program, employment and ences (i.e., Physical Education) are approved by the personnel practices, admissions, scholarships/grants/ DOE as standard teacher training programs, and, loans, and participation in athletic, and other student because of Florida’s reciprocal certification agreement, activities. This institution is authorized to enroll non- are in a position to graduate students eligible for immigrant alien students. teacher certification in most states. The School of While this Catalog is a description of the under- Education’s graduate PreK-Primary/ESOL, El- graduate academic programs and regulations as of the ementary Education/ESOL, ESE/ESOL and Read- date of publication, it is for information only and its ing programs are DOE-approved. The Educational provisions do not constitute an offer for a contract Leadership program is also DOE-approved. The which may be accepted by students through enroll- School of Education’s Counseling programs in mari- ment at the University. The University reserves the tal, couple, family counseling and therapy, mental right to change any provisions, requirements, or fees health counseling, and school counseling are accred- at any time during the student’s period of study. The ited by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling University further reserves the right to dismiss a stu- and Related Educational Programs (CACREP). The dent from the University for cause at any time. It also Montessori Education early childhood and elemen- reserves the right to impose probation, suspension or tary programs are accredited by the Montessori Ac- expulsion on any student whose conduct or achieve- creditation Council for Teacher Education (MACTE). ment is unsatisfactory. When a student is dismissed or The Ellen Whiteside McDonnell School of Social suspended for cause, there will be no refund of tuition Work’s B.S.W. and M.S.W. programs are fully accred- or fees paid. Neither will there be any refunds in the ited by the Council on Social Work Education. The event the operations of the University are temporarily Doctor of Podiatric Medicine Program in the School suspended as a result of any act of God, strike, riot, of Graduate Medical Sciences is accredited by the disruption, or any other reason beyond its control. Council on Podiatric Medical Education. The Physi- Students should conduct their academic affairs with cian Assistant Program is accredited by the Accredi- honesty and integrity. If students are suspected of tation Review Commission on Education for the cheating, plagiarism, falsification of University records Physician Assistant, Inc. (ARC–PA). or otherwise misrepresenting themselves and/or their The Occupational Therapy Program is accred- work, they will be subject to procedural due process. ited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational More detailed information on the above is contained Therapy Education. The Cardiovascular Perfusion in the General Information Chapter of this Catalog and Program is accredited by the Commission on Accredi- in the Student Handbook. Barry University students tation of Allied Health Education Programs are responsible for the contents of both the University (CAAHEP). The Anesthesiology Program is accred- Catalog and the Student Handbook. The information ited by the Council on Accreditation of Nurse Anes- in this Catalog supersedes all previous regulations, thesia Educational Programs. The Bachelor of Science including tuition and fees previously published. GENERAL INFORMATION 7

THE MISSION OF BARRY UNIVERSITY

for the common good to help shape global communi- PURPOSE ties where peace and justice prevail. The primary purpose of Barry University, as stated in the Charter, is to offer its students a quality educa- NATURE tion. Furthermore, Barry University commits itself to assuring a religious dimension and to providing com- Barry University is an independent, coeducational munity service and presence within a more caring Catholic international institution of higher education environment. that fosters academic distinction in the liberal arts and professional studies, in both undergraduate and graduate education, within the Judeo-Christian heritage and VISION the tradition of St. Dominic. Founded in 1940, the University is sponsored by the Sisters of St. Dominic Barry University seeks to instill in its students St. of Adrian, Michigan, and is governed by an indepen- Dominic’s vision of a world that celebrates God’s dent, self-perpetuating Board of Trustees. dwelling within us and among us, where life is rever- enced and nurtured, where hatred and injustice are eradicated and where the intellectual life is promoted ENVIRONMENT and supported. Barry University, through its 10 academic schools, In so doing, Barry University is committed to form- is a comprehensive university with its main campus ing students who located in Miami Shores, Florida with other sites • embrace the intellectual life through study, research throughout Florida. The University attracts a diverse and reflection as a means to contribute to the ad- student body, including traditional and non-traditional vancement of knowledge and to the refinement of students from a variety of geographic, ethnic, religious the human spirit; and socio-economic backgrounds who are committed • understand the value of seeking a personal response to taking full advantage of the opportunities provided to the presence of God in their lives; for learning and personal growth. The University seeks • reflect on the fundamental questions of human ex- to recruit and retain a diverse faculty who enrich it with perience and study the responses to these questions their own traditions and heritage, who are dedicated to proposed by the liberal arts and sciences; teaching and advising, to searching for and dissemi- • pursue continued spiritual, intellectual, physical, nating truth through scholarship, research, and creative and professional growth and development; activities and to serving both the University and the • demonstrate concern for all individuals in an at- larger community in a multicultural environment. The mosphere where Gospel values prevail, where University commits itself to excellence in teaching at people care for and about one another, where di- all levels, and values its undergraduate, graduate and versity is embraced, where individuals are nour- professional programs supporting their search for ished; and knowledge through research and study. The Univer- • assume responsibility in religious, social, eco- sity seeks to maintain a diverse and student-centered nomic, environmental, and political affairs as a staff whose activities enhance the quality of Univer- means of effecting needed change in the Domini- sity life. Through its students, faculty and staff Barry University provides a learning environment that chal- can tradition of activist justice. lenges all to accept intellectual, spiritual, ethical, physi- Grounded in study and reflection and guided by cal, and social responsibilities. prayer, Barry graduates will make responsible decisions 8 BARRY UNIVERSITY

GENERAL INFORMATION

HISTORY institution, the School of Law is committed to educating individuals to be excellent lawyers and valuable Originally conceptualized by the Most Reverend and contributing members of society. Patrick Barry, Bishop of St. Augustine, and Reverend Barry University has had six Adrian Dominican Mother M. Gerald Barry, Prioress General of the Do- Sisters serve as president since its inception: Mother minican Sisters of Adrian, Michigan, plans for Barry M. Gerald Barry, 1940-1961; Mother M. Genevieve College received active support from Reverend Will- Weber, 1962-1963; Sister M. Dorothy Browne, 1963- iam Barry, Pastor of St. Patrick’s Church of Miami 1974; Sister M. Trinita Flood, 1974-1981; Sister Beach, and John Thompson, Mayor of Miami Shores, Jeanne O’Laughlin, 1981-2004; and Sister Linda Florida. In June 1940, a forty-acre tract of tropical Bevilacqua, July 2004 to the present. vegetation located in residential Miami Shores was Continued development and expansion of the Barry transformed into the campus of Barry College. By ac- community are promoted to keep pace with the growth tion of the Board of Trustees, the college became Barry and excellence of the educational programs and to meet University on November 13, 1981. Today’s Univer- the needs of the ever-increasing student population. sity community is comprised of approximately 9,000 The physical plant includes 54 buildings, with indoor students, served by well over 2,100 administrators, fac- and outdoor athletic facilities, spread over 80 of the ulty members, and support staff representing diverse University’s 122-acre campus and adjacent areas. The religious, cultural, and ethnic backgrounds. Barry is tropical beauty of the campus, its excellent educational coeducational and fully accredited. facilities, and the ideal South Florida climate combine Since Barry first opened its doors in 1940, the fac- to create an atmosphere conducive to learning and to ulty and administration have combined efforts to de- continued personal development. velop high quality academic programs so that needs of both the students and the local community would UNIVERSITY LIFE be served. Examples of this development include the inauguration and accreditation of such programs as The measure of a special university is more than Nursing, Teacher Education, Medical Technology, and the size of its student body, its faculty, its campus, or Social Work. Needs of the local community led Barry its longevity. Although Barry University is relatively to begin graduate programs for men and women in small and young, it is emerging as a truly special in- 1954, a Continuing Education Program in 1974, a stitution of higher education. School of Business in 1976, a Division of Biological Barry’s mission transcends the statistics by which and Biomedical Sciences in 1983, and a School of many universities measure themselves. As a Catholic Podiatric Medicine in the Fall of 1985, and School of institution, it goes beyond the traditional emphasis on Law in 1999. academic excellence to embody a human quality, with Located near the bustling downtown district of personal attention to a student’s social, moral, physi- Orlando, the School of Law has assembled a faculty cal, emotional, and religious growth. and student body committed to excellence in legal Above all, the purposely intimate scale of the cam- education. While retaining the intellectual challenge pus and the student body, the careful selection of fac- presented by traditional law school courses, the school ulty and staff, and the Judeo-Christian religious has developed an extraordinary skills and clinical pro- dimension combine to create a caring environment. gram. Students develop not only a thorough grounding in legal principles, but are provided the opportunity STUDENT RIGHT TO KNOW ACT to develop advocacy, counseling, and mediation skills. Barry University is in compliance with Student With deep respect for all religious values, the School Right To Know and Campus Security Act (PL 101- of Law provides an opportunity to develop the values 542). Specific information regarding this act may be that will provide lifelong commitment to ethics and obtained in the Office of Public Safety. service to the broader community. As a mission driven GENERAL INFORMATION 9

GENERAL GRADUATION RATE DATA papers and memorabilia of the Barry University Currently, the 6-year graduation rate is 57% for full- founders, Congressman William Lehman’s papers, the time, first-time freshmen entering in the Fall of 1997. case histories and program files of Operation Pedro Pan/Cuban Children’s Program—Catholic Charities. Materials in the Archives and Historical Collections FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND are available for use by faculty, staff, students, and PRIVACY ACT OF 1974 alumni. Barry University is in compliance with Family Edu- BROWNE HALL—Built in 1985 as East Hall, cational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (PL 90-247). Browne is located on the southeast corner of the cam- Complete information regarding this act may be found pus. It houses predominantly upper-class students in in the Student Handbook and a summary of the double air-conditioned suites. Browne Hall was named University’s compliance appears in the schedule of after Sister Dorothy M. Browne, Barry’s third presi- classes published each term and/or semester. dent. COR JESU CHAPEL—Built in 1940 through a do- nation from Margaret Brady Farrell, the Cor Jesu BUILDINGS & FACILITIES Chapel is the center of many campus ministry activi- ADMINISTRATION BUILDING—This one-story ties. In January 1992, through a gift from Dwayne and building, located at Barry University – Orlando, houses Inez Andreas, the chapel was renovated in honor of the university administration, law school dean, law Thomas P. and Mildred A. O’Neill. Masses are cel- school administration and moot court facilities. ebrated here on a daily basis. ADRIAN HALL—Constructed in 1940 and originally DALTON-DUNSPAUGH HOUSE—Originally named Angelicus, Adrian Hall houses the Adminis- known respectively as Regina Caeli and Regina trative Information Systems Center, Student Account Mundi, Dalton-Dunspaugh was built in 1962. Re- Services, and Registrar; the administrative offices for named for the foundation which donated funding to the School of Natural and Health Sciences, science build it, Dalton-Dunspaugh serves primarily as a first- labs, and the office of Occupational Therapy. year student residence hall. ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION—The DAVID BRINKLEY STUDIO—As part of the Di- School of Adult and Continuing Education building vision of Information Technology, the David Brinkley was acquired in 1983 and named in honor of Frank J. Studio provides resources for communication students Rooney, a long-time friend of Barry University. to work and learn on state of the art equipment, and ALUMNI HOUSE—Opened in 1995 to provide a facilitates faculty involvement in distance education place for alumni to meet and gather, the Vivian A. by producing courses for video broadcast. The studio Decker Alumni Building also houses the Office of is located on the first floor of the Garner Building. Alumni Association and a memorial to Barry’s fourth EULIANO LAW LIBRARY—This is a three-story president, Sister Trinita Flood. building located at Barry University – Orlando. In ANDREAS LAW CENTER—This two-story build- addition to being a state-of-the-art law library, the fa- ing, located at Barry University – Orlando, houses the cility houses library administration, faculty offices, and registrar, financial aid, classrooms, faculty offices, stu- a computer lab. dent lounge, and campus reception. FARRELL HOUSE—Dedicated to Margaret Brady ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS BUILD- Farrell in recognition of her generous contributions to ING—Constructed in 1984 and named in honor of Barry University, Farrell was built in 1940. Originally Barry’s Chair Emerita of the Board of Trustees, the D. named Maris Stella, it houses several departments of Inez Andreas Building houses the School of Busi- the Division of Business and Finance. These include ness. It contains ten traditional classrooms, two of Human Resources, Finance, Purchasing and Accounts which have been specifically designed to be used for Payable, and Business Services. accounting classes, two large executive training class- FINE ARTS QUADRANGLE—The Fine Arts Quad- rooms, thirty-eight faculty offices, and the adminis- rangle contains art and music studios, lecture rooms, trative offices of the School. theater dressing rooms, the Pelican Theatre, and the ARCHIVES AND HISTORICAL COLLEC- Shepard & Ruth K. Broad Performing Arts Cen- TIONS—The Barry University Archival Program, ter, a 1,000-seat capacity auditorium. The departmen- located on the second floor of Lehman Hall, was es- tal office of Fine Arts is located here. tablished in the fall of 1991 to manage and preserve FLOOD HALL—Built in 1987, Flood Hall is located inactive university records that have administrative, on the southwest corner of the campus. It was named historical, or legal value and to make them available after Sister Trinita Flood, the fourth president of Barry. for use. It also receives the donated papers of faculty, It houses upper-class students in double air-condi- staff, and alumni. The Historical Collections contain tioned suites. 10 BARRY UNIVERSITY

GARNER HALL—Funded through a grant from the classrooms, seminar rooms, and offices for several Federal Aviation Administration, the Garner Building science and allied health programs. was opened in the fall of 1989. Designed as a “high- O’LAUGHLIN HALL—Completed in November of tech” facility, this building houses the Division of In- 2000, the newest of Barry’s academic buildings houses formation Technology, the Department of the Department of Theology and Philosophy and the Communication, the Department of Mathematics and Department of History and Political Science on the Computer Science. second floor, and eight classrooms on the first floor. GRADUATE MEDICAL SCIENCES BUILD- PENAFORT POOL—Built in 1941 through a dona- ING—This building, located at 11600 NE 2nd Av- tion from Margaret Brady Farrell, Penafort Pool serves enue, houses classrooms and administrative offices for as both a recreational and instructional facility for stu- the School of Graduate Medical Sciences. dents of Barry University. GRADUATE STUDIES CENTER—This one-story POWERS BUILDING—Built in 1994, the Powers building, located at Barry University – Orlando, houses Building is the home of the Adrian Dominican School classrooms, and School of Education faculty. of Education and the Ellen Whiteside McDonnell INSTRUCTIONAL COMPUTING LAB—As part School of Social Work. It contains the administrative of the Division of Information Technology, the Instruc- offices of both schools in addition to faculty offices, tional Computing Lab provides computing resources classrooms, and seminar rooms. to students, faculty, and staff seven days a week. The SAGE HALL—Built in 1984, Sage Hall was named computer lab is located in the Garner Building on the after Robert F. Sage, a Barry benefactor. Sage houses second floor, Garner Room 247. male and female first year students and contains double JOHN & NETA KOLASA HALL—Barry’s newest, air-conditioned rooms. and now largest, residence hall opened its doors in SPORTS COMPLEX—The sports complex includes October 2002. Named after Barry benefactors John baseball, racquetball, softball, soccer, and tennis fa- and Neta Kolasa, it houses 173 students in single and cilities, as well as the Health and Sports Center. The double rooms, each with its own bath. School of Human Performance and Leisure Sciences, KELLEY HOUSE—Originally named Rosa Mystica, the Department of Sport and Exercise Sciences, and it is dedicated to Mabel Kelley for her generous con- the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics are housed tributions to Barry University. Kelley houses the Di- within this beautiful facility. The Health and Sports vision of Enrollment Services, Office of Admissions Center also accommodates a 1500-seat-capacity arena and Financial Aid. for basketball and volleyball, a Human Performance LAVOIE HALL—Originally the site of the Depart- Lab, Strength and Conditioning Room, Athletic Train- ment of Family and Consumer Science and Calaroga ing Room, locker rooms and classrooms. dining hall, LaVoie was built in 1940. It now serves as STUDENT UNION –Built in 2004, the Student Union executive offices for the University. houses all Departments of Student Services, the Fit- LEHMAN HALL—William Lehman Hall houses the ness/Wellness Center, the Department of Recreation, administrative offices for the Dean of the School of Dining Services, Campus Bookstore, Student Con- Arts and Sciences, and faculty offices for the Depart- cierge Center, ID office, Campus Pub and Public Safety ment of English and Foreign Languages and the De- office. partment of Sociology and Criminology. The Archives THOMPSON HALL—Built in 1962, Thompson Hall and Historical Collections are contained on the second presently houses activity areas, including the Buc Stop floor. In addition, there are classrooms and meeting snack bar, meeting rooms, post office, Public Safety, rooms. and a studio for sport, dance, and fitness instruction. LIBRARY—As part of the Division of Information VILLA—In 1953, Barry University acquired a motel Technology, the Monsignor William Barry Memorial to be used as a residence. The Villa houses sisters as Library provides materials and services in support of well as other campus personnel. the educational and cultural objectives of the Univer- WEBER HALL—Named for former president, sity. The library building also contains classrooms and Mother Genevieve Weber, Weber Hall was built in administrative offices. 1946. It houses first-year male students and is the larg- MOTTRAM-DOSS HALL—Completed in 1990, est hall on campus. It contains single, double, triple Mottram-Doss contains 16 air-conditioned apartments, and quad air-conditioned rooms. Weber also houses each with its own private entrance. Mottram-Doss the Student Health Center. houses primarily upper-class students. WIEGAND CENTER—Built in 1970 through a do- NATURAL & HEALTH SCIENCES BUILDING— nation from Edwin L. Wiegand, Wiegand Center con- Barry’s science facility expands the number of labo- tains classrooms, science labs, faculty offices, and an ratory facilities for student instruction and research. auditorium. Administrative and faculty offices for the Located in the quadrangle between Adrian Hall, Department of Physical Sciences and the School of Weigand Hall and Fine Arts, this facility also includes Nursing are located here. In 1987 a four-classroom wing was added and named Wiegand Annex. Admissions ADMISSIONS 11

ADMISSIONS

APPLICANTS FOR ADMISSION views applications and notifies applicants of missing FRESHMEN APPLICANTS —Applicants who have credentials, but the responsibility for having all ad- never attended any college or university as a regular mission credentials, including required tests, for- student; and applicants who have attended college, but warded to Barry University, rests with the applicant. who have earned fewer than 12 hours of acceptable Once credentials are submitted to the Office of Ad- credit. missions in the Division of Enrollment Services, they TRANSFER APPLICANTS—Applicants who have become the property of Barry University and will not at least twelve hours of acceptable college credit at be surrendered. Photocopies of credentials will not be one or more regionally accredited institutions. made from the applicant’s file. Any concealment by NON-DEGREE APPLICANTS —Applicants who an applicant of previous college registration or previ- wish to earn credit but not pursue a degree from Barry. ous academic or disciplinary record in a secondary GUEST APPLICANTS —Applicants who wish to school or college will immediately cancel and nullify secure credits to transfer to a college where they are the admissions process at Barry University. Applica- already enrolled in a degree program. tions must be processed and acceptance verified no READMISSION STUDENTS—Applicants who later than 10 days prior to the published date of regis- have previously been enrolled at Barry, and whose tration for the semester in which the student wishes to enrollment at Barry has been inactive for two or more matriculate. consecutive semesters (excluding Summer terms). The Office of Admissions will notify the applicant INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS —Applicants of the decision in writing. An enrollment deposit is who are not U.S. citizens or permanent residents. For required in order to reserve a space in the entering purposes of admission and academic placement, ap- class. The University has a commitment to admit only plicants who have received their education outside the qualified applicants. For details on admission, appli- continental United States, Puerto Rico, U.S. Virgin cants should read the information below as it applies Islands or Guam, will be included in this category. to their particular situation. Acceptance to the University does not guarantee acceptance to some of the clinical or professional pro- APPLICATION PROCEDURES grams, e.g., Nursing, Medical Technology, Education, All applicants are required to submit a complete Social Work, etc. Refer to each program for specific application form and a nonrefundable application fee information on admission to clinical/professional sta- payable to Barry University. Applicants may apply on- tus. line for admission at www.barry.edu. The on-line elec- Applicants to the School of Adult and Continuing tronic application fee is $20 except for health sciences Education should refer to that section of the catalog programs; for which the application fee is $30. If you for their admission requirements. do not have access to our on-line application, you may Permanent Resident Status—When an applicant submit a paper application, along with a $30 applica- has permanent resident status, the Alien Registration tion fee. Receipt Card (“green card”) must be presented as a Completed applications are reviewed as soon as all supplement to the application for admission. credentials are received, and only completed applications will be reviewed. The Office of Admissions re- 12 BARRY UNIVERSITY

FRESHMEN APPLICANTS Home Schooled Applicants Freshmen applicants are required to submit: Barry University welcomes applications from home 1. Official high school academic transcript, or equiva- schooled applicants. The following required documen- lent, from an accredited high school. tation will assist us in assessing your past performance The official high school academic transcript should and potential for success at Barry: show: 1. Academic portfolio (transcript of all courses taken, • graduation, or satisfactory progress toward including reading lists and syllabi, with evaluations graduation if applying prior to completion of or grades received for each subject), OR GED; 12th grade; and 2. Transcripts of any traditional high school work; • course work, including English, Social Studies, 3. Transcripts of any college level work; Mathematics, and Natural Science. The mini- 4. Test results from the SAT I or ACT; mum number of specific units required in these 5. Copy of the home school rules of the state in which areas will vary, depending on the major program the home school is chartered; pursued at Barry. If a GED (General Education 6. Any other requirements designated by the rules of Diploma) is submitted, the official test results the home state, or proof of certification (if required). with scores must be included. 2. Test results from the SAT I (Scholastic Assessment Early Admission Test) or ACT (American College Test). This re- The University provides an opportunity for excep- quirement does not apply to applicants 21 years of tionally well-qualified high school students, recom- age or older. mended by their counselors for outstanding Home schooled applicants should refer to the Home achievement, to be considered for entry upon comple- Schooled Applicants section of this catalog. tion of the 11th grade. International applicants should refer to the Inter- The basis of selection for early admission is as fol- national Applicants section of this catalog. lows: Applicants planning to major in Nursing must 1. Outstanding quality of the applicant’s high present satisfactory completion of Algebra II and two school record. units of laboratory science, including chemistry and 2. A letter of recommendation from the high school biology. Prospective Nursing applicants must present counselor or principal. a combined SAT I score of at least 970 or a score of at 3. Satisfactory performance on the SAT I or ACT. least 20 on the ACT. 4. A letter from the applicant stating his/her rea- Applicants planning to major in Mathematics must son for wishing to enter the University before present three and one-half units of mathematics (in- graduation from high school. cluding 2 years of algebra, geometry, and trigonom- 5. A letter of approval from the legal guardian(s). etry.) Applicants planning to major in Chemistry must The procedure for making application for early present at least three units of mathematics and one unit admission is basically the same as for regular admis- of high school chemistry with laboratory science. sion to the freshman class. Applicants planning to major in Biology or any Credits earned at Barry University must be ap- allied health area must present 3 1/2 units of math- proved by high school authorities to complete high ematics (including algebra, geometry, and some back- school requirements and to earn a diploma. In order ground in trigonometry), as well as 2 units of for Barry University to forward a student’s transcript laboratory science (including biology and chemistry). of credits to the high school principal, a signed form Satisfactory completion of these requirements for ad- authorizing the release of credits must be submitted mission and successful completion of 30 semester to the Office of the Registrar. When the high school hours, including freshmen biology, chemistry and diploma and final transcripts are issued, copies must mathematics, will qualify the student to continue in be filed with the Office of the Registrar at Barry Uni- the School of Natural and Health Sciences. versity. The Cardiovascular Perfusion Program requires a personal interview before initial acceptance into the program. Adult applicants interested in pursuing the Evening B.S. in Biology program should refer to the appropriate section of the catalog for their admission requirements. ADMISSIONS 13

TRANSFER APPLICANTS Applicants who have successfully completed the Transfer applicants are required to submit official higher-level International Baccalaureate (IB) exami- transcripts from each college previously attended. In- nation with grades of 4 or better may be granted trans- complete transcripts must be updated as soon as all fer credit on a course-by-course basis. Credit can be coursework is completed. Transcripts in the applicant’s awarded, under certain conditions, for the Baccalaureat possession will not be accepted unless in an official from France, the German Abitur and the G.C.E. A- sealed envelope from the issuing institution. level examinations. Admission to a degree program is based on aca- Credit will be awarded for CLEP and AP test scores demic performance in all work from regionally accred- in compliance with Barry’s policy on these testing pro- ited or internationally recognized colleges or grams. A statement of this policy may be obtained from universities. Applicants must be in good standing at the Office of Transcript Evaluation. A maximum of 30 the last institution attended in order to be considered credits will be accepted from test scores. The credits for acceptance into the University. must be earned before a student has attained junior sta- Applicants to the School of Adult and Continuing tus and are considered as part of the 64 maximum trans- Education should refer to that section of the catalog fer credits accepted from community colleges. for their admission requirements as transfer applicants. Credit will be accepted from military service schools, USAFI, and DANTES in accordance with the recommendations of the American Council on Transfer Credit Policies Education. Evaluation of all undergraduate course work taken Credit for formal courses and educational programs prior to admission to the University is performed by sponsored by noncollegiate organizations and evalu- transcript evaluators in the Division of Enrollment ated by the American Council of Education’s Program Services. on Noncollegiate Sponsored Instruction and The Uni- Transfer credits from regionally accredited colleges versity of the State of New York’s National Program or universities are transferable to Barry in semester on Noncollegiate Sponsored Instruction will be ac- hour equivalents. Following are the seven regional cepted in transfer with the permission of the dean of accrediting bodies from which domestic transfer credit the school into which the credits are transferring. must originate: New England Association of Schools Credit for experiences such as Internship, Field and Colleges, Middle States Association of Colleges Placement, Co-op Education Work Experience, and and Schools, North Central Association of Colleges Practicum may be accepted in transfer, with permis- and Schools, The Northwest Association of Schools sion of the dean of the school into which the credits and Colleges, Southern Association of Colleges and are transferring, when the credits have been Schools/Commission on Colleges, Western Associa- transcripted with a course number, title, number of tion of Schools and Colleges/Accrediting Commission credits, and a grade. for Community and Junior Colleges, and Western As- Credit for prior college-level learning attained out- sociation of Schools and Colleges/Accrediting Com- side a formal institution setting but assessed by a re- mission for Senior Colleges and Universities. gionally accredited institution during the applicant’s Applicants with international credentials may refer matriculation there (such as Life Experience, Prior to the International Applicants section of this catalog. Learning Assessment, Experiential Learning Assess- Credits completed at a foreign institution will be con- ment, Portfolio Assessment and Departmental Exami- sidered for transfer if the institution is recognized by nation) are not normally acceptable in transfer. that country’s Ministry of Education (or equivalent). Exceptions may be made with permission of the dean Transfer credit is awarded for grades of C or bet- of the school into which the credits are transferring, ter. Credit is not allowed for developmental, prepara- when such credits have been transcripted with a course tory or vocational course work. Grades and grade point number, title, number of credits, and a grade. averages will not be transferred, nor will they appear A maximum of 90 credits will be accepted in trans- on the Barry transcript. Grades of P, CR, or S are eli- fer to Barry University from all transfer sources. For gible for transfer if a statement that the work is of at graduation, the last 30 credits of the degree, as well as least C quality is received from the institution where the majority of the major and minor coursework, must the credit was earned. be completed at Barry. Distribution and upper level A maximum of 64 credits will be accepted by the requirements must also be met. University in transfer from regionally accredited com- Acceptance of credits in one school at Barry Uni- munity/junior colleges. Only six of these credits may versity does not guarantee acceptance by another transfer with upper-level status. school should the student change degree programs. A maximum of six graduate level credits will be accepted in transfer toward an undergraduate degree. 14 BARRY UNIVERSITY

Transfer credit equivalencies at Barry University ADVANCED PLACEMENT (AP) are determined by the academic school offering the The Advanced Placement Program, a program course(s). The school of the student’s program is re- sponsored by the College Entrance Examination sponsible for the distribution of credits to meet gradu- Board, provides for the establishment of college-level ation requirements. courses in secondary schools. Students who take such When an applicant applies for readmission, trans- a course or courses may then take special examina- fer credits will be re-evaluated according to the poli- tions prepared by the College Entrance Examination cies of the catalog year in which the applicant is Board. reapplying. Credit for Advanced Placement examinations is Transferability of credits is at the discretion of the based on the one-year AP experience. Credit is given accepting institution. It is the student’s responsibility only in cases of scores of 3 or better. French and Span- to confirm whether or not credits earned at Barry Uni- ish must be passed with a score of 4 or more. Credit versity will be accepted by another college of the varies from 3 to 8 semester hours, depending on student’s choice. equivalencies available at Barry University. A list of To facilitate transfer of photography credits from equivalencies can be obtained from the Office of Tran- other accredited colleges or universities, Barry Uni- script Evaluation. Advanced Placement credit cannot versity will accept all transfer photography credits of be duplicated either in regular courses or through the C or better as Barry University photography electives. College Level Examination Program. A maximum of During registration, transfer applicants’ portfolios will 30 credits will be accepted through the Advanced be reviewed by the faculty to determine which courses Placement Program. Credits are accepted on a credit/ should be taken at Barry University. A minimum of no credit basis. Barry University will accept a total of 15 credits in Photography must be taken at Barry. 30 credits from all testing programs. International Credentials: Barry University will accept transfer credits from international sources provided the presented credential represents COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM postsecondary learning at an institution recognized as (CLEP) postsecondary degree granting by the country’s Min- All CLEP credits must be earned prior to a student istry of Education (or equivalent). achieving junior status (60 credit hours). For new ap- International credentials must be evaluated by a plicants, the award of CLEP credit is made by the Of- foreign credential evaluator who is a member of the fice of Admissions; for enrolled students, the award National Association of Credential Evaluation Ser- of credit is processed through the Office of the Regis- vices. The Office of Admissions maintains a listing of trar. All CLEP credit is accepted on a credit/no credit approved evaluation agencies. The admission decision basis. A maximum of 30 credits will be accepted and transfer evaluation require official transcripts, through CLEP. Barry University will accept a total of translation and professional evaluation. The cost of 30 credits from all testing programs. the professional evaluation is the responsibility of the Credit will not be awarded in cases of duplication, applicant. nor will equivalencies be changed to remedy such duplication. CLEP credit will not supercede earned col- ARTICULATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN lege credit. CLEP credits in any one discipline may BARRY UNIVERSITY AND THE FLORIDA not exceed six. COMMUNITY COLLEGE SYSTEM NON-DEGREE APPLICANTS/GUEST In the Spring of 1993 Barry University and the Florida State Board of Community Colleges entered APPLICANTS into an agreement which governs the matriculation at Non-degree applicants are those applicants who Barry University of Associate of Arts graduates from wish to earn credit but not pursue a degree from Barry the Florida Community College system. University. Guest applicants are those applicants who Students in the Florida Community College sys- wish to secure credits to transfer to a college where tem can locate suggested and required courses that they they are already enrolled in a degree program. Non- should take to satisfy requirements for transfer to Barry degree applicants are required to submit proof of a in their school’s advisement office. high school diploma, or equivalent, as an admission Additional information regarding transferring cred- credential. Guest applicants are required to present a its between Florida’s colleges and universities may be letter from the dean of the college in which they are found at www.facts.org. enrolled stating that they are in good standing in all respects. Those applicants not currently enrolled must submit an official copy of the transcript from the last ADMISSIONS 15 institution in which they were enrolled. Undergradu- citizenship, and permanent residency is not the United ate applicants admitted to non-degree status are lim- States. ited to 30 credits in this category. Non-degree-seeking In general, an international freshman applicant must applicants who wish to change their status to degree- meet the university entrance requirements in place for seeking must meet all the requirements for degree- the country from which he/she has graduated. For in- seeking applicants. Enrollment as a non-degree student ternational transfer applicants, admission to a degree in no way implies admission to a degree program. program is based on academic performance in all work from regionally accredited or internationally recog- READMISSION AND CHANGE OF STATUS nized colleges or universities. Applicants must be in good standing at the last institution attended in order Any undergraduate student whose enrollment at to be considered for acceptance into the University. A Barry has been inactive for two or more consecutive list of required credentials can be found in our Inter- semesters (excluding Summer terms) must submit a national Student brochure or on our International Stu- new application to the Office of Admissions. This does dent web page (www.barry.edu). not apply to students on an approved medical leave of absence. Those students should refer to the Medical Leave Policy section of this catalog. Readmission is Application Procedures contingent upon approval of the dean of the school in 1. Please follow application procedures for freshmen which the applicant was last enrolled, the dean of the or transfer applicants, depending on your entry sta- school to which the applicant is applying, and the Vice tus, as stated earlier in this catalog. President of Student Services. If approved, the degree 2. Educational documents must be supplied as fol- requirements in place at the time of readmission must lows: be met, and the applicant re-entering Barry Univer- a. Official transcripts should be sent to Barry Uni- sity is bound by the policies dictated by the current versity directly from all institutions attended. catalog. b. Certified and notarized records from foreign The Undergraduate Application for Admission must institutions may be submitted by applicants, but be completed by the applicant and submitted to the the University may insist that such transcripts Office of Admissions at least 30 days prior to the first be sent directly to Barry University from the day of registration for the semester of expected ma- issuing institutions. Applicants from all coun- triculation. tries with school-leaving examinations must Students returning to the program after suspension submit official examination results. or a leave of absence (other than approved medical c. Once credentials are submitted to the Office of leave) are bound by the regulations in place at the time Admissions, they become the property of Barry of readmission. University and will not be surrendered. Students who were enrolled as non-degree seeking 3. Transcript Evaluation Policy: International creden- students or guest students and who now wish to enter tials from an educational system other than the an undergraduate degree program at Barry must com- United States must be evaluated by a foreign cre- plete an undergraduate application. These applicants dential evaluator who is a member of the National must meet the requirements for undergraduate admis- Association of Credential Evaluation Services. The sion by submitting all necessary credentials for the Office of Admissions maintains a listing of ap- approval of the Office of Admissions. proved evaluation agencies. The admission deci- The process of readmission and change of status is sion and transfer evaluation require official different for students in the School of Adult and Con- transcripts, English translation and professional tinuing Education (ACE). Students in this school must evaluation. The cost of the professional evaluation meet with an ACE academic advisor to complete a is the responsibility of the applicant. new application. 4. English Translations: Documents in a language other than English must be accompanied by certi- INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS fied English translations. Translations supplement but do not replace original documents. Both should For the purpose of admission to Barry University, be sent. an international applicant is one who has received sec- 5. English Proficiency: An international applicant who ondary school and/or university-level education out- does not give evidence of being a native English side of the United States and/or a applicant who speaker, including those applying for transfer from requires a student visa. For immigration purposes, an U.S. institutions, is required to submit either a score international applicant is one whose country of birth, of at least 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign 16 BARRY UNIVERSITY

Language (TOEFL) or at least a 213 on the com- Enrollment Requirements puter-based TOEFL. The undergraduate applicant Certification of Eligibility (Form I-20 A) — The whose TOEFL score is between 500 and 549 (173- United States Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration 212 on the computer-based test) may be admitted Services, SEVIS Certificate of Eligibility (Non-Im- to the Transition in Language and Culture (TLC) migrant “F-1” Student Status) will be provided to ad- Program and enroll concurrently for academic and mitted applicants upon completion of all admission English courses. An applicant who scores less than requirements and receipt of required financial state- 500 (173 computer-based) will be required to im- ments. The financial statements should include: prove his/her English proficiency. For TOEFL ap- 1. A notarized Financial Verification form indicating plication refer to www.toefl.org or write to: The financial support or government sponsorship guar- TOEFL Program, Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540, anteeing payment of tuition and fees, books, room U.S.A. and board, medical insurance, and personal ex- Consideration may be given to waiving the TOEFL penses for one academic year (two semesters) and requirement for international applicants who meet that, barring unforeseen circumstances, adequate one of the following situations: funding will be available from the same or equally • The international freshman applicant presents a dependable sources for subsequent years. composite SAT or ACT test score (English ver- 2. A bank letter stating that the applicant or his/her sion) which, at minimum meets the admission sponsor has the funds available to pay the total cost standard and also reflects a verbal score that associated with attending Barry University. The demonstrates English proficiency. required amount is determined by the program. • The international transfer applicant has attended An enrollment deposit is also required to reserve a an accredited college/university in the U.S.A., space in the entering class. has completed at least 24 hours of transferable The University does not award need-based finan- college credits, and is in good standing at the cial assistance to international applicants. Payment of last institution attended. tuition and fees is required at the beginning of each • Satisfactory proof of English proficiency on the term. All checks should be made payable to Barry College-Level Academic Skills Test (CLAST) University. reflecting a passing score in the English por- International applicants should be familiar with the tion. regulations of their governments about sending money An international applicant under consideration for to the United States and should make arrangements to a waiver of the TOEFL must also satisfy all other have the necessary funds available at the designated requirements for admission to the University. times of enrollment. Documentary evidence of means Intensive English instruction is offered at Barry of financial support must be attached to the SEVIS University through the ELS Language Centers. Certificate of Eligibility when applying for the stu- Applicants who complete master’s level 112 at the dent visa at the United States Embassy or Consular ELS Language Centers are not required to sit for office. the TOEFL examination. International students on F-1 visa status must fulfill Applicants who wish to study in the ELS Language the following conditions: Centers prior to applying for an academic program • Pursue a course of study as a full-time, degree- should contact [email protected] or write to: seeking student. Director, ELS Language Centers • May not transfer schools or work off-campus Barry University without Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration 11300 N.E. Second Avenue Services permission. Miami Shores, Florida 33161-6695 • Keep a current passport and visa which are valid United States of America for at least four years into the future. Arrival-Departure/School Transfer—Non-immigrant visa students are required to attend Barry Uni- versity as indicated on the I-20 Eligibility form by Barry University and later approved and stamped by immigration officials at the U.S. port of entry. They are expected to complete at least one semester at this institution prior to requesting transfer to any other educational institution. ADMISSIONS 17

Medical Requirements—It is assumed that an appli- Financial Information cant is in good health and able to maintain a serious Barry University does not offer need-based finan- program of study. Before coming to the University, cial assistance to international applicants (applicants accepted candidates are strongly encouraged to sub- without United States citizenship or permanent resi- mit a physician’s report in English for approval by the dency). Merit-based academic scholarships are avail- Campus Health Center. Proof of adequate health in- able to qualified, entering international undergraduate surance is required (with coverage of at least U.S. applicants. These scholarships are available to first- $50,000.00). Proof of insurance benefits must be pro- year, as well as transfer applicants, on a competitive vided in English to Barry’s Student Health Services basis. In order to be considered, an application for Office. If proof is not available, a student will be is- admission must be submitted. sued health insurance by the University, and billed Scholarships are not available once applicants have accordingly. matriculated at the University. All international appli- Admitted applicants must also demonstrate that cants entering Barry in F-1 visa status must show proof they have had all vaccinations including diphtheria and of adequate funding to meet their expenses. (This in- tetanus within the last ten years, measles, mumps, and cludes personal, travel, vacation, as well as all Uni- rubella (two doses). All students without U.S. perma- versity-related expenses). nent residency or citizenship are required to comply with University policy. Note: An admitted applicant may not register for classes without having met these medical requirements through Barry University’s Student Health Services Office. 18 BARRY UNIVERSITY

STUDENT LIFE

DIVISION OF STUDENT SERVICES CAREER AND COUNSELING CENTER The Student Services Division of Barry University Personal Counseling adheres to the philosophy that students succeed when The purpose of the Counseling Center is to provide all aspects of their development are at the optimum the following services in an atmosphere of respect and level. confidentiality: The developmental purposes of the division are personal growth, the coordination of out-of-the class- 1. Personal Counseling, including individual and room activities, the general well being of individual group Counseling students and student groups, and the establishment of 2. Wellness-related programs, including activities, a caring environment where learning can take place. presentations and workshops to students. This developmental approach to total education 3. Interaction with other universities statewide includ- stresses such traits as values, maturity, responsibility ing promotion of responsible and healthy lifestyle for self and others, a religious dimension, and a sense choices with regard to substance abuse, and ad- of community service. dressing other areas of interest and concern. The Student Services staff is privileged to help fos- Personal counseling is available on an appointment ter the caring environment facet of the mission. The basis, if possible. Twenty-four hour emergency coun- staff works with members of the Academic Affairs seling services are available through a beeper system. Division in assisting students in their academic endeavors, and provides ongoing programs of leadership Confidential personal counseling is available to all training for members of student organizations. Stu- students at Barry University. Students are encouraged dents are assured information to assist them in their to use the counseling services when those services educational pursuits and prepare them to be concerned would be helpful. When requested, or when appropri- citizens who contribute to society in a positive way ate, referrals are made to the University’s consulting following their graduation from the University. psychiatrist, to physicians and/or community agencies. These referrals are made through the Counseling Cen- DEAN OF STUDENTS ter. Confidentiality is maintained. The Office of the Dean of Students provides sup- Currently enrolled students who, by their actions, port for the intellectual and personal development of are suspected of being psychologically unable to func- all students through a combination of advocacy, pro- tion as members of the student body, may be required gramming, and services that enhance the quality of to provide a clearance from the University’s consult- campus life. Additional areas of responsibility include: ing psychiatrist, as a condition for continued enroll- guidance/counseling, fostering educational goal attainment in the University. This condition of clearance ment, making appropriate referrals, promoting faculty- from the University’s consulting psychiatrist also ap- student collaboration, managing the disciplinary plies to those students who withdraw from the Uni- process, coordinating medical withdrawals, and supervising the Commuter Affairs, Orientation and First- versity for psychiatric treatment and subsequently seek Year Programs, and Volunteer Center departments. re-admission. STUDENT LIFE 19

Career Counseling tical, social, academic, informational and advocacy The Career Counselors provide counseling and needs of all the commuter students of the university, development services to students, alumni, faculty and including undergraduate, graduate, ACE, and off-cam- staff, in accordance with the University’s mission im- pus sites commuters. perative of a caring environment. The goal of the Ca- The Department of Commuter Affairs is designed reer Counseling is to encourage each student to take as a resource center with information relevant to com- personal responsibility to utilize the services to de- muter students about the university and our commu- velop his or her career planning skills from freshman nity. Its purpose is to provide a variety of programs through senior year and beyond. Career counseling is and services which are intended to enhance the com- available on an appointment basis, if possible. In or- muter experience by broadening the students’ knowl- der to serve all students, evening appointments are edge of resources, events, services and opportunities available by request. that will assist them during their college career. Fur- The Career Center strives to provide the following thermore, the Department of Commuter Affairs pro- services in an atmosphere of respect and confidentiality: vides an informal avenue of redress for commuter 1. Career development and planning to assist stu- students’ problems and grievances, which arise in the dents, alumni, faculty and staff. course of interacting with the institution. 2. Innovative, informative career programs including activities, presentations, and seminars. CONCIERGE CENTER AND ID OFFICE 3. Interaction with three universities and area em- Things you should know about you ID card ployers to form a Career Consortium in order to Photo identification cards are issued to each stu- promote career development within the sur- dent at the time of their initial registration at the uni- rounding community. Communication and in- versity. It is expected that the ID card will be retained teraction with employers nationwide to increase throughout the students’ university experience. Stu- recruiting opportunities. dents are expected to carry their ID at all times while 4. Collaboration with faculty and staff to provide on campus. services in a comprehensive manner. The card is the property of Barry University and 5. A commitment to extend the Center’s resources is intended solely for its use. When requested by a beyond a traditional Monday - Friday format by university official, students are required to produce utilizing Internet technology. Commitment to their identification. It is not transferable and must be serve all of Barry University’s satellite campuses returned upon request. Misuse of the ID card will rein this manner. sult in disciplinary action. The following services are available to all Barry Currently, the library, the computer lab, and ath- University students, faculty, staff and alumni: letic facilities are using our computerized magnetic • E-Campus Recruiter stripe system. Therefore, those services can only be • Career Expos and Career Days accessed with a valid ID Card. Sodexho food services, • Career Interest Inventories the Follett bookstore and most on-campus laundry fa- • Career Library Resources cilities also accept the Barry ID Card as a mode of • Full-time and Part-time Job Listing payment. However, money or a meal plan must be • Individual Career Counseling added to your ID card prior to make any purchases • On-campus Recruiting with your card. Bookstore and Laundry money can be • Resume Writing, Interview Skills Assistance added to the ID card account through Student Account It is the policy of the Center to provide services to Services (Adrian Hall Room 112). Student ID cards employers whose mission is consistent with the mis- must be validated for each semester. To validate sion of the University. ID’s,students must present a current printout of classes or other acceptable proof of registration for the cur- ORI 300 Senior Transition (1) rent term. A special one-semester course open to all second- Some of the services available for you at our office semester junior or senior students. The goals of the are: course are to begin the adjustment process from the Concierge Services undergraduate academic life to graduate school or the • Ask our campus specialist about locations, world of work. hours, and services offered on campus and in the local community COMMUTER AFFAIRS • Meet in person with qualified staff that will do Two thirds of the Barry University student body everything possible to assist you with your vari- consists of commuter students. The purpose of the ous needs. Department of Commuter Affairs is to meet the prac- 20 BARRY UNIVERSITY

• Some of the standard services offered include and distance learning, as well as instructional policies, local phone calls, sending and receiving of faxes, must be sensitive to the laws and the needs of students lamination, change for on-campus laundry and with disabilities and responsive to our legal obliga- vending, on-site daily newspapers, database of tions. information on local and state-wide events and Students must present medical or extensive educa- attractions, and more. tional documentation of physical disabilities or learn- ID Cards/Debit Services ing disabilities. Accommodations for students with • Visit our office to obtain your Barry ID card or disabilities are granted on a case-by-case basis, in ac- to validate the one you already have cordance with medical and professional information • Get information on meal plans and assistance in the student’s record, legal precedent, and the na- with getting one tional standards for services for students with disabili- • Get information and assistance on bookstore ties. Faculty are encouraged to contact the Director of uses for you Barry ID card Disability Services for more information regarding • Get information about doing your laundry with accommodations and services. your Barry ID Card Definition of an Individual with a Disability • Learn about the upcoming development with the campus-wide enhancement program of the To be covered by these procedures, students must Barry ID card have a disability as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act as: • a person who has a physical or mental impair- DISABILITY SERVICES ment which substantially limits one or more The purpose of the Office of Disability Services is major life activities. to provide information, advocacy and academic ac- • a person who has a record of such an impair- commodations to those students with documented ment physical, visual, hearing, speech, learning, psychologi- • a person who is regarded as having such an im- cal, chronic and temporary disabilities. pairment Disability Services supports the caring environment The ADA also covers: of Barry University through it’s fostering of one-on- • protection from discrimination for individuals one relationships with students while assuring their based on their relationship or association with a human and legal rights. person with a disability Reasonable accommodations are made on an indi- • retaliation or coercion against individuals who vidual and flexible basis. Appropriate services may opposed any act the ADA makes unlawful, par- include 1) support, counseling and information, 2) ticipated in the enforcement process, or encour- academic assistance services, 3) referral services, and aged others to exercise their rights under the 4) environmental modifications. However, it is the re- ADA sponsibility of individuals with disabilities to make • all individuals, regardless of national origin or their needs known and to provide documentation of a status disability. It is the responsibility of the faculty to comply with accommodation requests made by the Office Eligibility for Services of Disability Services. Appeals of accommodation re- To be eligible for services, students must be en- quests may be made through the Disability Appeals rolled at Barry University. Students with disabilities procedures. must identify themselves and present professional documentation to the Office of Disability Services Procedures and Guidelines (ODS). ODS provides accommodations for eligible The university is required to provide opportunities students on a case-by-case basis in compliance with and reasonable accommodation to all identified stu- Federal and State laws. dents with disabilities. Section 504 of the Rehabilita- In general, the less obvious the disability, the more tion Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act, information is required to assess a student’s needs and provide guidelines and requirements for colleges and make accommodation recommendations. Documen- universities in providing academic assistance. Accom- tation should be recent, relevant, comprehensive, and modation means more than the removal of architec- where appropriate, should contain test scores and in- tural barriers and the provision of auxiliary services terpretation. If the original documentation is incom- such as note takers, readers, and interpreters for the plete or inadequate to determine the extent of the deaf. It means reasonable accommodation must be disability or reasonable accommodations, the univer- made in the instructional process to ensure full educa- sity has the discretion to require additional documen- tional opportunity. For faculty, this means that teach- tation. ing strategies and methods, including web page design STUDENT LIFE 21

Any cost incurred in obtaining additional or initial • The university assigns the authority to ODS to documentation is borne by the student. Until appro- determine reasonable and appropriate accom- priate documentation is provided, ODS cannot sup- modations based on the documentation provided port the student’s request for services. Faculty by the student. members are not expected to provide services unless • A packet of letters listing the appropriate ac- students present verification of needs from ODS. commodations will be prepared for students to hand deliver to their professors. Documentation • After the initial appointment, if accommodation Documentation is necessary to establish a disabil- needs remain the same, students may renew their ity and the need for accommodations. Students and accommodation requests each semester by mak- employees must provide current documentation that ing contact with ODS at the beginning of each supports their disability and their requested accom- semester to continue accommodations. modations. • Students should schedule an appointment with an ODS staff member if they need to modify General Guidelines for Documentation of their accommodation requests, they are experi- a Disability encing academic difficulties, or they have ques- In order to evaluate requests for accommodations tions or need advice. or auxiliary aids, the university will need documenta- • Students should arrange an individual appoint- tion of the disability that consists of an evaluation by ment with their professors to discuss their ac- an appropriate professional and describes the current commodation needs during the first week of the impact of the disability, the documentation should in- semester. clude the following seven elements: • Students must present their accommodation let- • A diagnostic statement identifying the disabil- ters to their professors in a timely manner in ity, date of the most current diagnostic evalua- order to receive accommodations. tion, and the date of the original diagnosis. • Late requests for accommodations may cause a • A description of the diagnostic tests, methods, delay in the requested services. and/or criteria, used. • A description of the current functional impact Course Substitution/Waiver Policy of the disability, which includes specific test It is the policy of the University that waivers for results and the examiners narrative interpreta- courses that are an integral part of the students major tion. will not be granted. However, it is possible for stu- • Treatments, medications, or assistive devices/ dents with a learning disability or physical disability services currently prescribed or in use. to petition for a waiver of certain course requirements • A description of the expected progression or sta- that are not integral to the student’s major. The deci- bility of the impact of the disability over time, sion to allow for a waiver is made on a case-by-case particularly the next five years. basis. The student should make the request in writing • The credentials of the diagnosing professional to the Director of the Office of Disability Services who if not clear from the letterhead or other forms. will forward it to the appropriate Dean of the student’s • The diagnosing professional may not be a fam- academic major. The Dean will present the request to ily member. the appropriate school academic committee which will • The credentials of the diagnosing professional make a recommendation to approve or deny the re- if not clear from the letterhead or other forms. quest. If the request is approved, then the committee (may) will recommend a course substitution. Course Accommodations: Procedures for waivers/substitutions for Distribution requirements Obtaining Accommodations may be requested and granted. Course waivers/sub- • Students with Disabilities requesting accommo- stitutions that are approved will be recorded and main- dations must meet with an ODS counselor for tained in the student’s advising file and in the an intake interview. Accommodations will be permanent file in the Office of Registrar. discussed at this time. • Students must provide suitable documentation O’LAUGHLIN INTER-CULTURAL CENTER that supports their disability and the accommo- The purpose of the O’Laughlin Inter-cultural Cen- dations requested. (see Documentation guide- ter is to provide International student and Scholar Ser- lines) vices and programs that further develop the • Arrangements for accommodations are made on international and multi-racial dimension of Barry Uni- an individual basis and are designed to equalize versity. A function of the department is to ensure ap- access to educational opportunities. 22 BARRY UNIVERSITY propriate immigration status by members of the Barry Internship Requirement — The United States Citi- community and provide assistance according to the zenship and Immigration Services (USCIS formerly Federal guidelines of the United States Immigration INS) defines “curricular practical training” as and Naturalization Services (USINS), and the United emplolyment which is an integral or important part of States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIA). your curriculum, including: internship, externship, ICC’s multicultural learning community is designed practicum, or any other type of required internship or to serve as an exploratory and developmental envi- practicum which is offered by sponsoring employers ronment through which members of our community through cooperative agreements with Barry Univer- can be introduced and become knowledgeable, about sity. All international students must receive employ- the world which we all share. Our goal is to prepare ment authorization on the back of their I-20D which students for the challenges and opportunities of the would specify permission to engage in curricular prac- 21st century. tical training (cpt) and must be careful to limit cpt to Every effort is made to promote student awareness no more than 20 hours per week. The student must be of the benefits available to international students un- enrolled in school during their training in order to der federal regulations. To provide efficient service, maintain lawful F-1 status. ICC requires all international students to provide up- to-date information regarding changes in personal and MULTICULTURAL AFFAIRS or academic status. These changes may include a new Another function of the Inter-cultural Center is academic program, change in address, financial sta- Multicultural Affairs. Multicultural Affairs offers re- tus, and transfer to another university. In accordance sources, programming and advocacy to students from with United States Citizenship and Immigration Ser- racially and ethnically diverse backgrounds in order vices regulations, ICC maintains a complete file on to ensure academic excellence at Barry University. each foreign student that includes: a copy of an endorsed I-20, passport, visa, I-94 card, and related documents. FIRST-YEAR PROGRAMS International students are required to be registered The purpose of the Department of First-Year Pro- full time 12 credit hours per semester for undergradu- grams is to provide assistance to all new students at ates and 9 credit hours per semester for graduate and Barry University. By providing information, advocacy doctoral students. At all times, a student must make and targeted programming, the office seeks to enhance satisfactory progress toward completion of a degree a student’s educational experience by assuring a program. Suspended international students lose visa smooth transition into the Barry community. Through status upon dismissal and should seek immediate ad- personal attention to each new student, the Depart- vice from the Inter-cultural Center. ment of First-Year Programs provides a pivotal link The Inter-cultural Center also provides advisement in strengthening the caring environment of Barry Uni- with regard to any academic, financial, personal, and versity. Furthermore, the Department of First-Year immigration matters during business hours, Monday Programs strives to provide a positive and holistic edu- through Friday, 9:00am to 5:00 pm. ICC works closely cational experience, which prepares students for suc- with the international admissions office to ensure a cessful collegiate careers. smooth transition upon arrival at the university. A mandatory orientation program for new international NEW STUDENT PROGRAMS students is held prior to registration for Fall and Spring The first year of college is critical to the long-term semesters. Students are responsible for bringing the success of students. The difference between a success- following documents to the orientation and will not ful first year and an unsuccessful one can be as simple be allowed to register for classes without them: en- as getting help with a class or roommate. The Depart- dorsed I-20 or DS-2019 form, a valid passport, a valid ment of First-Year Programs was created to assist stu- visa and an arrival/departure card. dents in making their way through college, with a ICC promotes international awareness to the Barry special emphasis and focus placed on the satisfaction Community by sponsoring the: of first-year students. It assists first-year students in 1. International Assistant Program solving problems and is committed to building the 2. ICC Forums, Workshops and Events confidence of first-year students so they can focus on 3. Cross Cultural Training their academic responsibilities. The first-year student 4. Festival of Nations formula for success is very simple: participate in ac- 5. Cultural Extravaganza tivities, make friends, and work toward academic Students should feel free to bring their ideas, con- achievement. cerns and questions to the Center. STUDENT LIFE 23

StART — is a two-day program designed to intro- Course Descriptions— duce you to life at Barry and serve as a major compo- Orientation Prefix: ORI nent to the university’s student transitional support efforts. Through the StART program’s informational 100 Freshman Seminar (1) sessions, placement and challenge testing, meetings A special one-semester course open to all freshman and receptions, you’ll become acquainted with the and new students. Goals of the course are to help stu- Barry University community. You’ll have an opportu- dents adjust to the University, and to develop positive nity to explore our academic facilities and our resi- attitudes about themselves and the learning process dence halls. You’ll meet with representatives from your while learning skills essential for academic and per- academic school and register for your fall semester sonal success. classes. You’ll also discover the rich variety of activities and programs available at Barry University. RESIDENTIAL LIFE StART also offers an important opportunity for you The purpose of the residential life program is to work and your family to meet faculty and staff and to learn with students, staff, and faculty in the creation of a car- firsthand about the philosophy of education that will ing and learning environment in which students can guide your studies at Barry University. find opportunities to excel academically and interper- Orientation — serves as the second major compo- sonally. The department provides ways in which stu- nent in the university’s transitional support efforts for dents can better understand themselves and others in new students. Mandatory for all new students, Orien- their community. Freshmen are encouraged to apply tation focuses on cultural, spiritual and social orienta- for housing and experience on-campus living. tion to Barry University. Orientation is collection of On-campus accommodations within the residence programs and activities facilitated by undergraduate halls are available only to full-time, degree-seeking, student leaders called the Orientation Team. The Ori- undergraduate students. entation Teams facilitates numerous small group gath- Acceptance by the University does not assure a stu- erings which, provide a give-and-take pattern of dent of on-campus housing. The student must com- learning and establishing new relationships among new plete an application for housing in order to receive students and their peers. consideration. Housing assignments are made on a first-applied, first-served basis, in priority order of the New Student Investiture — is the official welcom- date of application. ing ceremony for new students to Barry University. In applying for housing, each applicant must pay a Held during the fall orientation, the New Student In- $200.00 room security deposit. This deposit will re- vestiture is an inter-faith ceremony which highlights main in a separate account and carry over from year the religious dimension of Barry University and com- to year while the student is residing on campus. After memorates the opening chapter of college life at Barry a room has been properly checked out, the $200.00 for the entering class of 2004. New students and their deposit will be released. Students must contact the families are the honored guests at this ceremony. Office of Student Account Services to receive a re- Peer Assistants — Peer Assistants (PA) are full-time fund of any monies. undergraduate students who assist first-year students A resident moving out of the residence halls dur- in their academic and personal development. The peer ing his/her agreement period must cancel the agree- assistant, under the direction and supervision of the ment in the Office of Residential Life in writing, and Director of First-Year Programs, assesses mentors and will forfeit his/her deposit. There are three agreement intervenes to assist new students in their transition into periods: Fall/Spring, Summer I, and Summer II. a new academic, social, cultural and spiritual envi- Students offered housing must provide proof of ronment. The primary goal of this position is to assist health insurance or will automatically be billed for in the creation of a quality and supportive learning university insurance. A Health Information Form must environment for new students through program deliv- be completed and submitted to Student Health Ser- ery, resource identification and personal mentorship vices. of new students. The residence halls and dining facilities are closed during the Christmas holidays and during the period Freshman and new students are also encouraged between the end of the summer session and the open- to enroll in the continuing orientation course (ORI ing of the fall semester. Resident students should plan 100) during their first semester. This course pro- ahead to make travel arrangements and living accom- vides an opportunity for on-going support and modations around these dates. friendship for the new student. 24 BARRY UNIVERSITY

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES equate coverage within the South Florida area. Please The Health Center is open from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 check with your provider prior to coming to Barry.) p.m. Monday through Friday. For emergencies Students are expected to communicate with their pro- during the evening and weekend hours, student fessors about reasons for missing classes. Medical ex- health advisors are available and can be contacted cuses are limited to hospitalization, communicable via the Residential Life Advisors (RA’S) or beeper disease, or long-term illness. system through the University Security. Appointments are strongly recommended. If an ap- Student Health Services serves as the primary ad- pointment requires cancellation, students should no- vocate for the health of Barry University students by tify SHS at least 24 hours in advance. integrating the critical role of college health into the university mission. Those enrolled in the student health plan must obtain SHS provides quality health care utilizing a nurs- a written referral to off-campus providers prior to ing model in collaboration with a contracted family scheduled appointments. For more information please practice physician to promote a healthy community refer to the insurance brochure. and healthy individuals as critical components of stu- If proof of adequate insurance is not received in dent learning. SHS, the students account will be automatically Services provided include: billed. This billing is Non-refundable after the first 1. Assessment of injury or illness by a registered 31 days of the semester. nurse 2. Referral to an on campus nurse practitioner * STUDENT ACTIVITIES 3. Referral to off campus health care providers The purpose of the Office of Student Activities is (student must assume financial responsibility for to facilitate individual growth and development of these services). Barry students through involvement in extra-curricu- 4. Provisions of over the counter medications lar activities that compliment the traditional educa- 5. Limited in-house prescription services * tional processes of the university. 6. Administration of immunizations including: In keeping with this objective, the office develops MMR’s, Tetanus, Hepatitis A&B, Varivax, and maintains an extensive extra-curricular program, PPD’s, Menomune, & Flu * which provides students with practical opportunities 7. Administration of the student health care insur- to link classroom learning with the extra-curricular and ance benefits pre-professional environment. The office recognizes 8. Health education and illness prevention a number of student organizations, promotes Leader- 9. Pharmacy delivery service from a local pharmacy ship Development, Greek Life and social and educa- 10. Taxi arrangements for off site medical services* tional programming. *Please Note: There will be a nominal fee billed to Through increased social interaction, the Office of the student account for these services. Student Activities consistently fosters the development Responsibility of Students: of Barry University’s commitment to quality education through a more caring environment. All resident and international students are required to provide written immunization documentation of: (2) Campus Events & Programming Measles Mumps Rubella (MMR) vaccines, prior to class registration or moving into the university Student activities are the combined efforts of clubs housing. and organizations established for and/or by students, including, but not limited to governance, leadership, All resident and international students are required to cultural, social, diversity, recreational, artistic, politi- complete a current health history (included in the cal and religious activities. Many of these efforts fo- health form). It is strongly recommended that all en- cus on programs that serve to educate, develop or tering students receive a PPD, Physical Examination, entertain the students, faculty, staff, alumni, their Meningitis vaccine, Hepatitis B, and Varicella vaccine guests and the surrounding community. (if no documented case of chicken pox). Through the Campus Activities Board (CAB), an All resident and international students are required to advisory committee to the Office of Student Activi- provide proof of adequate insurance coverage within ties, developed by the students for the students, many the South Florida region. Coverage must be continu- programs are implemented. By utilizing students’ tal- ous and updated in SHS on an annual basis. (Many ents and energies, CAB strives to provide dynamic international and out-of-state plans may not offer ad- and diverse programs that meet the needs and interests of students at Barry University. CAB is divided STUDENT LIFE 25 into four different committees that concentrate on vari- GREEK INTEREST GROUPS ous types of programming all designed to educate be- Club Teke yond the walls of the classroom. Those committees Lynx include: Sisters of Cultural Awareness • Live Night Committee • Lunchtime Committee GREEK ORGANIZATIONS • Special Events Committee Alpha Delta Gamma Fraternity • Travel & Tour Committee Alpha Gamma Delta International Sorority Alpha Phi International Sorority Student Organizations Interfraternity Council The opportunities for student involvement in cam- Panhellenic Council pus activities are endless. There are more than 75 stu- Phi Kappa Tau Fraternity dents organizations that meet the needs and interests HONOR SOCIETIES of students. United by the Student Organization Coun- cil (S.O.C.) and funded by the Student Government Alpha Chi (Coeducational Junior and Senior) Association (S.G.A.), these groups encompass a wide Alpha Epsilon Rho (Broadcasting) range of interests and welcome your participation. Alpha Mu Gamma (Languages) Beta Beta Beta (Biology) ARTS ORGANIZATIONS Chi Sigma Iota (Counseling) Chamber Ensemble Association Delta Epsilon Sigma (Juniors and Seniors) Dance Club Gamma Sigma Epsilon (Chemistry) Fiji Fashion Club Kappa Delta Pi (Education) Kappa Gamma Pi (Graduating Students) BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS Lambda Pi Eta (Communication) Accounting Association Phi Alpha Theta (History) Delta Epsilon Chi Phi Delta Kappa (Education) Delta Sigma Pi Business Fraternity Phi Epsilon Kappa (Sport/Exercise) Eco/Finance Club Phi Eta Sigma (Freshmen) International Marketing Phi Gamma Mu (Social Science) Sports Industry Association Phi Theta Epsilon (Occupational Therapy) Psi Chi (Psychological) COMMUNICATION/MEDIA Sigma Tau Delta (English) ORGANIZATIONS Sigma Theta Tau (Nursing) Alpha Epsilon Rho Honor Society Sigma Xi (Research) Buccaneer Newspaper Theta Alpha Kappa (Theology) Lambda Pi Eta Honor Society INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS National Broadcasting Society WBRY Radio Station Black Student Union Haitian Inter-Cultural Association EDUCATION ORGANIZATIONS Jamaican Association BSW Network Latin American Students Association Education Association at Barry Trinidad & Tobago Student Association Student Council for Exceptional Children HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATIONS Kappa Delta Pi Honor Society Phi Delta Kappa Honor Society American Medical Students Association Biomedical Society GOVERNING ORGANIZATIONS Nursing Students Association Campus Activities Board Phi Epsilon Kappa Honor Society Commuter Student Association Pre Veterinarian Medical Club Interfraternity Council Psychology Club Panhellenic Council Sigma Theta Tau Honor Society Residence Hall Association Student Athletic Trainers’ Association Student Government Association Student Organization Council 26 BARRY UNIVERSITY

POLITICAL ORGANIZATIONS ership and involvement opportunities. The fraternities and Bachelor of Social Work Network sororities at Barry University include: Hands of Change • Alpha Delta Gamma Fraternity Political Science Club • Alpha Gamma Delta International Sorority Student Government Association • Alpha Phi International Sorority • Phi KappaTau Fraternity RECREATIONAL/SPORTS ORGANIZATIONS Leadership Development Cheerleading Team College is about more than what is taught within Dance Club the walls of a classroom. It is about getting involved Men’s Crew Team and becoming a part of campus life. To be an active Phi Epsilon Kappa Honor Society member of the Barry University community, it is cru- SCUBA Society cial that you develop leadership skills and abilities that Soccer Club will allow you to become involved in what is happen- Sports Management Group ing on this campus. From joining a student organiza- Student Athletic Trainers’ Association tion to volunteering in the community, leadership skills Volleyball Club are a necessity. The personal development and growth that you experience will make you more organized, RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS confident and capable of handling the responsibilities Delta Epsilon Sigma Honor Society of college and your career. You will greatly enhance Kappa Gamma Pi Honor Society your ability to work in a more effective and efficient Theology Club manner with a broader scope of people. Theta Alpha Kappa Honor Society The Office of Student Activities provides Leader- ship Development through a program called BLAST SCIENCE ORGANIZATIONS (Barry’s Leadership and Skills Training). BLAST is Chemistry Club facilitated by a Leadership Team to aid students with Beta Beta Beta Honor Society opportunities to develop and enhance a personal phi- Gamma Sigma Epsilon Honor Society losophy of leadership that includes self understand- Psi Chi Honor Society ing, respect for others and acknowledgement of Psychology Club responsibilities inherent in a community. Through a Sigma Xi Honor Society variety of programs, students can choose the course of action that best fits their needs and interests. SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS • Adventures in Leadership Best Buddies Organizations • Emerging Leaders Habitat For Humanity • Leadership Conferences Hands of Change • Leadership Luncheons Pals 4 Paws • Leadership Recognition Student Ambassador Team • Leadership Retreats • Leadership Speaker Series ALL STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO REGISTRATION RENEWAL. VOLUNTEER AND COMMUNITY SERVICE Greek Life CENTER The Volunteer and Community Service Center was The Greek men and women of Barry University established in 1992 in the wake of Hurricane Andrew. are founded upon the principles of developing quality Its purpose is to further Barry University’s mission of leaders through commitment to academic excellence, service to the community at both the local and global dedicated service to the University and its surround- levels. The Center serves as a link between students, ing community and the promotion of healthy and re- faculty and staff who wish to work with those in need sponsible social interaction while maintaining a unified within the greater Miami area. Greek environment. Greek affiliation is an excellent way to enhance your Opportunities for involvement include: college career. Governed by the Interfraternity and • Habitat for Humanity — currently involved in Panhellenic Councils, Barry s fraternities and sororities building houses for families in the local com- encourage interpersonal, academic, moral, ethical and munity professional development through a wide range of lead- STUDENT LIFE 27

• Camillus House — a local homeless shelter and SPORTS AND RECREATION soup kitchen Barry’s on-campus, $4.5 million Health & Sports • Alternative Spring Break — a weeklong excur- Center includes an indoor gymnasium, a fitness cen- sion filled with meaningful and educational ter with a full complement of cardiovascular machines work with underprivileged communities in the and free weight equipment, a human performance lab, US or abroad a bio-mechanics lab, and student locker rooms. In ad- • America Reads — a literacy program with place- dition, there are outdoor baseball, softball, and soccer ments in area schools in conjunction with Fed- fields, as well as a racquet sports complex that includes eral Work-Study lighted tennis courts, basketball courts, and three- The Center works closely with numerous South walled racquetball courts. Also located on campus are Florida agencies to ensure every student has the op- a dance Studio, an outdoor pool and a sand volleyball portunity to be matched with a community experience court. Students, as well as faculty and staff, are wel- designed specifically to meet personal and academic come to use these outstanding facilities. Participants needs. are required to present a valid Barry ID for all recre- The Volunteer and Community Service Center is ational facility use. charged with organizing a Volunteer Fair, facilitating Freshman Volunteer Day, establishing a Community Intercollegiate Athletics Service Leadership Roundtable, serving as a liaison Barry offers twelve varsity sports which compete to national service organizations; developing a fully at the NCAA Division II level. Barry University cur- integrated service learning program and maintenance rently competes in 12 intercollegiate sports for men of co-curricular transcripts. and women. Women’s sports include basketball, golf, rowing, soccer, softball, tennis, and volleyball. Men’s HONOR SOCIETIES sports include baseball, basketball, golf, soccer, and Phi Eta Sigma is a National Honor Society for men tennis. Please refer to the Department of Intercolle- and women open to freshmen with a 3.5 grade point giate Athletics section found elsewhere in this catalog average. Kappa Gamma Pi (National Catholic under the School of Human Performance and Leisure Women’s Honor Society) is open to graduating seniors Sciences. Opportunities are provided for students to who have a 3.50 grade point average and an outstand- “try out” for any of twelve sports by contacting the ing record of leadership and service. Delta Epsilon appropriate head coach. Sigma National Scholastic Honor Society for Men and Women is open to juniors and seniors who hold a 3.50 Campus Recreation & Wellness, grade point average and demonstrate leadership in their Intramurals, and Club Sports respective fields. Alpha Chi is a national, coeduca- The mission of the Office of Campus Recreation tional honor society open to graduating seniors with a & Wellness (CRW) is to provide the University com- 3.70 grade point average and exemplary character. All munity with structured sports activities, wellness pro- grade point averages are based on college level graded gramming, and leisure recreational opportunities that courses. Seniors who have a grade point average of at allow the development of lifetime patterns for health- least 3.00 (B) and a good leadership record may also ful living. These programs and wellness activities are be chosen to be listed in WHO’S WHO AMONG STU- instrumental in the physical, emotional, and social de- DENTS IN AMERICAN COLLEGES AND UNI- velopment of students. CRW strives to encourage the VERSITIES. promotion of the ideals of recreation and wellness by Barry also holds memberships in the following na- incorporating such values as sportsmanship, fair play, tional honor societies: Sigma Theta Tau International, and camaraderie, while supporting an atmosphere the honor society of nursing, is open to juniors, se- which promotes equitable opportunity for all. niors, and RN-BSNs in the top third of their class. Campus Recreation & Wellness extends campus Sigma Tau Delta (English); Alpha Mu Gamma (For- awareness of a healthy, holistic approach towards rec- eign Languages); Beta Beta Beta (Biology); Kappa reation and fitness during leisure hours and encour- Delta Pi (Education); Phi Alpha Theta (History); Phi ages cooperation with other organizations and Epsilon Kappa (Physical Education); Psi Chi (Psychol- institutions which share the same objectives. ogy); Theta Alpha Kappa (Religious Studies); Gamma Intramural sports carry the thrust of the program Sigma Epsilon (Chemistry); Lambda Pi Eta (Commu- with perennial favorites flag football, softball, soccer, nication Studies); Alpha Epsilon Rho (Communica- and basketball leading the way. Teams may compete tion); and Pi Gamma Mu (Social Sciences). with other schools in select sports. A variety of club sport offerings give students an opportunity to participate in organized sport activities 28 BARRY UNIVERSITY which are not included among Barry’s selections of DINING SERVICES NCAA intercollegiate teams. Both intramural sports Barry University Dining Services offers a variety of and club sport participants must show proof of medi- dining choices for students and visitors to the Miami cal insurance. Shores campus. All resident students are required to Open recreational facilities for the Barry Univer- choose from one of four meal plan options. Commuter sity community include the strength and conditioning students can purchase a commuter meal plan or make room, the main gym, the outdoor tennis and racquet- cash purchases at any of the dining facilities. Informa- ball courts, the pool, the sand volleyball court, and tion and applications for commuter meal plans can be our lighted, multipurpose fields. All campus recreation obtained by visiting the Dining Services office in the participants are required to present a valid Barry ID Landon Student Union. The opening of the Landon Stu- for all activities. dent Union in the Fall of 2004 will offer a new upscale Wellness activities are the hottest classes on cam- dining experience on campus. The following gives a pus. Ranging from aerobics to yoga, Barry students brief description about each facility, along with its regu- can enjoy the cardio-vascular benefits of heart pound- lar hours of operation. Please be sure to check the cam- ing activities, or meditate and stretch in classes de- pus website for updated information and changes that signed to focus on inner strength. The variety of classes may occur during break periods and holidays. and the extensive schedule caters to even the busiest student. Ultimate Dining Café: (Landon Student Union, 2nd Floor) OFFICE OF MISSION AND MINISTRY Ultimate Dining offers restaurant-quality food with unlimited seconds! It’s dining that places an emphasis The Office of Mission and Ministry coordinates and on enjoyment – whether it’s a Mardi Gras extravaganza fosters the awareness and articulation of the or a traditional Thanksgiving feast. Ultimate Dining University’s mission, values and Dominican tradition centers on quality and variety. Choose from the many among individuals and upon the organizational life. culinary platforms we offer at Barry University: Clas- The staff brings leadership to the mission as it is ex- sics (traditional entrees and sides); International (the pressed in the worship and prayer life of the commu- ultimate sauté station); Pizzarette (pizzas, hot sand- nity. In addition, the staff wiches and individual casseroles); The Grille (burgers, • develops educational and retreat opportunities fries and more); Sub and Sandwich (made to order deli); for the spiritual and ethical formation of stu- Soup and Salad (fresh and healthy); Desserts (cookies, dents, faculty and staff. cakes and fresh baked treats); and Beverages. • provides opportunities for the study of the This facility serves resident and commuter students, Catholic faith, including preparation for Sacra- plus faculty, staff and guests of the University. Full- mental initiation into the Catholic Church. service meals are served seven days per week. Regular • offers hospitality and support to students, fac- semester hours of operation are: Monday – Friday, hot ulty and staff. breakfast from 7:30 a.m. to 10:00 a.m., hot lunch from • designs programs to deepen our understanding 11:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., light lunch from 2:00 p.m. to of the Adrian Dominican tradition and our com- 3:30 p.m., and dinner from 4:30 to 7:30 p.m. On Satur- mitment as a sponsored institution. day and Sunday, brunch is served from 11:00 a.m. to • provides opportunities for community service, 2:30 p.m. and dinner from 5:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. social analysis, and theological reflection on issues of peace and justice. Sports Bar: (Landon Student Union, 1st Floor) • strives to create an environment where the full The Sports Bar features Starbucks coffee and potential of all people may be realized and rev- espresso drinks; freshly baked pizza (whole or by the erenced. slice); burgers, grilled sandwiches and fried favorites, plus a variety of cold beverages. This facility serves resident and commuter students, CAMPUS BOOKSTORE plus faculty, staff and guests of the University. Pur- The Campus Bookstore, operated by Follett, is open chases can be made with cash, credit or debit cards, or for the services and needs of Barry students. Books, declining balance accounts from resident or commuter supplies, academic software, gift certificates and other meal plans. Regular semester hours of operation are: sundries are available for purchase. The bookstore is Monday – Thursday, Starbucks from 7:30 AM – Mid- located in Thompson Hall, first floor. Purchases may night and the Grill from 11:00 AM – Midnight. On be made using cash, personal checks, and/or Univer- Friday, Starbucks is open from 7:30 AM – 5:00 PM sity debit card. Items may also be purchased on line at and the Grill from 11:00 AM – 5:00 PM. The Sports www.barry.bkstr.com. Bar is closed on Saturdays. (Retail dining service is available at the Buc Stop Café in Thompson Hall.) STUDENT LIFE 29

On Sunday, both Starbucks and the Grill are open from Spring in combination with the University Chamber 12 Noon – 8:00 PM to accommodate the Sunday Ensemble. afternoon sports fans. Buc Stop Café: (Thompson Hall, 1st Floor) RECITALS AND EXHIBITS The Buc Stop Café features Einstein’s Bagels Students specializing in instrumental and vocal (including shmeared bagel sandwiches, Bistro Sal- music, as well as members of the Music and Theatre ads, fresh baked cookies and pure squeezed orange faculty, present studio recitals and public concerts. The juice among many others); Starbucks coffee and Art and Photography faculty schedule student exhibi- espresso drinks; Edy’s Ice Cream cones, cups, shakes tions and faculty exhibitions, and on an occasional and sundaes; The Grille (serving up burgers, grilled basis exhibitions by contemporary artists. Barry Uni- sandwiches and fried favorites); Grab ‘n Go sand- versity points with pride to art objects and photographs wiches, salads and sushi; plus a wide variety of snacks executed by senior Art and Photography majors and and cold beverages. displayed in selected throughout campus buildings. This facility serves resident and commuter students, plus faculty, staff and guests of the University. Purchases PUBLICATIONS can be made with cash, credit or debit cards, or declin- University publications include Barry Magazine ing balance accounts from resident or commuter meal and Alumni Connection, co-published three times a plans. Regular semester hours of operation are: year, the annual President’s Report and ForU, an on- Monday – Thursday, the Café is open from 7:30 AM – line, employee newsletter posted weekly, all by the Midnight with Einstein’s Bagels open from 7:30 AM – Department of University Relations. A number of 8:30 PM and the Grill open from 7:30 AM – Midnight. schools and departments also publish their own news- On Friday, the Café is open from 7:30 AM – 6:00 PM letters. In addition, the Barry Buccaneer is written and with Einstein’s Bagels open from 7:30 AM – 6:00 PM published monthly by students. and the Grill open from 7:30 AM – 3:00 PM. On Satur- day, the Café and Einstein’s Bagels are open from 8:30 AM – 3:00 PM and the Grill is closed. On Sunday, the ALUMNI ASSOCIATION Buc Stop Café is closed. (Retail service is available at The Alumni Association is a national Board which the Sports Bar in the Landon Student Union.) meets three times a year on the Barry campus to plan Q Coffee Club the annual business of the Association. The Alumni Q Coffee Club provides a selection of grab-and- Relations Office, located in the Vivian A. Decker go items, Espresso coffees, baked goods, smoothies, Alumni House, 103 N.E. 115 Street, Miami Shores sandwiches, and some salads. (across from the main campus) assists and supports There are two locations to serve students, faculty, the efforts of the Association and its clubs. The Alumni staff and guests – one in the lobby of Wiegand, and Association fosters scholarship efforts and promotes the other outside the south end of Garner. These are club activities. The Barry University Alumni Associa- cash only operations at this time. Regular semester tion provides the means for alumni to stay connected hours of operation are: Monday – Thursday 7:30 am through the E-News electronic newsletter, on-line to 8:00 pm. On Friday, the Wiegand location is open Alumni directory and the Alumni website from 7:30 am to 3:00 pm and the Garner location is www.barry.edu/alumni. Alumni achievements are fea- open from 7:30 am to 8:00 pm. tured in The Alumni Connection section of the “Barry Magazine.” The Barry University Alumni Benefits Bro- chure details all services provided to the alumni. THEATRE Annual events include the Barry Homecoming/ The University Department of Fine Arts produces Reunion (a celebration of the spirit of Barry and the a diversified program of dramatic, dance, and music memories of years past). The Bi-annual Distinguished presentations. These, and all departmental perfor- Alumni Awards, held during Homecoming, recognizes mances and exhibits, are free of charge and open to Barry alumni in the following categories: Alumni Vol- the entire campus and public community. unteer of the Year, Meritorious Community Service Award, Professional Achievement Award, Distin- BARRY UNIVERSITY CIVIC CHORALE guished Graduate of the Last Decade Award, Honor- The Civic Chorale is an organization dedicated to ary Alumni Award and the Outstanding Alumni Award. developing singing expertise and proficiency in in- Throughout the year, the Alumni Association hosts terested individuals, all styles and periods of music. several family events, such as Breakfast with Santa It is open to non-Music major students for course and the Annual Easter Egg Hunt. Outreach programs credit, and to interested community participants. The have been a feature with alumni networking recep- Chorale performs in public concerts in the Fall and tions offered throughout the state. 30 BARRY UNIVERSITY TUITION, FEES, AND FINANCIAL AID

STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY In consideration of acceptance for enrollment at Barry University, the student and guarantor(s) guarantee the payment of all fees for tuition, room, board, and all other financial obligations incurred while in attendance at the University. In addition, all financial obligations to the University must be met as a condition of graduation and participation in commencement ceremonies.

2004-2005 TUITION AND FEE SCHEDULE* FEES: Effective July 1, 2004-June 30, 2005 Enrollment Deposit ...... $225.00 TUITION: International Deposit ...... 50% of Annual Tuition Undergraduate Application (all programs) ...... 30.00 Full-time, 12-18 credits per semester** ...... $10,675.00 CLEP ...... 100.00 Part-time, per credit ...... 630.00 Professional Liability ...... $20-$50 Credits in excess of 18, per credit ...... 630.00 Deferred Payment Plan ...... 50.00 Occupational Therapy ...... 630.00 Returned Check ...... 100.00 Cardio Vascular Profusion ...... 630.00 Declined Credit Card ...... 250.00 M.L.T. to B.S.—Biology Special Course Fee (see class schedule) ...... Variable (Adult Biology) per credit ...... 415.00 Late Payment ...... 500.00 B.S. Biology/Histotechnology ...... 415.00 Tuition Management System Late Payment ... 500.00 Single Major in Biology...... 570.00 Late Registration Fee ...... 100.00 Fee for Adult Biology Web Registration Late Payment Fee...... 250.00 Program Lab Courses ...... 75.00 Withdrawal Fee ...... 225.00 BEC Undergraduate, per credit ...... 75.00 Lost I.D. Card ...... 15.00 Adult and Continuing Education, Transcript, each ...... 5.00 Undergraduate, per credit ...... 340.00 Health Insurance ...... Variable Portfolio Registration ...... $1,020.00 HOUSING: Lab/Material Fee for NSE Prefix Courses/ Room Deposit (mandatory)...... 200.00 (non-refundable) ...... $300/500.00 Room Rate, per semester Technology Fee ...... $50.00 Triple/Quad ...... 3,365.00 (Note: For further financial information/policies, Double ...... 3,700.00 please refer to The Frank J. Rooney School of Adult Private...... 4,255.00 and Continuing Education Student Bulletin) Education, 2 + 2 Programs ...... 630.00 (discounts available for qualified students) CCAL Program, per term ...... 2,150.00 School of Nursing Program Fees Accelerated and Basic Options 1st/Semester of Sophomore Year ...... $430.00 1st/Semester of Junior Year ...... 160.00 1st/Semester of Senior Year ...... 225.00 RN Options One-time Fee Paid 1st Semester ...... 150.00 Summer I, 2003 ...... 630.00 Summer II, 2003...... 595.00

*NOTE: HEALTH INSURANCE FOR THE 2004-05 YEAR WERE NOT AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF PUBLICATION. THE FIGURES LISTED HERE REFLECT THE COSTS FOR 2003-2004 AND ARE PRESENTED AS A GUIDE FOR ESTIMATING EXPENSES FOR THE SUBSEQUENT ACADEMIC YEAR. ALL COSTS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE AND MAY BE INCREASED BY ACTION OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES. ** Twelve to eighteen credits, in any combination Main Campus (Fall) and A.C.E. (Fall), twelve to eighteen credits, in any combination Main Campus (Spring) and A.C.E. (Spring), results in the administration of the full-time rate of $10,675.00. ARRANGEMENTS FOR PAYMENT OF ALL EXPENSES MUST BE MADE PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF REGISTRATION. TUITION, FEES, AND FINANCIAL AID 31

At Barry University, the purpose of the Office of NOTE: Student Account Services and the Office of Financial • School of Education courses for certification and Aid is to act in partnership with students to provide re-certification are offered at a reduced rate with- the necessary guidance in financial planning related out any further discount.

to enrollment. Students are encouraged to contact the • Students enrolled in the 2 + 2 program must com- Fees and T

Office of Financial Aid, at (305) 899-3673, or the Of- plete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid uition fice of Student Account Services, at (305) 899-3585, (FAFSA) to receive the discounted tuition. for information and assistance. • Various tuition discounts exist in other schools of All students are assessed tuition and fees on a se- the University. Please inquire within each school mester basis. All rates given are subject to change for details. without notice. • These discounts do not apply if tuition is paid Students should come to registration prepared to through a grant or other subsidy, nor do they apply pay the difference between estimated financial aid, if to discounted tuition, or to programs with special any, and the total charges for the semester. rates. Arrangements for all expenses related to tuition, • These discounts are not applied retroactively. room and board, and fees for each semester must be made prior to the completion of registration. DEFERRED PAYMENT PLAN (DPP) If financial obligations are not satisfied or deferred Barry allows students to divide all or part of a single payment arrangements are not approved, students may term’s educational expenses into three convenient be administratively withdrawn. Students may be rein- monthly payments (offered for courses of 12 weeks stated upon settlement of an account and the Univer- or more). There are no interest charges. However, there sity will make every effort to honor the student’s is a per-plan processing fee of $50.00. The first pay- original course selection and housing priority, but can- ment is due upon registration, and the next two pay- not guarantee those selections. ments will be due on the 1st of the next two following Any registration that is paid for by a check that has months. Students sign a Deferred Payment Plan con- been returned or a credit card that has been declined tract which outlines the payment amounts and due may be subject to immediate deletion. dates. There is a $500.00 penalty assessed for late payments after ten (10) days. Reminder notices are sent Web Registration Payment Arrangements ten (10) days before the due date. All payment arrangements must be made by 5:00 Barry also offers a two-payment plan for courses p.m. on the fifth business day following the date of of 9 weeks. The first payment is due upon registra- registration or a $250 late fee will be added to the tion; the second is due in five weeks. There is also a student’s account. $50 Deferred Payment Plan Fee. Note: There are no payment plans for courses less than PROFESSIONAL ASSISTANCE GRANT 9 weeks. Nurses: Registered nurse students enrolled in the Note: These payment plans are designed for current B.S.N. or M.S.N. Nursing Program are entitled to a students and current terms ONLY. Plan approval 30% reduction on tuition. Students enrolled in the must be obtained immediately upon registration, Doctoral Nursing Program are entitled to a 20% re- and no later than the end of the first week of the duction on tuition. semester. Clergy/Religious: Members of religious communities (Sisters, Brothers, Priests) and ordained clergy are entitled to a 30% reduction on tuition. Proof of affili- COMPANY REIMBURSEMENT DEFERMENT ation is required at each registration. Students who receive corporate reimbursement may Teachers: Any full-time **Florida teacher presenting defer the portion of the reimbursable tuition until six a signed contract for 2004-2005, or a letter from his/ weeks after the last day of class. Proper documenta- her principal at the time of registration, is entitled to tion on company letterhead must be submitted at the at least a 30% reduction on tuition for Education pro- time of each registration stating eligibility, amount/ grams. The contract or letter of employment is required percentage reimbursed, grade requirement, etc. Un- at each registration. der no circumstances will payment be deferred for more than one term (e.g. incomplete grades, continu- **Refers to one place of employment. Must be ac- ous matriculation, etc.). Payment becomes due imme- tively teaching. diately upon course withdrawal or course failure. **Grades PreK-12 only 32 BARRY UNIVERSITY

TUITION PAYMENT PLAN DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS Barry University offers the services of Tuition Man- If a student’s account shall become delinquent, the agement Systems, Inc. (TMS), providing an alterna- account may be referred to a collection agency or to tive method of paying for tuition and fees. TMS will an attorney or both. In such event, the student shall be assist students in budgeting monthly payments for tu- liable for the balance due plus any fees of the collec- ition and fees and offer a wide range of financing al- tion agency, attorneys’ fees, court costs, and all other ternatives. Since many of these plans require payments charges associated with the collection of the debt, to- beginning in the summer preceding the student’s first gether with interest at the maximum rate allowed by semester at Barry University, interested students and law. their families are urged to contact TMS directly at 1- 800-722-4867 for additional information. TOTAL WITHDRAWAL POLICY Students who register but do not attend classes, or WITHDRAWAL POLICY FOR who withdraw for any reason after attending classes, INDIVIDUAL COURSES will not receive credit/monetary reimbursement un- Students who drop individual courses after the Pe- less they withdraw officially by submitting a written riod of Schedule Adjustment and who are still enrolled notice of withdrawal to the office of the dean of their in the University are NOT ENTITLED to any refund respective school. The effective date of withdrawal or credit. The Period of Schedule Adjustment ends on will be the date on which the notice is received by the the last day of regular registration. respective dean and the percentage of reimbursement will be determined by this date. CHANGES MADE DURING THE PERIOD OF Tuition, and Room and Board Fees will be credited towards reimbursement on this basis: If the stu- SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT dent leaves within the first two weeks of the semester, Students dropping courses during the Period of 80% of the full semester charge is credited; within the Schedule Adjustment will receive total refund/credit first three weeks, 60% is credited; within the first four for the course and special course fee, if applicable, as weeks, 40% is credited; within the first five weeks, long as the student remains enrolled in the University. 20% is credited. After the fifth week there is no credit. The Period of Schedule Adjustment ends on the last For purposes of determining the percentage of credit, day of regular registration. Refundable credit must be the first week of classes will be considered the start of claimed within one calendar year. the semester. Withdrawal from the university prior to the start STUDENT DISMISSAL of class(es) incurs a $250.00 fee. A student dismissed for academic or disciplinary reasons at any time shall not be entitled to any claim Summer School Refunds or refund. If the student leaves within the first week of the summer session, 60% of tuition, room and board is HEALTH INSURANCE credited; within the second week, 20% is credited. Health insurance is required for all resident stu- After the second week, there is no credit. Refundable dents, international students, nursing students, and all credit must be claimed within one calendar year. For student-athletes. It is strongly recommended that all purposes of determining the percentage of credit, the students be covered by some type of health insurance. first week of classes will be considered the start of the Students may enroll in the insurance policy offered Summer Session. through the University if they are taking 6 or more All fees, outside of tuition and room and board, are credit hours. The student health insurance is available nonrefundable. to students studying at distant sites. The insurance fee will be charged to all resident students, international Total Withdrawal and Return of Title IV students, nursing students, and student-athletes, if Funds proof of other insurance coverage is not provided to When a student receiving Title IV student finan- the Campus Health Center within 30 days of the first cial aid withdraws from all courses, the aid must be day of each semester. adjusted in accordance with rules established by the It is the responsibility of the student to verify that U.S. Department of Education. These calculations may they have been billed for student insurance through result in the student owing the University a balance. Student Health Services. FINANCIAL AID 33

If you withdraw or stop attending classes before institution’s established add/drop period. The State completing 60% of the term, a portion of the total fed- requires a full refund of monies. eral aid you received, excluding Federal Work Study earnings, may need to be repaid immediately. The Refundable Credit amount of federal aid that you must repay is deter- All refundable credits must be claimed within one mined via the Federal Formula for Return of Title IV calendar year. funds. This law also specifies the order in which funds Any refundable credit that results from a payment are to be returned to the financial aid programs from that was made by a credit card will be refunded by a which they were awarded, starting with loan programs. direct credit to the original credit card. ORDER OF RETURN OF TITLE IV FUNDS Diploma/Grade Report/Transcript Release 1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans 2. Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans As long as money is owed to the University, grade 3. Federal Perkins Loans reports, release of unofficial or official transcripts, di- 4. Federal PLUS Loans plomas, or official letters of degree completion is pro- 5. Federal Pell Grant hibited. Payment by local personal check requires a 6. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity minimum of 10 business days for check clearance. For Grants (SEOG) other checks, please contact the Student Account Ser- 7. Other Title IV assistance (not including FWS) vices office. You may be required to make a repayment when cash has been disbursed from financial aid funds, in FINANCIAL AID excess of the amount of aid that you earned (based on The purpose of the Office of Financial Aid at Barry the date of your total withdrawal) during the term. University is to provide service to students who need The amount of Title IV aid earned is determined by financial assistance in order to enroll, or to continue multiplying the total Title IV aid (other than FWS) for at the University, in the form of financial aid and fi- which you qualified by the percentage of time during nancial planning for their education. The commitment the term that you were enrolled. of Barry University to providing financial assistance • If less aid was disbursed than was earned, you to its students is generous, personal and on-going. The may receive a late disbursement for the differ- Office of Financial Aid fulfills this commitment by ence. following established procedures and practices which • If more aid was disbursed than was earned, the ensure the equitable and consistent treatment of all amount of Title IV aid that you must return (i.e. financial aid applicants. not earned) is determined by subtracting the The programs are administered in accordance with earned amount from the amount actually dis- nationally established philosophies of financial aid for bursed. post-secondary education. The basis of these philoso- The responsibility for returning unearned Title IV phies is the belief that the family is the primary re- aid is shared between the University and you. It is al- source for meeting educational expenses and financial located according to the portion of disbursed aid that aid is available for bridging the gap between those re- could have been used to cover University charges, and sources and college costs. The total cost of attending the portion that could have been disbursed directly to college will include not only tuition and fees, room you once those charges were covered. Barry Univer- and board, books and supplies, but personal and travel sity will distribute the unearned aid back to the Title expenses, as well. IV programs, as specified by law. You will be billed The Free Application for Federal Student Aid for the amount that you owe to the Title IV programs, (FAFSA), is the document used by Barry University as well as any amount due to the University, as a re- to collect confidential information from parents and sult of Title IV that were returned that would have students for the purpose of determining a student’s been used to cover University charges. need for financial aid. This information is processed For additional information on refunds to Title IV by the federally-approved Multiple Data Entry pro- sources, please contact the Office of Financial Aid at cessors, and the results are sent to Barry at the request 1-800-695-2279 or (305) 899-3673. of the student. Refund Policy for State of Florida Funds A refund will be due to the State of Florida when a student is not enrolled full time at the end of the 34 BARRY UNIVERSITY

DETERMINING ELIGIBILITY APPLYING FOR FINANCIAL AID FOR FINANCIAL AID After applying for admission, students should sub- A student is eligible for financial aid when he or mit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid she meets all of the following criteria: (FAFSA). Individuals whose applications are selected — Enrollment, or acceptance for enrollment, in a for verification may have to submit additional docu- degree-seeking program of study. mentation. Students will be notified if parent’s or — U.S. citizenship, or qualification as an eligible student’s tax returns or verification forms are required non-citizen. to complete the verification process. — Satisfactory academic progress. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid — Completion of the necessary financial aid ap- (FAFSA) should be forwarded to one of the federally plications by the appropriate deadlines. approved Multiple Data Entry Processors designating For federal financial aid purposes,“satisfactory aca- Barry as the recipient of the application data. Barry demic progress” is defined as successfully complet- University’s Federal School Code is 001466. Other ing 24 credit hours each academic year, and achieving supporting documentation should be sent directly to a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or above, if the Office of Financial Aid at Barry. the student is registered as full time. Review for satis- You are encouraged to complete the FAFSA on the factory academic progress is done annually at the end internet at http://www.fafsa.ed.gov. Please remember of the spring semester. If a student has not completed to sign your application either electronically with a 24 credits by the start of the fall semester, or has not PIN number, or by printing out the signature page and obtained a 2.00 cumulative GPA by the end of the mailing it to the address specified. spring semester, he/she will be placed on probation Incoming students who apply for financial aid can for no longer than one calendar year. If that same stu- expect to receive notification of their financial aid dent has not obtained a 2.00 GPA by the end of the awards following notification of acceptance to Barry. probationary period, and has not completed the re- Returning students will be notified of their financial quired number of credits, he/she will be ineligible for aid awards upon completion of their financial aid file. financial aid for the next academic period. In order to qualify as an eligible non-citizen, stu- TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID FOR dents must be permanent residents with an Alien Reg- UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS istration Card, Form I-551 or Form I-551C, with a Barry University participates in federal and state currently valid expiration date. Passports stamped financial aid programs. In addition, Barry provides “Processed for I-551” with a valid expiration date are institutional funding to supplement federal and state also acceptable. No federal or state financial aid is funding. There are three types of financial aid. They available to International Students. are gift-aid, work-aid, and loan-aid. Gift-aid is comprised of scholarships and grants from a variety of Enrollment Status sources. Work-aid, in the form of jobs on campus, is The majority of financial aid programs are designed federally funded. Loan-aid can come from federal and for full-time undergraduate students seeking their first private sources. baccalaureate degree while enrolled in programs for Gift-Aid does not have to be repaid. There are two which the full rate of tuition is applied. Full-time sta- types of gift-aid: scholarships and grants. Scholarships tus is obtained by being enrolled for at least 12 credits are awarded to students based on academic promise, per term. Students enrolled for less than 12 credits but and grants are awarded on the basis of financial need. at least half-time (6 credits) are eligible to apply for Work-Aid awards allow students to work on cam- Federal Stafford Loans. Students registered for a mini- pus to help defray the cost of education, while at the mum of 3 credits and who demonstrate sufficient fi- same time gaining valuable work experience. nancial need (as determined by the FAFSA) may be Loan-Aid, unlike scholarships and grants, is money eligible for a Federal Pell Grant. The amount will vary that must be repaid. Repayment of these student loans depending upon financial need and the number of cred- usually begins after the student leaves school. its enrolled. FEDERAL PROGRAMS Summer Enrollment FEDERAL PELL GRANT. The Federal Pell Grant Most grants and scholarships are available during serves as the foundation to which other sources of aid the Fall and Spring semesters. Student loans may be are added. The awards range, depending on the need available for the summer terms. of the student, from an estimated $400 to $4,050 per academic year. This grant is offered to eligible full- time and part-time undergraduate students. FINANCIAL AID 35

FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAM (FWS). OPPORTUNITY GRANT (FSEOG). Students with This federally funded, need-based program enables exceptional financial need may qualify for this feder- students to work part time to help defray educational ally subsidized grant. Barry generally awards FSEOG expenses. A minimum of 7% of Federal Work-Study in amounts from $400 to $1000 per academic year. funds will be used in community service jobs, giving FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PRO- students an opportunity to work on behalf of individu- GRAM (FFELP). Low-interest loans for students and als in our community needing assistance. Through the parents are provided by private lenders such as banks, assistance of the FWS Coordinator, students are as- credit unions, and savings and loan associations. There signed to available jobs based on their skills and abili- are two types of FFELP loans: Stafford (subsidized ties, and are paid on a monthly basis. Federal and unsubsidized student loans) and Parent Loan for Work-Study gives the student a unique opportunity to Undergraduate Students (PLUS). The Subsidized Fed- earn money for college while at the same time gain- eral Stafford Loan is based on financial need using a ing valuable work experience. federal formula. The government pays the interest for STATE OF FLORIDA PROGRAMS the student while he or she is enrolled in school at least half time and during grace and deferment peri- FLORIDA RESIDENT ACCESS GRANT (FRAG). ods. Repayment of principal begins six months after This program provides tuition assistance to full-time graduation or when enrollment drops below half time. undergraduate students from Florida attending private, Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The independent colleges and universities located in the Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan is not based state. Students who have been residents of Florida for on need and is available to students regardless of fam- other than educational purposes for at least twelve ily income. However, because the loan is not subsi- consecutive months may be eligible for the grant. This dized by the government, the student is responsible program provides approximately $2250 per academic for all interest which accrues during in-school, grace year, subject to state budget appropriations. The stu- and deferment periods. The interest rate on the Subsi- dent automatically applies for this grant when com- dized and Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans var- pleting the Free Application for Federal Student Aid ies annually and is based on the applicable T-bill, (FAFSA). capped at 8.25%. There is an origination fee and a FLORIDA STUDENT ASSISTANCE GRANT guarantee fee, not to exceed 4% combined. For de- (FSAG). This need-based grant provides approxi- pendent students, the annual loan limits for combined mately $1000 per academic year to full-time under- subsidized and unsubsidized loans are $2625 for fresh- graduate students from Florida, subject to state budget men, $3500 for sophomores, and $5500 for juniors appropriations. Students must complete the Free Ap- and seniors. For independent undergraduate students, plication for Federal Student Aid to apply. It is recom- those amounts may be exceeded by an additional mended that the application be completed prior to May $4000 for freshmen and sophomores, and $5000 for 15th, as these funds are limited and will be awarded juniors and seniors. on a first-come, first-serve basis. Under the Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Renewal Requirements for FRAG and FSAG Students (PLUS), parents of dependent students may Students awarded FRAG and/or FSAG the previous borrow up to the difference between the cost of edu- academic year must complete 24 credits (from the pre- cation minus other financial aid. Eligibility is deter- vious Summer, Fall and Spring semesters) with a cu- mined by the school, but it is not based on financial mulative GPA of at least 2.00 in order to be considered need. The borrower must have a good credit history. for renewal. FSAG recipients must also continue to The interest rate is variable, capped at 9%. There is an demonstrate financial need and submit the Free Ap- origination fee and a guarantee fee, not to exceed 4% plication for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). combined. Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program: Repayment begins immediately following disburse- Florida students who have earned a Florida Bright Fu- ment. Parents have up to 10 years to repay. tures Scholarship can utilize these funds at Barry Uni- FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM. This versity. The amount is determined by the type of low-interest (5%) loan, made by Barry University, but scholarship earned and is equal to a percentage of the federally subsidized, is awarded to students based on State of Florida tuition rate. Students should contact exceptional financial need. A student must complete their high school guidance counselor or the Office of and sign a promissory note with the school. Repay- Financial Aid at Barry University for more information. ment begins 9 months after leaving school. These loans are generally awarded up to $1,000. 36 BARRY UNIVERSITY

Students from Barry University also participate in the Endowed amount between $25,000 and $30,000: Jose Marti Scholarship Challenge Grant Fund, Deborah Feigelson for disabled students “Chappie” James Most Promising Teacher Scholar- Nina Fox for School of Social Work ship Loan Program, and the Critical Teacher Shortage William and Marlene Martino Student Loan Forgiveness Program, as well as other Patricia, Paul and Mary Minnaugh for Fine Arts state programs. Information on any of these programs Albert Shellan for School of Nursing may be obtained from high school guidance counselors or by contacting the Office of Student Financial Grace Southmayd by her daughter Sandy Assistance, Florida Department of Education, Talla- Southmayd for Education hassee, Florida, 32399-0400. Telephone: 1-888-827- Sister Agnes Louise Stechschulte for School of 2004. Web: www.firn.edu/doe/osfa Natural & Health Science Sister Paul James Villemure, Math Department FLORIDA PRE-PAID COLLEGE PROGRAM Ann Fels Wallace Fine Arts Scholarship Fund While this program was designed initially for use Sister Thomas Gertrude at Florida public colleges and universities, these funds can be applied toward expenses at Barry University. Endowed amount between $31,000 and $49,000: For further information please contact the Florida Mildred Anne Browne by Mr. & Mrs. John Sicko for College Pre-Paid program at 800-552-4723. the School of Education Dr. Lloyd D. Elgart for the School of Business and STATE GRANT PROGRAMS OUTSIDE the English Department FLORIDA Dr. Herbert Feinberg for students of Podiatric Incoming students from Alaska, South Carolina, Medicine Delaware, the District of Columbia, Vermont, Rhode Sister Trinita Flood, O.P. for School of Arts & Island and Pennsylvania should know that their state Science grants are “portable.” Students from these states who Walter Fraim for grandchildren qualify, based on financial need, can use these grants Carroll Knicely, Management Majors to attend a college or university outside their state. These grants can, therefore, be applied towards a Dr. Neta and John Kolasa for the School of Social student’s cost of education at Barry University. Stu- Work dents should contact their State Department of Edu- Beulah Rothman for the School of Social Work cation for further details, since there may be a deadline Sister Elaine Scanlon, O.P. by the Barry Auxiliary for application. Endowed amount between $50,000 and $99,000: Ann Bishop, Communication Department UNIVERSITY PROGRAMS Sister Dorothy Browne, O.P. by the Alumni Association ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS PROVIDED Marie Fitzgerald for the School of Human BY THE UNIVERSITY Performance & Leisure Sciences Barry scholarships are awarded annually to talented Florida Organization of Jamaicans incoming freshmen and transfer students based on Dr. Patricia E. Kopenhaver for women students of scholastic achievement. The amount ranges from Podiatric Medicine $1,000 to $13,500 annually and is also based on the Mansolillo Family student’s housing status. Students must maintain a Dr. Judith Balcerski cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or above to re- Sister Marilyn Morman, O.P. for ACE new scholarships, and any change in housing status Patricia Johnston O’Hearne by her husband, David, may also impact the amount of the scholarship. Schol- for their Silver Anniversary arships for graduate, ACE and students enrolled in off- Evelyn and Phil Spitalny for students of music campus programs are limited. Dr. Marvin and Ruth Steinberg for students of Podiatric Medicine ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUNDS Dr. George Wanko Barry University students benefit from interest Mary Agnes Sugar by the Wollowick Family earned from Endowed Scholarship Funds to honor and/ Foundation or memorialize a friend or relative. Several founda- Alumni Association License tions and/or trusts have granted funds to endow scholarships for Barry University. FINANCIAL AID 37

Endowed amount over $100,000: FLORIDA INDEPENDENT COLLEGE FUND Forrest Flammang Trust This organization provides financial assistance to Sister John Karen Frei, School of Natural and students through the following scholarships. Award Health Sciences amounts and eligibility criteria vary: Goizetta Foundation Carnival Cruise Lines William Randolph Hearst Foundation Coca-Cola First Generation Scholarship Sister Jeanne O’Laughlin, O.P. Ethics in Business Luigi Salvaneschi for School of Education Florida Broadcasters Averill Stewart by James Stewart Florida Rock Industries Roughgarden Florida State Harbor Pilots Minority Teacher Education Scholarship ANNUAL SCHOLARSHIP FUNDS Step-up Challenge Grant Barry University students benefit from the follow- The Opportunity Scholarship ing Annual Scholarship funds established to honor and/ United Parcel Service (UPS) or memorialize a friend or relative. Several foundations and/or trusts assist our students with scholarships Professional Scholarships annually: Provided by the University William Alexander by Hamilton Bank Foundation, NURSES. Scholarships are available for registered Inc. nurse students enrolled in the B.S.N., M.S.N and Ph.D. Assurant Group for math, management, and Nursing Programs, unless tuition is paid through some accounting type of grant or subsidy. Scholarships are valued from Marie Baier Foundation for the School of Business 20-30% of tuition. Please contact the School of Nurs- Bateman Foundation ing for details. Ben Benjamin Memorial TEACHERS. Any full-time **Florida teacher pre- Michael Brink senting a signed contract for 2004-05, or a letter from Rev. Cyril Burke Memorial his/her principal at the time of registration, is entitled Marie France Desrosiers to at least a 30% reduction on tuition unless tuition is Adeleide Frey by children of Mrs. Freyr paid through another grant or subsidy. The contract or Pam & Stewart Greenstein letter of employment is required at each registration. Health Foundation of South Florida Sister Eulalia LaVoie Memorial **Refers to one place of employment, must be actively John T. Macdonald Foundation for nursing teaching Ann MacKay for Education **Grades PreK-12 only Sylvia McClesky Memorial David and Olga Melin Grants Provided by the University Sylvaia McClesky ATHLETIC GRANTS. Barry University offers ath- Podiatry Medical Students by faculty in the letic grants to students who show outstanding ability. School of Graduate Medical Sciences These grants are available in most of the intercolle- Catherine Margaret Parkhurst Memorial giate sports programs offered by the University. Inter- Physical Science ested students should contact the appropriate Head Shamrock Society Coach or the Athletic Department. Lady Suzanne Tweed BARRY NEED-BASED GRANTS. Funds are pro- Sports & Leisure Science vided by the University to assist students who dem- Theology Scholarship onstrate academic promise and exceptional financial Theatre need. Award amounts vary. These awards are made on Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation a first-come, first-served basis. The student automatically applies for this grant when completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). 38 BARRY UNIVERSITY

VETERANS AND ELIGIBLE DEPENDENTS OUTSIDE SOURCES OF SCHOLARSHIPS EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE AND ASSISTANCE The Federal Government has programs, which pro- Many organizations not affiliated with the Univer- vide financial assistance for veterans and eligible de- sity, such as local civic groups and fraternal organiza- pendents of certain veterans. Information may be tions; offer grants and scholarships for which many obtained from the local or regional Veterans Adminis- students are eligible. Students are encouraged to in- tration Offices or by calling the Office of Financial quire about these potential sources of assistance by Aid. A student must be fully accepted into a degree- contacting the Office of Financial Aid. seeking program approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. The Veterans Adminis- tration will make determination of eligibility for benefits. STANDARDS OF PROGRESS POLICY FOR VETERANS. A Satisfactory Progress Average (SPA), a variation of the Quality Point Average (QPA), indicates satisfactory progress for a student receiving veteran’s educational benefits. An SPA of 2.00 or greater for an undergraduate student is satisfactory; less than 2.00 is not satisfactory. Any time a student’s SPA is not satisfactory; he/she will be certified, in a probationary status, for only one additional semester. If, at the end of this additional semester, the student’s SPA is still below the satisfactory level, the Veterans Administration (VA) will be notified of the unsatisfactory progress and the student’s veterans educational benefits will be terminated. A student whose educational benefits have been terminated by the VA for unsatisfactory progress may petition the Registrar of the University for readmission. A University official will discuss the problems relating to the unsatisfactory progress with the student. If the cause of the unsatisfactory progress has been removed, and the student is readmitted, he or she will be recertified for veteran’s educational benefits. CREDIT FOR PREVIOUS TRAINING. Students eligible to receive educational benefits from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs with previous post- secondary training/experience must request official transcript(s) be sent to Barry University. If the transcript(s) is not received by the end of the first semester, the student’s educational benefits will be terminated until the transcript(s) is received. Should credits be accepted, the student’s training time and total tuition costs* will be reduced proportionately. The VA and the student will receive a written notice of credits allowed. ACADEMIC INFORMATION 39

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

Knowledge of Regulations sometimes true with international records), copies may Students are bound by the academic regulations be prepared and released to prevent hardship to the published in the course catalog for the academic year student. The student should present a signed request. of initial acceptance to and enrollment in a Barry Uni- Usually a certified copy of what is in the student’s file versity program. Students are responsible for compli- is released. In rare instances the original may be re- ance with the regulations of the University and should leased and the copy retained, with a notation to this familiarize themselves with the provisions of that re- effect being placed in the file. spective catalog distributed by the Office of Admis- Students have the right to access or have copies sions; the Student Handbook, distributed by the Office made of the information in their file (per the Buckley of Student Services; semester schedules; posted offi- Privacy Act, 1974), with the following exceptions: cial notes; and official instructions given to students. 1. Transcripts from other institutions: Students must While Barry University provides academic advising, request a copy of the transcript from the originat- the responsibility for planning individual programs ing institution. rests with the students. Students are expected to be- 2. Health records come familiar with the requirements of the Univer- 3. Confidential recommendations, if: sity, of the schools in which they are enrolled, and of a. the student has waived the right to see the rec- their major disciplines. ommendations, and/or Students returning to the university after an absence b. the person making the recommendation has of one calendar year or more are bound by all aca- noted on the form that the student is not to see demic and published requirements applicable to the the comments. academic year of readmission. Definition of a Permanent Record Policy on Release of Information The university defines the official permanent record Barry makes every endeavor to keep the student’s as the electronic transcript (hardcopy transcripts for educational records confidential and out of the hands records prior to 1987). The official transcript carries of those who would use them for other than legitimate the following information: purposes. All members of the faculty, administration • Courses completed with credit carried, credits and clerical staff respect confidential information about earned, grades, grade points, grade point aver- students which they acquire in the course of their work. age, credit by exam, and an explanation of the At the same time, Barry tries to be flexible enough in grading system. its policies not to hinder the student, the institution, or • Transfer credit is posted in summary totals on the community in their legitimate pursuits. the official permanent record. Documents submitted by or for students in support of an application for admission or for transfer credit Advisors cannot be returned to the student, photocopied, nor At Barry University, advising students is a respon- sent elsewhere at his/her request. In exceptional cases, sibility shared by faculty. Advisors perform dual func- however, where another transcript is unobtainable, or tions. On the one hand, they counsel students on what can be secured only with the greatest difficulty (as is courses to take so that students can progress towards 40 BARRY UNIVERSITY completion of their degrees. On the other hand, advi- Class Adjustments sors are guides and mentors to students who are often Changes to original schedules must be done dur- unsure of their life goals, their academic abilities, or ing registration on a “Registration Adjustment” form. their career preferences. Academic advisors are as- Adjustments must be authorized by the student’s ad- signed by the dean of the school in which the student’s visor. major is housed. Advisors meet with students periodically to plan the academic program and evaluate progress. Registration forms must have the advisor’s Grade Reports signature before being processed each semester. Grade reports are issued at the end of each term. Any error in designation, grade appeal or omission of Attendance a course should be reported to the Registrar within two weeks of receipt. Students may not receive a tran- Students are expected to attend classes and labora- script of credits until their financial accounts have been tory sessions. At the beginning of the semester, all in- settled. structors will define specific requirements for attendance in their classes as they relate to the course grade. Challenge Testing The School of Arts and Sciences adheres to the following attendance policy: A total of 6 class hours of Placement absence can result in withdrawal with W, WP, or WF Students who need to take courses in English and if within the designated withdrawal period, or with an Math will be placed in these classes according to their automatic F if not. It is the responsibility of the stu- level of proficiency. In each area, proficiency is deter- dent to initiate the withdrawal during the designated mined by SAT or ACT scores. withdrawal period. Otherwise, an F will be issued at Transfer credits in English 111 and 112 or 210 are the end of the term. accepted to fulfill distribution requirements. If a student has passed the State CLAST test and is transfer- Summer Sessions ring in Math courses from another institution, these courses are validated by the CLAST and no placement Summer sessions are held every year, one during test is required. May and June, the other in June and July. A student may earn six (6) credits each session. Requirements Math Placement for admission to the summer sessions are the same as All students will be placed in a Math course based for the regular academic year. Students matriculated on their level of proficiency as determined by their at another college must have written permission from SAT or ACT scores or the results of a Math placement their dean to take specific courses at Barry. No other test. academic credentials are needed for guest students. The length of the summer sessions may vary within Computer Placement individual schools. For example, the Andreas School All Barry students are required to demonstrate com- of Business offers only one summer session for their puter proficiency. This requirement may be satisfied evening programs, and the School of Education offers by completion of CS 180 or CAT 102. Students who summer courses of varying lengths. believe that they already have proficiency may request the computer challenge test. Withdrawals Students withdrawing from the University must do English Placement so officially by submitting a written notice of with- ENG 095 SAT-V 480 and below drawal to the office of the dean of their respective ACT 21 and below school. The effective date of withdrawal will be the TOEFL 500-599 date on which the notice is received by the dean. Stu- ENG 111 SAT-V 490 and above dents withdrawing from courses must do so officially ACT 22 and above by obtaining the course withdrawal form from either TOEFL 600 and above their advisor or the Office of the Registrar. The with- ENG 095/111 Placement Testing is available to stu- drawal form must be signed by the advisor and the dents with an SAT Verbal score of 470 or 480 (or an dean, and then sent to the Office of the Registrar for ACT English score of 20 or 21). Students with an final processing. An unauthorized withdrawal results SATV of 460 or below (or an ACT/E of 19 or below) in failure in course(s). are automatically placed in ENG 095. These students are not eligible to take the placement test. Students ACADEMIC INFORMATION 41 with an SATV of 490 or above (or an ACT/E of 22 or 8. To develop the ability to analyze historical, politi- above) are placed in ENG 111. cal, or economic data with emphasis upon interre- If, as a result of the ENG 095/111 Placement test, a latedness of events and processes. student is placed in ENG 095, they must complete 9. To examine and understand theoretical and applied ENG 095 before taking ENG 111. Once a student has aspects underlying individual and group behavior. taken the Placement Test, they are not eligible to re- 10. To develop an appreciation and understanding of a take the test. Exceptions: Freshmen who have Advanced Place- genre or period of literature, or to develop skill in ment Credit (AP). If a student has AP credit for ENG a foreign language. 111, placement will be in ENG 112 or 210. If a stu- 11. To develop an appreciation of the fine arts (art, dent has AP credit for ENG 112 or 210 only, place- music, theatre) from either a historical or creative ment will be in ENG 111. If a Freshman has AP credit viewpoint. in both ENG 111 and ENG 112 or 210, no further En- glish is required. Undergraduate Graduation Requirements (1)Satisfactory completion of at least 45 credits of Chemistry Placement distributed coursework, including 9 credits in each If SAT-M is less than 440, then CHE 110. of the following curricular divisions with a mini- If SAT-M is 480 or more, than CHE 111. mum of 3 credits in each of the ten subdivisions: If SAT-M is between 440-480, the decision of 1. Theology and Philosophy 9 credits whether to place the student in CHE 110 or 111 is left to the discretion of the academic advisor. 2. Written and Oral Communication 9 credits 3. Physical or Natural Science and Exemptions Mathematics 9 credits Specifically exempt from this policy are second 4. Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credits bachelor’s degree candidates, students admitted into 5. Humanities and the Arts 9 credits the Nursing Transition Program (RN/BSN), Nursing Total Distribution Requirements 45 credits Accelerated Option, B.S. in Biology/M.L.S. and B.S. The above distributed coursework must be selected in Biology/Histotechnology and Cardiovascular Per- from an approved list of courses from the areas be- fusion. low. Students can obtain copies of the approved lists of DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS courses from their academic advisors. Philosophy Expected Educational Results Theology Distribution requirements are intended to achieve Written Communication: Excluding ENG 095 a wide range of learning outcomes in general studies. Oral Communication. Specifically, they are designed to fulfill the following Fine Arts: Art, Dance, Music, Photography, instructional objectives: Theatre 1. To explore diverse modes of religious experience Humanities: English Literature, French, Humani- and expression with emphasis on Judeo-Christian ties, Spanish tradition. Mathematics: Excluding MAT 090, 100, and 105 2. To inquire into classic philosophic concepts in or- Natural Sciences: Biology, SES 360/360L, der to gain perspective into human issues, judg- Environmental Science (ACE offers courses ment, and understanding. with an EVS prefix that are used to satisfy the 3. To demonstrate correct and effective writing. science requirement.) 4. To demonstrate competence in organizational pat- Physical Sciences: Chemistry, Physics excluding terns, outlining, and research. CHE 110. 5. To develop clear and persuasive oral expression. Behavioral Sciences: Anthropology, Criminology, 6. To develop an understanding of scientific concepts Psychology, Sociology with emphasis upon scientific observation, scien- Social Sciences: Economics, Geography, History, tific methods, and analytical thinking. Political Science 7. To develop understanding of mathematical concepts All Methods of Teaching courses (XXX 376, 476) and competence in quantitative skills. are excluded. 42 BARRY UNIVERSITY

(2)Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 120 cred- Pre-Physical Therapy Specialization its with a cumulative average of 2.00 (C). Of the Pre-Physician Assistant Specialization total, a minimum of 48 credits must be in courses Broadcast Communication (B.A.) numbered above 299. The last 30 credits and the Cardiovascular Perfusion (B.S.) majority of the major coursework must be com- Chemistry (B.S.) Environmental Option pleted at Barry University. Pre-Dental (3)Individual schools require satisfactory completion Pre-Medical of an integrative experience in the major field(s). Pre-Pharmacy Examples of integrative experiences are capstone Pre-Veterinary courses or seminars, written or oral comprehensive Communication Studies (B.A.) exams, national certification or licensure exams, Computer Information Sciences (B.S.) internships, and clinical field work. Computer Science (B.S.) (4)Completion of a major. Specific requirements are Criminology (B.S.) given in the introduction to each of the majors. Cytotechnology (B.S.) All requirements for the degree must be completed Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound Technology (B.S.) before students take part in a graduation ceremony. Diving Education Minor Economics/Finance (B.S.) Electronic Commerce (B.S.) UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES AND MAJORS Elementary Education (B.S.) In its undergraduate programs, the University of- English (B.A.) fers the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor Literature of Science (B.S.), Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.), Professional Writing Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.), Bachelor of Environmental Science (B.S.) Professional Studies (B.P.S.), Bachelor of Liberal Stud- Environmental Studies (B.A.) ies (B.L.S.), Bachelor of Public Administration Exceptional Student Education (B.S.) (B.P.A.), and Bachelor of Science in Legal Studies Exercise Science (B.S.) (B.S.L.S.). Pre-Medicine Option Pre-Physical Therapy Option The University offers over 50 Exercise Science, Five Year B.S. to M.S. undergraduate majors: Exercise Science Minor Accounting (B.S.) French (B.A.) Advertising (B.A.) General Studies (B.A.) Art (B.F.A.) (B.A.) Health Services Administration (B.S.) Ceramics History (B.A.) Graphic Design Honors Painting and/or Drawing Information Technology (B.S.) Athletic Training, B.S. International Business (B.S.) Pre-Medicine Option International Studies (B.A.) Pre-Physical Therapy Option Legal Studies (B.S.) Athletic Training, Five Year B.S. to M.S. Liberal Studies (B.L.S.) Biology (B.S.) Management (B.S.) Major: Professional Specialization Management Information Systems (B.S.) Pre-Dental Marketing (B.S.) Pre-Medical Mathematical Sciences (B.S.) Pre-Optometry Actuarial Science Pre-Pharmacy Applied Pre-Podiatry Computational Pre-Veterinary Medical Technology (B.S.) 3-Year Accelerated Option Music (B.M.) Biotechnology Specialization Music Performance Ecological Studies Specialization Musical Theatre Major for the Medical Laboratory Technician Nuclear Medicine Technology (B.S.) Histotechnology Specialization Nursing (B.S.N.) Major: Non-Medical Specialization Accelerated Option, B.S.N. Marine Biology Specialization Accelerated B.S.N. to M.S.N. Option Post-Baccalaureate Program Basic Option, B.S.N. ACADEMIC INFORMATION 43

L.P.N. to B.S.N. Option Declaration of Major R.N. to B.S.N. Option All students, including transfers, must declare a R.N./B.S. to M.S.N. Bridge Option major at the completion of 60 credit hours. Seamless R.N. to M.S.N. Option Three-Year Option, B.S.N. Two-Year Option, B.S.N. Undergraduate Minors Philosophy (B.A.) Minor concentrations are available in specific sub- Photography (B.F.A.) (B.A.) ject areas, as well as in the interdisciplinary areas of Biomedical/Forensic Peace Studies, Women’s Studies, and Film Studies. Digital Imaging Additional courses are offered in the following ar- Creative eas of study: Photo/Communication 1. Geography Physical Education (B.S.) 2. Humanities Grades K-12 3. Nutrition Political Science (B.S.) 4. Physics Pre-Engineering 5. Secondary Teacher Certification-Biology PreK-Primary Education (B.S.) 6. Speech Pre-Law (B.A.) A number of courses and programs at Barry Uni- Pre-Major (Undeclared) versity provide for an interdisciplinary approach to Professional Administration (B.S.) education. Examples include Biomedical Ethics, En- Professional Studies (B.P.S.) vironmental Studies, Environmental Science, Humani- Psychology (B.S.) ties, Peace Studies, Pre-Law, and International Studies. Industrial/Organizational Specialization Public Administration (B.P.A.) Undergraduate Student Classification Public Relations (B.A.) and Status Social Work (B.S.W.) An undergraduate student’s classification is deter- Sociology (B.S.) mined by the number of credits earned as follows: Spanish (B.A.) Sport Management (B.S.) Freshman 1 to 29 credits earned Diving Industry Specialization Sophomore 30 to 59 credits earned Golf Industry Specialization Junior 60 to 89 credits earned Sport Management 5 year B.S. to M.S. Senior 90 credits or above earned Sport Management Minor An undergraduate student’s status is determined by Technology (B.S.T.) the number of credit hours attempted in a given se- Theatre (B.A.) mester/term as follows: Acting Full-time 12 credits or above Technical Theatre Part-time 11 credits or below Theology (B.A.)

Change of Major and/or School Class Load The recommended undergraduate academic course Students wishing to change their academic major load is 15-17 credits during a regular semester and 6 or to add another major to their academic program, or credits during a summer session. To attempt more than to change schools, must submit a Request for Change 18 or 6 credits, respectively, requires the recommen- of Major and/or School Form with the office of the dation of the faculty advisor, written approval of the dean of the school in which the student is enrolled. appropriate dean, and a 3.00 (B) average. The maxi- Students are bound by the requirements for the major mum class load for students in the Evening Business published in the course catalog for the academic year Program is twelve (12) credits per semester. in which the new major was declared. For all other academic and graduation requirements, students remain bound by the regulations published in the course Departmental Proficiency Examinations catalog for the academic year of initial acceptance to Students who believe that they are qualified in any and enrollment in a Barry University program. course offered by the University and are interested in Students returning to the university after an absence placement and/or credit may petition to take a depart- of one calendar year or more are bound by all require- mental examination covering the course, with the ap- ments published in the course catalog for the academic proval of the Dean, providing such an examination is year of readmission. 44 BARRY UNIVERSITY offered. These examinations do not satisfy residency GRADING SYSTEM requirements. A fee of $20.00 per credit must be paid Barry’s undergraduate grading system, based on to cover administrative costs. class work and examination, follows: Superior Internship Achievement A 4.00 honor points per credit Internship experience under qualified supervision. Above Average B 3.00 honor points per credit Requires a minimum of 120 hours. Department Chair Average C 2.00 honor points per credit and Dean approval required. Below Average D 1.00 honor points per credit All international students must receive employ- Failure F No honor points credit ment authorization on the back of their I-20D which Credit CR Awarded for achievement would specify permission to engage in curricular prac- at or above the D level (C tical training (cpt) and must be careful to limit cpt to level in ENG 095, 111, no more than 20 hours per week. The student must be and 112; MAT 090, 100A, enrolled in school during their training in order to 100B, 100C, 105); no maintain lawful F-1 status. honor points; not computed in GPA; equivalent Independent Study to passing grade A-D Audit AU No honor points per credit Independent study may be an option for degree-seek- Not Reported NR No Grade Reported is ing students in certain academic areas. Students must given when the professor have plans for the research project approved by the aca- fails to turn in his/her demic advisor, the faculty member who will supervise grades on the date due. the project, and the dean. Students may register for no Upon submission, the NR more than one such project each semester. Regular tu- is changed accordingly. ition charges are applied to independent studies. Effective with the academic year 2001-2002, a plus/ Tutorial minus grading system will be inaugurated for undergraduate students. The use of the plus/minus grading In unusual circumstances, an academic dean may system is at the discretion of individual faculty mem- approve the offering of a course listed in the catalog bers. Grades will be assigned the following values: on a one-to-one (tutorial) basis. Regular tuition charges apply to coursework taken as a tutorial. Letter Grade Numerical Value A 4.0 Audit A- 3.7 B+ 3.4 Students wishing to audit a course must meet ad- B 3.0 mission requirements. Regular tuition charges apply B- 2.7 to audited coursework. C+ 2.4 C 2.0 Special Topics D 1.0 Contents of Special Topics classes will be deter- F 0.0 mined by the individual departments as requested by Students matriculating in the 1998-1999 academic faculty and/or students to fill specified needs or inter- year and all subsequent years and all currently enrolled ests. Special Topics are designated by the course num- students who have not graduated by spring semester bers 199 and 300. 2001 will be subject to the new system. Course In THE GORDON RULE Progress IP Students who plan to transfer to a college or uni- No Credit NC No credit awarded; versity in the Florida State system should fulfill the achievement below D Gordon Rule relative to writing and math require- level (C level in ENG ments: 1) four courses (12 credits), each including a 095, 111, and 112; MAT minimum of 6,000 written words; 2) two math courses 090, 100A, 100B, 100C, (6 credits) at or above the level of college algebra. 105); not computed in GPA; equivalent to F grade. ACADEMIC INFORMATION 45

Incomplete I An incomplete grade WITHDRAWAL POLICY FOR must be made up within FULL SEMESTER CLASS the semester following its First 1/3 of course = W receipt. It is the student’s Second 1/3 of course = WP or WF responsibility to arrange with the instructor for sat- CREDIT/NO CREDIT isfactory completion of course requirements. In Students may select one course per semester, in complete grades assigned addition to Instructional Activities in Sport and Rec- in the semester of gradu- reation courses and certain developmental courses, ation will result in post- subject to the usual maximum course load limitations, ponement of graduation. for which the official record of performance shall in- Upon completion of the dicate only whether or not course requirements are course, the student must completed satisfactorily. A student on academic pro- reapply for the next bation may not elect the CR/NC option. graduation. This option may not apply to courses in the Incomplete grade student’s major/minor or to courses required for pro- redeemed with fessional preparation. The student must elect the op- grade of A IA 4.00 honor points per credit tion at the time of registration; any changes must be made within the regularly-scheduled period for class redeemed with adjustments. A student may not repeat a course under grade of A- IA- 3.70 honor points per credit the CR/NC option for which the previously earned redeemed with grade was other than W. grade of B+ IB+ 3.40 honor points per credit A maximum of twenty-four (24) credits, in addi- redeemed with tion to physical education and certain developmental courses, may be taken under the CR/NC option (CLEP grade of B IB 3.00 honor points per credit and Proficiency Examinations excluded). Credits redeemed with earned under this option are applicable to the number grade of B- IB- 2.70 honor points per credit of credits needed to fulfill degree requirements. Stu- redeemed with dents must enroll for the Credit/No Credit option in grade of C+ IC+ 2.40 honor points per credit all sport and recreation courses; no letter grades are redeemed with issued. grade of C IC 2.00 honor points per credit DEVELOPMENTAL COURSES redeemed with To fulfill its responsibility to educate students, grade of D ID 1.00 honor points per credit Barry University offers a series of developmental redeemed with courses for the benefit of those students who need to grade of F IF No honor points per credit strengthen some of their skills. Students receiving a redeemed with grade of IP in any developmental English or math grade of CR ICR Credit but no honor points course will be enrolled in the SAME course as a RE- awarded PEAT in the subsequent term. A section of ENG 095, reserved for such repeats, is marked on the printed redeemed with class schedule as (FOR IP STUDENTS ONLY). All grade of NC INC No credit developmental courses must be completed successfully Withdrew W Grade earned for students by the end of 45 credit hours or, in the case of transfer who officially withdraw students, within the first academic year in residence. during the 1st 1/3 of the course FRESHMAN COMPOSITION WP/ The freshman composition sequence, English 111 WF Grade earned for student and 112 or 210, must be completed successfully by during the 2nd 1/3 of course. the end of 60 credit hours or the student may not be allowed to register for any additional courses at Barry University. Exceptions to this policy require the approval of the Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences. 46 BARRY UNIVERSITY

GOOD STANDING—PROBATION— of completed coursework at Barry used to determine SUSPENSION “graduation with honors.” A student is in Good Academic Standing if the cu- Students who have obtained junior status (60+ cr. mulative grade point average (GPA) is 2.00 or above. hrs.) may not transfer credits from a community col- A student is on Academic Probation if the cumula- lege or junior college. tive grade point average (GPA) falls below 2.00. The Courses taken through consortia are resident cred- dean of the appropriate school may require a student its and are not counted as transfer credits. Only cred- on probation to register for a limited load. its are transferred, not grades or grade point averages. A student will be suspended who: a) receives less It is the student’s responsibility to assure that two than a cumulative 1.00 GPA after the second or subse- copies of the official transcript are sent to the Regis- quent semesters at Barry University; b) receives a cu- trar at Barry University following completion of this mulative GPA below 2.00 for three consecutive course. semesters beginning with the second semester of attendance. Barry accepts transfer credits only from colleges A student who has been suspended for academic and universities that have regional accreditation (i.e., reasons generally may not petition the Office of Ad- schools that are accredited by one of the six regional missions for readmission until one year has elapsed. accrediting bodies). This policy is clearly stated in this The Admissions Office must have the approval of the Undergraduate Catalog under Transfer Credit Policies. dean of the appropriate school to readmit a student following suspension. Reference should be made to REPEAT COURSES Readmission and Change of Status procedures. No Barry University course may be attempted more A student suspended for any reason will be subject than 3 times. Withdrawals are counted as attempts. to those criteria and guidelines specified in the Uni- With prior written authorization from the appro- versity Catalog in effect at the time of readmission. priate advisor and dean, a student may repeat a course to improve the cumulative grade point average. REQUEST TO REGISTER AT ANOTHER If a student has an F and repeats the course and INSTITUTION receives an A, only the A counts. Quality points and credits attempted and earned for the second attempt Off-Campus Enrollment/Transfer of are counted in lieu of those earned for the initial at- Credits tempt. Though both attempts remain part of the student’s permanent record, the cumulative grade point A Barry student is expected to fulfill all coursework average will reflect only the grade earned on the sec- at Barry University. Barry University students who ond attempt. The Credit/No Credit Option cannot be wish to take courses at another institution for the pur- exercised during the second attempt to remove a pre- pose of transferring the credits back to Barry must vious letter grade. obtain prior written approval from the dean of the Barry University school within which the student’s DEAN’S LIST major is offered. Substitute coursework intended to To be eligible for the Dean’s List, students must satisfy graduation requirements will only be accepted have achieved a minimum grade point average of 3.50 when this approval has been granted in advance by taking at least twelve credits on a graded basis ex- the dean on the TRANSIENT STUDENT COURSE cluding incomplete grades, in-progress grades, devel- REQUEST FORM. This form must be submitted to opmental courses or grades lower than a C. the office of the dean a minimum of 30 days prior to the anticipated class start date. A copy of the course PRESIDENT’S LIST description from the respective institution’s catalog To be eligible for the President’s List, students must must be included with the form. Additional documents have achieved a grade point average of 4.00 taking at (e.g., course syllabus) may also be requested in order least twelve credits on a graded basis excluding in- to validate that the content of the substituted course is complete grades, in-progress grades or developmen- comparable to Barry’s course. tal courses. All policies described in the “Transfer Credit Poli- cies” of the Undergraduate Course Catalog apply. In GRADUATING WITH HONORS addition, grades and GPAs for substituted coursework In order to qualify for graduation with distinction, will not be included in the minimum of 56 credit hours a student must have taken a minimum of 56 credit hours ACADEMIC INFORMATION 47 at Barry carrying letter grades of A,B,C, or D, and ROTC must have maintained a cumulative grade point average of 3.50 or above. Portfolio credits cannot be ap- Air Force (AFROTC) plied to the 56 credit hours required to graduate with Barry University, in cooperation with the Depart- honors. If a student returns for a second degree, he/ ment of Aerospace Studies, Air Force Reserve Officer she must complete all requirements for graduating with Training Corps (AFROTC), at the University of Mi- honors, not to include credits used for previous de- ami provides academic instruction and training expe- gree. Only courses taken at Barry are computed in riences leading to commissioned service in the United determining honors. The GPA will be rounded using States Air Force. the third decimal place. The AFROTC is an educational program designed For distinction, CUM LAUDE, a cumulative grade to give men and women the opportunity to become point average of 3.50 is required; for MAGNA CUM Air Force officers while completing a Bachelor’s de- LAUDE, 3.70; and for SUMMA CUM LAUDE, 3.90. gree. The AFROTC program is designed to prepare them to assume positions of increasing responsibility TRANSCRIPT REQUESTS and importance in the modern Air Force. If money is owed to the University, release of tran- AFROTC offers several routes to an Air Force com- scripts, diplomas or other official letters are prohib- mission-the AFROTC 4 year program, the AFROTC ited. 2 year program and the One Year College Program. To request an official transcript, students must sub- Depending on the program chosen, attendance at ei- mit their request in writing stating: ther a 4-week or 6-week summer field-training course • student current name and complete address will be required. AFROTC cadets will receive junior • name under which student attended Barry Univer- officer training, career orientation, and learn about how sity, if different from student’s current name the Air Force operates. Travel to and from the base • currently enrolled, hold transcript for current se- and where field training occurs is paid for by the Air mester grades or degree conferral, if applicable Force. The end product of the AFROTC program is to • the type of transcript required: e.g., student copy, produce 2nd Lieutenants in the Air Force upon gradu- official transcript to be sent to student in a sealed ation. For more information, contact Captain Watson envelope, or an official transcript to be sent directly at (305) 284-2871. to a third party. If the transcript is for third party Enrollment use, the name and complete address of the person There is no military obligation to sign up for or institution must be provided. AFROTC. To take classes students must be US citi- • the number of transcripts required zens or resident aliens, and must be US citizens to Additional Information: receive a commission. It is possible to begin AFROTC • Signature must appear on transcript request. as a resident alien and earn a commission once citi- • Transcript request from anyone other than the stu- zenship is obtained. AFROTC cadets must also pass dent will not be honored. the Air Force Officer Qualifying Test, a physical fit- • When requesting transcripts in person, identifica- ness test including a 2-mile timed run, and pass an Air tion is required. Force physical exam in order to be eligible for schol- • Transcripts are processed within 5-7 business days arships and ultimately commissioning. upon approval from Student Account Services. • The fee for each transcript is $5.00. Scholarships • Transcripts are sent by first class mail. Barry as- A variety of AFROTC scholarships for one, two, sumes no responsibility for final delivery. three and four years are available on a competitive basis Transcript requests should be mailed to: and include an allowance for books plus a non-tax- Office of the Registrar able $300 - $500 stipend each month during the school Barry University year. Some scholarships provide full college tuition 11300 NE Second Avenue others begin at $15,000 per year and may be extended Miami Shores, FL 33161-6695 to 80% of tuition (cumulative G.P.A. taken into con- For further information, please call (305) 899-3866. sideration). In selected academic areas, scholarships may be extended to meet a five-year degree program recognized by a college. The one-year program is for students preparing for occupations for which the Air Force has a special need. The majority of two to four- year scholarships are for students pursuing degrees in certain fields of engineering, science, and math, with 48 BARRY UNIVERSITY a limited number going to other academic degrees. AIS 401/402 National Security and American Plus, there is a $3,000 scholarship available to quali- Society I & II Second Semester (Lecture 3, fied juniors and seniors who have completed field Leadership Lab* 0) training, regardless of your major. A number of schol- Focus is on the examination of the national security arships are also available to students enrolled in cer- process, regional studies, advanced military justice, tain non-technical degree programs such as: business civilian control of the military, preparation for active administration, accounting, economics and manage- duty, and current issues affecting military profession- ment. Scholarships for careers in the medical field are alism. also offered. Benefits *In addition to their respective classroom session, All AFROTC cadets receive uniforms, books and AFROTC cadets will be required to attend Leader- equipment for ROTC classes at no cost. Upon being ship Lab once per week. The Leadership Lab consists commissioned a 2nd Lieutenant in the Air Force you of hands-on leadership and management training nec- will receive a starting salary and allowances worth more essary to prepare cadets for their career as future Air than $35,000 per year. Free medical and dental care, Force officers. 30 days paid annual vacation and added educational benefits are also part of the compensation package. US Army (AROTC) Barry University in partnership with the U.S. Army Courses offers the Army Reserve Officer’s Training Corps at AIS 101/102 First and Second Semester Basic Florida International University. This is a college elec- (Lecture 1, Leadership Lab* 0) tive that is designed to teach and instill the leadership This course is designed to show the potential Air Force skills necessary to become officers in the Active Army, Officer, what role today’s Air Force plays in defense of our nation, what role they can fill in today’s Air National Guard, or Army Reserves. Students, who Force, and finally what the Air Force offers them both complete the ROTC curriculum and earn their Bach- today in AFROTC and later should they choose the elor Degrees in most undergraduate majors, will be Air Force as a profession after AFROTC. commissioned as Second Lieutenants. Army ROTC AIS 201/202 Third and Fourth Semester Basic classes are taught on the Florida International (Lecture 1, Leadership Lab* 0) University’s University Park Campus (SW 8th Street). This course is designed to examine general aspects of For more information, call the Enrollment Officer, at air and space power through a historical perspective. (305) 348-1619 or e-mail at [email protected]. We will cover the time period from the first balloons Enrollment and dirigibles to the space-age global positioning sys- Freshman and sophomore do not require depart- tems to the Persian Gulf War. Historical examples will mental permission to sign up for the course. There is be provided to extrapolate the development of Air Force capabilities and missions to demonstrate the no military obligation to take the course. At a mini- evolution of what has become today’s US Air Force mum, students must be resident aliens to participate air and space power. and must be U.S. citizens to earn a commission. Any student enrolling in the MSL 3201/2 and MSL 4301/2 AIS 301/302 Air Force Management and Leadership I & II Second Semester must have the approval of the department before en- (Lecture 3, Leadership Lab* 0) rolling. Students must be physically/medically fit and This is a survey course designed to give cadets an over- able to graduate and earn their commission before their view of the subject, it is not a content course. We will 30th birthday. cover listening, speaking and writing skills in the pe- Scholarships culiar Air Force format. Additionally, students will be Three and two year scholarships are offered to expected to comprehend various aspects of Air Force qualified ROTC students for use at Barry. Scholarships leadership, individual leadership, Air Force officers’ duties and responsibilities and apply the concepts of pay up to $17,000 annually toward tuition, $600 an- ethical behavior. nually for books, and from $250 (Freshmen) to $400 (Seniors) monthly directly to the student. For more information, contact the Enrollment and Scholarship Officer at (305) 348-1619. ACADEMIC INFORMATION 49

Special Programs MSL 3201 Leadership and Problem Solving (3), Prior service members and members of the National MSL 3201L Leadership Laboratory (0) Guard and Army Reserve have special entrance con- Examines basic skills that underlie effective problem sideration and may be entitled to other monetary ben- solving. Analyze the role officers played in the transi- efits. Call the number listed above for more information. tion of the Army from Vietnam to the 21st Century, Students that did not participate in ROTC during review the features and execution of the Leadership their first two years in college may attend a four week Development Program (LDP), analyze military mis- ROTC Leadership Training Course at Ft. Knox, KY sions and plan military operations and execute squad during the summer. This course is voluntary and does battle drills. not require enlistment or further commitment to the MSL 3202 Leadership and Ethics (3), MSL 3202L service in order to attend. All transportation, lodging, Leadership Laboratory (0) uniforms and meals are provided. Additionally, stu- Probes leader responsibilities that foster an ethical dents earn $800-$900 for attendance. command climate. Develop cadet leadership compe- Benefits tencies, prepare for success at National Advanced Contracted students, regardless of scholarship, receive Leadership Camp, recognize leader responsibility to $350 (Juniors) and $400 (Seniors) monthly. Once com- accommodate subordinate spiritual needs and apply missioned, active duty Second Lieutenants earn a start- principles and techniques of effective written and oral ing salary averaging $34,000 annually, have 30 days paid communication. vacation annually, are entitled to further education ben- MSL 4301 Leadership and Management (3) MSL efits, and free medical/dental care. 4301L Leadership Laboratory (0) Courses Builds on National Advanced Leadership Camp ex- MSL 1001 Foundations of Officership (2), MSL perience to solve organizational and staff problems. 1001L Leadership Laboratory (0) Discuss staff organization, functions and processes, Examines the unique duties and responsibilities of analyze counseling responsibilities and methods, ex- officers. Discuss organization and role of the Army, amine principles of subordinate motivation and orga- review basic life skills pertaining to fitness and com- nizational change and apply leadership and problem munication and analyze Army values and expected solving principles to the complex case study/simula- ethical behavior. tion. MSL 1002 Basic Leadership (2), MSL 1002L MSL 4302 Officership (3), MSL 4302L Leadership Laboratory (0) Leadership Laboratory (0) Presents fundamental leadership concepts and doc- Capstone course designed to explore topics relevant trine. Practice basic skills that underlie effective prob- to second lieutenants entering the Army. Describe le- lem solving, apply active listening and feedback skills, gal aspects of decision making and leadership, ana- examine factors that influence leader and group ef- lyze Army organization for operations from the tactical fectiveness, and examine the officer experience. to strategic level, assess administrative and logistics management functions, discuss reporting and perma- MSL 2101 Individual Leadership Studies (2) nent change of station (PCS) process, perform platoon MSL 2101L Leadership Laboratory (0) leader actions and examine leader responsibilities that Develops knowledge of self, self-confidence, and in- foster an ethical command climate. dividual leadership skills. Develop problem solving and critical thinking skills, and apply communication, MSL 4400 United States Military History (1-3) feedback, and conflict resolution skills. Examines the Military Heritage of the United States from colonial wars to the present; focuses on the op- MSL 2102 Leadership and Teamwork (2), MSL erational and strategic levels of warfare. 2102L Leadership Laboratory (0) Focuses on self-development guided by knowledge of MSL _900-999 Miscellaneous, Supervised and/or self and group processes. Challenges current beliefs, Independent Study (1-3) knowledge, and skills, and provides equivalent prepa- Supervised reading and independent study in United ration for the ROTC Advanced Course as the Leader’s States Military History, writing requirements. Permis- Training Course. sion of the instructor is required. 50 BARRY UNIVERSITY

CAMPUS INTERCHANGE PROGRAM APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS Barry University is part of the five-campus Domini- 1. All applicants must have at least second-semester can Colleges Campus Interchange Program. Barry stu- sophomore status during the semester of exchange dents have the opportunity to spend an academic and must have completed at least two semesters at semester at one of four cooperating institutions located Barry University prior to the exchange semester. in different geographic areas of the country while re- 2. All applicants must have a minimum cumulative maining degree candidates at Barry. This cooperative grade point average of 3.00 as well as a minimum educational experience is available through the joint grade point average of 3.00 in all major courses. efforts of Aquinas College, Grand Rapids, Michigan; 3. Applications for participation during the Fall se- Dominican University of California, San Rafael, Cali- mester must be submitted by April l of the preced- fornia; Siena Heights University, Adrian, Michigan; ing academic year. and St. Thomas Aquinas College, Sparkill, New York. 4. Application for participation during the Spring se- These colleges have much to offer the Barry stu- mester must be submitted by November 1 of the dent: exposure to people with different sociological current academic year. and historical perspectives; the benefits of varied cul- 5. The completed application must be submitted to tural opportunities; the possibilities for travel to dif- the Dean, School of Arts and Sciences, by the ap- ferent historical sites as well as to a wide variety of propriate deadlines. Application forms are avail- natural habitats; and the interests and expertise of other able from this office, located in Lehman 333. faculty members. 6. All applicants must have written approval from The possibilities of participating in the educational their academic advisors of the course of studies to and other personally enriching opportunities present be pursued at the exchange college. in this interchange program should be seriously con- 7. Acceptance for participation will be subject to the sidered by Barry students who have at least second- approval of the Dean, School of Arts and Sciences, semester sophomore standing. Students who travel to in addition to the consent of the exchange college. another campus for a semester remain degree candidates at Barry and the credits earned are transferred to SECOND BACHELOR’S DEGREES Barry. Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree from Students must request a catalogue and class sched- another accredited institution may qualify for a sec- ule from the college they are interested in attending ond bachelor’s degree from Barry University under so that they have a complete picture of the courses the following conditions: that are offered prior to requesting approval. • A formal application must be submitted to the Aquinas College, Grand Rapids, Michigan, is located Division of Enrollment Services, Office of on a wooded campus nestled in the heart of Michigan’s Records Management. second-largest city. The picturesque campus boasts a • The student must fulfill all admissions, prereq- blend of historic architecture and state-of-the-art uisite and course requirements in the second amenities and is within minutes of a vibrant down- degree program; the majority of the major must town and its diverse cultural and entertainment offer- be completed at Barry University. ings. • If nine (9) credits of Theology and Philosophy Dominican University of California in San Rafael are not included in the first degree, they must is located on one hundred wooded acres in a residen- be completed for the second degree. Other dis- tial district just one-half hour’s drive north of San Fran- tribution requirements are considered com- cisco across the Golden Gate Bridge. pleted. Siena Heights University is located in Adrian, a small • At least thirty (30) semester hours in residence city in the heartland of the Midwest. Neighboring the of upper-level credit over and above the require- lake-dotted Irish Hills, it combines the cultural advan- ments for the first bachelor’s must be completed tages of three colleges with the rural beauty of south- at Barry. These courses must be completed with east Michigan and the nearby bright lights of Ann a letter grade. Arbor, Detroit, and Toledo. • The student must achieve a cumulative grade St. Thomas Aquinas College, Sparkill, New York is point average of 2.00 or higher, with 2.00 or located on twenty-four rolling acres at the foot of the higher in the second major. Some schools at Clausland Mountains, an area noted for its natural Barry have a requirement that each course in beauty at the edge of the Hudson River Valley. It is the major, as well as the core business curricu- within easy commuting distance of New York City, lum in the School of Business, must be com- where students may avail themselves of frequent vis- pleted with a C or better grade. The applicant is its to museums, theatres, art galleries, and libraries. advised to review the catalog section dedicated ACADEMIC INFORMATION 51

to the major of interest to determine the grade GRADUATE DEGREES AND MAJORS requirements for that major. (More detailed information may be found in the Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree from Barry University Graduate Catalog.) Barry University may qualify for a second bachelor’s School of Adult and Continuing Education degree from Barry University under the following con- Information Technology, M.S. ditions: Administrative Studies, M.A. • A formal application must be submitted to the Liberal Studies, M.A. Division of Enrollment Services, Office of School of Arts and Sciences Records Management. Clinical Psychology, M.S. • The student must fulfill all admissions, prereq- Communication, M.A. uisite and course requirements in the second Executive Master of Science in Communication, degree program; the majority of the major must M.S. be completed at Barry University. Organizational Communication, M.S. • At least thirty (30) semester hours in residence Pastoral Ministry for Hispanics, M.A. of upper-level credit over and above the require- Photography, M.A. ments for the first bachelor’s must be completed Photography, M.F.A. at Barry. These courses must be completed with Psychology, M.S. a letter grade. School Psychology, S.S.P. • The student must achieve a cumulative grade Theology, M.A. point average of 2.00 or higher, with 2.00 or Doctor of Ministry, D. Min. higher for the second degree program. Some Andreas School of Business schools at Barry have a requirement that each Master of Business Administration, M.B.A. course in the major, as well as the core business Master of Science in Accounting, M.S.A. curriculum in the School of Business, must be Postgraduate Certificate Programs: completed with a C or better grade. The appli- Accounting, Finance, International cant is advised to review the catalog section Business, Management, Management dedicated to the major of interest to determine Information Systems, Marketing the grade requirements for that major. Adrian Dominican School of Education • The same degree from Barry University may be Counseling, Ph.D. awarded more than once only if all degree re- Curriculum and Instruction, Ed.S. quirements are met for the second degree pro- Educational Leadership, M.S., Ed.S. gram according to the academic regulations in Educational Technology Applications, M.S., Ed.S. the course catalog for the academic year of ac- Teaching and Learning with Technology M.S., ceptance to and enrollment in the second de- Ed.S. gree program. Multimedia and Communications in Education M.S., Ed.S. GRADUATE CREDIT FOR QUALIFIED Educational Technology Leadership Ed.S. UNDERGRADUATE SENIORS Elementary Education, M.S. Undergraduate students at the senior level with a Exceptional Student Education, M.S., Ed.S. high academic average in their field may be autho- Mentally Handicapped/Varying rized to enroll in six graduate credits while complet- Exceptionalities M.S. ing undergraduate requirements. Such course work will Mentally Handicapped/Specific Learning require the written approval of the dean. This approval Disabilities M.S. does not presume automatic admission into a gradu- Gifted M.S. ate program. These credits may be applied towards Guidance and Counseling, M.S., Ed.S. fulfillment of undergraduate degree requirements if Higher Education Administration, M.S. they satisfy a specific requirement. However, these Human Resources Development and credits cannot be used towards both undergraduate and Administration, M.S. graduate degree requirements. HRDA Leadership of Not-for-Profit/ Religious Organizations, M.S. 52 BARRY UNIVERSITY

Leadership and Education, Ph.D. School of Human Performance and Leisure Specializations: Sciences Educational Technology Movement Science, M.S., with Specializations in Exceptional Student Education Athletic Training, Biomechanics, Exercise Science, Higher Education Administration and Sport and Exercise Psychology Human Resource Development Sport Management, M.S. Leadership Dual Masters Degree in Sport Management & Marriage and Family Counseling, M.S., Ed.S. Business Administration with Andreas School of Marriage and Family and Mental Health Business, M.S./M.B.A. Counseling, M.S., Ed.S. School of Law* Master of Teaching M.A.T. Juris Doctor, J.D. Middle School English School of Natural and Health Sciences Middle School Social Science Anesthesiology, M.S. Middle School Math Biology, M.S. Middle School Science Biomedical Science, M.S. Secondary School English Health Services Administration, M.S. Secondary School Social Science Occupational Therapy, M.S. Secondary School Math Public Health, M.P.H. Secondary School Science School of Nursing Mental Health Counseling, M.S., Ed.S. Nursing, M.S.N., with Specializations in Montessori Elementary Education, M.S., Ed.S. Nursing Education; Nurse Practitioner (Family), Montessori Early Childhood, M.S. Nurse Practitioner (Acute Care); and Nursing PreK-Primary Education, M.S., Ed.S. Administration, including a dual degree with Reading, M.S., Ed.S. Andreas School of Business, MSN/MBA Rehabilitation Counseling, M.S., Ed.S. Doctor of Philosophy in Nursing, Ph.D. Theology M.A./Counseling M.S. (Dual Degree) School of Social Work School of Graduate Medical Sciences Master of Social Work, M.S.W. Doctor of Podiatric Medicine, D.P.M. Doctor of Philosophy in Social Work, Ph.D. Physician Assistant Program, M.C.M.S. * Admissions and Academic information published in Barry Uni- Anatomy, Master of Science, M.S. versity at Orlando, School of Law Catalog. Contact 407-275-2000 Public Health, M.P.H. for further information. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 53

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

PROCEDURE FOR APPEAL OF GRADES grades. A student wishing to challenge a grade will There will be a standing University committee, the proceed in the following manner: purpose of which is to address requests for revision of a. If the student’s school or division has a grade ap- academic grade(s) after preliminary means of appeal peal procedure, such procedure will be followed have been exhausted. and all such remedies must be exhausted prior to The standing committee known as the Committee filing a petition. In the event that the grievance is on Grades will consist of three faculty members and not settled at the school or division level, the stu- two students, one undergraduate and one graduate. The dent may file the Grade Appeal Form with the chair committee members will be proposed annually by the of the Committee on Grades, whereupon the pro- Academic Affairs Council and be approved by the cedure set forth will apply. The student must file Provost/Vice President for Academic Affairs. One of the form no later than five working days after the the faculty members on the committee will be named final decision of the student’s school or division. chair by the Provost/Vice President for Academic Af- b. If the student’s school has no grade appeal proce- fairs. An alternate faculty and student member will dure, the following will apply: also be appointed following the above procedure, and (1)If the grade challenged is in a course, the stu- will serve in case of illness or in case a member is dent will first discuss the matter with the fac- party to an appeal. The committee will establish its ulty member teaching the course in an effort to internal decision-making procedure which will be resolve the grievance informally. If the griev- made public. The committee is free to seek the advice ance is not settled, the student may then file the of others when it feels it lacks the expertise in a par- Grade Appeal Form with the chair of the de- ticular academic area. partment who will seek an informal reconcilia- The faculty member responsible for the course is tion. The form must be filed no later than 120 the only person who may make a grade change. When calendar days after the date on which the grade a student appeals a grade, the student will provide the was due in the Office of the Registrar. faculty member with a copy of all petitions. (2)If the grade is received in a comprehensive ex- A challenge to a grade received in a course, com- amination or on a thesis, the student may file prehensive examination, thesis, or other graduation the Grade Appeal Form with the chair of the requirement will be considered only when the student department who will seek an informal recon- alleges that the grade received reflects other than ap- ciliation. The form must be filed no later than propriate academic criteria, that is, achievement and five working days after the grade is received. proficiency in the subject matter as stated in the course If reconciliation is not achieved at the depart- syllabus. mental level, the student may file the Grade The following procedures are applicable in all Appeal Form with the dean of the school. The schools and divisions with regard to challenges to form must be filed no later than five working days after receiving the department chair’s de- 54 BARRY UNIVERSITY

cision in the case. The dean will make an infor- POLICY ON MEDICAL LEAVE mal investigation, hearing both the student and The purpose of this policy is to ensure that all Barry the faculty member, and attempt an informal students with incipient emotional, mental health or reconciliation. The dean will render a decision physical needs receive timely assessment and access within thirty calendar days and inform the stu- to service. The policy shall cover all students unless dent and faculty member in writing. the specific school or department in which the student c. If the student wishes to appeal the decision of the is enrolled has a more specified or comprehensive dean, he or she may file the Grade Appeal Form policy with respect to mental and physical health and with the chair of the Committee on Grades. The disposition. form must be filed no later than five working days When a student experiences serious medical or psy- after the student is notified of the dean’s decision. chological problems while enrolled as a student in The Committee on Grades will make a formal in- Barry University, he or she may request to take a vol- vestigation, hearing both the student and faculty untary medical leave-of-absence. If approved by the member. The committee will reach a decision Vice President for Student Services, the student will within thirty calendar days and notify the student, leave campus, be granted grades of “W” in all enrolled the faculty member, and the Provost/Vice President courses (even if the normal deadline for withdrawal for Academic Affairs in writing. The decision will without academic penalty has passed), and the student be either that the grade will stand, or that the fac- will be obligated to adhere to the readmission require- ulty member will change the grade as recommended ments outlined below if he or she desires to return to by the committee. If the faculty member disagrees Barry after the problem has been treated and resolved. with the recommended change, he or she will Similarly, the University may require a student to promptly inform the committee chair of that deci- take a medical leave-of-absence if, in the judgment of sion. The committee chair will then notify the Reg- the Vice President for Student Services or his/her des- istrar, through the Provost/Vice President for ignee, the student (a) poses a threat to the lives or safety Academic Affairs, that the grade will not affect the of himself/herself or other members of the Barry com- student’s grade point average, cause the course to munity, or (b) has a medical or psychological prob- be repeated, or prevent continuation in the Univer- lem which cannot be properly treated in the University sity. setting, or (c) has evidenced a medical condition or d. The student and/or the faculty member may appeal behavior that seriously interferes with the student’s the decision of the Committee on Grades by send- ability to function and/or seriously interferes with the ing the Grade Appeal Form to the Provost/Vice educational pursuits of other members of the Barry President for Academic Affairs no later than five Community. While on medical leave a student may working days after notification of the committee’s not return to the campus without prior permission from decision. The decision of the Provost/Vice Presi- the Vice President for Student Services, or designee. dent is the final University appeal. The Provost/ In making the decision to require a student to take Vice President will make a decision within thirty a medical leave, the Vice President for Student Ser- calendar days and inform the student and faculty vices or his/her designee acts out of concern for the member in writing. In instances where the Provost/ student and his or her rights, concern for other stu- Vice President recommends a grade change and the dents and concern for the University as a whole. The faculty member does not follow the recommenda- Vice President will have to consider whether the Uni- tion, the Provost/Vice President will inform the versity is able to provide the level of care and guid- Registrar that the grade will not affect the student’s ance needed, whether there is a likelihood that the grade point average, cause the course to be repeated, student will pose a threat to himself/herself or others or prevent continuation in the University. and/or to what extent the student seriously interferes with the rights of the others in the community to carry on their educational pursuits. For both voluntary and required leaves, the policy on refunds contained in the Catalogue will apply. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 55

READMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR respective deans. Dialogue regarding readmission to MEDICAL LEAVES a particular school is the responsibility of the individual students.] If a student must leave Barry University for medical reasons, he or she must take sufficient time away (normally six months to a year) to adequately address SUBSTANCE ABUSE the issues that necessitated the leave. During this ab- Barry University acknowledges the problem of sub- sence, the University expects the student to undergo stance abuse in our society and perceives this prob- professional healthcare treatment as the primary lem as a serious threat to employees and students. It is method of resolving the problems. Failure to seek on- the intent of the University to establish and maintain a going treatment of a kind appropriate to the health drug-free workplace. It is the University’s further in- problems will raise serious doubt as to the student’s tent to comply in every respect with the Drug-Free readiness to resume student status, and in such cases Schools and Communities Act Amendment of 1989 the University may withhold readmission until such (Public Law 101-226) as presently constituted to be time that appropriate treatment has been received. amended in the future. A student on medical leave, who wishes to return, Barry University condemns the possession, use or must initiate a request for readmission at least one distribution of illicit drugs and the abuse of alcohol month prior to anticipated return by writing a letter to and drugs/substances, whether prescriptive or non-pre- the Vice President for Student Services, or his/her des- scriptive. Any student or employee found to be in the ignee, detailing what has been accomplished during possession of, using, selling, trading, or offering for the absence. The student’s letter and a supporting let- sale illicit drugs or alcohol on the University’s prop- ter from an appropriate healthcare professional are the erty or as part of the University’s activities will be basis upon which the Vice President, or his/her desig- subject to disciplinary action as well as applicable lo- nee, makes the judgment that the health circumstances cal, state, and federal laws. causing the student to leave have been adequately ad- As a condition of employment, all employees and dressed and that there is a reasonable assurance that students must abide by the terms of this policy. Under the student will be able to resume his/her studies. federal law, an employee working under, or student The letter from the healthcare professional must receiving funds from a federal grant or contract, must address at least the following questions: what were report his/her criminal drug statute conviction for a the reasons for the student seeing you, how often did violation occurring in the University to the Adminis- you meet, what gains were made, do you feel the stu- tration not later than five (5) days after such convic- dent is able to handle the intellectual, physical and tion. If said employee/student is receiving federal grant personal demands of being a full-time resident/com- or contract funds, the University is required to give muter student, do you feel the student is ready to re- notice of the conviction to the contracting agency turn to full-time studies at Barry, and are there any within ten (10) days after learning of it. Employees/ special conditions under which the student should be students convicted must, under the terms of this policy, readmitted? This letter should be directed to the Vice have sanctions imposed within thirty days of the date President for Student Services, or his/her designee. the University Administration learns of the conviction. The information gathered is reviewed by the ap- (For complete policy, contact Office of Vice President propriate healthcare professionals at Barry and by the for Student Services or the Human Resources Office Vice President for Student Services, or his/her desig- on campus.) nee. The decision to readmit a student from a medical leave-of-absence is a professional judgment which POLICIES AND PROCEDURES RELATING TO may be reversed if a student fails to be a responsible SEXUAL HARASSMENT member of the Barry community. When a student is Barry University seeks to prevent harassment of permitted to return, special conditions or requirements its students, employees and those who seek to join the may be outlined at the time, and upon return, the stu- campus community in any capacity. dent is expected to meet periodically with the Vice Sexual harassment includes sexual advances, re- President or his/her designee. Similarly, it is advis- quests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical able for the student, during the first term back, to es- conduct of a sexual nature directed toward an em- tablish a professional relationship with a member of ployee, student, or applicant, when: the Health and/or Counseling Center. [Note: The Vice • Toleration of the conduct is an explicit or im- President for Student Services renders a decision for plicit term or condition of employment, admis- readmission to the University, not readmission to in- sion or academic evaluation. dividual schools (majors). This is the prerogative of 56 BARRY UNIVERSITY

• Submission to or rejection of such conduct is faculty member will send an Academic Dishonesty used as a basis for a personal decision or aca- Form to the faculty member’s dean. demic evaluation affecting such individuals. a. The dean will hold a hearing in which the fac- • The conduct has the purpose or effect of inter- ulty member will present the evidence against fering with an individual’s work performance, the student. The dean will decide who, in addi- or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive tion to the above, may be present at the hearing. working or learning environment. b. The dean will determine whether or not the evi- The above definition is in line with the Equal Em- dence indicates that cheating/plagiarism has ployment Opportunity Commission’s regulations on taken place. sexual harassment. If the student has admitted or has been found guilty Barry University, its officers and employees are re- of cheating or plagiarism, the following records will sponsible for maintaining a working and learning en- be kept: vironment free from sexual harassment. Existing a. The faculty member will send an Academic Dis- disciplinary and grievance procedures or informal pro- honesty Form to the student’s dean and advisor. cedures, as appropriate, shall serve as the framework The dean will inform the student in writing that for resolving allegations of sexual harassment. Respon- these forms have been sent. sibilities include making widely known the prohibi- b. The faculty member’s dean shall place on file tions against sexual harassment and ensuring the the records of the incident to be kept in the Of- existence of appropriate procedures for dealing with fice of the Provost/Vice President for Academic allegations of sexual harassment. Affairs. This record shall be destroyed upon graduation or other forms of separation from the ACADEMIC DISHONESTY POLICY University if no further incidents of cheating or plagiarism occur. (From the Barry University Faculty Handbook) c. If the records in the Office of the Provost/Vice President for Academic Affairs indicate that the Cheating and Plagiarism: Definitions student has committed two offenses, both inci- Cheating is defined as the attempt, successful or dents become part of the student’s permanent not, to give or obtain aid and/or information by illicit academic record. means in meeting any academic requirements, includ- The faculty member shall decide how the student ing examinations. Cheating includes falsifying reports will be graded for the course in which cheating or pla- and documents. giarism occurred. Typical penalties include: Plagiarism is defined as the use, without proper a. The student may be required to resubmit the acknowledgement, of the ideas, phrases, sentences, or assignment or take a new examination. larger units of discourse from another writer or speaker. b. The student may receive a failing grade on the Plagiarism includes the unauthorized copying of soft- assignment or examination in question. ware and the violation of copyright laws. c. The student may receive a failing grade for the course. An Incident of Cheating or Plagiarism For a second or subsequent offense, the student shall An incident upon which a faculty member may take be subject to suspension or dismissal from the Uni- action will be an event which the faculty member wit- versity by the Provost/Vice President for Academic nesses or has written evidence to support. A faculty Affairs. member must observe this evidence directly and may The student may appeal any of the above decisions not take action solely on the report of another party. in writing to the Provost/Vice President for Academic Affairs within 30 working days. Procedures for Handling Cheating and Plagiarism Responsibilities of the Faculty Any faculty member discovering a case of sus- Faculty should, at the beginning of each course and pected cheating or plagiarism shall make a responsible on the syllabus, explain plagiarism and cheating, and effort to confront the student with the evidence within the penalties for such behavior and refer students to five working days. University publications which state the policies. If the student can explain the incident to the satis- Faculty should do everything within reason to pre- faction of the faculty member, no further action is vent cheating and plagiarism. warranted. If the student denies cheating and the faculty member continues to believe cheating has occurred, the POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 57

Responsibilities of Students Policy on Hazing Students are responsible for knowing the policies Hazing is defined as any act whether physical, regarding cheating and plagiarism and the penalties mental, emotional or psychological, which subjects for such behavior. Failure of an individual faculty another person, voluntarily or involuntarily, to any- member to remind the student as to what constitutes thing that may abuse, mistreat, degrade, humiliate, cheating and plagiarism does not relieve the student harass, or intimidate him or her, or which may in any of this responsibility. fashion compromise his/her inherent dignity as a per- Students must take care not to provide opportuni- son. ties for others to cheat. Hazing is inherently in conflict with the mission of Students must inform the faculty member if cheat- Barry University and, therefore, will not be tolerated. ing or plagiarism is taking place. Every effort will be made to insure that students will not encounter the humiliation and danger of hazing. 58 ACADEMIC RESOURCES

ACADEMIC RESOURCES

LEARNING CENTER

Michelle A. Stefano, M.A., Assistant Director

The Learning Center, located in Garner 113, serves writing essays and research papers and assists gradu- as a primary resource for all undergraduate, graduate, ate and postgraduate students with specific writing and adult learners at Barry University. The mission of problems. The Mathematics Laboratory offers a full the Barry University Learning Center is to develop range of support for students on a one-to-one basis, independent, successful learners through provision of supporting courses ranging from basic developmental professionally designed and delivered academic ser- mathematics through calculus, trigonometry, physics, vices. The Learning Center actively seeks to provide and statistics. The Reading Laboratory provides aca- professional assistance to all University departments demic counseling, diagnostic testing, and learning pre- in meeting the academic needs of their students. Em- scriptions to students who wish to improve their phasis is on provision of strategies to meet the demands reading comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills. of successful college writing, reading, mathematics, The Learning Center provides review courses for critical thinking, and test-taking. The Learning Cen- CLAST preparation (EN 012 and MA 010) presented ter offers this intensive instruction through individual during the Fall and Spring semesters prior to each test- and small group work with professional staff, collabo- ing. Independent preparation through computer-as- rative study groups, and technology-based, indepen- sisted and videotaped instructional modules is also dent learning groups using computer-assisted and available to students. videotaped materials. The Learning Center administers and/or directs a The Learning Center provides a variety of sched- wide range of assessment measures. It is responsible uled seminars. Supplemental support seminars are of- for challenge and placement testing of incoming stu- fered to support specific courses in the academic dents and for providing additional specific evaluations disciplines. In addition, special support seminars are as requested by students or faculty. An English As- provided for students, focusing on developing skills sessment Test is administered at the request of the in- and strategies necessary to academic success. A com- dividual schools. Diagnostic and achievement tests are prehensive ESL program (English-for-Speakers-of- administered through the Reading Laboratory. other-Languages) is available for students who seek EN 012 Reading, Essay, and additional improvement in oral and written English Language Skills for CLAST (1) language skills. Preparation for the Florida College Level Academic The Learning Center has a Writing Center, Math- Skills Test (CLAST) in reading, essay, and English ematics Laboratory, and a Reading Laboratory which language skills. Assesses student competencies and are open throughout the day and evening, where the provides specific instruction. Satisfies requirement for students work largely on a one-to-one basis with a pro- students who must register for the CLAST. Does not fessional staff. The Writing Center provides writing meet distribution or degree requirements. CR/NC assistance to the University community. The Writing option only. Center serves the undergraduate population’s needs for ACADEMIC RESOURCES 59

MA 010 Mathematics Skills for CLAST (1) Supplemental Instruction Courses Preparation for the Mathematics section of the CLAST. A supplemental instruction course designed to deliver Assesses students through pre/post-test of competen- individualized or small group instruction. The content cies, provides review of necessary mathematical ar- is to be determined each semester by the Learning eas through a performance-based module approach, Center as requested by the specific school, faculty, and/ and uses correlated computer aided instruction. Satis- or students to fill specified needs or interests. Does fies requirement for students who must register for the not fulfill distribution or degree requirements. CR/NC CLAST examination. Does not meet distribution or only. SI credit does not count toward degree. degree requirements. CR/NC option only. SI 010 Active Reading and Learning MAT 090 Pre-Entry Math (3) Strategies 1-2 cr. This course prepares a student to take MAT 091 or SI 020 Writing Laboratory 1 cr. 093. A variety of individualized strategies are used, (see class schedule for section offerings) including programmed materials, computer-aided in- SI 040 Grammar & Syntax 1 cr. struction, and one-on-one tutoring. Does not fulfill SI 042 Accent Reduction/Conversation 1 cr. distribution or degree requirements. Placement in this SI 057 Biological Methods 2 cr. course is by appropriate score on the placement test. SI 059 Writing for Social Work 2 cr. CR/NC option only. SI 070 CHE 109 Recitation 1 cr. SI 071 CHE 111 Recitation 1 cr. ENG 095 English Composition Strategies (3) SI 072 CHE 112 Recitation 1 cr. Mandated placement for specific students and open to SI 073 CHE 152 Recitation 1 cr. others. A performance-based developmental writing SI 074 CHE 153 Recitation 1 cr. course with emphasis on process. Additional ESL SI 075 CHE 243 Recitation 1 cr. seminars are mandated for selected students. Pre/post- SI 076 CHE 244 Recitation 1 cr. testing and portfolio evaluation are used to determine SI 080 PHY 110 Recitation 1 cr. individual performance. A grade of CR and a passing SI 081 PHY 151 Recitation 1 cr. grade on the final exam is needed to exit. Does not SI 082 PHY 152 Recitation 1 cr. meet distribution or degree requirements. SI 083 PHY 201 Recitation 1 cr. HUM 207 U.S. Culture (3) SI 084 PHY 202 Recitation 1 cr. This course examines the history and practice of SI 085 PHY 210 Recitation 1 cr. American culture thematically from a cross-cultural SI 086 PHY 211 Recitation 1 cr. perspective through expository writings, historical SI 087 PHY 212 Recitation 1 cr. documents, literature, and North American film. Themes included democracy, structure of government, ideology, American beliefs and values, cultural influences on American society, racism, women in the U.S., and mass culture and media. Does not meet distribution or degree requirements. ST 010 Strategies for Professional and Academic Success (1) An elective course designed to meet the transitional and developmental needs of college students with learning disabilities. The course will focus on the development of self-advocacy skills and compensatory strategies which will assist students in meeting the demands of post-secondary education. 60 ACADEMIC RESOURCES

CAL PROGRAM

Vivian Castro, M.S., Director

The Center for Advanced Learning (CAL) Program • small-group subject area tutoring; at Barry University is built on the research-supported • academic counseling; belief that students with learning disabilities can suc- • individual and small-group personal and career ceed at the university level if given adequate and ac- counseling; cessible professional support. The CAL Program is • testing and classroom accommodations; and designed to meet the needs of students with learning • advocacy with faculty to facilitate course suc- disabilities who have the intellectual potential and cess. motivation to complete a university degree or gradu- First-year, transfer, and currently enrolled Barry ate studies. It is a comprehensive, professionally University students who are in need of these special staffed, and structured approach which aims to increase services are welcome to apply. Students admitted to academic self-direction, socioemotional maturity, and the CAL Program are expected to meet the require- career development. The goal of the program is to ments of the University and their specific degree pro- develop students’ understanding of the skills and strat- grams. Students are admitted to the CAL Program on a egies they may employ to circumvent their individual case-by-case basis upon the recommendation of the learning disabilities successfully, in life as well as Program Director and the Division of Enrollment Ser- academia. vices. Admission into the CAL Program will be deter- Services include: mined by a review of standardized test scores; high • intensive, individual tutoring to improve read- school or college transcripts; current psychoeducational ing, writing, oral communication, and math- test results; IEP; additional diagnostic or medical re- ematics skills needed at the university level; ports; an essay; a letter of recommendation; and a per- • instruction in learning and study strategies based sonal interview with the Program Director. on individual needs; ACADEMIC RESOURCES 61

TRANSITION IN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE PROGRAM

Michelle A. Stefano, M.A., Director

The Transition in Language and Culture Program developing a knowledge base, these courses will act (TLC) is a transitional program which fosters the de- as a perceptual filter for students to develop multiple velopment of language proficiency and cultural un- historic perspectives, to strengthen cultural derstanding in a supportive environment. It is designed consciousness and intercultural competence, to to meet the needs of those students who have met with increase awareness of global dynamics, and to build academic success in their primary language. The goal social awareness skills. of the program is to increase the cognitive and aca- Special attention will be paid to providing the stu- demic language ability of the English-language-learn- dents with the ability to assess their learning styles ers in order for the student to become more proficient and strategies. Emphasis will be placed on the recog- in the manipulation of language in the decontextualized nition of the styles and strategies of the student’s in- academic situation. Certain courses in this transitional digenous culture and those necessary for success in program do not count towards the degree. an American university. Based on current language acquisition theory, the curriculum focuses on the needs of the second- COURSES language-learner; it emphasizes the five basic elements ENG 095 Composition for ESL/EFL students of language—listening, speaking, writing, reading, and (3 credits) culture. The courses are commensurate with the HUM 207 United States Culture (3 credits) intellectual and academic pursuits of a first-year liberal COM/SPE Communication (3 credits) arts education. The entire curriculum is based on an MATH To be determined by placement integrated thematic approach which fosters the examination (3 credits) acquisition of knowledge and language in a social- communicative setting, creating a meaningful and Electives efficient context which engenders the connection and SI 042 Accent Reduction/Conversations in association of ideas. The focus on U.S. culture as American English (1 credit) curriculum content provides the students with an SI 040 English Grammar and Syntax understanding of the culture of which they have (1 credit) become a part, as well as meeting their need as SI 020 Writing Laboratory for TLC members of the global marketplace to have knowledge students (see class schedule for of the prevalent international culture. In addition to specific section) 62 ACADEMIC RESOURCES BEC PROGRAM

The Barry Early Credit (BEC) Program is a coop- mendation form from the high school must be sent to erative program between Barry University and selected Barry University’s School of Arts and Sciences. high schools. This program allows motivated high BEC students are intellectually challenged during the school students with proven exceptional academic final stage of high school by college-level material. abilities to earn college-level credits in designated By completing some college requirements, these stu- courses while in their junior and senior year. While dents move into higher-level courses after they ma- still enrolled in high school, BEC students are admit- triculate in college. ted to Barry University as part-time, non-degree-seek- The BEC Program presently offers courses in biol- ing students. ogy, English, French, history, mathematics, music, po- To be eligible to apply for the program, a student litical science, Spanish, philosophy, theatre and must have a cumulative 3.00 average and must com- theology. plete an application form. A transcript and a recom-

HONORS PROGRAM

Pawena Sirimangkala, Ph.D., Director

Purpose of the Program Qualification The Barry University undergraduate Honors Pro- To participate in the program as a first-year student, gram is designed to add both breadth and depth to the you must: educational experience of students in the Honors pro- • Attain a minimum combined SAT score of 1250; gram. The Honors curriculum offers the intellectually • Attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.70 in curious student an opportunity to analyze problems, high school. synthesize theories and actions, evaluate issues fac- To participate as a transfer student, you must: ing our complex society and develop leadership skills. • Attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.7 from The program gives superior students the opportunity a regionally accredited university. to interact with faculty members whose knowledge and expertise will enable these students to challenge the To participate as a second-year Barry student, you frontiers of their ability. must: • Attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.5 in Being an Honors Program (HP) student is translated your first year at Barry; into several academic rewards: • Obtain a letter of recommendation from you • HP classes have 10 – 15 students per class; academic advisor; • Small class size means ample opportunity to • Submit an admissions essay. engage in an in-depth classroom discussion; • HP courses are reserved for HP students only; Scholarship Opportunity • HP students have an opportunity to engage in The Honors Scholarship is guaranteed for the du- an independent research (HON 479: Senior ration of your bachelor’s degree program at Barry pro- Honors Thesis), preparing them for their future vided that you meet the program’s requirements. HP graduate studies; requirements include: • HP students are eligible for paper presentations • Meeting at least once a semester with the Hon- at the yearly National Collegiate Honors Coun- ors Program Director to determine eligibility and cil and Southern Regional Honors Council; report academic progress; • HP students have access to the HP computer lab • Enrollment at Barry as a full-time undergradu- (located in LEHMAN 338). ate student (which requires completion of a minimum of 12 credits per semester); ACADEMIC RESOURCES 63

• Registering for a minimum of one Honors Pro- Course Descriptions— gram class per semester; (HONORS PROGRAM ONLY) • Maintaining a minimum semester GPA and cumulative GPA of 3.5; ENG 199 H1 Special Topics in Literature (3) • Completion of 21 credit hours in Honors Pro- Content to be determined each semester. Honors Pro- gram courses. gram students will take this course in lieu of ENG 210. Prerequisite: ENG 111. Program Requirements THE/PHI 191 H1Judeo-Christian Doctrine (3) To participate in the Honors Program and to re- A fundamental examination of the Judeo-Christian tra- ceive the designation of Honors Program participa- dition, beginning with a consideration of the relation- tion on the final transcript, the Honors Program ship between theology and philosophy. Foundational students must complete 21 credit hours in Honors Pro- religious affirmations will be examined from the per- gram courses. spective of both disciplines. Honors Program students Year 1 Semester Hours will take this course in lieu of THE 201. Fall: MAT/HON 199 H1 (also listed as CHE/PHY 198) THE/PHI 191 H1 Judeo-Christian Doctrine* 3 History of the Philosophy of Science (3) Spring: The course examines scientific and mathematical ENG 199 H1 Special topics in Literature* 3 thought from a historical and philosophical perspective. The connection between the disciplines of phys- Year 2 ics, mathematics, and chemistry will be highlighted. Fall: The development of scientific thought throughout his- MAT or HON 199 H1 History of the tory will be studied and paradigm shifts will be em- Philosophy of Science** 3 phasized. (also listed as CHE/PHY 198) HUM/HON 199 H1 Dimensions of Culture I (3) Spring: This course addresses the importance of understand- HUM or HON 199 H1 Dimensions of Culture I*** 3 ing theory and its relationship to how society/culture Year 3 is produced and sustained. Various theoretical/philo- Fall: sophical assumptions that contribute to the production SOC 394 The world in America** 3 of cultural knowledge will be examined. Spring: HUM/HON 300 H1 Dimensions of Culture II (3) HUM or HON 300 H1 Dimensions of Culture II*** 3 This course will address the importance of theory in understanding and studying the concept of culture. The Year 4 course will examine how culture is shaped by major Fall: social institutions and how these institutions shape HON 479 H1 Senior Honors Thesis or cultural products such as literature, film, and art. The Research Project*** 3 underlying assumption that guides the dominant cul- Spring: tural standards of America will be evaluated. Prereq- HON 479 H1 (Students only register for HON 479 uisite: HUM/HON 199 H1. th once in the Fall semester of the 4 year) SOC 394 H1 The World in America (3) Total 21 The central focus of this course is to analyze and understand current relations of inequality within the con- *These courses will fulfill the University distribution text of the United States and Latin America – requirements and Arts and Sciences general education particularly as they relate to race and class. requirements. **These courses will fulfill the University distribu- HON 479 H1 Senior Honors Thesis/Research tion requirements. Project (3) ***These courses will fulfill general elective require- Students will conduct an original research that stems ments. from a collaboration between the student’s academic major and the Honors Program’s curriculum. Topic must be approved by the Honors Program’s director and an examining committee. A supervisory committee will oversee the thesis/project. 64 ACADEMIC RESOURCES STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS

Barry University offers a variety of Study Abroad Department of English and Foreign Languages, School programs. Students may choose from Summer, Semes- of Arts and Sciences. ter, or Year Long programs. Among the programs are Students interested in Study Abroad should plan Barry courses taught abroad by Barry faculty mem- their course of study well in advance of their projected bers, study abroad at a number of foreign universities foreign travel so as to meet registration deadlines in a with which Barry has bilateral exchange agreements, timely manner and any other program-specific require- and participation in the College Consortium for Inter- ments as mandated by the institution of study. In addi- national Studies in which Barry students can partici- tion, they should consult with their academic advisors pate in over 50 programs offered by the member and deans to ascertain how Study Abroad is best ac- colleges and universities. Information about the above commodated within their academic programs and ob- programs is available from Dr. Lillian Schanfield, tain approval. DIVISION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 65

DIVISION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

John M. Beaubrun, M.S..I., M.B.A., Associate Vice Provost, CTO and Dean

The administrative offices of the Division of In- owned/leased computers and peripheral equipment, formation Technology are housed in the Garner build- both on campus and at the off-sites. DCS advises on ing. The division provides library, distance education technology needs, and is responsible for the configu- and technology services for the University. It is the ration, installation, and maintenance of all desktop mission of the division to provide the user commu- computing equipment. nity with the highest level of technical service and support; to provide the University with a strong, dynamic, IT SUPPORT DESK competitive edge through the strategic planning and deployment of new technologies; and to maximize Darrell D. Duvall, M.S., Director cost-effective use of resources through the use of a The IT Support Desk provides a wide range of ser- centralized model for technology management. The vices for students on and off campus. The IT Support division consists of an administrative layer called IT Desk provides support to residential students using Administration, and eight support departments ad- ResNet, a service that provides network connectivity dressing the different resource needs of the Univer- and Internet access in each room on campus. In addi- sity. All non-instructional support from the division is tion to this, the IT Support Desk provides support to coordinated through a centralized helpdesk. all students experiencing problems accessing on-line resources such as the library’s electronic databases and CENTER FOR EXCELLENCE IN their Barry e-mail account. They also provide sup- LEARNING & TEACHING (CELT) port to all students with issues they might have with their username and password. Linda Cahill, Ph.D., Director and Instructional Designer The IT Support Desk is located in Garner Hall, room 241. Walk-in hours are from Monday thru Fri- The Division of Information Technology adminis- day, 8:30 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. Phone support is available ters the Title III Grant which provides for faculty de- everyday between 8:30 a.m. – 10:00 p.m. The IT Sup- velopment in the use of technology. Workshops and port Desk can be contacted by calling (305) 899-3604, individual instruction covering a wide range of cur- by visiting the support website at http://help.barry.edu, ricular designs and teaching methods to stimulate stu- or by sending e-mail to [email protected]. dents’ intellect are provided for faculty. This “smart Students, faculty and staff interested in using an classroom” contains state-of-the-art equipment for Internet Service Provider (ISP) from home are eligible enhancing teaching through technology. to receive discounted rates through AT&T’s Internet Connection for Education (ICE) provider. Connection DESKTOP COMPUTING SERVICES kits can be downloaded for free at http:// www.attbusiness.net/softctr/software.html. A credit Viju Koottungal, M.B.A., Director card is required to activate service through AT&T. Desktop Computing Services provides an efficient Barry University also has an arrangement with Dell and cost effective support structure for the University Computer Corporation where educational pricing is 66 DIVISION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY extended to students, faculty, and staff interested in Special hours are kept over holiday periods, end- purchasing PC’s, peripherals, and software. Contact of-semester periods, and summer sessions. Current the IT Support Desk for further information. computer lab hours can be obtained at (305) 899-3893 or at Barry University Web site. Staff Training Deborah Seepersaud, B.S., It Support & Document Printing Services Specialist Laser printing is available in the main lab for a fee of 5 cents per page. Color printing costs $1.00 per page Each month, Instructional Computing Services for plain paper printouts and S1.50 for color overhead schedules training classes and seminars for staff. Cur- transparencies. The cost of making thermal black trans- rent schedules are listed on our Intranet web site. Re- parencies is 50 cents each. quests for specialized training can also be placed at (305) 899-3893. Barry University is an official authorized testing Audiovisual Department center, which allows us to offer more than 5 different Lynch Hymn, B.L.S., Manager certification exams from major corporations. These The Audiovisual Department provides, maintains, include MOS, MCP, Novell, A+, among others. For and supports audiovisual equipment throughout the further information and to schedule an exam, please main campus. Mobile computers and projection sys- call (305) 899-3893. tems are only a few of the equipment that faculty and staff can check out. Students need to coordinate with INSTRUCTIONAL COMPUTING their professors if they need equipment for presentations. Faculty and staff can reserve equipment online SERVICES at http://bucwis.barry.edu/doit2/instructional/audiovi- Hernan Londono, B.S., Assistant Director & Manager, sual/default.htm. Twenty-four hour advance notice is Computer Labs required to reserve equipment. For additional information, please call (305) 899-3764. Instructional Computing is responsible for providing academic users with the highest level of service and support in the use of current academic computing David Brinkley Studio services. Mary Rode Worley, B.A., Production Coordinator & Studio Manager Computer Labs The David Brinkley Studio provides resources for Hernan Londono, B.S., Manager Communication students to work and learn on state of the art equipment, and facilitates faculty involvement The Main Computer Lab, located in Garner-247, is in distance education by producing courses for video available to all students and faculty and provides ac- broadcast. Students work on many projects, including cess to various application packages, various operat- the filming of professional commercials, the video- ing systems, electronic mail, and the Internet. The lab taping of community and campus events, and the is equipped with over 80 Windows-based computers, broadcasting of television courses. The studio is also scanners, color printers, and networked laser printers. available for commercial productions when not en- For teaching, there are nine networked classrooms gaged in educational endeavors. For additional infor- for hands-on computer usage. Each room is equipped mation, contact the studio manager at (305) 899-3462. with an average of 25 Windows-based computer workstations, and a multimedia projection system. Faculty wishing to reserve a room can do so at http:// LIBRARY SERVICES bucwis.barry.edu/ics/classLabs/classroomRequest.htm or by calling extension 4043. Estrella M. Iglesias, M.L.S., Assistant Dean of Library Services, Director Lab Hours (During Fall and Spring The Monsignor William Barry Memorial Library Semesters) provides material and services in support of the edu- During the Fall and Spring semesters, the main cational objectives of the University. Students have computer lab maintains the following hours: access to a collection of 910,528 items; over 250 elec- Sunday 12:00 PM – 10:00 PM tronic databases many with full text availability; and Monday – Thursday 7:30 AM – 12:00 AM over 2,000 journal titles. Friday and Saturday 8:00 AM – 10:00 PM DIVISION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 67

PUBLIC SERVICES NETWORK AND INFORMATION Anthony Valenti, M.L.S., Assistant Director SYSTEMS Public Services are responsible for circulation, re- Yvette Brown, M.S., Associate Dean of Information serves, periodicals, interlibrary loan and study room Technology & Director of Network and Information usage. Systems Library hours (during fall and spring semesters) Network and Information Systems is responsible Sunday noon – 12 a.m. for the administration of a number of computer serv- Monday – Thursday 7:30 a.m. – 12:00 a.m. ers running on Microsoft Windows platform. These Friday 7:30 a.m. – 10:00 p.m. computers are the primary servers for “BARRYNET,” Saturday 10:00 a.m. – 10:00 p.m. the campus-wide Ethernet network. They collectively Special hours are kept over holidays, end of semes- provide network file and print services, electronic mail ters, and summer sessions. Hours are posted at the services, online library applications, special applica- Library, library Web page or for more information call tions for instructional purposes, and the hosting of (305) 899-3760. Barry’s Internet, Intranet, and instructional web serv- Valid library card (University photo ID) must be ers. The Internet domain for the University is used to borrow materials. “barry.edu.” World wide access via the Internet is avail- Undergraduate students may check out materials able at http://www.barry.edu for 3 weeks. Two renewals are allowed as long as there Computer Accounts is not a hold request for an item. Interlibrary policy and reserves policies may be found at the circulation All registered students have a free computer ac- desk and on the library Web page. count. The account provides access to all university computing resources, including electronic mail services, web resources, and network applications. REFERENCE SERVICES Web Based Email System Kenneth Venet, M.L.S., Assistant Director Students have access to a web based messaging The Library provides reference services to support system (http://webmail.barry.edu) that provides them education, research and general information. Refer- with calendar and task management features in addi- ence service is offered on using print and electronic tion to their electronic mailbox. resources in several ways: • in the reference area Remote Access Services • via telephone Barry University maintains a web based proxy • via electronic mail server (http://access.barry.edu) that provides students • by appointment with access to restricted web based resources such as • through bibliographic instruction scheduled by the library, the student web and other instructional sites the faculty Reference collection is developed to provide print INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY and non-print resources that will support the education, research and general information needs of the INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES students, faculty and staff. Terry Kushi, Director Reference services are provided during the library’s hours of operation. Information Technology Infrastructure Services provides the physical network that allows users to access “Barry Net” applications, the library system, the TECHNICAL SERVICES administrative system, and the Internet. On the main Rita Cauce, M.S., Assistant Director campus over 2,000 Ethernet connection points are accessed through 121 switches located in 42 buildings. Technical Services is responsible for acquiring and Wireless Barry Net connectivity is also available on processing material selected for the library by librar- all three floors of the Monsignor William Barry Me- ians, faculty, and input from students. The material morial Library as well as the lobby and cafeteria areas selected follows the collection development policy, to of Thompson Hall building. support the quality education of the University. 68 DIVISION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Information Technology Infrastructure Services supports 15 off-campus sites throughout the state and provides dial-in lines for 24 hour a day access via modems from off-campus. UNIVERSITY WEB SERVICES AND INTERNET MARKETING Michel Sily, B.S., Director University Web Services creates Barry’s Internet and intranet sites in order to effectively assist in marketing the University, provides accurate information to the various constituencies of the University, and provides efficient methods of communication for community members. As such, University Web Services supports all schools, offices, faculty, and students of the University. In addition, it is responsible for maintaining Barry University’s presence on other Internet sites, including search engines, and for designing and implementing electronic campaigns. FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 69

FRANK J. ROONEY

SCHOOL OF ADULT AND Continuing Education Continuing CONTINUING EDUCATION and Adult of School

Carol-Rae Sodano, Ed.D., Dean Judith O. Brown, Ed.D., Associate Dean Lee Dutter, Ph.D., Associate Dean Judith Hochman, Ed.D., Associate Dean Patricia D. LaBahn, Ph.D., Associate Dean Thomas Ayers, M.S., Assistant Dean Heidi McLaughlin, D.B.A., Assistant Dean John Rushing, D.B.A., Assistant Dean Ellen Scarborough, M.S., Assistant Dean Faculty: Alexandrakis, Braunstein, Brock, Davis, Deeb, Feito, Horner, Kinzel, Loutzenhiser, Luckett, Maybee, Meloun, Nownes, Olson, Orman, Pita, Provitera, Quinn, Rushing, Scully, Swaner, Testa, Yazbeck, Zavodska

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE Adult students often have attained knowledge out- The purpose of the Frank J. Rooney School of Adult side of the classroom that is appropriate for academic and Continuing Education is to provide adult students credit. The School of Adult and Continuing Educa- with graduate and undergraduate credit, non-credit and tion grants such credit toward an undergraduate de- certificate programs which recognize the educational gree if students can demonstrate college-level learning. needs of the adult learner and promote lifelong learn- Each student works with an academic advisor who ing. These degree and certificate programs are de- assists the student in preparing for the assessment of signed for adult men and women who, because of experiential learning. family and work responsibilities, are unable to attend In accordance with the Mission Statement of the class in a traditional manner or at traditional times. University, students are encouraged to continue to par- The School seeks to attract a diverse student body and ticipate in community service and to assume leader- to show a caring attitude toward each student regard- ship roles in effecting social change. less of individual backgrounds. The same quality educational programs upon which Barry University’s DEGREE PROGRAMS reputation is founded are made available for these stu- The following programs are offered to adult students on the main and off-campus locations in Florida. dents through the School of Adult and Continuing Recognizing the breadth of experience of adults, Education: course offerings afford opportunities for further Bachelor of Professional Studies (B.P.S.) exploration of truth within the Judeo-Christian and Bachelor of Liberal Studies (B.L.S.) Dominican traditions. Bachelor of Public Administration (B.P.A.) Students must meet the same graduation require- Bachelor of Science in Health Services ments as other Barry University students. However, Administration (B.S.) they may choose from a number of learning options Bachelor of Science in Legal Studies (B.S.) which allow for greater flexibility in program plan- Bachelor of Science in Information Technology ning and scheduling. Courses are taught by faculty (B.S.) who possess both academic and professional exper- Bachelor of Science in Professional tise which is complemented by their understanding of Administration (B.S.) adult learners. 70 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

Master of Arts in Administrative Studies BACHELOR OF PROFESSIONAL Master of Science in Information Technology (M.S.) STUDIES (B.P.S) Master of Arts in Liberal Studies (M.A.) The Bachelor of Professional Studies (B.P.S.) de- ADMISSION INFORMATION gree program is designed for students who choose to pursue a professionally-oriented program of study. Application for admission to Barry University’s The degree is flexible in its design and thereby re- School of Adult and Continuing Education is a pro- sponds to diverse student interests and needs. Students cess separate from the registration process and must pursuing the Bachelor of Professional Studies degree be completed prior to course registration. must meet Barry University’s distribution requirement and must select elective coursework in their chosen Admission Requirements professional field. Criteria for Full Acceptance Students must select an area of specialization in one of the following: Exercise Science, Health Ser- ACE has traditionally served adult learners. To vices Administration, Human Resources, Information qualify for portfolio credits a minimum of 5 years of Technology, Network and Systems Engineering, Pro- full-time professional work experience, and/or com- fessional Administration, Public Administration or munity service is required. The portfolio is manda- Sport Management. tory or optional depending upon the degree selected. The program requires students to complete an area – Interview with an academic advisor/director; of specialization. However, students may opt to com- – Submit a completed application form with ap- plete both the portfolio and the specialization. The propriate application fee; portfolio provides the mechanism for translating the – Provide one official transcript of credits taken documented learning experiences into Barry Univer- at all colleges attended and, if applicable, CLEP, sity credit. DANTES transcripts, or, if no college credit or The portfolio is comprised of four major compo- fewer than 12 credits have been earned, provide nents: an experiential learning resume, a learning as- one official transcript indicating graduation from sessment worksheet, an autobiographical learning high school or G.E.D.; essay and documentation. – Achieve a 2.00 cumulative grade point average Students must submit their near-completed portfo- or better in all previous academic work; lios to their directors/advisors in sufficient time to al- – Applicants holding an Associate Degree or its low for revisions. Completed portfolios must be equivalent must present a minimum of 3 years submitted to the Miami Campus in accordance with full-time professional work and/or community published deadline dates in the Term Schedules. Meet- service experience past high school; ing these deadlines is the responsibility of the student. – Applicants not holding an Associate Degree or The portfolio administrative fee is due upon sub- its equivalent must present a minimum of 5 years mission of the portfolio and it is equal to the price of a of full-time professional work and/or commu- three credit course. nity service experience past high school. Students must show college-level competence in Criteria for Provisional Acceptance one or more of the following categories in order to receive credit for professional work experience or com- Provisional acceptance is extended to those whose munity service: supervision, administration, research, transcripts reflect less than a 2.00 cumulative grade communication, interpersonal relations, creativity, and point average at the time of application. A student critical thinking. enrolling under this option is limited to twelve credits Students must attend a portfolio seminar during the in which a minimum cumulative grade point average first three terms of enrollment. It is advisable to have of 2.00 must be achieved at Barry University. Upon portfolios submitted within one year of seminar atten- successful completion of 12 credits with a cumulative dance. If more than one year elapses from attendance at grade point average of at least 2.0 at Barry, full accep- the first seminar, students must attend a second seminar. tance will be granted. Students must meet all of the following criteria at Those who are unable to complete the admission the time of portfolio submission: requirements (See Criteria for Full Acceptance) at the 1. Students must have been fully accepted (see Crite- time of application are limited to twelve credit hours ria for Full Acceptance in this bulletin/catalog). at Barry University. To enroll in additional coursework, the student must submit all required credentials before subsequent enrollment. FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 71

2. Students must have completed English 329 with a be directly related by name and course content to grade of at least C or have demonstrated proficiency the area of specialization. on the English exam. 4. The course title, prefix, and number will be the 3. Students must be in good academic standing (cu- determinant for course work in an area of special- mulative grade point average of 2.0 in all Barry ization, e.g., PUB 403 “Public Budgeting and Fi- University coursework). nance.” 4. Students are able to document at least 5 years of 5. Prerequisites must be honored. full-time professional work experience and/or com- 6. Only elective courses may be applied toward an munity service. area of specialization. If students do not meet the above criteria, the portfo- 7. Bachelor of Professional Studies with a specializa- lio may not be submitted. tion in Professional Administration, Public Admin- Normally the portfolio will be assessed by the Port- istration, Human Resources, Health Services folio Evaluation Committee eight weeks after the sub- Administration—up to 6 credits in portfolio and/ mission deadline. Upon evaluation, the student will or transfer into the specialization electives. be notified of the credits awarded. One third to one half of the credits awarded through the portfolio will be upper level. Please refer to the BACHELOR OF LIBERAL STUDIES ACE Student Bulletin and The Instructional Modules (B.L.S.) for the Preparation of Experiential Learning Portfo- lios for assessment procedures and appeal provisions. The Bachelor of Liberal Studies degree program is ACE also grants credits for selected professional li- designed for students who choose to pursue a liberal censes. Please refer to the Assessment of Prior Learn- arts program of study. ing Fact Book for details. The degree is flexible in its design and thereby responds to diverse student interests and needs. Students DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS: pursuing the Bachelor of Liberal Studies degree must 45 CREDITS PORTFOLIO: meet Barry University’s distribution requirements and UP TO 30 CREDITS must select elective coursework in their chosen lib- ELECTIVES: eral arts field. VARIABLE (STUDENTS SELECT COURSES Students must select an area of specialization in IN ANY APPROVED AREA.) one of the following: Behavioral Sciences, Humani- AREA OF SPECIALIZATION: ties, Legal Studies, Psychology/Human Services, or AT LEAST 21 ELECTIVE CREDITS Social Welfare. Students may count a maximum of 30 total credit The program requires students to complete an area hours from all sources having Andreas School of Busi- of specialization. However, students may opt to com- ness prefixes (ACC, BUS, ECO, FIN, MGT, MIS and plete both a portfolio and a specialization. The portfo- MKT) toward their degree requirements. lio provides the mechanism for translating learning To earn an area of specialization, students will se- experiences acquired through documented professional lect approved elective courses in the following areas: experiences into Barry University credit. Exercise Science The portfolio is comprised of four major compo- Health Services Administration nents: an experiential learning resume, a learning as- Human Resources sessment worksheet, an autobiographical learning Information Technology essay, and documentation. Network and Systems Engineering Students must submit their near-completed portfo- Professional Administration lios to their directors/advisors in sufficient time to al- Public Administration low for revisions. Completed portfolios must be Sport Management submitted to the Miami Campus in accordance with published deadline dates in the Term Schedules. Meet- University policies regarding an area of special- ing these deadlines is the responsibility of the student. ization are as follows: The portfolio administrative fee is due upon sub- 1. 15 of the 21 credit hours must be taken through mission of the portfolio and it is equal to the price of a Barry University and bear Barry University course three credit course. prefixes and numbers. Students must show college-level competence in 2. 15 of the 21 credit hours must be in upper division one or more of the following categories in order to courses, namely, 300 and 400 level courses. receive credit for professional work experience or com- 3. Only one Special Topic course may be included in munity service: supervision, administration, research, the 21 credit hours. The Special Topic course must communication, inter-personal relations, creativity, and critical thinking. 72 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

Students must attend a portfolio seminar during the and approved course work (24 credit hours for le- first three terms of enrollment. It is advisable to have gal studies, 30 credits for humanities, 24 credits portfolios submitted within one year of seminar atten- for psychology/human services, behavioral science, dance. If more than one year elapses from attendance and social welfare). at the first seminar, students must attend a second semi- 2. 18 of the 24 credit hours must be taken through nar. Barry University and bear Barry University course Students must meet all of the following criteria at prefixes and numbers for the specialization in le- the time of portfolio submission: gal studies, behavioral sciences, psychology/human 1. Students have been fully accepted (see Criteria for services and social welfare and 24 credit hours must Full Acceptance in this bulletin/catalog). be taken through Barry University and bear Barry 2. Students must have completed English 329 with a University course prefixes and numbers for the spe- grade of at least C or have demonstrated proficiency cialization in humanities. on the English exam. 3. 18 of the 24 credit hours must be in upper division 3. Students must be in good academic standing (cu- courses, namely, 300 and 400 level courses for the mulative grade point average of 2.0 in all Barry specialization in legal studies, behavioral sciences, University coursework). psychology/human services and social welfare. 24 4. Students are able to document at least 5 years of of 30 credit hours must be upper division courses full time professional work experience and/or com- for the humanities specialization. munity service. 4. Only one Special Topic course may be included in If students do not meet the above criteria, the port- the specialization. The Special Topic course must folio may not be submitted. be directly related by name and course content to Normally the portfolio will be assessed by the Port- the area of specialization. folio Evaluation Committee eight to ten weeks after it 5. The course title, prefix, and number will be the is submitted. Upon evaluation, the student will be no- determinant for course work in an area of special- tified of the credits awarded. ization. One-third to one-half of the credits awarded through 6. Pre-requisites must be honored. the portfolio will be upper level. Please refer to the 7. Up to six credits in portfolio and/or transfer into ACE Student Bulletin and The Instructional Modules the specialization electives. for the Preparation of Experiential Learning Portfo- lios for Assessment Procedures and Appeal Provisions. ACE also grants credits for selected professional li- BACHELOR OF PUBLIC censes. Please refer to the Assessment of Prior Learn- ADMINISTRATION (B.P.A.) ing Fact Book for details. The Public Administration degree is of special in- DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS: terest to the working professional in public and not- 45 CREDITS for-profit organizations or those who wish to pursue a PORTFOLIO: career in public management. The course work is de- UP TO 30 CREDITS signed to provide the student with an understanding ELECTIVES: and working application of the principles essential to VARIABLE (STUDENTS SELECT the effective management of all public agencies. COURSES IN ANY APPROVED LIBERAL ARTS AREA.) DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS: AREA OF SPECIALIZATION: 45 CREDITS 24-30 ELECTIVE CREDITS PORTFOLIO OPTION: UP TO 30 CREDITS Students who choose to earn an area of specializa- (of which 21 credits can be used for restricted tion will select elective courses in the following ar- electives) eas: Behavioral Sciences (24 credits) Required Courses 18 credits Humanities (30 credits) Students should plan their programs with advisor as- Legal Studies (24 credits) sistance so that courses can be completed in the se- Psychology/Human Services (24 credits) quence which follows. Social Welfare (24 credits) POS 303 Public Policy and Administration University policies regarding an area of specializa- PUB 402 Values and Ethics in Public tion are as follows: Administration 1. An area of specialization consists of no less than PUB 403 Public Budgeting and Finance 24 credit hours but no more than 30 of appropriate PUB 404 Concepts and Issues in Public Planning FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 73

PUB 406 Human Resources in the Public Sector BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PUB 410 Methods and Techniques for Public Ad- ministration HEALTH SERVICES Restricted Electives 6 credits PUB 405 Administrative Law and Process ADMINISTRATION DEGREE PUB 407 Productivity Improvements in the Public PROGRAM Sector PUB 408 Public Administration and the Political Background Process PUB 409 Contemporary Issues in Public Safety The Health Services Administration degree pro- ADM 301 Labor Relations gram and Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Program are ADM 303 Administrative Theory and Practice designed to provide a broad view of today’s health care ADM 353 Leadership and Performance Develop- system and to prepare graduates for entry and middle ment management positions in such areas as hospitals, medi- ADM 412 Quality and Productivity cal or dental clinics, group medical practices, man- ADM 464 Strategic Human Resource Development aged care organizations, long-term care facilities, insurance companies, home health agencies, and gov- Additional Requirements 21 credits ernment agencies. The curriculum emphasizes skills Twenty-one additional credit hours shall be earned for use in any health care setting. in public administration, management, business, emer- Students having health care experience should be- gency medical training, political science, criminal jus- gin study with either HSA 319 Health Care Finance, tice, fire science or classes approved by the program HSA 339 Health Law or HSA 410 Management in director in health service administration, social work, Health Care. This experience requirement consists psychology, legal studies or sociology or portfolio of at least five years of experience, preferably with at credits attributable to any of the disciplines included least one year in a supervisory or management capac- in this paragraph. These twenty-one credits may be ity. Otherwise, students should begin with HSA 301 transferred from another institution, gained through a The Health Care System, which is required prior to portfolio and may be lower-level credits. the six required course in Health Care Administration. Students who wish to enroll in HSA courses without PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION the experience requirement or the HSA 301 prerequisite may take the 400 level course work only with per- POST-BACCALAUREATE mission of the academic coordinator. CERTIFICATE PROGRAM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS: 45 CREDITS Students who hold an earned bachelor’s degree (or PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENT: higher) in any accredited degree program, may enroll UP TO 30 CREDITS in the University’s Certificate in Public Administra- (of which 6 credits can be used for restricted tion Program. The Certificate may be earned by tak- electives) ing the five required courses in Public Administration totaling fifteen hours. Typically this Certificate is Required Courses 18 credits earned in one year or less depending on the student’s Students should plan their programs with advisor as- intensity of study or the availability of courses. sistance so that courses can be completed in the se- Many practicing professionals in public adminis- quence which follows. tration find they have achieved a level of responsibil- HSA 319 Health Care Finance ity for supervising other employees without having the HSA 339 Health Law benefit of training. The Certificate in Public Adminis- HSA 410 Management in Health Care tration allows the working professional to gain that HSA 425 Public and Community Health education without missing work, by taking the required HSA 441 Health Care for the Elderly courses at night in the ACE program. Others who wish HSA 475 Issues in Health Care to make a career change may find the Post-Baccalau- HSA 499 Capstone in Health Service Administration reate Certificate to be the right amount of additional education to open doors to new job opportunities. Restricted Electives 12-15 credits HSA 301 The Health Care System HSA 459 Independent Study in Health Care ADM (any ADM prefix course) PUB 404 Concepts and Issues in Public Planning PUB 406 Human Resources in the Public Sector 74 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

PUB 409 Contemporary Issues in Public Safety MINIMUM TOTAL DEGREE PSY 329 Understanding and Coping with Stress REQUIREMENTS 120 CREDITS PSY 410 Group Dynamics and Decision-Making PREREQUISITE COURSES 3 CREDITS PSY 417 Psychology of Aging CAT 102 Basic Computer Applications* PSY 423 Industrial Psychology Major Core Courses 30 credits Total credits for the Health Service IT 190 Microcomputer Basics* Administration Major: 30-33 credits IT 200 Foundations of Information Technology* (33 credits, if HSA 301 is required course) IT 310 Telecommunication and Computer Networks POST-BACCALAUREATE CERTIFICATE IT 320 Computer Security PROGRAM IT 338 Web Design, Authoring and Publishing Students who have earned a baccalaureate degree CS 372 Software Engineering may enroll in the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Pro- IT 400 IT Project Management gram. The certificate will be awarded upon successful CS 426 Databases completion of HSA 301 and the five of the required IT 499 Integrated Capstone Project courses. For practicing professionals, HSA 301 may Approved 3 credit upper-level IT/CS/NSE elective be waived with permission of the academic coordinator. *Students may attempt to earn “Credit by Examina- tion” BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION NETWORK AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND POST-BACCALAUREATE SPECIALIZATION 15 CREDITS CERTIFICATE IN INFORMATION NSE 210 Network Administration NSE 310 Network Operating System I TECHNOLOGY NSE 320 Network Operating System II The Bachelor of Science with a major in Informa- NSE 405 Managing a Microsoft Network tion Technology offers students the opportunity to Approved 3-credit upper level NSE elective develop and apply technological expertise in solving Current List of Approved NSE electives: workplace problems. The program is designed for NSE 330 Working with Cisco LAN Hardware adults employed in both the private and public sectors NSE 415 Network Operating System IV (Linux) in settings which require the utilization of technology NSE 425 Advanced Directory Services for information processing and decision-making. Busi- ness and industry, government, and education profes- INFORMATION SYSTEMS ADMINISTRA- sionals will benefit from a strong academic program TION SPECIALIZATION 15 CREDITS in Information Technology. IT 403 Customer Service Information Systems Students will choose a specialization in Informa- IT 450 Administrative Information Systems tion Systems Administration, Network and Systems ADM 303 Administrative Theory and Practice Engineering, Web Applications and Software Design, ADM 320 Planning, Budgeting and Finance and Telecommunications may choose electives in ei- 3 credits of CS, IT, or NSE upper-level electives ther field. Students not wanting to complete a special- TELECOMMUNICATIONS ization must complete the 30 credit major core and SPECIALIZATION 15 CREDITS submit a portfolio. A portfolio will document college- IT 351 Voice and Digital Communications level learning outside the classroom. Graduates of this IT 402 Advanced Topics in Signaling Systems program will offer the necessary skills and leadership IT 440 International Telecommunications in the application of technology to real workplace situ- IT 460 Wireless Communication and Mobile ations. Computing DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS: 3 credits of CS, IT or NSE upper-level electives 45 CREDITS WEB APPLICATIONS AND PROGRAM PREREQUISITES: SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 3 CREDITS SPECIALIZATION 15 CREDITS MAJOR CORE 30 CREDITS CS301 Computer Programming SPECIALIZATION OPTION 15 CREDITS CS407 Database Programming and Administration CS438 Web Programming and Development PORTFOLIO OPTION UP TO 30 CREDITS CS340 JAVA Programming for the Web ELECTIVES VARIABLE 3 credit CS, IT or NSE upper-level elective FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 75

RECOMMENDED BS-IT COURSE SEQUENCING

Major Core Courses Sequencing

POST-BACCALAUREATE CERTIFICATE IN CS 340 Java Programming for the Web INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IT 338 Web Design, Authoring and Publishing IT 350 The Web and E-Commerce Successful completion of the six major core courses is required for a post-baccalaureate certificate to be awarded. A grade of at least a C must be earned in LEGAL STUDIES CERTIFICATE each course. AND DEGREE PROGRAMS POST-BACCALAUREATE CERTIFICATION IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 18 CREDITS Background IT 200 Foundations of Information Technology The Legal Assistant programs at Barry University IT 310 Telecommunications and Computer were first offered in 1978 to provide training in South Networks Florida for the paralegal or legal assistant working IT 338 Web Design, Authoring and Publishing under the supervision of a lawyer. Legal Assistants IT 400 IT Project Management assume paralegal responsibilities as skilled members CS426 Databases of a legal team in law firms, banks, savings and loan Approved 3 credit upper-level It/CS/NSE elective associations, and insurance and governmental agen- POST-BACCALAUREATE CERTIFICATE cies. Their responsibilities cover a diverse range from IN NETWORK AND SYSTEMS legal research to office administration. ENGINEERING 18 CREDITS In July 1992, the legal studies courses were con- NSE 210Network Administration verted from non-credit to a college credit basis. At that NSE 305Advanced PC Hardware and Networking time a new degree program and credit certificate pro- IT 190 Microcomputer Basics (prerequisite) grams were also created. These credit courses are of- IT 310 Telecommunications and Computer fered though the Barry University School of Adult and Networks Continuing Education. The University offers the fol- NSE 310 Network Operating System I lowing programs: a Bachelor of Science degree with NSE 320 Networking Operating System II a major in Legal Studies; a 60-credit-hour Undergradu- NSE 405 Managing a Microsoft Network ate Certificate Program and a Post-Baccalaureate Cer- tificate Program. Course descriptions appear later in POST-BACCALAUREATE CERTIFICATE this chapter. (A Legal Studies specialization is also IN WEB APPLICATIONS AND SOFTWARE offered in connection with the Bachelor of Liberal DEVELOPMENT Studies (“BLS”) degree; see page for details about the CS 301 Computer Programming BLS degree program.) CS 407 Database Programming and Administration CS 438 Web Programming and Administration 76 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LEGAL STUDIES PLA 483 Family Law The Bachelor of Science in Legal Studies is de- PLA 300 Special Topics signed to provide a broad background in fundamental The remaining 45 credits of electives can be satis- legal studies to students who desire to become parale- fied by a combination of acceptable transfer credits, gals or legal assistants working under the supervision course work undertaken in residency and portfolio of a lawyer. Legal assistants assume paralegal respon- credits. The portfolio process, whereby academic credit sibilities as skilled members of a legal team in law is awarded for experiential learning, is a mandatory firms, financial institutions, insurance companies, gov- component of the Bachelor of Science in Legal Stud- ernmental agencies, and related entities. ies program. Students with no experience in the legal community should begin study with PLA 301 Law and the UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Legal System. The Undergraduate Certificate Program is a 60 Students who are seeking a Bachelor of Science credit hour program consisting of the 5 required PLA degree with a Legal Studies major or a Bachelor of courses, shown above, plus any 3 restricted PLA elec- Liberal Studies degree with a Legal Studies special- tives plus 30 credit hours of designated general distri- ization must take the Certified Legal Assistant (CLA) bution credits and six (6) credit hours of electives (with examination, administered by the National Associa- computer and wordprocessing skills being empha- tion of Legal Assistants, Inc., (NALA), prior to sub- sized). A 60 credit hour Certificate of Completion is mitting an application for graduation. Proof of sitting awarded upon successful completion of the 60 credit for the CLA examination must be attached to the ap- hour curriculum. A grade of C or higher in each Legal plication for graduation. The CLA examination is of- Studies course is required to receive a 60 credit hour fered at least twice each calendar year in Florida. Certificate of Completion. The Undergraduate Certifi- Information on the CLA examination, eligibility and cate program is open to all Barry University students testing dates and sites can be obtained from NALA at who choose to complete the applicable Legal Studies http://www.nala.org or by writing to NALA, 1516 (“PLA”) courses and elective requirements; a student South Boston, Suite 200, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74119. merely needs to submit an executed certificate appli- DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS: cation form after review by the student’s Academic 45 CREDITS Advisor. PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENT: UP to 30 CREDITS POST-BACCALAUREATE CERTIFICATE MINIMUM TOTAL: PROGRAM 120 CREDITS The University also offers a Post-Baccalaureate Required Courses 15 credits Certificate Program with admission limited to those Students should plan their programs with advisor as- students who possess an earned bachelor’s degree (or sistance so that courses can be completed in the rec- higher) in any field prior to commencing Legal Stud- ommended sequence which follows. ies at the University. The Post-Baccalaureate Certifi- PLA 301 Law and the Legal System cate Program is a credit program that can generally be PLA 310 Legal Research completed in one year (or less) and consists of 8 sub- PLA 315 Legal Writing stantive legal courses totaling 24 credit hours. A grade PLA 320 Civil Litigation of C or higher in each course is required to receive a PLA 430 Criminal Law Practice Post-Baccalaureate Certificate of Completion. The curriculum is designed to give the student a Restricted Electives 15 credits broad background in fundamental concepts of legal Any combination of PLA courses at the 300 or 400 studies. level to total 15 credits. PLA 330 Alternative Dispute Resolution PLA 339 Health Law ADMISSIONS PLA 343 Business Organizations Admission to the Legal Studies Undergraduate PLA 350 Real Property Law Certificate Program requires applicants to have earned PLA 405 Administrative Law and Process a minimum of 18 undergraduate semester credits in PLA 440 Contracts general education subjects from a regionally accred- PLA 452 Environmental Law ited institution OR to have three years work experi- PLA 460 Probate Proceedings ence in any field with a letter from the employer PLA 470 Immigration Law attesting to the applicant’s qualifications, length of PLA 480 Bankruptcy employment and work experience. Admission to the FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 77

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Program is limited to tion has administrative and academic offices in each students who possess an earned bachelor’s degree (or of the Florida locations listed below. higher) at the time of application. Dade County Adult Education Building BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 11415 N.E. 2nd Avenue PROFESSIONAL ADMINISTRATION Miami, FL 33161-6695 The Bachelor of Science in Professional Adminis- Telephone (305) 899-3300 tration is designed to prepare the students with the West Dade administrative and leadership skills needed in all or- 8070 N.W. 53 Street ganizations—private, public, or non-profit—in order Suite 100 to successfully fulfill their missions and achieve their Miami, FL 33166 goals. The curriculum focuses on the enhancement of Telephone (305) 591-7240 individual performance, potential and value by blend- Barry University ing theory and practice into a learning experience that 11300 N.E. 2nd Avenue develops knowledge and skills required by modern Miami, FL 33161-6695 organizations. Toll Free No. (800) 945-BARY The program of study provides students with a broad knowledge of contemporary organizational prin- South Dade ciples and practices, while allowing for individualized 8990 S.W. 97 Avenue focuses in areas such as Informational Technology, Miami, FL 33176 Human Resources, Health Service Administration, Telephone: (305) 275-2761 Public Administration, Legal Studies, or Administra- 18958 S. Dixie Highway tion. Miami, FL 33157 Telephone: (305) 969-5833 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS: 45 CREDITS Broward County PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENT: Atrium Executive Center, Suite 114 UP TO 30 CREDITS 4801 S. University Drive (of which 6 credits can be used in required Davie, FL 33328-3821 electives) Telephone: (954) 434-8858 Required Courses 15 credits 18055 N.W. 8 Street, #103-109 Students should plan their programs with advisor as- Pembroke Pines, FL 33029 sistance so that courses can be completed in the rec- Telephone: (954) 443-0561 ommended sequence which follows. 1835 S. Perimeter Road, Suite 170 ADM 303 Administrative Theory and Practice Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309-3066 ADM 315 Diversity in the Workplace Telephone: (954) 493-8892 ADM 320 Budgeting and Finance South Palm Beach County ADM 353 Leadership and Performance Development 701 N. Congress Ave., # 15 ADM 412 Quality and Productivity Boynton Beach, FL 33426 Required Electives 15 credits Telephone: (561) 364-8220 (Students must select courses from the following des- North Palm Beach County ignated prefixes.) 9123 North Military Trail, #206 ADM (any ADM prefix courses) Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410-4808 PLA ( 300, 339, 343, 440) Telephone: (561) 622-9300 PUB (403, 406, 408) HSA (any HSA prefix courses) Treasure Coast IT (200, 310, 400) 337 S.E. Port St. Lucie Blvd. (Bold type course is a prerequisite) Port St. Lucie, FL 34984 Note: Up to 6 credits of related courses may be in port- Telephone: (772) 871-8000; (800) 947-BARY folio and/or in transfer. FAX (813) 278-3346 Collier/Lee Counties OFF CAMPUS LOCATIONS: Barry University on the Edison Community In addition to classes on the Barry University Main College Campus Campus, the School of Adult and Continuing Educa- 8099 College Parkway, Building Q, Suite 103 Fort Myers, FL 33919 Telephone: (239) 278-3041; (800) 388-2279 78 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

Brevard County 6. Designation of personnel with appropriate aca- 135 E. Merritt Avenue demic qualifications and experience to administer Merritt Island, FL 32953-3410 and supervise SOC-related activities and to develop Telephone: (321) 453-6253 policies and procedures appropriate to the scope 630 S. Wickham Road, of their voluntary-education programs; Suite 104 7. Educational services for veterans. West Melbourne, FL 32904 Telephone(321)409-5553 CONTINUING EDUCATION Orlando Area PROGRAMS Florida Mall Business Center 1650 Sand Lake Road, #111 In addition to undergraduate and graduate degree Orlando, FL 32809-9108 programs, the School of Adult and Continuing Edu- Telephone: (407) 438-4150 cation offers a variety of continuing education pro- East Orlando Area grams and services designed to respond to the diverse East Orlando Center educational interests and lifelong learning needs of 7021 University Blvd. individuals of all ages. These programs and services Winter Park, FL 32792 offer opportunities for acquiring and updating knowl- Telephone: (407) 673-8400 edge and skills for purposes of professional advancement and personal enrichment. They expand the Tallahassee School’s ability to establish community-based part- Woodcrest Plaza, Bldg. D, Room 102 nerships, pilot innovations, and position itself on the 325 John Knox Road leading edge of current issues. Tallahassee, FL 32303 Among the programs and services offered are open Telephone: (850) 385-BARY subscription seminars, workshops and certificate programs; customized in-house training; consultation for SERVICEMEMBER’S business and nonprofit organizations; and personal enrichment classes. Whether one’s interest is in ob- OPPORTUNITY COLLEGE (SOC) taining CE credits required to maintain current status in a particular occupation, learning new skills needed The Barry University School of Adult and Con- for a present position, retraining for a new position or tinuing Education has been identified by the Ameri- filling leisure time in meaningful ways, the School has can Association of Community and Junior Colleges programs that will be responsive. Continuing educa- as a Servicemember’s Opportunity College (SOC) pro- tion programs place heavy emphasis on quality, prac- viding educational assistance to active duty service- ticality, accessibility, affordability, timeliness, men. A SOC institution offers the following benefits relevance and service. All offerings contribute to the for servicemembers: self-fulfillment and intellectual stimulation that are the 1. Use of admissions procedures which insure access rewards of lifelong learning pursuits. to higher education for academically qualified mili- Some programs carry continuing education units tary personnel; (CEU). The CEU is a nationally recognized method 2. Evaluation of learning gained through military ex- for measuring and recording participation in continu- periences and academic credit awarded where ap- ing education programs that do not carry credit toward plicable to the servicemember’s program of study; a degree and cannot be automatically converted to 3. Evaluation of non-traditional learning and award- degree status, but do meet established administrative ing of academic credit for such learning where ap- criteria. The CEU is defined as “ten contact hours of plicable to the servicemember’s program of study; participation in all organized continuing education 4. Evaluation of requests for inter-institutional trans- experiences under responsible sponsorship, capable fer of credits and acceptance of such credits when- direction and qualified instruction.” Programs of less ever they are appropriate to the servicemember’s than ten contact hours in length can carry a percent- program and are consistent with the college’s cur- age of a CEU. Individuals enrolled in a degree pro- riculum; gram, which has a portfolio option, or requirement at 5. Flexibility to servicemembers in satisfying resi- Barry University may include records of CE profes- dence requirements by making adjustments for sional development training in their portfolio of learn- military students who transfer when there are other ing from work experience. For futher information call assurances of program balances; (305) 899-3320. FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 79

Course Descriptions— 361 Negotiation: Theory and Practice Administration Prefix: ADM This course examines the effect negotiation has in the workplace and focuses on issues related to planning, 301 Labor Relations communication, rationality, persuasion, and power Detailed examination of the collective bargaining sys- among others. tem with attention given to negotiation and the ad- 410 Recruitment and Selection ministration of agreements. Special consideration will This course will provide the student with a thorough be given to the impact mergers, joint ventures, gov- understanding of the human resource function of re- ernment regulatory agencies, the legal environment cruitment and selection in private, public and not-for- surrounding the negotiated process, and other topics. profit organizations. The inter-play of applied research 303 Administrative Theory and Practice methods, the legal system, administrative theory and An examination of the general principles of organiza- practice will be integrated into this course. Promotions, tional leadership and administration. Topics include a specific application of selection, and placement and contemporary approaches to leadership, planning, or- orientation will also be investigated. Emphasis will be ganizing, staffing and control, and the conceptual foun- on theory-to-practice.Students will develop applica- dations of modern organizations. tions from principles and best practices, including how 306 Services Marketing to improve the oral interview process as a selection This course will explore service marketing strategies method. This course is designed for advanced students and methods. The focus will be on distinctions which in human resource administration. exist in the marketing of intangibles and methods de- 412 Quality & Productivity signed to increase the effectiveness of services mar- Focuses on the design and implementation of quality keting for private/public and not-for-profit initiatives in organizations. Topics include the issues organization. of quality and productivity, team-building, continuous 312 Training and Development improvement, and the leadership approaches which Practical approaches for improving individual and most. team performance and organizational productivity will 445 Service, Quality and Value be reviewed in this course. Topics include adult learn- This course will explore strategies and methods for ing theory, approaches to program development, imple- improving customer value and customer service. The mentation and evaluation, instructional systems and management of service operations will be explored and human performance improvement case studies will be analyzed as it applies to the pri- 315 Diversity in the Workplace vate, public and not-for-profit organizations. This course examines the effect diversity has in the 462 Public Relations workplace and focuses on issues related to racial, eth- Study of various public relations media. Emphasis on nic, religious, linguistic, physical, gender, and age dif- cases and readings from professional journals. The ferences, among others. historical and psychological aspects of public relations 320 Budgeting and Finance in context with and in relationship to various public Explores the fundamental issues that are affected by media. the profit planning and control process. Emphasis is 464 Strategic Human Resource Administration on understanding the broad organizational context A comprehensive review of general human resource within which budgets and plans are prepared and theories and practices related to managing personnel implemented. more strategically. Major topic areas include staffing, 330 Alternative Dispute Resolution human resource development compensation and ben- This course examines the effect mediation and arbi- efits, employee and labor relations, health, safety, and tration have in both the workplace and legal system. It security. Legal issues, principles of applied research focuses on theories and skills related to alternative and measurement, and student projects will be em- dispute resolution including how to create, organize, phasized as they apply to private, public and not-for- and perform a mediation or arbitration. Same as PLA profit organizations. 330 353 Leadership and Performance Development Analysis and interpretation of leadership skills and abilities. Self-analysis will be used to develop a relationship between current work environments and managerial theory. 80 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

Anthropology Prefix: ANT This course applies a framework of traditional and nontraditional life-style principles to help ensure the 308 Perspectives in Anthropology (formerly achievement of a healthier, more fulfilling life. ANT 306) Analysis of the different fields of cultural anthropol- Communications Prefix: COM ogy which are integrated to create a holistic perspective of human behavior. Special emphasis is devoted 320 Family Communications to economics, religion, culture and personality. This course focuses on the ways families communicate in order to increase understanding of one’s own Art Prefix: ART communication behaviors and in order to improve speech and communication skills. The course will fo- 312 Experiencing Art cus on the principles and practices of effective, ethi- An art appreciation course that will teach students the cal, persuasive communication as applied to family process of visually analyzing art. Students will inte- groups. Major topics include audience analysis, se- grate the process of “learning how to see” with an lection of messages, tailoring communication to audi- understanding of the elements of design and drawing. ences and situations, effective delivery, rules of This may be accomplished by the completion of vari- communication, oral dyadic communication, conflict ous art exercises, visits to museums, viewing of slides and conflict resolution, and ethical, effective, persua- and films. etc. (studio course). sive discussion. 321 Contemporary Art A look at mixed media painting, craft, and performance English Prefix: ENG art from the 1960’s up to the present. 212 Processes and Strategies for Writing 322 20th Century American Art Students focus on the process of writing, and produce The evolution of American art within the context of numerous pieces of work, including short essays. Fac- important social, historical, and intellectual events. ulty guidance on aspects of mechanics, grammar, syn- Stylistic developments and artistic movements devel- tax, and usage will be given as needed within the oped since 1910 in painting, sculpture, and architec- context of students’ writing to reduce students’ anxi- ture. ety about writing and to increase their awareness of 400 Ancient Greek Art what good writing is. Placement is by the School’s Detailed analysis and examination of Greek Art from assessment instrument. A minimum course grade of 2000 B.C. to the end of the Hellenistic Period. Sculp- C is required. Two attempts maximum. ture, vase painting, and architecture will be compared 318 Modern American Playwrights and contrasted with art through the ages by connect- Important American playwrights from the 1940’s to ing them with Greek philosophy, mythology, and his- the present day. Emphasis will be on major styles and tory and their aesthetic concepts. themes and how the plays reflect the changes in Ameri- can society. Prerequisite: ENG 329 Biology Prefix: BIO 329 English Composition and Syntax 302 Human Biology Opportunity to develop facility with English syntax A course designed for the non-science major with an and to write more effectively by studying and practic- interest in the structure and function of the human ing expository discourse. (Mandatory) A minimum body. Course will explore the relationship between the course grade of C is required. Two attempts maximum. form of the body and how this form relates to func- 348 Caribbean Literature tion. A “who you are and how you work” course with Study of representative works from the region known flexibility to allow the students’ interests to shape the as the Caribbean. Texts are examined within their emphasis. sociopolitical and historical contexts. This course, 306 Introduction to Oceanography grounded in post-colonial theory, introduces the stu- Brief coverage of the physical, chemical, biological, dent to contemporary writers in English, French and and geological aspects of ocean science to emphasize Dutch. Students will gain an appreciation for Carib- the marine biological adaptations which result. bean culture and an understanding of how the history 311 Focus on Nutrition/Wellness of the region affects and inspires the literature. The course focuses on the multicultural dynamics of the An exploration of the basic concepts of nutrition sci- area and on the contributions of African, European ence, guidelines for making food choices, and tech- and Indigenous peoples. niques for meeting the challenge of health maintenance. FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 81

The work and cultural contributions of Anglophone, 319 Health Care Finance Hispanophone and Francophone writers of the Carib- The concepts of financial management for health care bean will be explored in a postcolonial context. Pre- institutions relating to acquisition, planning, budget- requisite: ENG 329 ing, and control of funds to meet organizational ob- 349 Women and Fiction jectives. This course examines representative works by and 339 Health Law about women from historical, social and literary per- Examination of the broad legal aspects that have an spectives as it explores how gender identities develop impact on the operation of health care, including an within the context of the novel genre. Prerequisite: introduction to the legal system, health related legis- ENG 329 lation, regulatory issues affecting health care facilities, and medical malpractice. (same as PLA 330) Environmental Science Prefix: EVS 410 Management in Health Care Application of management theory, concepts and prin- 306 Environment ciples as they relate to health care organizations. Case A conceptual approach to understanding the interre- studies are utilized to analyze the practical applica- latedness of natural processes at work in the environ- tion of management concepts and principles. ment. Application to local issues as well as broader problems and prospects will be made. 425 Public and Community Health Study of the impact on the health status of individuals 400 Geology as a result of public health practices and services, in- Minerals, rock classification, history of life, the con- cluding topics in epidemiology and preventive mea- cept of geologic times, the surface of the earth, the sures. earth’s interior, geophysical aspects of the earth, and the theory of plate tectonics and sea-floor spreading. 441 Health Care for the Elderly 409 Ocean World An overview of the physical, social, and health care needs of the older adult, including long-term care nurs- A study and analysis of the ocean which considers the ing services and alternatives in use today. geological, chemical, physical, and biological interrelationships in a healthy, productive marine habitat. 459 Independent Study in Health The course emphasizes the mutual effects of human Administration activities and the ocean environment. This course is primarily designed for the student to take part in an in-depth research or an action-oriented 415 Weather and Climate of Florida project under the supervision of the faculty advisor. An analysis of Florida’s weather and climate includ- Preparation and approval of the content must be made ing thunderstorms, tornadoes, hurricanes and cold and one semester in advance. warm fronts. Considered Florida’s most valuable physical resources, weather and climate demand our 475 Issues in Health Care attention and understanding of the dynamic nature of An examination of current issues facing the health care the atmosphere. industry including delivery of care, access to care, costs, and quality of services as well as national and 425 Human Impact on Global Changes state health policy. A detailed and practical analysis of global warming stratospheric ozone depletion and acid rain from dif- 499 Capstone in Health Service Administration ferent points of view: How these phenomena affect This course is designed for students to integrate and living and non-living components of the ecosphere. synthesize the learning experiences acquired in the Examines scientific as well as social issues related to Health Service Administration program, including the all three, Global warming section includes discussion management and administrative tools required by an of the El Nino Southern Oscillation administrator in the health care field, thus demonstrating proficiency in the field. Prerequisites: Completion Health Service Administration: HSA of Required/Core HSA Courses or permission from Academic Coordinator. 301 The Health Care System An overview of the United States health system examining the facilities and organizations which make up the system, as well as a survey of the economic, social and political aspects of the health care system. 82 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

History Prefix: HIS ment Web and E-technologies will be a central focus of this course. Prerequisite: IT 338 306 Twentieth Century America (20th Century America) 351 Voice and Digital Communication A study of the issues and concepts that have shaped The design and operational principles for communi- American Society since 1900. Political, economic and cation networks are presented. Essential elements of social trends will be examined. speech, video, and images are examined as electrical signals. Digital communication topics include transmission, signaling, switching, and digital conversion. Information Technology Prefix: IT An overview of current national and local networks is 190 Microcomputer Basics included with a comparison of their relative merits for This introductory level course covers how a computer various types of traffic loads and business require- works. Skills will be gained to help computer users ments. Prerequisite: IT 310 support Personal Computers. Students will learn to 400 IT Project Management maintain, troubleshoot, upgrade PC operating systems. The application of information systems concepts to No pre-requisites. the strategic challenges facing organizations will be 200 Foundations of Information Technology examined. The role of project management systems This course is intended to provide students with an in planning, operation and decision making are em- understanding of computer-based information technol- phasized. Prerequisites: IT 190, IT 200. ogy in organizations from a performance perspective. 402 Advanced Topics in Signaling Systems The application of information systems concepts to This course analyzes the technology and impact of the collection, retention, and dissemination of infor- modern, high speed digital telecommunication net- mation is examined. Emphasis is placed on the dy- works and their associated signaling protocols. This namic interaction of people, technology and will include synchronous Digital Data Transmission organizations. Prerequisite: CAT 102 systems, Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN), 310 Telecommunication and Computer Synchronous Optical Network (SONET), and Asyn- Networks chronous Transfer Mode (ATM) telecommunication The role of telecommunications and computer net- network systems. Pre-requisites: IT 351. works in information systems will be examined from 403 Customer Service Information Systems the technical fundamentals and organizational perspec- This course analyzes the service reporting aspects of tive. Strategies, tools, and techniques for network plan- customer service information systems. This includes ning, implementation, management, maintenance and measuring, monitoring, and reporting systems as re- security are emphasized. Prerequisite: IT 200 lated to a customer service bureau. In addition, the sta- 320 Computer Security tistical and measurement aspects of the customer Provides a foundation for understanding computer and service function will be presented. The course addresses communications security issues. The course will pro- the need to establish a precise service and product vide a framework for creating and implementing vi- baseline, as well as statistical and measurement aspects. able computer security procedures. Topics include Prerequisites: CAT 102, IT 190, IT 200 hardware, software, and network security; the regula- 420 Internet/Web Server tory environment; personnel considerations; cryptog- This course teaches students how to support the vari- raphy; protecting against threats from hackers, insiders, ous features of an Internet Server. Students will gain and viruses; and techniques for responding to breaches understanding of the product by installing, configur- of security. Prerequisite: IT 310. ing, and supporting an Internet/Web Server. Prerequi- 338 Web Design, Authoring and Publishing site IT 338 Concepts, tools, and technologies of computer net- 440 International Telecommunications worked information with an emphasis on the Internet The international issues associated with the flow of and the Web. Web clients and servers. Web design, information, both politically and technically, are pre- authoring, publishing and programming. Web devel- sented. The focus is on understanding the obstacles opment tools. Internet trends. Prerequisites: CAT 102, and opportunities of the rapidly changing international IT 190, IT 200. telecommunications environment. Pre-requisite: IT 350 The Web and E-Technology 310 This course is designed to provide an in-depth under- 450 Administrative Information Systems (3) standing of how to use web technology effectively. The application of information systems concepts to the An examination of the potential impact of the internet collection, retention, and dissemination of information and intranets and their potential value to the organiza- systems planning and decision making. Information tion will be provided. How to plan, analyze, and imple- technology strategy and administration are presented. FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 83

The role of information technology in corporate strat- 343 Business Organizations egy along with key issues in administering IT are ex- Formation of corporations, Florida corporate law, plored. Prerequisites: CAT 102, IT 190, IT 200 preparation of corporate documents. Legal aspects of 460 Wireless and Mobile Computing sole proprietorships, partnerships, and limited partner- An examination of the intersection between mobile ships. Shareholder relations and overview of securi- computing, mobile telephony, and wireless network- ties regulations. ing. Students will also be presented with a myriad of 350 Real Estate Law wireless technologies. Pre-requisite: IT 310 Basic real estate transactions, mortgages, deeds, leases, 499 Integrated Capstone Project recording statutes, title insurance, and title searches. This is a course in which students integrate and syn- Preparation of closing documents and foreclosure pro- thesize the learning experience acquired in the IT procedures. gram. Students will demonstrate mastery through the 405 Administrative Law and Process completion of a structured IT portfolio. The portfolio The role of administrative procedure in state and local will consist of a series of core components and an area governments will be taught together with the principles of specialization. Prerequisites: MAT 152, Senior of administrative procedure, administrative due pro- Standing, and Faculty Approval. cess and regulatory procedures. (same as PUB 405) 430 Criminal Law Legal Studies Prefix: PLA Definition of a crime, liability, defenses, justification, 301 Law and the Legal System conspiracy, larceny, robbery, burglary, assault, homi- cide, sex offenses, arson, drugs, search, confession, Survey of the American legal system and common law “Miranda warnings,” sentencing. Criminal procedure tradition, structure of the federal and state court sys- is also emphasized. tem (emphasis on the Florida court system), the role of the legal assistant in the practice of law, and the 440 Contracts code of ethics for legal assistants and attorneys. Study of contract law. Contract formation, enforce- ability and remedies. Survey of significant Uniform 310 Legal Research Commercial Code and Florida statues affecting con- Instruction on finding, reading and updating law. Re- tract formation and enforcement. Exposure to various search strategies and proper citation form. types of commonly used contracts and drafting prin- 315 Legal Writing ciples. Study of legal writing and memorandum preparation. 452 Environmental Law Legal research and writing exercises. This course is designed to introduce the major federal Prerequisites: PLA 310, ENG 329. environmental statutes and the types of analytical and 320 Civil Litigation practical problems encountered in the practice of en- Civil litigation process emphasizing personal injury vironmental law and in environmental litigation. Study law (torts), rules of procedure, filing complaints, pre- is devoted to reading and discussion of statutes, cases trial discovery, trial preparation, trial procedures, cli- and problems in the various environmental media in- ent and witness interviews. cluding, but not limited to, air, water and toxic waste 330 Alternative Dispute Resolution disposal. The course also looks at the role of legisla- This course examines the effect mediation and arbi- tion, administrative decision making and the common tration have in both the workplace and legal system. It law in addressing environmental problems. focuses on theories and skills related to alternative 460 Probate Proceedings dispute resolution, including how to create, organize, Mechanics of probate law, probate court proceedings, and perform a mediation on arbitration. (Same as ADM estate administration, federal estate and gift taxation 330) and trusts. Emphasis on forms and procedures relat- 339 Health Law ing to these areas. Examination of the broad legal aspects that have an 470 Immigration Law impact on the operation of health care, including an Study of federal immigration law including historical introduction to the legal system as it pertains to the perspectives, current theories and practice. Topics to health care system, health related legislation, regula- be evaluated include: exclusion/admission policies and tory agencies and issues affecting health care facili- practice; immigrant and non-immigrant categories; due ties, and medical malpractice. (Same as HSA 339). process and judicial review; visa classifications and eligibility; deportation grounds and procedure; and refugees and political asylum. 84 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

480 Bankruptcy 310 Network Operating System I Overview of debtor-creditor law. Topic areas include This course provides the foundation for supporting a consensual and statutory liens, security interest, U.C.C. network operating system. Students will be provided Article 9, the Bankruptcy Code, attachment, garnish- with the skills necessary to install, configure, custom- ment, replevin, and post-judgment collection. Practi- ize, optimize, network, integrate, and troubleshoot cal instruction on judgment, asset, and U.C.C. using Microsoft Windows Network Operating System. searches. Prerequisite: IT 310. 483 Family Law 320 Network Operating System II A study of the substantive and procedural law of fam- This course provides for supporting a Windows Net- ily relations (emphasis on Florida law), including: le- work Infrastructure. Students will be able to design, gal ethics; dissolution of marriage; alimony; child implement, and support a network operating system support; property distribution; paternity; adoption; and in various domains using Microsoft Windows. Prereq- modern trends. uisite: NSE 310 330 Working With CISCO LAN Hardware Music Prefix: MUS This course provides students with the knowledge and skills required to work with local area network (LAN) 301 Music Appreciation hardware. Covers hardware selection considerations Introductory course designed to develop perceptual for routers, hubs, and switches. Students are also pro- listening skills and to acquaint the student with the vided with a strong foundation of network design. Pre- evolution of masterworks. requisite NSE 305. 321 History of Jazz 340 Network Operating System III Explanation of different periods of jazz and discus- An examinaton of Windows Active Directory services. sion of famous jazz musicians of each period — rag- Implementing Group Policy and understanding the time to contemporary. Group Policy tasks required to centrally manage us- 330 The American Musical Theatre: The ers and computers will be explored. Prerequisite/ Golden Age Corequisite: NSE 320 A course exploring the American Musical Theatre 405 Managing A Microsoft Network during the Golden Age (ca 1930-1960) and its prede- This course covers the implementation, management cessors in the 19th and early 20th centuries. and troubleshooting of Microsoft network and server 332 History of Rock Music environments. Topics include administering medium An overview of the derivation and evolution of rock to large size networks that span physical location via music, with emphasis on styles and performers, uti- Large Area Networks (LANs) and the Internet or lizing a multi-media presentation. Intranets. Prerequisite: NSE 310 415 Network Operating System IV-LINUX Network Systems Engineer Prefix: NSE An examination of the Linux network operating sys- 210 Network Administration tem. Students will install, configure, customize, ad- This course covers a general foundation in current minister, evaluate, optimize, and troubleshoot a Linux networking technology for local area networks Operating System. Prerequisite: NSE 305 (LAN’s) wide area networks (WAN’s) and the Internet. 425 Advanced Directory Services Students are also provided with the knowledge and Designing a Windows directory services infrastruc- skills necessary to perform day-to-day administration ture in an enterprise network. Strategies are presented tasks. to assist the student in identifying the information tech- 305 Advanced PC Hardware and Networking nology needs of an organization and designing an This course builds upon a student’s knowledge of how Active Directory structure that meets those needs. Pre- computers work. Students will maintain, troubleshoot, requisite: NSE 340 upgrade and repair PC’s. Networking proficiency will 445 Advanced Network Services be enhanced through the analysis of media, topolo- Creating a networking services infrastrusture for net- gies, protocols, and standards; and through the design, work applications. Students will evaluate the needs of implementation, and support of networks. Prerequi- an organization to provide technology solutions for site: IT 190. the design of a network foundation, Internet connectivity, and Extranet connectivity. Creating an Integrated Network Services Infrastructure Design will also be explored. Prerequisite: NSE 320 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 85

Orientation Prefix: ORI Political Science Prefix: POS 202 Introduction to the College Experience 303 Public Policy and Administration A special course for adult students to help them adjust This course is an overview of policy formulation and to the University and to develop positive attitudes about administration in the context of U.S. federal, state and themselves and the learning process while acquiring local governments. The relationship between politics skills essential for academic and personal success. The and administration will be taught with reference to the course includes an overview of academic rules and classical policy/administration dichotomy. regulations and experiential learning options. The 355 Environment and Politics course also covers campus academic/personal re- A study and analysis of the United States environmen- sources and principles of study skills, time manage- tal policies from historical and political perspectives. ment and career planning. Attention is given to the theoretical and practical aspects of environmental policy making in a democratic Personal Financial Planning Prefix: PFP society at the local, state, and national levels. Global policies concerning the environment will also be ex- 348 Fundamentals of Financial Planning plored. A guide to personal finance for achieving financial objectives and making effective financial decisions. 408 Inter-American Relations Topics include budgets, major purchases, use of credit International relations between the U.S. and Latin and bank loans, insurance, real estate and investment America and the Foreign policies of Latin American in securities, taxes, estate planning, the economic en- states. vironment and time value of money concepts. Empha- sis is placed on constructing financial statements and Psychology Prefix: PSY analyzing the current financial situation. 301 Psychology of Drug & Alcohol Abuse 412 Investment Planning General orientation to psychopharmacology; the rela- This course addresses a wide variety of investment tionship between behavior and the actions and effects vehicles that can be included in a personal investment of drugs; terminology of drugs and drug use: preven- portfolio, including stocks, bonds, mutual funds, in- tion and treatment programs: psycho-legal aspects. surance-based investments, futures, options, foreign investments, real estate, and tangible assets. Also con- 329 Understanding & Coping with Stress sidered are tax considerations of investments, eco- Exploration of the roles of stress and illness; immu- nomic factors, risk and return analysis, valuation nology and endocrinology with help in evaluating one’s methods, asset allocation techniques, and portfolio per- own level of stress. Effective techniques for alleviat- formance evaluation methods. Concepts and tech- ing stress and features of the development of the ho- niques are integrated in portfolio construction and listic health movement are described. Meditation, management process. autogenic training, bio-feedback, nutrition and exercise to prevent disease are highlighted. 416 Estate Planning The fundamentals of federal estate and gift taxation 410 Group Dynamics and Decision-Making are emphasized, as well as specific exclusion and valu- An exploration of group intimacy, solidarity of groups, ation techniques that reduce the size of the gross es- group problem-solving, the individual within the tate. The course highlights the characteristics of wills, group, leadership development (who is involved and intestacy, and the probate process. The use of trusts, how leaders are chosen), and splinter group forma- property ownership forms, and will substitutes also tions. are introduced. Specific assignments address life in- 416 Dynamics of Adult Living surance, lifetime gifting, and coordination of the uni- This course will explore the conditions necessary for fied credit with the marital deduction as a part of estate growth and development. It will cover the “Passages” planning, as well as charitable, intrafamily, and busi- of life; sexuality; intimacy; life styles; and aging. ness transfers, and postmortem planning techniques 449 Adolescent Psychology that play an important part in estate planning. Case Consideration of the physical, intellectual, social, and analysis requires the selection of appropriate estate emotional processes occurring during the adolescent planning techniques based on constraints and objec- years. tives. Prerequisite PFP 350 86 FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

Public Administration Prefix: PUB 409 Contemporary Issues in Public Safety Issues of public safety which are addressed by state 402 Values and Ethics in Public Administration and local government will be studied in this course. This course is designed to outline the current public The traditional roles of public safety will be studied, management environment and to create an awareness e.g., fire prevention and suppression, emergency medi- and sensitivity to the value and ethical issues inherent cal practice and emergency transportation, police pro- in public administration decisions. The Judeo-Chris- tection, patrol, community policing. Issues such as tian moral basis for the values and ethical practices in contracting with other organizations, creation of pub- governments today will be taught together with the lic safety departments and collective bargaining in legal requirements for complying with legislated ethi- public safety are examples of those which will be ad- cal standards. dressed. 403 Public Budgeting and Finance 410 Methods and Techniques for Public This course is designed to provide the student with an Administration understanding of the very special nature of the rev- This course is designed to teach research methodolo- enue sources (taxes) and the expenditure of tax dol- gies including research design, hypothesis formula- lars through the budgeting (political) process. tion, descriptive statistics, analytical statistics, 404 Concepts and Issues in Public Planning sampling and survey techniques, consensus-building The classic management function of planning will be techniques and public participation approaches as ap- reviewed in its state and local government contexts. plied in public administration settings. Emphasis will be placed on planning for growth management and on strategic planning in public decision Sociology Prefix: SOC making. 301 American Family 405 Administrative Law and Process Study of the history, present agonies, and future of the The role of administrative procedure in state and local American Family as an institution. governments will be taught together with the principles of administrative procedure, administrative due pro- 305 Issues in Culture cess and regulatory procedures. (same as PLA 405) Topical course to determine the role that culture has played in developing and influencing man’s behavior. 406 Human Resources in the Public Sector Our perceptions of economics, religion, family life, This course will be an overview of public personnel employment, aging, law, and numerous other aspects practices including the history and changing role of of culture will be studied and discussed. civil service systems, merit retention systems, labor relations and collective bargaining. Supervisory prac- 415 Women in Contemporary Society tices for public administrators will be taught in the Historical development of women as a basis for their context of the several personnel systems. distinctive position in society today. Emphasis is placed on their lateral/horizontal progress in the realms of 407 Productivity Improvement in the Public the economy, society, and cultural development. Gen- Sector der definition and dynamics of the patriarchal system This course will provide information on the techniques are examined. for measuring and improving productivity in public organizations. Current management thought such as 417 Sociology of Death and Dying Total Quality Management (TQM) will be taught and A course that focuses on death as an event in salvific analyzed for its potential in the public sector. history, based upon cross-cultural analysis of the nexus between the meaning of life and death’s place 408 Public Administration and the Political within it. Process The classic confrontation between “politics” and “professional management” will be examined in this Social Welfare Prefix: SW course. The historical context of the “Good Govern- 336 Social Welfare as a Social Institution ment Movement” of the Nineteenth Century; the rise Beginning course in the social welfare sequence, in- of the professions in public management; the issues troducing the student to the field of social welfare from of responsiveness and patronage will be taught and historical, political, program, policy, and service points applications made to current state and local govern- of view; initial identification with the field of social ment management practice. welfare, and knowledge of contribution of social welfare professions. Prerequisite to all other social welfare courses. FRANK J. ROONEY SCHOOL OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 87

401 Social Welfare Policies and Services I 412 Persuasion Provides a comprehensive knowledge of the social Beginning with Aristotle, this course provides an his- welfare system in the United States while it addresses torical perspective on how persuasion has evolved to the changing nature and needs of our society. The cru- modern times. Emphasis on factors such as attention, cial role of government is examined, both historically perception, needs, values, and credibility. Practice in and currently, in the delivery of basic human services. the preparation and presentation of persuasive oral and The problems of poverty, inequality, and oppression written communication. Emphasis given to persuasive are highlighted as conditions that vitally affect the compaigns. social functioning of individuals, families and groups. Additionally, there is content on policy formulation Theatre Prefix: TH and models for policy analysis which provides the student with the tools to assess local, state and national 304 Creative Dramatics policies affecting agencies, clients and practitioners. A course to develop confidence, creativity, spontaneity, and other communication skills. It will include 470 Human Behavior and Social Environment I practice in improvisation, role playing, and character Focus is on the physical, social, and emotional devel- development for personal growth and enjoyment, as opment and mastery of growth crises from birth to mid- well as some study of drama for cultural enrichment. adolescence. Included in the course are current theories and research about the early years of the life cycle, 330 American Cinema with particular emphasis on the nature and ways in This is a history of the American film industry as an which culture, ethnicity, and community influence and art form, as an industry, and as a system of representa- shape development. tion and communication. Cinematic Genres are analyzed as art forms. The course explores how Speech Prefix: SPE Hollywood films work technically, aesthetically, and culturally to reinforce and challenge America’s na- 303 Voice & Articulation tional self image. A course designed to help each student speak more 360 Elements of Contemporary Theatre expressively with greater vocal variety and clarity. This is a study of the plays and theatrical practices of Each student will receive a complete voice and dic- the contemporary period. The elements of theatre in- tion analysis and will work both individually and in cluding plot, characterization, setting, dialogue, mu- groups to achieve effective voice production and cor- sic, movement, and theme are studied as art forms rect individual speech problems. within an historical context. 305 Theories of Communication Overview of theory of communication. Emphasis on Theology Prefix: THE organizational communication, small groups and public communication in organizations. 352 The American Religious Experience (formerly THE 351) 402 Oral Communication An exploration of the inculturation of religion, espe- Practical study designed to develop effective listen- cially Christianity, in the United States. Attention will ing, speaking and confrontation skills, use and inter- be given to significant figures, movements and schools pretation of body language. of thought in their historical context. An evaluation of 403 Oral Interpretation their continued influence on religious life today and Oral interpretation focuses on one of the loveliest of the question of whether there can be a distinctly Ameri- musical instruments, the human voice, and on the body can approach to theology will be broached. of literature to which the voice can give meaning. Course activities will include study and analysis of various types of literature and the demands that each makes of a reader: shaping and tuning exercises for the vocal instrument; practice in oral reading; and development of criteria for evaluation.

Descriptions for other courses offered through the School of Adult and Continuing Education will be found under the designated School. 88 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Linda M. Peterson, Ph.D., Associate Vice President for Undergraduate Studies and Dean

Karen A. Callaghan, Ph.D., Associate Dean Christopher Starratt, Ph.D. Associate Dean Carol Clothier, M.S., Assistant Dean

The School of Arts and Sciences is distinctive Psychology through its concern and promotion of values-oriented Sociology and Criminology programs, its adherence to the liberal arts tradition, Theology and Philosophy and its response to varied career and postgraduate pro- The School offers 27 undergraduate majors as well grams, its adherence to the liberal arts tradition, and as additional courses in ten support areas. In addition its response to varied career and postgraduate inter- to this diversity of disciplines, the School also encour- ests and needs. In keeping with the university mission ages a variety of approaches and methodologies: mod- and the Adrian Dominican tradition, the School em- ules, team-teaching, interdisciplinary courses, phasizes each student’s academic, personal, ethical, independent study and research, lab and studio work, and spiritual growth and development. Through aca- internships, recitals, exhibitions, film and text courses. demic programs, co-curricular activities, and faculty Nontraditional students who wish to enter Arts and scholarship, the School provides students with qual- Sciences programs should be aware of the following: ity general education and degree programs, as well as •Testing will have to be completed unless the stu- contributes enriching aesthetic, cultural, and intellec- dent has SAT or ACT scores tual dimensions to the University community. Most • No portfolio credits will be accepted significantly, the curriculum and degree requirements •A maximum of 9 credit hours in nontraditional are designed to allow students to develop a solid back- courses (real estate, paralegal, military police, ground in their field of study and a sense of the ethical firefighting, etc.) will be accepted as general elec- and moral responsibility to not only be a part of the tives only. contemporary world but to become effective agents of social change. The general education program of the School of Arts and Sciences School of Arts and Sciences educates students about Student Competencies the importance of ethical decision making; of a commitment to social diversity and to the respect, dignity, All students graduating from the School of Arts and and equality of all persons; and of the need to engage Sciences are expected to have achieved the following in the social, cultural, and political leadership neces- competencies: sary to create a more just, responsive, and compas- 1) Write, read, listen to and speak English clearly and sionate community. effectively in order to acquire knowledge, convey The School includes nine departments: and discuss ideas, research and evaluate informa- Communication tion, and think critically. English and Foreign Languages 2) Acquire and enhance the understanding, speaking, Fine Arts reading and writing of a second language and the History and Political Science knowledge of its culture in order to widen access Mathematics and Computer Science to a pluralistic world. Physical Sciences SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 89

3) Explore cultural traditions in order to gain a per- Students will also complete a Senior Seminar/ spective on personal values and the similarities and Capstone course under the major prefix. differences among individuals and groups. Undergraduate Majors Department 4) Understand mathematical concepts in order to en- Advertising Communication hance analytical thinking and quantitative compre- Art Fine Arts hension of human and physical realities. Painting and Drawing 5) Comprehend and use concepts from the behavioral Ceramics and social sciences in order to broaden knowledge Graphic Design of self and others, of one’s relationships with other Broadcast Communication Communication people, and of the relationship between individu- Chemistry Physical Sciences als and society. (Environmental) 6) Understand and use scientific, environmental, and (Pre-Dental) technological concepts and assess their interrela- (Pre-Medical) tionships with and their impact on human activity (Pre-Pharmacy) in order to make decisions that respond to the val- (Biochemistry) ues and interests of the individual and society. Communication Studies Communication 7) Understand historical, geographical, political, and Computer Information economic perspectives and the relationships among

Sciences Mathematics and Arts of School and Sciences and them in order to address societal concerns. Computer Science 8) Explore and understand concepts pertaining to the Computer Science Mathematics and human experience of God with emphasis on the Computer Science Judeo-Christian tradition in order to gain a perspec- Criminology Sociology and tive of the spiritual and transcendent dimension of Criminology human life and culture. English English and Foreign 9) Understand the role of the fine arts in order to stimu- Literature Languages late individual creativity, develop a sense of aes- Professional Writing thetics, and engender artistic awareness. Environmental Studies Sociology and 10)Understand essential concepts and values in the Criminology human search for meaning in order to develop a French English and Foreign reasonable and comprehensive world and life view Languages and to make ethical judgments and commitments. History History and Political To attain these competencies, all students major- Science ing in the School of Arts and Sciences will complete General Studies Arts & Sciences the following liberal arts courses: International Studies History and Political ENG 111 and 210 06 Science SPE 101 or COM 104 03 Mathematical Sciences Mathematics and Foreign Language 03* Computer Science MAT (107 or higher) & CS (180 or higher) 06 Music Fine Arts Science (with Lab) 03-04 Musical Performance Fine Arts/Humanities Musical Theatre Art - applied, appreciation or history 03 Philosophy Theology and Humanities - (HUM or literature) 03 Philosophy History 150 03 Photography Fine Arts Sociology 200 03 Biomedical/Forensic Psychology 281 03 Computer Imaging Political Science 201 03 Creative Philosophy 220 and 300 - level course 06 Photo/Communication Theology 201 and 300 - level course 06 Political Science History and Political 51-52 Science * Students must earn at least 3 credits of a foreign language Pre-Engineering Mathematics and based upon initial placement. Computer languages and sign Computer Science language do not satisfy this requirement. Native speakers Pre-Law History and Political will receive AP credit for literature courses only. Native Science speakers will not receive CLEP credit. Psychology Psychology Public Relations Communication 90 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Sociology Sociology and pose his or her own academic views on another, Criminology nor should he/she be penalized for not sharing Spanish English and Foreign someone else’s opinions. Languages 1.3 Faculty will help students learn the subjects they Theatre Fine Arts teach to the best of their ability and help stu- Acting dents develop and express their own understand- Technical Theatre ing and perspectives. Faculty will maintain high Theology Theology and levels of expertise and scholarship within their Philosophy subject matters. 1.4 Students majoring in areas within the School of Guidelines for Student Conduct and Arts and Sciences are to be evaluated on the Academic Responsibility basis on their understanding of the subject, their ability for scholarly and creative work, and their The guidelines for student conduct and academic progress toward professional competence. responsibility seek to promote high standards of aca- 1.5 Instructors should be well acquainted with their demic integrity by setting forth the responsibilities of students’ performance so as to be able to evalu- students as members of the academic community. ate the quality of their work. Faculty should keep Abiding by the code ensures a climate wherein all good records of their students’ performance, and members of this community can exercise their rights the final grade should be based on an accurate of membership. and fair assessment of their work in the course. The School of Arts and Sciences is committed to 2. Areas for Student Performance: furthering scholarship, academic pursuits, and service 2.1 The School of Arts and Sciences has identified to our society. Our purpose is to assure all students an four categories that constitute essential ingredi- equal opportunity to fulfill their intellectual potential ents for students’ satisfactory performance: through pursuit of the highest standards of academic a) Academic ability excellence. b) Professional and scholarly ethics Certain rights and obligations flow from member- c) Respect for school policies ship in any academic community committed to such d) Response to constructive criticism goals: 2.2 Academic ability is usually measured by the – The rights of personal and intellectual freedom, student’s ability to obtain a minimum grade of which are fundamental to the idea of a university; C in all the courses for the major, minor, and –A scrupulous respect for the equal rights and dig- related areas. nity of others; and 2.3 Professional and scholarly ethics is expected of – Dedication to the scholarly and educational pur- every student. This includes academic honesty poses of the University and participation in pro- in every aspect of their work and the exclusion moting and assuring the academic quality and of plagiarism, cheating, and unruly, disrespect- credibility of the institution. ful, or disruptive behavior. Both faculty and students in the School of Arts and 2.4 Instructors may use sanctions for such unruly Sciences share certain essential duties, rights and re- behavior, ranging from a private reprimand to sponsibilities in the search for knowledge. The fol- an unsatisfactory grade (F) in the course. If the lowing guidelines constitute a non-exhaustive matter is considered serious, an instructor may summary of these academic duties, rights and respon- recommend to the Chair and Dean the academic sibilities as they pertain to students: probation or suspension of the student, or even 1. Areas for Faculty Performance: the student’s dismissal from the program or the 1.1 The relationship between faculty and students University. should be based on mutual respect and fairness, 2.5 Respect for policies includes proper regard for without prejudice based on gender, ethnic ori- course requirements, including tests, term papers, gin or political or religious preference. All per- class attendance, student presentations and class sons are judged to possess equal human dignity, participation, as required by the course instruc- and their ideas are to be respected. tor and expressed in course syllabi, as well as 1.2 Barry University adheres to the principle of aca- respect for School and university policies as con- demic freedom, which means that every person tained in official documents such as the cata- has the right to hold and respectfully express logue. Unexcused absences to class meetings or his or her own academic views, and that other tests, disregard for deadlines, and any form of people’s views are to be respected. No member disrespect for the instructor’s policies constitute of the academic community has the right to im- a breach of responsible behavior. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 91

2.6 Response to constructive criticism means that 3. Academic Standards students should view the instructor’s respect- The School of Arts and Sciences expects its stu- ful criticism and corrections of their academic dents to manifest a commitment to academic in- work as a means to help students in their search tegrity through observance of standards for for knowledge. academic honesty. The academic honesty standards 2.7 If faculty members concur that a student is ex- include: hibiting poor performance in one or more of 3.1 Assignments such as course preparations, ex- the above areas, the faculty may request that ams, tests, projects, term papers, practicums, the student attend a meeting for an informal etc., must be the original work of the student. resolution of the problem. The faculty member Original work may include the thoughts and may make specific recommendations to the stu- words of another author, but if that is the case, dent for improvement. If the problem contin- those ideas or words must be attributed in a ues or if the issue is of sufficient concern, the manner consistent with a recognized form and faculty member or the student may communi- style manual. cate their grievance to the Chair and request a 3.2 Work is not original that has been submitted pre- formal review of the student’s status in the viously by the author or by anyone else for aca- Department. The Chair shall investigate the demic credit. Work is not original that has been situation and make a determination on the copied or partially copied from any other source, student’s continued participation in the pro- including another student, unless such copying gram. Conditions for continuing may be as- is acknowledged by the person submitting the signed, and, if the student does not comply with work for credit at the time the work is being sub- the conditions, the Chair may recommend dis- mitted or unless copying, sharing, or joint au- missal from the program. thorship is an express part of the assignment. Students may grieve policies, procedures, Exams and tests are original work when no un- evaluations, and administrative actions having authorized aid is given, received, or used prior a direct impact on them. Prior to initiating a to or during the course of the examination. formal appeal, a student must meet with the 3.3 All academic work submitted for credit or for faculty member and Department Chair and at- partial fulfillment of course requirements must tempt to resolve the situation. If this does not adhere to accepted reference manuals and rules result in an acceptable resolution, the student of documentation. Standards of scholarship re- shall bring the matter to the attention of the quire that proper acknowledgement be given by Dean. The Dean may continue efforts and in- the writer when the thoughts and words of an- formal resolution. other author are used. Students must acquire a If informal attempts fail to provide an accept- style manual and become familiar with accepted able resolution, the student shall file a written scholarly and editorial practice in their appeal to the Dean. The document should con- disciplines. tain a concise statement of all relevant facts re- 3.4 It is plagiarism to represent another person’s garding the manner in which the student believes work, words, or ideas as one’s own without use he or she was unfairly treated. Upon receipt of of a recognized method of citation. Deviating a written appeal, the Dean shall review the ap- from these standards is considered plagiarism. peal to determine whether the appeal presents a 3.5 Violations of academic responsibility include, complaint upon which action should be taken. but are not limited to: If the Dean decides to investigate the complaint, a. Plagiarism; the Dean may then meet with the parties in- b. Any form of cheating; volved, interview others, convene a faculty or c. Conspiracy to commit academic dishonesty; staff meeting, seek a recommendation from the d. Misrepresentation; faculty, and/or request a recommendation from e. Bribery in an attempt to gain an academic other University administrators. advantage; The Dean shall make a final determination f. Forging or altering documents or credentials; on the complaint and shall direct what, if any, and further action shall be taken. The Dean shall g. Knowingly furnishing false information to respond to the student in writing and explain the institution. the determination of the complaint. Students 4. Conduct Standards who are not satisfied with the determination of 4.1 Students should not interfere with the rights, the Dean may contact the Office of the Vice- safety, or health of other members of the aca- President for Academic Affairs. 92 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

demic community nor interfere with other 2) provide appropriate occasions for students to student’s right to learn. Students are expected exercise their writing skills; to abide by all program rules and regulations. 3) set minimum standards of written expression in 4.2 Students are expected to comply with the legal all courses; and ethical standards of Barry University, both 4) acquaint the students with those standards and as an institution of higher learning and as a inform them of their responsibility to meet them Catholic University, and with those of their cho- and the consequences if they do not; sen fields of study. Each program may prescribe 5) evaluate written work in light of effectiveness additional standards for student conduct as of expression as well as content; would comport with the letter and spirit of these 6) aid students in their development by pointing guidelines. out deficiencies in their written work and assist 5. Violation them with special writing problems arising from 5.1 Any violation(s) of any of the academic or con- the demands of a particular field of study. duct standards may result in a complaint being filed against the student. DEVELOPMENTAL COURSES 5.2 Any student found guilty of a violation of the academic or conduct standards will be subject To fulfill its responsibility to educate students, to disciplinary action, including expulsion from Barry University offers a series of developmental the University. courses for the benefit of those students who need to 5.3 The Dean has the duty and the authority to en- strengthen some of their skills. Students receiving a force these norms in the academic community. grade of IP in any developmental English or math course will be enrolled in the SAME course as a RE- ATTENDANCE POLICY PEAT in the subsequent term. A section of ENG 095, reserved for such repeats, is marked on the printed class All courses taught in the School of Arts and Sci- schedule as (FOR IP STUDENTS ONLY). All devel- ences adhere to the following attendance policy: A total opmental courses must be completed successfully by of 6 class hours of absence can result in withdrawal the end of 45 credit hours or, in the case of transfer with W, WP, or WF if within the designated withdrawal students, within the first academic year in residence. period, or with an automatic F if not. It is the student’s responsibility to initiate the withdrawal during the designated withdrawl period. Otherwise, an F will be GRADUATE PROGRAMS issued at the end of the term. The School of Arts and Sciences also offers the following graduate degrees: Written Expression Organizational Communication Communication, M.S. All of us, students and faculty alike, share respon- Executive Masters in Communication sibility for promoting the effective and wise use of Communication, M.S. language. Language is central to education since it is Communication, M.A. Communication the chief means by which the transmission and ex- Clinical Psychology, M.S. Psychology change of ideas takes place. Nowhere are clarity and Photography, M.A. Fine Arts precision of language so important or so difficult to Photography, M.F.A. Fine Arts achieve as in writing. We, therefore, take special care Psychology, M.S. Psychology to encourage excellence in writing, both in our own School Psychology, S.S.P. Psychology work and in the work of our students, through Writing Theology, M.A. Theology and Across the Curriculum (WAC) components in all dis- Philosophy ciplines. Pastoral Ministry for Students should: Hispanics, M.A. 1) recognize that they are expected to write well at Theology, D.Min. Theology and all times; Philosophy 2) realize that the way they say something affects what they say; Please refer to the Barry University graduate catalogue 3) write, revise, and rewrite each paper so that it for detailed information. represents the best work they are able to do. Similarly, faculty members should: 1) set high standards for their own use of language; SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 93

Bachelor of Arts – Science and Math: courses in chemistry (excluding CHE 110), math (excluding MAT 090, 100 GENERAL STUDIES and 105), computer science (excluding CAT courses), physics. The School of Arts and Sciences offers a Bachelor of – Behavioral and Social Sciences: courses in an- Arts in General Studies as follows: thropology, criminology, geography, history, – General Education: 45 hours political science, psychology, sociology Concentration: 45 hours in one area chosen from The minimum grade of C is required in all courses among the five areas of distribution excluding meth- in the areas of concentration. Upper level courses must ods courses. total 48 hours, of which at least 30 hours must be in – Communication: courses in communication the area of concentration. Students must complete an studies, English (200 level and above; non-lit- integrative experience consisting of LIB 487. erature courses), speech (excluding SPE 105). – Theology and Philosophy: all courses LIB 487 Senior Seminar (03) – Humanities and Fine Arts: courses in art, dance, Under the supervision of a facultly mentor, the semi- foreign languages, humanities, literature, mu- nar will integrate in a research project the student’s pri- sic, photography, theatre mary area of concentration and the supporting areas. 94 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION

Faculty: Adams, Hoffman, Nelson, Samra, Saverimuttu, Sirimangkala

The Department of Communication offers various education and prepares them for a wide variety of pro- majors, programs and opportunities for students in- fessional contexts. terested in pursuing professional objectives in a vari- The Advertising curriculum is designed so that ety of communication and related settings. A choice majors will be able to: of four baccalaureate degree programs is offered. They 1. Identify target audiences and develop effective are the Bachelor of Arts in Advertising, in Broadcast advertising campaigns aimed at those groups. Communication, in Communication Studies, and in 2. Understand the interplay among advertising re- Public Relations. search, strategy and positioning. Curriculum in the Department of Communication 3. Understand the creative process and develop is designed so that all students, regardless of major, strong creative for print, broadcast and will be able to: interactive media. 1. Access multiple sources of reference material rel- 4. Explain the role of advertising in our national evant to their area of study. and the world economies. 2. Write papers using concepts extending from some 5. Understand the influence of advertising on our area of communication theory. cultural norms, tastes and trends. 3. Make oral reports that effectively convey ideas or Distribution: 52 messages. * Students in the Advertising program are required to 4. Communicate ethically and effectively in interper- take MAT 152 and PSY 281 as part of the distribu- sonal, public, and/or mass media settings and be- tion. have professionally in career contexts. 5. Develop an appreciation of the discipline through Core Courses: 39 an integrated experience. ADV 301 Principles of Advertising 3 ADV 362 Advertising Media Planning 3 UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE ADV 401 Advertising Creative Strategy & Execution 3 REQUIREMENTS ADV 442 Advertising & Social Responsibility 3 Distribution Requirements: ADV 470 Advertising Campaigns 3 All undergraduate degree candidates are required to ADV 480 International Advertising 3 fulfill the distribution requirements of the School of ADV 484 Public Relations/Advertising Arts and Sciences. Research 3 ADV 499 Internship 3 ADVERTISING COM 200 Introduction to Mass Media 3 COM 201 Introduction to Communication 3 The Bachelor of Arts in Advertising is designed to COM 390 Principles of Public Relations 3 provide the student with knowledge of all aspects of COM 412 Persuasion 3 advertising. The curriculum exposes students to ad- COM 495 Communication Law 3 vertising strategy and planning, creative, media and Production Co-requisites: 6 culture and provides them with the necessary tools to ART 205 Graphic Design I 3 pursue a career in advertising. In addition, the core ART 305 Graphic Design II 3 curriculum in the liberal arts gives students a balanced SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 95

Business Co-requisites: 6 Minor in Advertising: 21 MKT 306 Marketing Concepts & Applications 3 COM 201 Introduction to Communication 3 MKT 385 Consumer Behavior 3 ADV 301 Principles of Advertising 3 General Electives: 17 ADV 362 Advertising Media Planning 3 Degree Total: 120 ADV 401 Advertising Creative Strategy & Execution 3 ADV 442 Advertising and Social Responsibility 3 International Advertising ADV 470 Advertising Campaigns 3 Students desiring specialization in International ADV 480 International Advertising 3 Advertising must add COM 304, Intercultural Com- munication. Students who are not proficient in a second language must also add a foreign language. The internship can be done abroad. Internships done overseas must be supervised by the School of Business as BUS 441 or 442. 96 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

BROADCAST COMMUNICATION for a Bachelor of Arts degree in Broadcast Communi- cation must have abilities in six areas: communication, Professional and Technical Standards for hearing, visual, mobility, motor skills, and social be- Admission, Enrollment and Graduation havior. Compensation can be made for some disabilities but the use of an intermediary delays production Success in the field of broadcasting requires certain decisions that must be made in a split second. There- technical and emotional skills in addition to a knowl- fore, third parties cannot be used in studio productions. edge of theory. The Department of Communication The performance standards presented below are acknowledges Section 504 of the 1973 Vocational Re- prerequisite for admission, continued enrollment and habilitation Act and the Americans with Disabilities graduation with a B.A. in Broadcast Communication. Act of 1990 but has determined that prospective stu- An example of activities that students are required to dents must be able to meet the physical and emotional perform while enrolled in the broadcast communica- requirements of the academic program. A candidate tion program accompanies each standard. Performance Standard Examples of Necessary Activities (not all inclusive) Communication Communication abilities Give directions sufficient for interaction with others orally and in writing Hearing Auditory ability sufficient Monitor audio levels, respond to directions given to respond to oral instructions through a headset Visual Visual ability sufficient Focus shot, follow movement of people and objects in for monitoring video sources video shot, adjust audio and video levels Mobility Physical abilities sufficient Balance, move and “truck” studio cameras in a timely to carry, move and maneuver manner, hold a field camera steady cameras in small spaces Motor Skills Gross and fine motor abilities Operate switcher, linear and non-linear editors, sufficient to operate broad- focus cameras cast equipment Social Behavior Patience, interpersonal Work with others under the pressure of a skills, teamwork, integrity, “live” broadcast interest and motivation The Bachelor of Arts in Broadcast Communication Core Courses: 36 is the major for students considering a career in tele- COM 200 Introduction to Mass Media 3 vision/video and related broadcast fields. Major re- COM 204 Writing for the Media 3 quirements are designed to provide the student with a COM 214 Television Production 3 strong core of knowledge in all facets of the profes- COM 215 Audio Production or 3 sion. The minor, distribution requirements, and elec- COM 366 History of The Moving Image or tives will provide the student with a broad background COM 491 TV Directing in the liberal arts. COM 301/401 Studio Practicum or 3 The Broadcast Communication curriculum is de- COM 499 Internship signed so that majors will be able to: COM 314 Advanced Television Production 3 COM 418 Broadcast News or 3 1. Explain the role of the media in social change. COM 456 Advanced Video Editing 2. Demonstrate a knowledge of broadcast writing style COM 420 Media Programming 3 and script preparation. COM 495 Communication Law 3 3. Identify and demonstrate mastery of selected broad- COM 499 Internship 3 cast facility equipment. Courses Designated ADV, COM, or JOU 6 4. Understand the strategies and skills required in the General Electives (a minor is recommended) 27 various genres of video. DEGREE TOTAL: 120 Degree Requirements Minor in Broadcast Communication: 21 COM 200 Introduction to Mass Media 3 Distribution: 51 COM 201 Introduction to Communication 3 Department Requirements: 6 COM 204 Writing for the Media 3 COM 201 Introduction to Communication 3 COM 214 Television Production 3 COM 470 Seminar in Communication ** 3 COM 314 Advanced Television Production 3 ** Integrative Experience COM 366 History of the Moving Image 3 COM 495 Communication Law 3 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 97

COMMUNICATION STUDIES Minor in Journalism The Journalism minor requires 21 hours, which The Bachelor of Arts in Communication Studies is include four required courses: JOU 207, JOU 243, JOU a broadly-based program designed for those students 441, and COM 495. The remaining 3 courses are se- who wish a generalist’s orientation to the communi- lected depending on student career goals. cation profession. The student is encouraged to inves- JOU 207 Introduction to Journalism 3 tigate all aspects of the program, developing a core of JOU 243 News Reporting, Writing and Editing 3 knowledge in communication studies, and to apply JOU 441 Research in Journalism 3 general elective hours to the minor in order to create a COM 495 Communication Law 3 double major. Courses Designated JOU 9 The Communication Studies curriculum is designed so that majors will be able to: 1. Understand the human communication process, PUBLIC RELATIONS its major elements (source, receiver, message, channel, feedback, noise, context), and differ- This major provides students with a background in ent levels (e.g., interpersonal, intercultural, or- the theories, methods, and practical skills of the field ganizational, public). so that they can pursue a variety of careers in public 2. Understand the complexity and dynamics of relations. The minimum grade of C is required in all human communication. major and minor courses. 3. Develop awareness of cultural similarities and dissimilarities and appreciation of differences Goals and Objectives in all communication contexts. The public relations curriculum has the following 4. Identify the interplay among source, message, goals and objectives: channel and audience in persuasion and the vari- • Demonstrating an adequate understanding of the ous persuasive strategies. basic principles of written organizational commu- 5. Identify types of public presentations and steps nication and the application of these principles to in preparation of a public speech. real world situations. • Demonstrating an adequate understanding of ap- Degree Requirements plying the RACE method (Research, Action Plan, Distribution: 51 Communication, and Evaluation) to a public rela- Department Requirements: 6 tions case study. COM 407 Theories of Human Communication 3 • Demonstrating critical thinking and problem solv- COM 470 Seminar in Communication ** 3 ing skills. ** Integrative Experience Core Courses: 27 Curriculum COM 104 Interpersonal Communication 3 The program consists of the following 39 credit COM 304 Intercultural Communication 3 hours: COM 326 Small Group Communication 3 COM 201 Introduction to Communication 3 COM 409 Organizational Communication 3 COM 390 Principles of Public Relations 3 COM 412 Persuasion 3 COM 391 Public Relations Campaigns 3 SPE 401 Business & Professional COM 484 Public Relations/Advertising Communication 3 Research 3 SPE 415 Speech Research, Writing & Delivery 3 COM 495 Communication Law or 3 Courses Designated ADV, COM, JOU or SPE 6 COM 409 Organizational Communication 3 Minor: 21 ADV 301 Principles of Advertising 3 JOU 445 Publicity & Public Relations or 3 General Electives: 15 ENG 374 Writing for the Internet 3 Degree Total: 120 ENG 344 Professional Editing or 3 ENG 444 Business Research, Writing & Editing 3 Minor in Communication Studies: 21 ENG 417 Copywriting or COM 104 Interpersonal Communication 3 ADV 401 Advertising Creative Strategy & COM 304 Intercultural Communication 3 Execution 3 COM 407 Theories of Human Communication 3 ENG 404 Persuasive Writing or 3 COM 409 Organizational Communication 3 COM 412 Persuasion or 3 SPE 401 Business & Professional ENG 406 Rhetorical Analysis 3 Communication 3 Courses designated ADV, COM, JOU or SPE 6 98 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

SPE 415 Speech Research, Writing, and 401 Advertising Creative Strategy & Delivery or 3 Execution (3) SPE 401 Business & Professional The role of strategy in the creation and design of ad- Communication 3 vertising. Writing effective copy for print and broad- CS 325 Desktop Publishing or 3 cast media. Prerequisites: ADV 301, ENG 111. ART ENG/ADV 418 Publication Production & Layout 3 205 recommended. COM 399 Practicum or 1-3 442 Advertising and Social Responsibility (3) COM 499 Internship 3 Critical examination of the impact of advertising on Co-Requisites: society and culture. Advertising’s role in the forma- MKT 306 Marketing Concepts and tion of trends, social habits and other patterns of be- Applications 3 havior as they pertain to multiple groups within society. MKT 385 Consumer Behavior 3 Pro social uses of advertising will also be discussed. MKT 386 Sales Production, Advertising and 470 Advertising Campaigns (3) Personal Selling 3 Capstone course emphasizing the planning and cre- Students are encouraged to take electives from ation of advertising campaigns. Students will complete among ADV, COM, CS, ENG, JOU, MKT, PHO, and and present a multimedia advertising campaign. Pre- SPE courses depending upon their areas of interest. requisites ADV 301, ADV 401, ADV 362. 480 International Advertising (3) Minor in Public Relations Major theoretical and managerial issues in interna- The Public Relations minor requires 21 hours, tional advertising and advertising directed at cultural which include the following required courses: minorities within countries. COM 200 Introduction to Mass Media or 3 484 Public Relations/Advertising Research (3) COM 204 Writing for the Media 3 Introduction to public relations and advertising re- COM 390 Principles of Public Relations 3 search methodology. Includes planning, measurement, COM 391 Public Relations Campaigns 3 evaluation and reporting of results. Prerequisites: ADV COM 409 Organizational Communication or 3 301, COM 390, MAT 152. Same as COM 484. SPE 401 Business & Professional Communication 3 499 Internship (3-12) COM 484 Public Relations/Advertising Research 3 Practical experience in advertising in a professional ADV 301 Principles of Advertising or 3 setting. CR/NCR grade; unpaid internships only. Pre- COM 495 Communication Law 3 requisites: Senior standing (90+ credit hours); 2.5 over- JOU 445 Publicity and Public Relations or 3 all G.P.A. with minimum 3.0 G.P.A. in major; approval ENG 404 Persuasive Writing 3 of Advisor, Department Chair, and Dean.

Course Descriptions — Course Descriptions — Advertising Prefix: ADV Communication Prefix: COM 301 Principles of Advertising (3) 104 Interpersonal Communication (3) Basic principles of advertising and their role in media Study of self-concept, perception, language, listening, and society. Includes advertising environment in the emotions, and conflict as they relate to person-to-per- 21st Century, agency and client relationships, con- son communication. sumer behavior, ethics, and the role of research, cre- 200 Introduction to Mass Media (3) ative appeals, and media selection in advertising Processes, systems, and effects of the printed and elec- effectiveness. Study of the organization of the adver- tronic media; the role of newspapers, magazines, mov- tising profession. ies, radio, and television. 362 Advertising Media Planning (3) 201 Introduction to Communication (3) Planning execution and control of advertising media This course provides an overview of the human com- programs. Fundamental characteristics of the media. munication discipline. Students will be introduced to Buying and selling process. Techniques and methods various topics within Communication, including the used in advertising media planning process. Prerequi- rudiments of communication theory and a survey of sites: ADV 301, MAT 152. communication contexts (e.g., interpersonal, small group, organizational, public, mass, and intercultural). SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 99

204 Writing for the Media (3) lection of messages, tailoring communication to audi- Writing basic media copy. Emphasis on script prepa- ences and situations, effective delivery, rules of com- ration and techniques used professionally in the elec- munication, oral dyadic communication, conflict and tronic media. conflict resolution, and ethical, effective, persuasive 214 Television Production (3) discussion. Studio production theory and practice; hands-on ex- 326 Small Group Communication (3) perience in basic production, direction, and technical Theory and practice in leading and participating in operations of a studio. small groups. Special focus on problem solving and 215 Audio Production (3) the management of conflict. Prerequisite: SPE 101 or Audio production theory and practice; hands-on ex- COM 104. perience in basic production for radio and television. 340 Film Genres (3) Prerequisite: COM 204. This course will examine the concepts of film genre 300 Special Topics in Communication (3) by looking at two genres in the same semester. In the Exploration of selected areas of study in the field of first half of the semester, students will be introduced communication. (limited to a maximum of 6 credit to the ideas with an easily identifiable genre, such as hours.) the musical or the Western. In the second half, students will build on their knowledge by applying the 301 Practicum I (1) concepts to a genre which is more difficult to define Development of skills in communication related set- (such as film noir) or which blends over into other tings. Prerequisite for Studio Practicum is COM 214 genres (such as the horror/fantasy/science-fiction or permission of Department Chair. May be repeated crossover). for a maximum of 3 credit hours. 359 Independent Study (3) 302 Nonverbal Communication (3) Opportunity for research and study in the communi- Survey of research in nonverbal communication. In- cation profession. Requires approval of Department cludes the study of posture and body movements, eye Chair and Dean. contact, facial expression, vocal cues, physical appear- ance, and space as well as the effects of cultural, situ- 366 History of the Moving Image (3) ational, and personality variables. This course examines the development of the media that utilize the moving visual image. The first focus 304 Intercultural Communication (3) of the course will be the history of cinema from the An introduction to the factors which influence com- 1890s to the present. The second emphasis will be the munication among individuals of different subcultures. history of television, from the early 20th century to the Both theoretical and practical problems of intercul- present. Through examination of the history of these tural communication are analyzed. Prerequisite: SPE two highly influential media, the student will gain an 101 or COM 104. understanding of why and how the film and TV in- 314 Advanced Television Production (3) dustries have arrived at their current status. In addi- Advanced television production techniques including tion to class meetings, students will be required to electronic editing, special effects, and electronic field attend one weekly screening of a classic example of production. Completion of an individual creative the medium from the period under discussion. Prereq- project is required. Prerequisites: COM 204 and COM uisite: COM 200. 214. 390 Principles and Case Studies of Public 315 Advanced Audio Production (3) Relations (3) Advanced audio production techniques including ed- Basic concepts of public relations; case studies; the iting special effects and multi-track recording. Comple- tools and media used in communication with the public. tion of an individual creative project and “on air check” 391 Public Relations Campaigns (3) are required. Prerequisite: COM 215. The detailed analysis of the utilization of principles 320 Family and Communication (3) and techniques of public relations in a variety of con- This course focuses on the ways families communi- temporary situations and the practical application of cate in order to increase understanding of one’s own these principles and techniques to campaigns. Prereq- communication behaviors and in order to improve uisite: COM 390. speech and communication skills. The course will focus on the principles and practices of effective, ethical, persuasive communication as applied to family groups. Major topics include audience analysis, se- 100 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

399 Public Relations Practicum (1-3) 446 Screenwriting (3) Development of skills in public relations settings. An advanced writing course designed for students in- Designed to give students hands-on experience in pub- terested in learning how to write scripts for film and lic relations on campus. Prerequisites: COM 390; television. Students learn the various forms, genres, COM 391 and/or COM 484. techniques, and styles of writing for film and televi- 401 Practicum II (1) sion. The course will require students to write both a Advanced development of skills in communication teleplay and a full-length screenplay. Prerequisite: related settings. Prerequisite for Studio Practicum is COM 204 or ENG 206. Same as ENG 446. COM 301, COM 314 or permission of Department 455 Acting for the Camera (3) Chair. May be repeated for a maximum of 3 credit On-camera workshop focusing on specific acting tech- hours. niques relevant to film, TV, and commercials. Prereq- 407 Theories of Human Communication (3) uisite: Permission of Department Chair. Also TH 455. The study of theoretical orientations in the field of 456 Advanced Video Editing (3) human communication. Focus on twentieth-century The final stage in the life of a production, before air, theorists and schools of thought including models of is the editing room. This course has two main thrusts; communication. hands-on practical instruction in the use of digital non- 408 Relational Communication (3) linear (computer-based) editing systems, and in-depth, Focus on the nature and functions of communication intense examination of the aesthetics and communi- within relationships. The purpose of this course is to cation considerations which motivate the choices in provide a survey of some of the major theoretical per- the editing room. Prerequisite: COM 214 and COM spectives and historical and contemporary research on 314. relational communication. Topics include relationship 470 Seminar in Communication (3) stages, attraction, dating, relational communication A senior seminar in the identification and examina- dysfunction, and family communication. tion of selected topic(s) in communication. Limited 409 Organizational Communication (3) to Department of Communication majors with 90+ This course focuses on the nature and functions of com- credit hours and approved minors. Serves as Depart- munication in organizational settings. The course seeks ment of Communication integrative experience and to provide students with an understanding of the con- includes service learning, comprehensive examination cepts and methods needed to assess and improve the and senior thesis. nature of communication processes in organizations. 484 Public Relations/Advertising Research (3) 412 Persuasion (3) Introduction to research methodology for public rela- Beginning with Aristotle, this course provides an his- tions and advertising. Includes planning, measurement, torical perspective on how persuasion has evolved to evaluation, and reporting of results. Prerequisites: modern times. Emphasis on factors such as attention, COM 390 or ADV 301 and MAT 152. Same as ADV perception, needs, values, and credibility. Practice in 484. presentation of persuasive oral and written communi- 491 Television Directing (3) cation. Emphasis given to persuasive campaigns. Integration of television studio facilities, scripting, and 418 Broadcast News (3) production techniques into directing of basic televi- Develops skills for positions of news producer and sion formats. Directing exercises and individual reporter. Includes news writing, analysis of news sto- projects including planning, producing, directing, and ries and their relative merit, and production consider- crew work. Prerequisite: COM 314. ations in assembling a newscast. Prerequisites: COM 495 Communication Law (3) 204, COM 214, COM 314. Studies in the current laws governing the mass media. 420 Media Programming (3) Role of the FCC, libel, privacy, and First Amendment Analysis of and experience in radio and television pro- issues. gramming and promotion. Includes analysis of com- 498 Broadcast Journalism (3) petitive rating system and overview of the mechanics Principles of journalism applied to the electronic me- of the broadcasting business. dia. Experience in field reporting and writing news 431 Media Relations and Sport (3) copy. Same as JOU 498. Prerequisite: COM 204 or Study of professional and collegiate sports and their JOU 243. COM 418 is recommended. relationship with the various media outlets. Also SES 431. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 101

499 Internship (3-12) 105 American English Phonetics (3) Practical experience in communication in a profes- Reduction of foreign and regional accents. Focus on sional setting. CR/NCR grade; unpaid internships only. the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA), with em- Prerequisites: Senior standing (90+ credit hours); 2.5 phasis on linguistic variables that influence accent re- overall G.P.A. with minimum 3.0 G.P.A. in major; duction: articulation, stress, intonation, word order, approval of Advisor, Department Chair, and Dean. phrasing, and vocabulary. Individualized instruction incorporating speaking, reading, and writing. CR/NCR NON-DEGREE PROGRAM grade only. Does not fulfill distribution or degree requirements. (Also ENG 105) SPEECH 401 Business and Professional Course Descriptions— Communication (3) Application of principles of speech communication in Speech Prefix: SPE the presentation of informational reports, conference 100 American English Phonetics Vowels (3) management, and interviewing. Prerequisite: SPE 101. Introduction to linguistic theory and study of Ameri- 415 Speech Research, Writing and Delivery (3) can English phonetics, with a focus on remediation of Study of speech design and delivery for a variety of foreign accent. Emphasis on articulation of vowel public situations. Includes the study of research sounds. Intensive individualized instruction. CR/NCR sources, speech content, and organization in speeches grade only. Does not satisfy SPE or ENG distribution written for and delivered by others. Prerequisite: SPE requirements. (Also ENG 100) 101. 101 Fundamentals of Speech (3) Study and practice of the basic skills in interpersonal and public communication. 102 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH AND FOREIGN LANGUAGES

Bradley Bowers, Ph.D., Chair Faculty: Alvarez, Bowers, Byrne, Cartright, Connell, Eaton-Donald, Estevez, Fishman, Greenbaum, Leeder, Nodarse, Peever, Schanfield

ENGLISH • Developing an awareness of the history of lit- eratures and genres written in English in terms CORE COURSES (9 credits) of specific aesthetic, political, and social con- ENG 324 Major American Writers texts. ENG 331 or 332 Major British Writers I, II ENG 350 Theories of Rhetoric and Public Curriculum Discourse The literature specialization requires a minimum of Students specializing in either literature or profes- 36 credit hours in addition to the Core listed above. sional writing may receive a BA. The minimum grade of C is required in all major Required Courses (15 credits) and minor courses. A student must maintain a mini- ENG 331 or 332 Major British Writers I, II mum G.P.A. of 2.5 in major and minor courses. ENG 352 Survey of African American Literature ENG 387 Introduction to Literary Theory and LITERATURE SPECIALIZATION Criticism ENG 407 Shakespeare The literature curriculum provides students with a ENG 487 Senior Seminar study of the critical thinking process by which writers and readers activate meaning through language. Ma- jor area courses provide students with a broad back- 21 credits from any ENG or HUM course with no ground in the issues of textual representation as well more than 12 credits in HUM as instruction in effective written communication, criti- Period courses in ENG cal and creative thinking, and research skills in the ENG 420 Medieval English Literature discipline. Students are prepared for postgraduate stud- ENG 424 American Literature 1800-1865 ies and careers in a variety of areas related to the lib- ENG 425 American Literature 1865-1914 eral arts, especially the humanities. ENG 426 American Literature 1914-present ENG 432 Nineteenth-Century English Literature: Goals and Objectives the Romantics ENG 433 Nineteenth-Century English Literature: The literature curriculum has the following goals the Victorians and objectives: ENG 460 Twentieth-Century Literature 1900-1945 • Demonstrating a set of critical practices in read- ENG 461 Twentieth-Century Literature 1945- ing and writing. present • Performing close reading of the content and style of a variety of texts from the Anglo-American Other ENG Courses canon to multicultural, postcolonial, and ENG 300 Special Topics gendered expansions of the canon. ENG 315 The Novel ENG 316 World Literary Masterpieces SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 103

ENG 339 Literature for the Adolescent A minor in Professional Writing requires comple- ENG 340 Women in Literature tion of 21 credit hours of professional writing courses ENG 348 Caribbean Literature which must include either ENG 350 or ENG 406. ENG 419 Literature and Film The 3 or 6-credit hour internship offers students ENG 429 English Studies the opportunity to work with a company or organiza- ENG 449 Film Theory and Criticism tion in their intended area of specialization and to build HUM Courses a portfolio. HUM 396 Cultural Studies Special Topics HUM 397 Ethnic Studies Special Topics Course Descriptions— HUM 398 Gender Studies Special Topics English Prefix: EN HUM 399 Genre Studies Special Topics A minor in literature is also available. The minor con- 012 Reading, Essay, and Language Skills for sists of a minimum of 21 credits in literature and hu- CLAST (1) manities beyond the ENG 111/ENG 210/112/199 level. Please see Learning Center.

PROFESSIONAL WRITING SPECIALIZATION Course Descriptions— The Professional Writing specialization provides English Prefix: ENG students with a background in the theories, methods, All courses other than ENG 095, 111, 199, 210, and practical skills of the field so that they can pursue and 112 are generally on a three-year rotation. a variety of careers in writing, publishing, and elec- 095 English Composition Strategies (3) tronic media. The minimum grade of C is required in Please see Learning Center. all major and minor courses. 105 American English: Phonetics (3) Reduction of foreign and regional accents. Focus on Goals and Objectives the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA), with em- The professional writing curriculum has the fol- phasis on linguistic variables that influence accent re- lowing goals and objectives: duction: articulation, stress intonation, word order, • Demonstrating an adequate understanding of the phrasing, and vocabulary. Individualized instruction basic principles of written organizational commu- incorporating speaking, reading, and writing. Does not nication and the application of these principles to fulfill distribution or degree requirements. Also real world situations. SPE 105. • Demonstrating critical thinking and problem solv- 111 First Year Composition and Literature (3) ing skills. Writing of short papers based on readings. A mini- • Presenting material both in written and visual for- mum grade of C is required to earn credit and to sat- mats. isfy graduation requirements. Fulfills the Gordon Rule. Can only be taken for a letter grade. Curriculum 112 Techniques of Research (3) The core curriculum consists of 33 credit hours in Writing the research paper based on readings. addition to the Core listed above plus a 3-6 credit in- Optional for all Schools EXCEPT Arts and Sciences. ternship. CS 280 is a co-requisite. Fulfills the Gordon Rule. Prerequisite: ENG 111 with ENG 333 Introduction to Fiction Writing C or better. ENG 344 Professional Editing ENG 362 Magazine Article Writing 199 Special Topics (3) ENG 364 Multi Media Writing Lower division special topic course. Content to be ENG 374 Writing for the Internet determined each semester by the Department as re- ENG 404 Persuasive Writing quested by faculty and/or students to fill specified ENG 406 Rhetorical Analysis needs or interests. ENG 417 Copywriting 207 Composition II (3) ENG 444 Business Research, Writing, and Editing Thorough review of the writing process. Students will ENG 446 Screenwriting study and write various forms of prose; essays of rhe- ENG 447 Technical and Scientific Research, torical analysis, argumentative and persuasive essays, Writing, Editing editorial and feature forms. Fulfills the Gordon Rule. CS 325 Desktop Publishing Prerequisite: ENG 112 or ENG 210 or permission of ENG 499 Internship (3-6 credits) Department Chair. 104 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

210 Introduction to Literature (3) 344 Professional Editing (3) Using research techniques to interact with and criti- Study of editing materials for publication. Students cally write about readings in the three major literary will explore questions of correctness and style, while genres – fiction, drama, and poetry. Required for Arts also addressing the mechanics of proofreading. Stu- and Sciences as general education. Optional for all dents will learn how to create prose that is correct in other schools as distribution. Fulfills the Gordon Rule. syntax, usage, and punctuation; how to adapt prose Prerequisite: ENG 111 with C or better. style to fit a variety of audiences and situations; and 300 Special Topics (3) how to edit manuscripts in preparation for printing. Content to be determined each semester by the De- (Formerly ENG 244). partment as requested by faculty and/or students to fill specified needs or interests. Students may repeat 348 Caribbean Literature (3) ENG 300 as long as course content varies with each Examination of texts that reflect political, social, and repetition. cultural issues related to Caribbean life and culture. 312 Advanced Composition (3) Students will read literature by Caribbean authors re- Study of and practice in writing expository prose. Ful- siding both inside and outside of their countries. fills the Gordon Rule. 350 Theories of Rhetoric and Public 315 The Novel (3) Discourse (3) Critical examination of selected novels. Examination of the role of rhetoric in all aspects of public life. Students will explore the uses of persua- 316 World Literary Masterpieces (3) sive discourse in the processes of uniting societies, in Critical examination of selected works representing creating and pursuing their goals and desires, and in different historical and socio-cultural contexts. negotiating changes to and challenges of their tradi- 324 Major American Writers (3) tions. The approach is fundamentally chronological Survey of major American authors from the colonial beginning with Aristotle and surveying key figures in period to the present. the development of Renaissance and 18th and 19th century rhetoric. The focus of the course is on contempo- 331/332 Major British Writers I, II (3) (3) rary thinkers and theories and the ways in which they Historical survey of the literature of England to the influence current persuasive practices. twentieth century. 352 Survey of African American Literature (3) 333 Introduction to Fiction Writing (3-6) An examination of the major works of African Ameri- Study of fiction models. Students will engage in exer- can writers from colonial times to the present. (For- cises that explore the creative process and various merly ENG 245). modes of fiction. Students will write and revise fiction, to compile a portfolio of the semester’s work. 359, 459 Independent Study (3) (3) Opportunity for extensive research in areas of special 334 Introduction to Poetry Writing (3-6) interest to the student. Prerequisite: Department Chair Study of models of classic and contemporary poetry. and Dean approval. Students will engage in exercises that explore the creative process and various poetic forms. Students will 362 Magazine Article Writing (3) write and revise poems to compile a portfolio of the An advanced course for students interested in learn- semester’s work. ing to write for popular periodicals. The class explores the differences between magazine articles and news- 339 Literature for the Adolescent (3) paper journalism. Students learn how to analyze maga- Survey of multicultural literature representing genres zines, research articles, interview subjects, write and themes relevant to the adolescent reader. The fo- articles, and prepare them for publication. cus of this course is the young adult novel organized around themes relating to pertinent adolescent con- 364 Multi Media Writing (3) cerns. Discussion of reader response theories and the Study of composition and journalism using a variety use of multimodal activities are included not only for of media. Students will produce interactive multime- the prospective classroom teacher but for any indi- dia documents within a hybrid genre in order to rec- vidual who might use literature as a therapeutic tool ognize the multiple ways in which narratives can be in working with adolescents. told. Prerequisite CS 280. Same as JOU 364. 340 Women in Literature (3) 374 Writing for The Internet (3) Study of literary works by women or themes concern- Study of organizational patterns, navigation systems, ing women in literature. Analysis of readings from the and Internet etiquette. Teaches students basic skills for aesthetic and other theoretical points of view. creating hypertext and hypermedia documents. Stu- SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 105 dents in this course distinguish traditional text docu- 413 Fiction-Writing Workshop (3-6) ments from e-texts (electronic texts) and hypertexts Intensive study of and practice in the craft of writing (text including hyperlinks and text encoded with fiction. Students will write and present their stories, hypertext markup language), examining the stylistic respond to others’ work, and study classical and con- consequences of these formal distinctions from a hu- temporary theories of fiction as well as models of the manistic perspective. The class emphasizes the sense craft. Prerequisite: English 333 or permission of De- that traditional notions of authorship and authority are partment Chair. reconstituted by the contemporary writing environ- 414 Poetry-Writing Workshop (3-6) ment, and students apply their findings via the cre- Intensive study of and practice in the craft of poetry ation of original hypertext documents both individually writing. Students will write and present their poems and in collaboration with their peers. and revisions, respond to others’ work, and study clas- 387 Introduction to Literary Theory and sical and contemporary theories of poetry as well as Criticism (3) models of the craft. Prerequisite: English 334 or per- Examination of the nature of literature and the meth- mission of Department Chair. ods of approaching it. Implications for criticism across 417 Copywriting (3) the arts. In-depth study of the theory and techniques necessary 403 History of the English Language (3) to produce successful advertising copy. Students also Study of the formation and growth of the language, learn to integrate the written word with the appropri- with special attention to sources, structure, and idiom. ate visual symbols in order to produce effective mes- Includes an examination of American modifications sages. Ethical issues within the industry will be of the language. emphasized. 404 Persuasive Writing (3) 418 Publication Production and Layout (3) Study of the science and art of using written language Examination of the production of written and elec- to promote information gain, induce attitude change, tronic texts through the arrangement of colors, type- and affect behavior. Beginning with Aristotelian con- setting, layout, etc. Emphasis on web page design and cepts such as logos, ethos, and pathos, this course will magazine publication. provide students with the necessary knowledge and 419 Literature and Film (3) skills to generate, arrange, and write effective argu- Examination of film history and film forms as part of ments. Psychological and sociological principles of a larger cultural history. Clarification and differentia- persuasion will be examined and the various uses of tion of the connections between film and literature. argument in contemporary situations explored. Exploration of the ways literary concepts are inter- 406 Rhetorical Analysis (3) preted through film. In-depth analysis of advertisements, speeches, film, 420 Medieval English Literature (3) and literature as persuasive texts. Students will learn Analysis of major literary works of the Middle Ages both the nature and scope of persuasion and be intro- to 1485. duced to several different methods for analyzing the argumentative strategies of texts. Among these are the 424 American Literature: 1800-1865 (3) traditional, Burkeian, sociological, feminist, and Critical examination of selected works from major postmodern perspectives. Students will also consider writers of the period. the ethical, aesthetic, and political problems raised by 425 American Literature: 1865-1914 (3) texts designed to persuade an audience. Critical examination of selected works from major 407 Shakespeare (3) writers of the period. In-depth study of selected Shakespearean plays and 426 American Literature: 1914-Present (3) poems. Emphasis on the author’s artistic development. Critical examination of selected works from major Same as TH 407. writers of the period. 410 Advanced English Grammar (3) 429 English Studies (3-12) Analysis of English grammatical structures. Empha- In-depth study of selected literary topics, works, fig- sis on modern descriptive analysis. ures, and genres. ENG 429 may be repeated as long as 412 Contemporary Rhetorical Theories (3) course content varies with each repetition. Study of the development of contemporary rhetoric 432 Nineteenth-Century English Literature: based on current research and theory. The Romantics (3) In-depth study of major literary works of the period. 106 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

433 Nineteenth-Century English Literature: 499 Internship (3-6) The Victorians (3) Practical experience within a professional setting. Pre- In-depth study of major literary works of the period. requisite: Senior status (90+ credit hours); 2.50 over- 439/440 Theatre History I, II (3) (3) all GPA; all paperwork must be completed before the Theatrical event and its attendant literature from ritual end of the semester preceding the internship. Prior beginnings to the closing of the playhouses in England approval of Department Chair and Dean required. and from the Restoration to the 1950’s and the advent of absurdist theatre. Same as TH 439, 440. FOREIGN LANGUAGES 441 Contemporary Theatre (3) Study of the plays and theatrical practices of the time. Goals and Objectives: Same as TH 441. The foreign language curricula at Barry University 444 Business Research, Writing, and Editing (3) have the following goals and objectives: Study and practice of the kinds of internal and exter- 1. Goal: Developing communication skills in lan- nal writing used in different organizations—utilities, guages other than English. for-profit corporations, non-profit organizations, and Objectives: The student will be able to: others. Practice in the researching, writing, and edit- • Engage in conversations by providing and ob- ing of letters, memos, reports, market analyses, pro- taining information, expressing feelings and motions, product descriptions, grants, proposals, etc. emotions, and exchanging opinions. Relevant ethical issues will be included. • Understand and interpret written and spoken language on a variety of topics. 446 Screenwriting (3) • Present information, concepts, and ideas to an An advanced writing course designed for students in- audience of listeners or readers on a variety of terested in learning how to write scripts for film and topics. television. Students learn the various forms, genres, 2. Goal: Acquiring knowledge and understanding of techniques, and styles of writing for film and televi- other cultures. sion. The course will require students to write both a Objectives: The student will be able to: teleplay and a full-length screenplay. Prerequisite: • Demonstrate an understanding of the relation- COM 204 or permission of the instructor. Same as ship between the practices and perspectives of COM 446. the culture studied. 447 Technical & Scientific Research, Writing, • Demonstrate an understanding of the relation- and Editing (3) ship between the products and perspectives of Research, writing and editing general technical mate- the culture studied. rials such as manuals, descriptions, and specifications. 3. Goal: Connecting with other disciplines and acquir- Applications to particular technologies—computers, ing information. engineering, aerospace, and others—will also be in- Objectives: The student will be able to: cluded. Relevant ethical issues will be addressed. • Reinforce and further knowledge of other dis- 449 Film Theory and Criticism (3) ciplines through the foreign language. Introduction of terminology and methodology for criti- • Acquire information and recognize the distinc- cal viewing of films. Discussion of the role of theory tive viewpoints that are available only through in film analysis. Practice in reading films as reflecting the foreign language and its cultures. social, cultural, religious, economic, and aesthetic val- 4. Goal: Participating in multilingual communities at ues of the periods and countries which produce the home and around the world. films. Prerequisite: COM 366 or PHO 421. Objectives: The student will be able to: • Use the language both within and beyond the 460 Twentieth-Century Literature: school setting. 1900-1945 (3) • Show evidence of becoming life-long learners In-depth study of selected works of the period. by using the language for personal enjoyment 461 Twentieth-Century Literature: and enrichment. 1945-Present (3) In-depth study of selected works of the period. FRENCH (B.A.) 487 Senior Seminar (3) A capstone course. Writing a senior paper analyzing The French program provides students with profi- text from at least three critical perspectives. Complet- ciency in the four basic skills — listening, speaking, ing a comprehensive literature examination. reading, and writing — and gives them a deeper un- SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 107 derstanding of French culture. These objectives aim 203-204 Intermediate French I, II (3) (3) to prepare the student for teaching and for work re- Intensive oral and written review of the pronunciation lated to translating and interpreting, diplomatic ser- and the structures of the French language; recognition vice, overseas business and industry, social welfare, and active handling of aural comprehension and oral law, nursing, allied health professions, communica- production; reading and writing. Language lab com- tions and services, etc. ponent. Prerequisite for FRE 203: FRE 102 or equiva- Students are placed in French classes according to lent; prerequisite for FRE 204: FRE 203 or equivalent. their level of proficiency. 250 Conversation and Composition (3) The French major consists of a minimum of 30 Diction and fluency in the language; prepared and credits beyond FRE 101 and 102. In addition, students extemporaneous dialogues and reports on current top- must take FRE 487 Senior Seminar. The minimum ics; practice in writing French with accuracy; system- grade of C is required in all major and minor courses. atic review of the grammatical principles of the French At the end of the program, French majors must com- language; study and practice of French pronunciation plete satisfactorily a comprehensive examination that with exercises in diction. Language lab component. includes an oral component. The following courses Prerequisite: FRE 204 or equivalent. are recommended for majors. FRE 302 Introduction to French Literary Texts 300 Special Topics (3-12) FRE 305, 306 Major French Authors I, II Content to be determined to fill specific needs or in- FRE 379 Culture and Civilization terests. FRE 380 Contemporary Culture and Civilization 301 Advanced Conversation, Composition, and Students will choose 18 additional credit hours Grammar (3) beyond FRE 101-102. Intensive study of written and spoken French. Devel- Up to six credits in French will be granted for CLEP opment of skills to facilitate spontaneity of expres- upon completion of six credits in residence, accord- sion. Practice in contemporary usage through selected ing to placement. The level of competency will be readings. Prerequisite: FRE 250 or equivalent. determined by the Foreign Language faculty. 302 Introduction to French Literary Texts (3) Up to six credits in French at the 200-level will be Introduction to French literature through close read- granted to students passing the language and/or litera- ing and discussion of selected works chosen from rep- ture Advanced Placement examination with a score of resentative genres. Includes compositions, four or more. conversation, and introduction to literary criticism. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: FRE 250 or equiva- Minor in French lent. A minor in French requires a minimum of 21 credit 303 Advanced Conversation (3) hours with a C or above. Development of advanced speaking skills, prepared dialogues, extemporaneous dialogues, reports, skits Course Descriptions— based on real-life situations, and other projects. For French Prefix: FRE non-native speakers. Prerequisite: FRE 204 or equivalent. 101-102 Elementary French I, II (3) (3) 305-306 Major French Authors I, II (3) (3) Introduction to French as a spoken and written lan- Historical survey of French literature from its origins guage; conversation with emphasis on practical vo- to the twentieth century; representative works from cabulary and accurate pronunciation; practice in class each period. Conducted in French. and in the laboratory in understanding and using the spoken language; reading and writing with progres- 317 Commercial French (3) sive grammatical explanations. Language lab compo- Introduction to the use of the French language as a nent. Prerequisite for FRE 102: FRE 101 or equivalent. means of communication in the world of business. Emphasis on basic commercial terminology, documen- 199 Special Topics (3) tation and correspondence. Areas such as advertising, Lower division special topic course. Content to be trade, banking and finance will be investigated in this determined each semester by the Department as re- course. Conducted in French. quested by faculty and/or students to fill specified needs or interests. 325 Introduction to Translation (3) Emphasis on basic principles of translation and interpretation. Techniques and resources for professional translation. Conducted in French. 108 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

359, 459 Independent Study (3), (3) 499 Internship (3-6) Opportunity for extensive research in an area of spe- Practical experience within a professional setting. Pre- cial interest to the student. Requires approval of De- requisites: Senior status (90+ credit hours); 2.5 over- partment Chair and Dean of Arts and Sciences. all G.P.A.; all paperwork must be completed before 326 Introduction to Interpretation (3) the end of the semester preceding the internship. Prior Emphasis on basic principles of interpretation. Tech- approval of Department Chair and Dean required. niques and resources for professional interpretation. 379 Culture and Civilization (3) SPANISH (B.A.) Historical survey of the life and culture of the French Students are placed in Spanish classes according to people. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: FRE 250 their level of proficiency. The Spanish program pro- or equivalent. vides students with proficiency in the four basic 380 Contemporary Culture and Civilization (3) skills — listening, speaking, reading, and writing — Survey of the life and culture of the French people of and gives them a deeper understanding of the Hispanic the twentieth century. Panorama of contemporary culture and literature. It aims to prepare Spanish ma- French intellectual and artistic achievements. Con- jors not only to teach, but also to broaden their oppor- ducted in French. Prerequisite: FRE 250 or equiva- tunities in career areas such as translation and lent. interpretation, diplomatic service, international busi- 400 Twentieth-Century Cinema (3) ness and industry, social welfare, law, allied health pro- Study of the development of the French cinema from fessions, communications and services, among others. 1895 to the present. Film will be studied as an art form and as an expression of the society that produces it. Language and Literature Developments from the silent era, through sound, to contemporary technical achievements will also be ana- Specialization lyzed. The language and literature specialization consists 440 Classicism (3) of a minimum of 33 credits beyond SPA 101 and 102. Classical and baroque in French seventeenth-century In addition, students must take SPA 487 Senior Semi- literature; themes and structures in works of the prin- nar. cipal figures of the day, such as Descartes, Corneille, Students will choose 12 credits from the following Pascal, Moliere, Racine, Mme. de Sevigne, La list of courses: Fontaine, and La Bruyere. SPA 315, 316 Reading and Writing I, II SPA 355, 356 Spanish Authors I, II 444 Eighteenth-Century Literature (3) SPA 360, 361 Major Hispanic-American Authors I, II Focus on eighteenth-century French literature; themes and structures in the works of the principal literary The remaining 21 credits may be selected from any figures of the century. 300 or 400 level course. The minimum grade of C is required in all major 445 Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) and minor courses. Study of themes and structures in the works of the At the end of the program, Spanish majors must principal literary figures of the nineteenth century, from satisfactorily complete a comprehensive examination Chateaubriand to Mallarme. that includes an oral component. 460 Contemporary Literature (3-6) Main currents of thought and choices in literary style Translation and Interpretation among contemporary authors. Specialization 461 Twentieth-Century Theatre (3-6) Plays and dramatic theories of representative drama- tists of the twentieth century. MISSION 487 Senior Seminar (1-3) The Translation and Interpretation major fulfills the A study of the interrelations of French language and mission of the university by offering quality educa- literature with the other liberal arts. tion in the liberal arts tradition in an interdisciplinary fashion. It incorporates various liberal arts disciplines and responds to the changing needs of students in a multiethnic and multilingual society. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 109

GOALS Language Courses (12) SPA 304 Advanced Spanish 1. Developing translation and interpretation skills in SPA 307 Advanced Conversation Spanish and English. SPA 315 Reading and Writing I 2. Acquiring knowledge and understanding of other SPA 316 Reading and Writing II cultures. SPA 320 Comparative Analysis of Spanish and English 3. Connecting with other disciplines and acquiring SPA 317 Commercial Spanish information. ENG 410 Advanced English Grammar 4. Participating in multilingual communities at home ENG 447 Technical & Scientific Research, and around the world. Writing And Editing Culture Courses (6) PROSPECTIVE STUDENTS SPA 333 Spanish Culture SPA 335 Hispanic-American Culture The major is designed to give students from a vari- Communication Courses (3) ety of backgrounds an opportunity to acquire knowl- COM 304 Intercultural Communication edge of the theories, methods, and practices of (COM 104 OR SPE 101 are pre-requisites for COM translation and interpretation so they can pursue ca- 304) reers as translators or interpreters or engage in graduate studies in the field. Minor in Spanish ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The Spanish minor is available under two options: a) a general minor consisting of 21 credit hours in To undertake this major students must demonstrate Spanish and b) the Certificate Program in Translation a minimum proficiency in Spanish and English at the and Interpretation consists of 21 credit hours with the intermediate-high level. Proficiency will be determined option of a 6 credit hour internship. by examination. Up to six credits in Spanish will be granted for CLEP upon completion of six credits in residence, according to placement. The level of competency will CURRICULUM be determined by the Foreign Language faculty. Our curriculum aims to: Up to six credit in Spanish at the 200-level will be 1. Enhance students’ confidence in both languages by granted to students passing the language and/or litera- sharpening their language skills. ture Advanced Placement examination with a score of 2. Increase students’ cultural awareness. four or more. 3. Familiarize students with the theories, methods, and practices of translation and interpretation. CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN TRANSLATION 4. Sharpen students’ skills and techniques in transla- AND INTERPRETATION tion and interpretation. Required courses: SPA 315 Reading and Writing I 3 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS SPA 316 Reading and Writing II 3 SPA 320 Structural Analysis of A minimum grade of C is required in all courses Spanish and English 3 and a 2.5 GPA. If a student earns a grade below C in SPA 325 Introduction to Translation 3 any of the courses the course must be repeated. SPA 326 Introduction to Interpretation 3 Students must complete a minimum of 36 credit SPA 425 Advanced Techniques of Translation 3 hours in courses distributed among the following list SPA 426 Advanced Techniques of plus a capstone course. Interpretation 3 21 Translation and Interpretation Courses (15) Recommended courses: SPA 325 Introduction To Translation SPA 499 Internship 3-6 SPA 326 Introduction To Interpretation Total: 24-27 SPA 425 Advanced Techniques Of Translation SPA 426 Advanced Techniques Of Interpretation 110 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Course Descriptions— 325 Introduction to Translation (3) Spanish Prefix: SPA Emphasis on basic principles of translation. Tech- niques and resources for professional translation. 101, 102 Elementary Spanish I, II (3) (3) 326 Introduction to Interpretation (3) Introduction to Spanish as a spoken and written lan- Emphasis on basic principles of interpretation. Tech- guage; conversation, with emphasis on a practical vo- niques and resources for professional interpretation. cabulary and accurate pronunciation; reading and writing with progressive grammatical and cultural ex- 333 Spanish Culture (3) planations. Language lab attendance required. Survey of the life and culture of the Spanish people. 199 Special Topics (3) 335 Hispanic-American Culture (3) Lower division special topic course. Content to be Survey of the life and culture of the Hispanic-Ameri- determined each semester by the Department as re- can peoples. quested by faculty and/or students to fill specified 355, 356 Major Spanish Authors I, II (3) (3) needs or interests. Historical survey of Spanish literature from its origins 203, 204 Intermediate Spanish I, II (3) (3) to the twentieth century. Representative works of each Intensive oral and written review of Spanish pronun- period. ciation and grammatical patterns, as well as reading, 359/459 Independent Study (3) (3) writing and culture. Language lab attendance required. Opportunity for extensive research in areas of special Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equivalent. interest to the student. Prerequisite: Approval of De- 300 Special Topics (3-12) partment Chair and Dean. Content to be determined each semester by the De- 360, 361 Major Hispanic American partment as requested by faculty and/or students to Authors I, II (3) (3) fill specified needs or interests. Historical survey of Hispanic-American literature from 304 Advanced Spanish (3) its origins to the twentieth century. Representative Focus on the intensive study of the written and spo- works of each period. ken language. Practice of advanced skills will be pro- 366 The Hispanic-American Novel (3-6) vided to facilitate spontaneity of expression. For Selected readings, discussion, and analysis of major non-native speakers. Hispanic-American novels. 307 Advanced Conversation (3) 425 Advanced Techniques of Translation (3) Development of speaking skills. Prepared and extem- Advanced methods and tools for professional trans- poraneous dialogues, reports, skits on real-life situa- lating. Prerequisite: SPA 325 or equivalent. tions, and other projects. For non-native speakers. 426 Advanced Techniques of Interpretation (3) Prerequisite: SPA 204 or equivalent. Advanced methods and tools for professional inter- 315, 316 Reading and Writing I, II (3) (3) preting. Prerequisite: SPA 326 or equivalent. Readings in Spanish as well as study of grammar and 440 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age (3-6) spelling. Techniques of composition. For native and Selected readings, discussions, and analysis of the non-native speakers with command of the language. works of the principal writers of the sixteenth and sev- 317 Commercial Spanish (3) enteenth centuries. Introduction to the correct use of the Spanish language 443 Twentieth Century Spanish Literature (3-6) as a tool for international trade. Emphasis placed on Selections from the poetry, prose, and drama of the commercial terminology, documentation and corre- twentieth century spondence. Areas such as advertising, foreign trade, . transportation, banking, and finance will also be in- 447 Contemporary Hispanic-American vestigated in this course. Fiction (3-6) 320 Structural Analysis of Spanish Selected readings, discussions, and analysis of the principal trends and authors of Hispanic-American con- and English (3) temporary fiction. Introduction to comparative and contrastive analysis of Spanish and English with an overview of the his- 487 Senior Seminar (1) tory of the Spanish language. This course is required A study of the interrelations of literature with the other for students of translation and interpretation and for liberal arts. those who plan a career in language teaching. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 111

499 Internship (3-6) 201-202 ASL III, IV (3) Practical experience within a professional setting. Pre- Continuation of ASL 101-102. Perceptive and expres- requisite: Senior status (90+ credit hours); 2.5 overall sive skills will be emphasized. Voice to sign and ac- G.P.A.; all paperwork must be completed before the tivities. end of the semester preceding the internship. Prior approval of Department Chair and Dean required. FILM STUDIES NON-DEGREE PROGRAMS The Film Studies minor is an interdisciplinary program that offers undergraduate students the opportu- AFRICANA STUDIES nity to examine cinema from several perspectives. Course work focuses on visual and aural literacy as The Africana Studies program is an interdiscipli- well as the critical analysis of the socioeconomic, cul- nary academic program designed to develop an un- tural, and philosophical dimensions of film. derstanding of the impact and contributions African Students may also take any of the courses offered American, Caribbean, and African peoples have made in the minor for elective credit or personal enrichment. to world society and culture. Course offerings engage 21 credits are required for the minor with 9 credits the historical, literary, social, economic, and political in the following core courses: perspectives of people of the African Diaspora. COM 366 History of the Moving Image (3) Students will complete 21 credit hours for the mi- This course examines the development of the media nor and 18 credit hours for the certificate program from that utilize the moving visual image. The first focus courses offered through the departments of Sociology of the course will be the history of cinema from the and Criminology, History and Political Science, En- 1890’s to the present. The second emphasis will be of glish and Foreign Languages, Psychology, and Fine the history of television from the early 20th century to Arts. The Africana Studies Director has the discretion the present. Through examination of the history of to approve relevant courses from other departments these two highly influential media, the student will not listed below to fulfill requirements of either the gain an understanding of why and how the film and minor or certificate. TV industries have arrived at their current status. In addition to class meetings, students will be required ENG 348 Caribbean Literature to attend one weekly screening of a classic example ENG 352 Survey of African American Literature of the medium from the period under discussion. ENG 429 Black Women Writers PHO 421 History of Photography, Film, DAN 199/300 Dances of the African Diaspora and Art (3) DAN 300 Caribbean Rhythm and Culture Integration of the stylistic and technical developments HIS 456 African American History Since in the history of photography, cinema and painting Reconstruction from 1839 to the present. Emphasis upon the interre- HIS 388 History of the Caribbean lationship of aesthetic movements and cross-fertiliz- HIS 449 Race, Gender, Class in Latin America ing influence of the different media. Analysis of classic PSY 300 Psychology and Culture: Psychology of movies as representative examples from film history. the African Diaspora SOC 405 Sociology of Race, Class and Gender ENG 449 Film Theory and Criticism (3) SOC 307 Race and Ethnicity Prerequisite: COM 366, PHO 421 or permission of CRM 328 Race, Class and Crime instructor. Introduction of terminology and methodology for critical viewing of films. Introduction to the role of theory in film analysis. Practice in reading films AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE as reflecting social, cultural, religious, economic and Course Descriptions— aesthetic values of the periods and countries which produce the films. American Sign Language Prefix: ASL 12 credits may be taken as electives, including THE 101, 102 ASL I, II (3) 304, THE 300, ENG 419. Other relevant film Introduction to American Sign Language (ASL), its courses offered by the departments of Communica- origins, parameters, vocabulary and grammatical struction, English & Foreign Languages, Philosophy, tures. Within this course, the importance of deaf cul- Psychology, and Theology may be taken as elec- ture and how it relates to ASL will be examined. tives. 112 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

HUMANITIES JOURNALISM Verbal and nonverbal texts are situated historically, Journalism Prefix: JOU socially, intellectually, produced and consumed at particular times, with particular cultural, personal, gen- 207 Introduction to Journalism (3) der, racial, class, and other perspectives. The following Covers the fundamentals of modern journalism, both interdisciplinary categories available for special top- writing and production. Students learn about writing ics therefore indicate pedagogical perspectives rather styles for specific types of articles, about copy editing than fixed categories. and proofreading, typography, page make-up, advertising, and journalism ethics. This course may be taken HUM 396 Cultural Studies Special Topics concurrent with or after completion of ENG 111 or its Courses taught under this heading focus on the way equivalent. social relations of power are constructed in and by cultural practices and the workings and consequences 241 The Press in Contemporary Society (3) of those relations and practices. These courses exam- Tracing developments from the colonial press, study ine through verbal and non verbal texts what seems of the structure and performance of the press in his- natural and familiar in order to unmask these repre- torical perspective as it interacts with other contem- sentations and to critically examine the implications porary social institutions. Emphasis on the functional of these cultural practices in everyday life. role of the press. HUM 397 Ethnic Studies Special Topics 243 News Reporting, Writing, and Editing (3) Courses taught under this heading focus on the dis- Thorough study and practice of news reporting, writ- tinctive social, political, cultural, linguistic and his- ing, and editing techniques. torical experiences of ethnic groups in the United 300 Special Topics (3-9) States. These courses explore through verbal and non Diverse courses on specialized forms of reporting will verbal texts the ways places are represented as home, be offered periodically depending upon interest and exile, or myth, and how these representations affect need. e.g., Editorial and Persuasive Writing; Critical the sense of self, gender, family, community, history, Writing and Reporting; Seminar in Journalism; Envi- memory, and nationalism. Additionally, special top- ronmental Ecology and Reporting; Writing for Reli- ics courses taught in this category include those gious Publications; Sports Writing. grounded in postcolonial theory, i.e., examining texts 301 Practicum I (1) as an assertion of power against colonialism and as Development of skills in journalistic settings. Students agencies for exploring experimental or alternative are expected to become staff members of the Barry forms of artistic expressions. Buccaneer as part of course requirements. Prerequi- HUM 398 Gender Studies Special Topics sites: ENG 111 and JOU 207 or permission of De- Courses taught under this category focus on the con- partment Chair. May be repeated for a maximum of 3 struction and role of gender in culture. These courses credit hours. examine verbal and non verbal texts which, through 326 International Journalism (3) representations, shape gender identity by historical and Critical analysis of the management of news about cultural practices. These courses also examine other countries as well as the methods used in other gendered identities in terms of their construction, codi- countries to manage their own news. Includes study fication, representation, and dissemination within so- and use of international news agencies and networks. ciety. Prerequisite: JOU 207 or COM 200. HUM 399 Genre Studies Special Topics 342 Feature Writing (3) Courses taught under this category focus on what con- Study of feature stories for newspapers, magazines, temporary theorists tend to call “family resemblances” and public relations. Emphasis on the preparation of or what psycholinguists would describe in terms of publishable material. “prototypicality.” The courses examine texts as familiar, codified, conventionalised and formulaic structures 359, 459 Independent Study (3) (3) located within specific cultural contexts and, as such, Opportunity for extensive research in areas of special influence and reinforce social conditions. interest to the student. Prerequisite: Department Chair and Dean approval. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 113

362 Writing for Magazines (3) 416 Investigative Reporting (3) An advanced course for students interested in learn- Advanced instruction and practice in researching, re- ing to write for popular periodicals. The class explores porting, and writing complex news stories. Examines the differences between magazine articles and news- the ethics of reporting in multi-cultural communities. paper journalism. Students learn how to analyze maga- Prerequisite: JOU 243 or COM 204. zines, research articles, interview subjects, write 425 Photojournalism (3) articles, and prepare them for publication. Same as Emphasis upon visual communication and effective ENG 362. photographic documenting of events. Prerequisite: 364 Multi Media Writing (3) PHO 203 or permission of Department Chair. Same Study of composition and journalism using a variety as PHO 425. of media. Students will produce interactive multime- 441 Research in Journalism (3) dia documents within a hybrid genre in order to rec- Individual study of current research techniques in jour- ognize the multiple ways in which narratives can be nalism. The course will provide students with a work- told. Prerequisite CS 280 Introduction to Multi Me- ing knowledge of how other disciplines (e.g., history, dia. Same as ENG 364. statistics, the social sciences) use journalism research. 401 Practicum II (1) 442 Colloquium on Current Affairs (3) Advanced development of skills in journalistic settings. An interdisciplinary course emphasizing in-depth Students are expected to become staff members of the analyses of major contemporary problems as reported Barry Buccaneer as part of course requirements. Pre- by the media. requisites: ENG 112, JOU 301 or permission of De- partment Chair. May be repeated for a maximum of 3 445 Publicity and Public Relations (3) credit hours. Emphasis on the principles and practice of writing publicity for various types of organizations. 403 Public Affairs Reporting (3) Coverage of major governmental units of all levels of 499 Internship (3-6) government as well as community affairs and not-for- Practical experience in communication in a profes- profits. Includes examination and interpretation of sional setting. CR/NC grade; unpaid internships only. public documents and records. Prerequisite: JOU 243 Prerequisites: senior standing (90+ credit hours); 2.5 or COM 204. overall G.P.A. with minimum 3.0 G.P.A. in major; approval of Advisor, Department Chair, and Dean. 114 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS

Art, Photography, Music, Theatre, Dance

Stephen Althouse, M.F.A., Chair Faculty: Althouse, Amico, Coulter, Curreri, Dempsey, Ewing, Houston, Lizama, Mason, Rios, Rockwell, Rytteke, Weber MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT ART (B.F.A., B.A.) The goals of the Fine Arts Department are derived The Art program prepares majors for their future from the mission of the University. Based upon the lives as professionals in the field of art and for ad- tradition of the liberal arts, the Fine Arts (art, dance, vanced study at the graduate level. The classes are music, photography, and theatre) provide the student designed to foster individual growth in an integrated with a broad foundation in the theories, methods, prac- academic studio environment. The Bachelor of Fine tical skills, and historical context of each discipline. Arts (B.F.A.) is respected as the professional degree Through classes, events, and mentoring, the depart- for Fine Arts. Courses are recommended for non-ma- ment strives to foster proficiency in individual creativ- jors who wish to enrich their lives and develop new ity, aesthetic sensitivity, and self-expression. The skills and for students who wish to minor in Art or Art department’s curricula provide cultural enrichment to History. the campus and larger community, through public per- The Art major offers two degree programs: the formances and exhibitions. Students are prepared for Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A., 60 credits) and the graduate studies and careers in a variety of areas re- Bachelor of Arts (B.A., 39 credits). It also offers mi- lated to the performing and visual arts and liberal arts. nors in Art and Art History. PROGRAMS OF STUDY Graduation Requirements The department offers six comprehensive degree A minimum grade of C is required in all major and programs: the B.F.A. and B.A. in Art; the B.F.A. and minor courses. To demonstrate high professional stan- B.A. in Photography; the B.M. in Music; and the B.A. dards, graduating art majors earning the B.F.A. or the in Theatre. In addition, two other disciplines are rep- B.A. degree must participate in a senior exhibition. resented by minors: Dance and Art History. Other This also fulfills the University requirements for an minors are offered in Art, Music, Photography, and integrative experience. Juniors must pass a faculty re- Theatre, and Photography also offers a Certificate in view before preparing for their senior exhibition. All Photography. Within each degree program, specializa- students must enroll in Senior Seminar during their tions are offered. These consist of the following: for senior year. Art — graphic design, painting and/or drawing, ce- Upon completion of their senior exhibition, students ramics; for Photography — creative photography, digi- are required to provide the department with a com- tal imaging, biomedical/forensics photography, photo/ plete set of slides of their exhibition work. The Uni- communication; for Music — music performance, versity also reserves the right to reproduce and publish musical theatre; and for Theatre — acting, and tech- student works. Students will retain the copyright of nical theatre. their work. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 115

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS (B.F.A.) Studio Art Electives 15 credits Studio Art Specializations 60 credits Any studio ART course and up to 6 crs. of PHO studio courses may be selected. Art history courses or PHO The B.F.A. program provides extensive exposure 420 and 421 may not be used as electives. to the various 2- and 3-dimensional visual arts media. Students are encouraged to develop creativity, self-ex- BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS (B.F.A.) pression and technical skills in all areas with an inten- Graphic Design 60 Credits sive concentration in one area. The Department of Fine Arts offers a specialization in The B.F.A. in Studio Art consists of: Graphic Design within the Art program. Commenc- Studio Art Core 21 credits ing with a traditional foundation program, this twenty- Studio Art Specialization 18 credits Art History Electives 6 credits first century specialization prepares students for Studio Art Electives 15 credits careers in areas such as marketing, publishing, broad- 60 credits casting and advertising. This program offers studies in typography, corporate identification, layout and pro- Studio Art Core 21 credits duction techniques, commercial design and profes- ART 101A Basic Drawing 3 cr. ART 101B 2-D Design 3 cr. sional standards. ART 102AFigure Drawing 3 cr. The B.F.A. in Graphic Design consists of: ART 102B 3-D Design 3 cr. Graphic Design Core 21 credits ART 319 History of Western Art I 3 cr. ART 320 History of Western Art II 3 cr. Graphic Design Specialization 30 credits ART 487 Professional Practices in Art 3 cr. Studio Art Electives 9 credits 60 credits B.F.A. Studio Art Specialization Options: Graphic Design Core 21 Credits Painting and/or Drawing Specialization 18 credits ART 101 A Basic Drawing 3 ART 260 Basic Painting 3 cr. ART 101 B 2-D Design 3 ART 265 Basic Painting II 3 cr. ART 260 Painting 3 ART 359 Independent Study 3 cr. ART 102 B 3-D Design 3 ART 360 Interm. Painting I 3 cr. ART 319 History of Western Art I 3 ART 363 Interm. Drawing I 3 cr. ART 320 History of Western Art II 3 ART 364 Interm. Drawing II 3 cr. ART 487 Professional Practices in Art 3 ART 365 Interm. Painting II 3 cr. Graphic Design Specialization 30 Credits ART 450 Collage 3 cr. ART 205 Graphic Design I 3 ART 460 Advanced Painting I 3 cr. ART 305 Graphic Design II 3 ART 463 Advanced Drawing I 3 cr. ART 325 Visual Communications 3 ART 464 Advanced Drawing II 3 cr. ART 405 Graphic Design III 3 ART 465 Advanced Painting II 3 cr. ART 411 History of 20th Century Art 3 ART 415 History of Graphic Design 3 Ceramics Specialization 18 credits ART 425 Typography 3 ART 141 Basic Handbuilding 3 cr. ART 445 Advertising Design and Production 3 ART 241 Basic Potter’s Wheel 3 cr. ADV 301 Principles of Advertising 3 ART 342 Intermediate Handbuilding I 3 cr. PHO 305 Computer Imaging 3 ART 343 Intermediate Handbuilding II 3 cr. Studio Art Electives 9 Credits ART 344 Intermediate Potter’s Wheel I 3 cr. Any studio ART course and up to 6 crs. of PHO ART 345 Intermediate Potter’s Wheel II 3 cr. studio courses may be selected. Art history courses or ART 441 Advanced Ceramics I 3 cr. PHO 420 and 421 may not be used as electives. ART 442 Advanced Ceramics II 3 cr. Students pursuing the B.F.A. / Graphic Design spe- Art History Electives 6 credits cialization are strongly encouraged to take additional ART 409 Hist. of Art: The Renaissance 3 cr. ART 410 Hist. of Art: 19th Century Eur. Art 3 cr. courses chosen from the following Computer Science ART 411 History of 20th Century Art 3 cr. offerings, in order to enhance their computer skills: ART 423 Contemporary Art 3 cr. CS 325 Desktop Publishing, CS 338 Web Design, PHO 420 History of Art: Photography 3 cr. Authoring and Publishing, or CS 341 Multimedia Sys- PHO 421 Hist. of Photo., Film and Art 3 cr. tems. 116 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.) Course Descriptions— Studio Art Specializations 39 credits Art Prefix: ART The Bachelor of Arts is a 39-credit program which 101A Basic Drawing (3) provides a specialization in painting and/or drawing Introduction to basic drawing materials, techniques, or ceramics. This program was designed to meet the and concepts focusing on still life as subject matter. needs of students who are interested in exploring a (Special fee) specific medium and desire the option of majoring in 101B 2-D Design (3) art while minoring in another subject. Introduction to basic two-dimensional design concepts, The B.A. in Studio Art consists of: theory and techniques through the study of the prin- Studio Art Core 21 credits ciples and elements of art. Color theory and linear Art History Electives 3 credits perspective will be introduced. (Special fee) Studio Art Specialization 15 credits 39 credits 102A Figure Drawing (3) The study of the structure, anatomy, and expressive For course requirements and/or options in Studio design of the human form using a variety of drawing Art Core, Art History Electives, and in Painting and/ media and techniques. Prerequisite: ART 101A. (Spe- or Drawing Specializations or Ceramics Specializa- cial fee) tion, see listings above in the B.F.A. Studio Art Spe- cializations section. 102B 3-D Design (3) Introduction to the theory, concepts, and creation of Art Minor 21 Credits three-dimensional art through a variety of building processes, materials, and techniques. (Special fee) The Art Minor consists of 18 credits of any studio art and 3 credits of any art history. A minimum grade 114 Art Appreciation (3) of C is required in all courses. A broad introduction to the nature, vocabulary, and media of art, using examples from a variety of historical periods, from ancient Egypt to contemporary Art History Minor 21 Credits America. The Art History minor is a program of study de- 141 Basic Handbuilding (3) signed to ground the Fine Arts major and enrich the Introduction to clay as an art medium, using traditional general student with a broad understanding of the de- handbuilding techniques and basic glazing and firing velopment of Western art from prehistory to the processes. (Special fee) present. The minor addresses the study of art as a concrete expression of culture, manifested in historical, 199 Special Topics (3) social, technical and aesthetic dimensions. The pro- Subject content to be determined by the Department gram integrates a foundation in all periods of art his- to fill specified needs or interests. (Special fee for stu- tory with an emphasis upon the art, architecture and dio courses) photography of the 19th and 20th centuries. 205 Graphic Design I: Methods, Materials and The minor consists of 18 credits of art history and Technology (3) 3 credits of studio art. Art Appreciation (ART 114) The first course in graphic design will introduce the does not count toward the minor. A minimum grade student to the many tools involved in the creation of of C is required in all courses. professional design problems including the Macintosh platform. Students will evaluate the assignments and Total Requirements 21 credits solve these problems using the appropriate tools. A ART 319 History of Western Art I 3 cr. strong focus will be placed on technology and profes- ART 320 History of Western Art II 3 cr. sional presentation skills. Computer software, one, two ART 409 Hist. of Art: The Renaissance 3 cr. and four color printing and the artistic processes of ART 410 Hist. of Art: 19th Cent. Eur. Art 3 cr. graphic design will be explored. (Special fee) ART 411 History of 20th Century Art or ART 423 Contemporary Art 3 cr. 241 Basic Potter’s Wheel (3) PHO 420 History of Art: Photography or Introduction to basic wheel-throwing techniques on PHO 421 Hist. of Photo., Film & Art 3 cr. the potter’s wheel. Students will also be introduced to ART 101A Basic Drawing or glazing wheel-thrown pieces. (Special fee) ART 101B 2-D Design 3 cr. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 117

260 Basic Painting I (3) 342, 343 Intermediate Handbuilding I, II (3) (3) Introduction to the painting medium with a founda- A continuation of the study of handbuilding techniques tion of basic color theory, application, and techniques. in clay. Emphasis on sculptural refinement of the me- (Special fee) dium. Prerequisite: ART 141 for ART 342, Art 342 265 Basic Painting II (3) for 343. (Special fee) A continuation of the study of basic painting materi- 344, 345 Intermediate Potter’s Wheel I, II (3) (3) als and techniques with emphasis on the seeing and Refinement of wheel throwing techniques; greater painting of value, color, and composition. Prerequi- participation in kiln firing cycles. Prerequisite: ART site: ART 260. (Special fee) 241 for 344, ART 344 for 345. (Special fee) 300 S/T: Sculpture (3) 359, 459 Independent Study (1-6) An introduction to contemporary sculpture through the Opportunity for research in areas of special interest to development of the student’s own concepts and ideas. the student. Open to junior or senior majors only, with A variety of building processes, materials and tech- a 2.5 GPA or higher. Prerequisite: Dean and Depart- niques will be explored. (Special fee) ment Chair approval. (Special fee) 300 Special Topics (3) 360, 365 Intermediate Painting I, II (3) (3) Subject content to be determined by the Department Intermediate study of the painting medium with em- to fill specified needs or interests. (Special fee for Stu- phasis on concepts, styles, and techniques. Prerequi- dio courses) site: ART 265. (Special fee) 305 Graphic Design II: Layout and 363 Intermediate Drawing I (3) Typography (3) A continuation of the study of still life drawing con- This second course in graphic design will concentrate cepts with emphasis on color drawing materials and on contemporary design principles and thought. Ef- techniques. Prerequisite: ART 102A. (Special fee) fective use of typography as a basis of high quality 364 Intermediate Drawing II (3) graphic design will be explored. In addition to gain- A continuation of the study of the human form in ing technical fluency in the Macintosh desktop pub- student’s preferred media and techniques. Prerequi- lishing process, the student will be required to do site: ART 102A. (Special fee) projects with substantial focus given to design as well as technical skill. Interaction with fellow classmates 405 Graphic Design III: Design Methodology (3) will be fostered and employed as a resource in the In this graphic design course students will research conceptual and technical processes. Prerequisites: ART and develop design elements which identify and ad- 101B, 205 (Special fee) vertise a corporation. Logos/trademarks, stationery, corporate collateral, uniforms and vehicle identifica- 319 History of Western Art I (3) tion will be researched, created and produced. All The chronological study of Western art from the cave projects will be carried to final portfolio quality. Pre- paintings of prehistoric times through the great Euro- requisite: ART 305 (Special fee) pean cathedrals of the Middle Ages. Emphasis upon stylistic and technical developments within the his- 409 History of Art: The Renaissance (3) torical and cultural setting. Art and architecture of the Renaissance in relation to the political and social structures of the 15th and 16th 320 History of Western Art II (3) centuries. Emphasis upon the Italian Renaissance, with The chronological study of Western art from the Re- Northern Renaissance art also covered. Prerequisite naissance period through the nineteenth century to for Art majors: ART 319 modern and postmodern art. Emphasis upon stylistic and technical developments within the historical and 410 History of Art: 19th-Century European cultural setting. ART 319 is not a prerequisite. Art (3) Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Impression- 325 Visual Communications (3) ism, and Post-Impressionism in European art and ar- This graphic design course is an exploration of visual chitecture studied in relation to social and intellectual systems, processes, and media for expressing mental developments. Prerequisite for Art majors: ART 320 concepts in visual terms. This course will increase the student’s visual attentiveness and enhance their aes- 411 History of 20th-Century Art (3) thetic and individual style. In addition to the exami- Art and architecture in Europe and America from Fau- nation of commercial trends and practices, the student vism and Cubism at the beginning of the century to will explore narrative structures and the artist book. Postmodernism at the end. South Florida architecture Prerequisite: ART 305 (Special fee) and the multiculturalism of recent art will be emphasized. 118 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

415 History of Graphic Design (3) 463, 464 Advanced Drawing I, II (3) (3) This course is an investigation of historical and con- Advanced drawing problems with special emphasis on temporary visual communications concepts, media and the development of individual expression, concept, images and their role in graphic design with a primary materials, and philosophies; instruction is on an indi- emphasis on the twentieth century. The course vidual basis to suit the students needs. Prerequisite: chronicles the events, influences, movements in his- ART 363 or 463 and ART 364 or 464 (Special fee) tory that have impacted the graphic design commu- 487 Senior Seminar: Professional Practices in nity. This course will begin with the invention of Art (3) writing and the early cave paintings, moving through Integrative experience for senior Art Majors with a the history of printing in Europe to contemporary de- focus on preparation for the Senior Exhibition and sign theory and ideals. development of professional skills to prepare students 423 Contemporary Art (3) for graduate school and/or the art world. Prerequisite: Examination of mixed media painting, sculpture, craft, graduation status. installation and performance art, and architecture, from 499 Internship (3-12) 1960 to the present. Recommended prerequisite: ART Practical experience within a professional setting. Pre- 411 or 320 requisites: Senior status (90+ credit hours); 2.5 over- 425 Typography (3) all G.P.A.; all paperwork must be completed before This typography course will build upon earlier typo- the end of the semester preceding the internship. Prior graphic theory and practices discussed in ART 305. approval of Department Chair and Dean required. The class will explore the communication of ideas through the use of typography. This curriculum will PHOTOGRAPHY (B.F.A., B.A.) allow the student to study past typographers and their The major in Photography offers two degree pro- contributions to graphic arts and foster a greater un- grams: the Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.), requiring a derstanding of the origins of typographic design. Pre- minimum of 60 credits in photography and other art- requisite: ART 305 (Special fee) related courses, and the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), which 441, 442 Advanced Ceramics I, II (3) (3) requires a minimum of 39 credits in Photography. A Advanced projects and techniques with instruction on 21 credit Minor in Photography is offered for students an individual basis to suit the students’ needs. Prereq- not wishing to major in photography. A Photography uisite: ART 341 or 342 for ART 441, ART 441 for Certificate is available for non-degree-seeking stu- 442. (Special fee) dents. 445 Advertising Design and Production (3) This course will address advertising design/produc- Graduation Requirements tion and client research. Ad campaigns and packaging To demonstrate high professional standards, and to concepts will be the specific design focus of this class. satisfy the University’s requirement for an integrative Utilizing contemporary design theory and tools, stu- experience, graduating Photography majors earning the dents will conceptualize, create and execute designs B.F.A. or B.A. degrees (except in Biomedical and Fo- in a professional manner. This course will further re- rensic Photography) must participate in a senior exhi- inforce the students’ technical and problem solving bition. The University reserves the right to reproduce skills by working with existing products instead of and publish student works. Students will retain the theoretical items. (Special fee) Prerequisites: ART 305 copyright of their work. By the end of the senior year and PHO 305 a core curriculum portfolio CD, which will be retained in the students file, is required. To facilitate assess- 450 Collage (3) ment of the photography programs and the quality of The study of the collage medium of two dimensional the students’ work, each student is required to submit art made by pasting together varying materials on a a minimum of one of his or her photographic images flat surface. Prerequisites: ART 101A, 101B, 260, or to be exhibited or published off campus prior to gradu- PHO 203 (Special fee). ation. 460, 465 Advanced Painting I, II (3) (3) The minimum grade of C is required in all major Advanced painting problems with special emphasis on and minor courses. the development of individual expression, concept, materials, and philosophies; instruction is on an individual basis to suit the students needs. Prerequisite: ART 365. (Special fee) SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 119

Following are more detailed descriptions of the COM 314 Advanced TV Production 3 cr. above curricula: COM 401 Studio Practicum 1 cr. ART — Any Art courses (except ART 114 and BACHELOR OF FINE PHO 173) ARTS (B.F.A.) 60 credits min. BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.) The B.F.A. Photography major gains extensive ex- Groupings of related courses in the list of photog- perience in the discipline of photography, and cre- raphy electives have been organized into specializa- atively uses the photographic image as a vehicle for tions to assist students with selecting courses which self-expression and visual communication. B.F.A. stu- are relative to the individual’s interests and educational dents must demonstrate the highest degree of creative goals. The B.A. Photography major must successfully thinking, technical skills, and professionalism in uti- complete the specialization’s photography core, plus lizing the medium of photography in the context of the specialization’s photography electives and co-req- fine art. uisites. More detailed descriptions of the specializa- The B.F.A. in photography consists of 30 credits tions in Creative Photography, Digital Imaging, Photo/ of the photography core, plus a minimum of 30 cred- Communication, and Biomedical and Forensic Pho- its of photography (and art) electives. tography follow. Photography Core 30 credits ART 101B 2D Design 3 cr. (B.A.) Creative Photography PHO 203 Basic Photography 3 cr. Specialization 39 credits min. PHO 303 Intermediate Photography 3 cr. PHO 305 Computer Imaging I 3 cr. The Creative Photography specialization is a PHO 401 Color Photography combination of courses which encourage originality, or PHO 402 Color Processes 3 cr. self-expression, creative thinking and experimentation PHO 411 Lighting Techniques within the discipline of photography. or PHO 412 Studio Lighting 3 cr. Photography Core (see B.F.A.) 30 credits PHO 420 History of Art: Photography 3 cr. PHO 487 Senior Seminar 3 cr. Creative Photography Electives 9 credits min. PHO or ART Any Art History 6 cr. PHO 309 Pinhole Photography 3 cr. PHO 359 Independent Study 3 cr. Photography Electives 30 credits min. PHO 394 Practicum I: Creative 3 cr. PHO 199 Special Topics in Photography 3 cr. PHO 401 Color Photography 3 cr. PHO 300 Special Topics in Photography 3 cr. PHO 402 Color Processes 3 cr. PHO 309 Pinhole Photography 3 cr. PHO 407 View Camera Photography 3 cr. PHO 315 Photojournalism 3 cr. PHO 408 Large Format Photography 3 cr. PHO 359 Independent Study 3 cr. PHO 415 Influences of the Masters 3 cr. PHO 394 Photography Practicum I 3 cr. PHO 417 Manipulative Photography 3 cr. PHO 401 Color Photography 3 cr. PHO 419 Digital Fine Art Printing 3 cr. PHO 402 Color Processes 3 cr. PHO 494 Practicum II: Creative 3 cr. PHO 404 Advanced Photography 3 cr. PHO 405 Advanced Digital Imaging 3 cr. PHO 406 Advanced Computer Imaging 3 cr. (B.A.) Digital Imaging PHO 407 View Camera 3 cr. Specialization 51 credits min. PHO 408 Large Format Photography 3 cr. PHO 411 Lighting Techniques 3 cr. The Digital Imaging specialization combines the PHO 412 Studio Lighting 3 cr. creative, and technical photography electives of both PHO 415 Influences of the Masters 3 cr. still photography and digital imaging to facilitate the PHO 417 Manipulative Photography 3 cr. student’s entry into the photographic workplace. Com- PHO 419 Digital Fine Art Printing 3 cr. puter photographic manipulation is fast becoming a PHO 421 Hist. of Photo, Film & Art 3 cr. major component in photographic processes. Additional PHO 429 Fine Art Digital Portfolio 3 cr. co-requisites taken in Computer Science will enhance the PHO 449 The Art of Web Design 3 cr. PHO 459 Independent Study 3 cr. students’ technical skills and marketability. PHO 494 Photography Practicum II 3 cr. Photography/Digital Core 30 credits PHO 499 Photography Internship 3 cr. ART 101B 2D Design 3 cr. (Biomedical does not PHO 203 Basic Photography 3 cr. count towards BFA) PHO 303 Intermediate Photography 3 cr. COM 214 TV Production 3 cr. PHO 305 Computer Imaging I 3 cr. COM 301 Studio Practicum 2 cr. PHO 401 Color Photography 3 cr. 120 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

PHO 405 Advanced Digital Imaging 3 cr. (B.A.) Biomedical and or PHO 406 Advanced Computer Imaging Forensic Photography PHO 411 Lighting Techniques 3 cr. or PHO 412 Studio Lighting Specialization 64 credits min. PHO 487 Senior Seminar 3 cr. The Biomedical and Forensic Photography spe- PHO 420 History of Art: Photography 3 cr. cialization is for students with a combined interest in PHO/ART Any Art History 3 cr. photography, biology, and/or criminal justice. Accep- Digital Electives 12 credits tance into the Biomedical/Forensic Program is not PHO 359 Digital Imaging Independent guaranteed. It requires a combination of a successful Study 3 cr. interview and portfolio review with the Director of the PHO 394 Digital Imaging Practicum I 3 cr. Forensic Imaging Bureau of the Miami-Dade County PHO 405 Advanced Digital Imaging 3 cr. Medical Examiner’s Office, successful completion of PHO 406 Advanced Computer Imaging 3 cr. BIO 220 Human Anatomy, and PHO 394 Biomedical PHO 419 Digital Fine Art Printing 3 cr. PHO 429 Fine Art Digital Portfolio 3 cr. and Forensic Practicum (a 3-credit on-site photogra- PHO 449 The Art of Web Design 3 cr. phy practicum taken during summer). It is recom- PHO 459 Digital Imaging Independent Study 3 cr. mended that this process be completed prior to the PHO 494 Digital Imaging Practicum II 3 cr. junior year. An integral part of this program is PHO PHO 499 Digital Imaging Internship 3 cr. 499, a six month, 12 credit intensive internship at the ART 205 Graphic Design I 3 cr. Forensic Imaging Bureau to be completed as the final ART 305 Graphic Design II 3 cr. requirement for graduation. This internship fulfils the ART 325 Visual Communications 3 cr University’s requirement for an integrative experience. ART 405 Graphic Design III 3 cr. ART 425 Typography 3 cr Biomedical and Forensic ART 445 Advertising Design and Production 3 cr Photography Core 48 credits ART 101B 2D Design 3 cr. PHO 203 Basic Photography 3 cr. Co-requisites in Computer Science 9 credits PHO 303 Intermediate Photography 3 cr. CS 305 Computer Systems 3 cr. PHO 305 Computer Imaging I 3 cr. CS 320 Computer Animation 3 cr. PHO 394 Biomedical and Forensic Practicum 3 cr. CS 325 Desktop Publishing 3 cr. PHO 401 Color Photography 3 cr. CS 338 Web Design, Authoring and Publishing 3 cr. or PHO 402 Color Processes 3 cr. CS 341 Multimedia Systems 3 cr. PHO 405 Advanced Digital Imaging 3 cr. CS 342 Web Animation 3 cr. or PHO 406 Advanced Computer Imaging 3 cr. CS 438 Web Programming and Administration 3 cr. PHO 408 Large Format Photography 3 cr. CS 473 Network Programming 3 cr. PHO 411 Lighting Techniques 3 cr. PHO 412 Studio Lighting 3 cr. (B.A.) Photo/Communication PHO 420 History of Art: Photography 3 cr. Specialization 39 credits min. PHO 487 Senior Seminar 3 cr. PHO 499 Biomedical and Forensic The Photo/Communication specialization is de- Internship 12 cr. signed for students with an interest in both still and Co-requisites 16-17 credits moving (video) photography. The study of still pho- BIO 120 Biology Overview 3 cr. tography is combined with video production offered CRM 200 Introduction to Criminology 3 cr. by the Department of Communication, and adds the BIO 220 Intro. to Human Anatomy 4 cr. dimension of time and motion to the students’ photo- BIO and/or CRM 300 level electives 6-7 cr. graphic education. For course descriptions of the above B.F.A. and Photography Core (see B.F.A.) 30 credits B.A. courses, see PHO, ART, COM, BIO and CRM. Photo/Communication Electives 9 credits min. PHO 315 Photojournalism 3 cr. Photography Minor 21 credits PHO 499 Photo/Com. Internship 3 cr. The Photography Minor consists of PHO 203 and COM 214 TV Production 3 cr. COM 301 Studio Practicum 2 cr. PHO 303 as well as any 15 credits of PHO - photogra- COM 314 Advanced TV Production 3 cr. phy electives for a total of 21 credits. A minimum grade COM 401 Studio Practicum 1 cr. of C is required in all courses. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 121

Photography Certificate 30 credits 315 Photojournalism (3) Individuals wishing to study only photography Emphasis upon direct visual communication and ef- without having to complete the University’s other aca- fective photographic documenting of events. Prereq- demic requirements, and who are not interested in earn- uisite: PHO 203. (Special fee) (Also JOU 315) ing an academic degree, may enroll as a non- 359 Independent Study (3) degree-seeking student. Non-degree-seeking students Opportunity for research in areas of special interest to have the option of earning a Photography Certificate the student. by successfully completing 30 credits of PHO Pho- Prerequisites: Senior status (90+ credit hours); 2.50 tography courses with a minimum grade of C. Please overall GPA; all paperwork must be completed before refer to admissions policies for non-degree students. the end of the semester preceding the Independent Study. Dean and Department Chair approval. For ma- Course Descriptions— jors only. (Special fee) Photography Prefix: PHO 394 Photography Practicum I (3) Practical development of photographic skills beyond 173 Basic Camera (3) the objectives of regular course offerings. May be re- A photography course for those with little or no expe- peated for a maximum of 3 credit hours. Prerequisite: rience desiring a thorough introduction to adjustable PHO 303 and permission of Department Chair. camera operation. Usage of films, shutter speed, aper- ture, depth of field, lenses, and filters will be explored 401 Color Photography (3) through lecture, homework, and field trips. (No dark- Introduction to printing color enlargements from color room work) Non majors only. negatives using automated RA-4 processing. Empha- sis on creative usage of color and quality color print- 203 Basic Photography (3) ing techniques. Prerequisite: PHO 303. (Special fee) An introduction to photography with emphasis placed upon technical, aesthetic, and historical perspectives 402 Color Processes (3) of this fine art medium. Camera and black and white An exploration of various color processes including darkroom procedures are explored. Adjustable cam- printing from color negatives, and making polaroid era required; limited number of rental cameras avail- transfers. Prerequisite: PHO 303. (Special fee) able. (Special fee) 404 Advanced Photography (3) 300 Special Topics (3) Students work on photographic projects where they Courses designed to enrich the student’s understand- may explore personal, aesthetic or technical interests ing and appreciation of the photography as an art form through the development of an individualized photo- and to fill specific needs or interests. Content to be graphic series. Prerequisite PHO 303. (Special Fee) determined. 405 Advanced Digital Imaging (3) 303 Intermediate Photography (3) Refined study of digital manipulation of photographic Projects involving abstraction and character-portraits images. More complex layer techniques, paths, pan- allow the student to creatively refine techniques of oramas, photo retouching, and stereoscopic imaging basic photography; new areas such as hand coloring, are explored. Prerequisite: PHO 305. (Special fee) toning, high contrast ortho film and solarization are 406 Advanced Computer Imaging (3) explored. Prerequisite: PHO 203. (Special fee) Advanced imaging techniques utilizing photography, 305 Computer Imaging I (3) and layout software. The course focuses upon profi- Students explore the usage of the computer to make ciency in working with equipment and software com- and manipulate photographic images. Tools and tech- bined with creativity to produce a quality portfolio. niques include color balancing, painting, cloning, text, Prerequisite: PHO 305. (Special fee) and making composite photographs. Prerequisite: CAT 407 View Camera (3) 101 or 102 or CS 180 or equivalent. (Special fee) Projects provide exploration of the view camera. 309 Pinhole Photography (3) Student’s photographic experiences are broadened Students construct cardboard cameras which produce through take-home access to the University’s view high quality photographs through usage of paper nega- cameras. Prerequisite: PHO 303. (Special fee) tives and positives. Sepia toning, hand coloring, and 408 Large Format Photography (3) matting will also be included. (Special fee) Perspective and scale are important factors to be considered when two-dimensional art is being created. In this course perspective and depth of field are manipulated with the view camera’s unique controls to pro- 122 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES vide students with additional creative options. Large 421 History of Photography, Film and Art (3) scale printing in either black and white and/or color Integration of the stylistic and technical developments introduces the important element of scale into the in the history of photography, cinema and painting student’s portfolios of original images. Prerequisite: from 1839 to the present. Emphasis upon the interre- PHO 303 (Special fee) lationship of aesthetic movements and cross-fertiliz- 411 Lighting Techniques (3) ing influence of the different media. Analysis of classic An exploration of the essence of photography: Light. movies as representative examples from film history. Projects involve usage of on camera flash natural, avail- 429 Fine Art Digital Portfolio (3) able, incandescent lighting. Prerequisite: PHO 303. An exploration of digital portfolios for the fine artist (Special fee). as an expressive visual medium through the use of digi- 412 Studio Lighting (3) tal software. The emphasis of the course is creative Lighting has been a vital element in painting, draw- development of a coherent body of work and how to ing, and photography throughout history. Artificial successfully showcase it in a digital portfolio. The class lighting provides new creative tools which may offer will cover digital media techniques as well as discus- photographers avenues for original and inventive so- sions about digital artists, critical thinking, principles lutions to visual problems. Students will be exposed of the language and aesthetics in relation to and im- to the workings of a photographic lighting studio. pact on personal creativity and expression. Prior Projects will involve using monolights, power pack knowledge of computer basics (Mac) and Adobe strobes, with studies of various types of lighting which Photoshop required. Prerequisites: CS 180, PHO 305; characterize the styles of contemporary artists as well PHO 405 or PHO 406 - equivalent courses or instruc- as those of the past. Prerequisite: PHO 401 or PHO tor approval. 402. (Special fee) 449 The Art of Web Design (3) 415 Influences of the Masters (3) A basic introduction to the art of web design used as A combination of art history and applied studio study. an informational and expressive visual medium Styles and techniques of selected creative photographic through the use of software programs. Prior knowl- masters will be studied, analyzed and discussed. Stu- edge of computer basics and Adobe Photoshop re- dents will then create their own original photographic quired. The class will cover individual creativity, images reflecting the influence, subject matter and design skills, web development techniques as well as techniques of those master photographers. Prerequi- discussions about digital artists, web structure and criti- sites: PHO 303 and PHO 420 or 421. cal reviews of existing art web sites. Prerequisites: CS 180, PHO 305 equivalent courses or instructor ap- 417 Manipulative Photography (3) proval. A course designed for students wishing to explore alternative methods of making and displaying photo- 459 Independent Study (3) graphic images. Prerequisite: PHO 303. (Special fee) Opportunity for research in areas of special interest to the student. Prerequisites: Senior status (90+ credit 419 Digital Fine Art Printing (3) hours); 2.50 overall GPA; all paperwork must be com- An introduction to the printing of fine art digital im- pleted before the end of the semester preceding the ages, using several different printing methods with Independent Study. Dean and Department Chair ap- various archival and non-archival papers. The empha- proval. For majors only. (Special fee) sis of the course is in the development of a coherent digitally printed body of creative photographic imag- 487 Senior Seminar (3) ery, printed to the highest of professional standards, Advanced student work on an independent project; with archival stability as a prime consideration. Prior emphasis on the development of one’s personal form knowledge of computer basics (Mac) and Adobe of expression within the student’s area of interest. This Photoshop required. Prerequisites: CS 180, PHO 305; course will also introduce the student to professional PHO 401 or PHO 402 - equivalent courses or instruc- practices and procedures of the photo/art world to as- tor approval. sist the students to professionally organize and market their work. To be taken student’s final semester in 420 History of Art/Photography (3) correlation with the senior exhibition. Upon comple- An art history overview of the evolution of photogra- tion of their senior exhibition, students are required to phy from its invention in the 1820’s up to contempo- provide the department with a complete set of slides rary experimental work. of their exhibition work. Prerequisite: Graduating senior photography major. (Special fee) SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 123

494 Photography Practicum II (3) All prospective majors may audition in person or Practical development of advanced photographic skills submit a video/audio tape including two contrasting beyond the objectives of regular course offerings. May selections on their primary instrument. The candidate be repeated for a maximum of 3 credit hours. Prereq- should contact the department for audition times or uisite: PHO 394 and permission of Department Chair. appointments. 499 Internship (3) The following are core requirements for all Music Practical experience within a professional setting. Pre- majors: requisites: Senior status (90+ credit hours); 2.50 over- Music Core 51 cr. all GPA; all paperwork must be completed before the MU 109 Theory I 3 cr. end of the semester preceding the internship. MUS 110 Theory II 3 cr. 499 Biomedical/Forensic Internship (12) MUS 211 Theory III 3 cr. Practical experience within a professional setting. For MUS 212 Theory IV 3 cr. Photography majors in the Biomedical/Forensic track, MUS 135 – 490 Applied Music 16 cr. MUS 186/386 Ensemble 8 cr. a six-month internship at the Forensic Imaging Bu- MUS 327 History: Baroque and reau of the Miami-Dade County Medical Examiner’s Classical Music 3 cr. Office. Prior approval of the Department Chair, Dean, MUS 328 History: Romantic Music 3 cr. and the Director of Forensic Imaging Bureau is re- MUS 329 History: 20th Century Music 3 cr. quired. Prerequisites: second semester senior status (Musical Theatre specialization may (108+ credit hours); 2.50 overall GPA; in addition suc- substitute MUS 324 Musical Theatre cessful completion of BIO 220 Human Anatomy, and Styles I) PHO 394 Biomedical and Forensic Practicum; all pa- MUS 340 Sightsinging/Eartraining 1 cr. perwork must be completed before the end of the se- MUS 384 Conducting I 2 cr. mester preceding the internship. MUS 385 Conducting II 2 cr. MUS 497 Senior Seminar 1 cr. Piano proficiency MUSIC (B.M.) Performance Specialization The Bachelor of Music is a 69 credit program offering a choice of specialization in either music per- Music Core 51 cr. formance or musical theatre. The music performance Performance Electives 18 credits specialization is centered upon study of a primary in- MUS 192 Performance Workshop 1 cr. strument: voice, piano, guitar, strings, percussion, or MUS 200 Diction for Singers 1 cr. woodwinds. MUS 205 Piano Sight Reading 1 cr. MUS 223 Piano Literature I 2 cr. The Bachelor of Music degree develops perfor- MUS 234 Piano Literature II 2 cr. mance skills through applied lessons, directed MUS 302 Accompaniment 2 cr. coursework, and ensemble and stage experience. This MUS 309 Survey of Vocal Literature I 1 cr. is complemented by studies in the Liberal Arts. Small MUS 310 Survey of Vocal Literature II 1 cr. classes promote performance opportunities, leadership MUS 324 Musical Theatre Styles I 3 cr. qualities, and musical growth. MUS 325 Musical Theatre Styles II 3 cr. MUS 326 Electronic Music/MIDI 3 cr. The candidate for a B.M. in Music is given profes- MUS 375 Piano Pedagogy 2 cr. sional training and musical skills with an emphasis on MUS 392 Performance Workshop 1 cr. performance. The programs encourage individual MUS 420 Vocal Interpretation 1 cr. growth, nurture leadership qualities, and, because of MUS 422 Instrumental Interpretation 1 cr. small classes, provide many and varied opportunities MUS 488 Vocal Pedagogy 1 cr. for the student to perform from the first year of study through graduation. Musical Theatre Specialization Additional requirements include: performance Music Core 51 cr. majors must present a shared recital in the junior year and a full recital in the senior year; participation in all Musical Theatre Electives 18 credits music productions, forums, recitals and concerts is MUS 192 Performance Workshop 1 cr. required; and a departmental comprehensive exami- MUS 324 Musical Theatre Styles I 3 cr. nation must be successfully completed during the fi- MUS 325 Musical Theatre Styles II 3 cr. MUS 330 American Musical Theatre: nal semester. A minimum grade of C is required in all The Golden Age 3 cr. major and minor courses. MUS 392 Performance Workshop 1 cr. 124 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

MUS 420 Vocal Interpretation 1 cr. 169 Woodwind Techniques (1) TH 155 Acting I: Fundamentals I 3 cr. Introduction to basic playing and teaching methods TH 156 Voice and Movement 3 cr. on woodwind instruments. TH 180 Theatre Ensemble 1-3 cr. TH 255 Acting II: Role Analysis 3 cr. 170 Brass Techniques (1) TH 256 Acting III: Scene Study 3 cr. Introduction to basic playing and teaching methods TH 295 Principles of Costumes and Makeup 3 cr. on brass instruments. TH 355 Acting IV: Period Styles 3 cr. 171 String Techniques (1) TH 439 Theatre History I 3 cr. TH 440 Theatre History II 3 cr. Introduction to basic playing and teaching methods DAN 108 Theatrical Movement 1 cr. on string instruments. 180/380 University Chorale (1) Music Minor A large choral ensemble comprised of students and community members. No audition required. The minor in Music requires completion of a minimum of 22 credits including MUS 109, 110, 2 music 186/386 Ensemble (1) history courses, 4 credits of ensemble, and 6 credits in Ensembles including Chamber Singers (audition re- applied music. quired), String Ensemble, Guitar Ensemble, Piano Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble, and Percussion En- Performing ensembles include Chamber Singers, semble. University Chorale and various instrumental ensembles. 192 Performance Workshop (1) Performance Workshop is a class designed to integrate music skills acquired in choral ensembles, applied les- Course Descriptions— sons, and music coursework, with theatre skills, in- Music Prefix: MUS cluding acting and movement, through observation, 108A Rudiments of Music (3) research, and performance practice. Review of fundamental concepts including notation, 200 Diction for Singers (1) rhythm, pitch, and intervals; basic preparation for stu- A study of correct pronunciation for singing in En- dents wishing to develop music reading skill; may not glish, Italian, French and German through a study of be applied toward major. the International Phonetic Alphabet. 108B Listening to Music (3) 205 Piano Sight Reading (1) Emphasis on the development of techniques for lis- Formal instruction in the art of sight-reading. Empha- tening analytically and critically; representative ex- sis on the development of techniques used to train the amples drawn from various musical periods. eye, hand and ear. A variety of styles will be investi- 109 Theory I (3) gated. Prerequisite: Music major or permission of in- Correlated study of the rhythmic and harmonic ele- structor. ments of music; includes ear-training and keyboard 211 Theory III (3) work. Advanced study of the elements of music and the har- 110 Theory II (3) monic practices of the historical periods. Prerequisite: Continued study of the elements of music; presenta- MUS 110. tion of harmonic practice on a historical basis; contin- 212 Theory IV (3) ued work in ear-training and keyboard. Prerequisite: Study of twentieth century harmonic practices. Pre- MUS 109 requisite: MUS 211. 123 Applied Music (1 or 2) 223 Piano Literature I (2) Private lessons for non-majors; one-half hour private A broad overview of the standard piano literature from lesson, 1 credit; one hour private lesson, 2 credits; may the Baroque and Classical periods. Primary teaching be repeated for additional credit. (Special Fee) tools will be recordings and musical scores. The course 135, 136 Applied Music (1 or 2) is suited to the musician and non-musician alike. Pre- First and second enrollments on a particular instru- requisite: none. ment; for Music majors and minors only. (Special Fee) 168 Percussion Techniques (1) Introduction to basic playing and teaching methods on percussion instruments. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 125

234 Piano Literature II (2) 327 History: Baroque and Classical Music (3) A broad overview of the standard piano literature from A study of the development of music from the Ba- the Romantic and Modern periods. Primary teaching roque period (1600-1750) and the Classical period tools will be recordings and musical scores. The course (1750-1820). Emphasis will be placed on the biogra- is suited to the musician and non-musician alike. Pre- phies of the great composers and in-depth guided lis- requisite: none. tening and analyses of representative musical 287/288 Applied Music (1 or 2) compositions. Live class performances will also be Third and fourth enrollments on a particular instru- used for purposes of demonstration and development ment; for Music majors and minors only. Prerequi- of appropriate performance practice. site: MUS 135/136. (Special fee) 328 History: Romantic Music (3) 300 Special Topics (1-3) A study of the development of music from the Ro- Course content designed to fill specific needs or inter- mantic period (1820-1900). Emphasis will be placed ests. on the biographies of the great composers and in-depth guided listening and analyses of representative musi- 302 Accompaniment (2) cal compositions. Live class performances will also A practical approach to the preparation of musical be used for purposes of demonstration and develop- scores for collaborative piano playing with a singer, ment of appropriate performance practice. instrumentalist, or chorus. A large variety of repertoire will be examined. Prerequisite: Piano major or 329 History: Twentieth Century Music (3) permission of instructor. A study of the development of music from the twentieth century (1900 to the present). Emphasis will be 309 Survey of Vocal Literature I (1) placed on the biographies of the great composers and A broad overview of the standard repertoire for voice. in-depth guided listening and analyses of representa- Examination of English, French, and German art song tive compositions. Live class performances will also from the early Romantic period through the Twenti- be used for purposes of demonstration and develop- eth century masters of the form. Prerequisites: Music ment of appropriate performance practice. major or permission of instructor. 330 The American Musical Theatre: The 310 Survey of Vocal Literature II (1) Golden Age (3) A more in depth study of the art song through listen- A course exploring the American Musical Theatre ing and performance. English art song, French during the golden age (1930-1960) and its predeces- mÈlodie, and German lieder are covered. Prerequisites: sors in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Music major or permission of instructor. 335/338 Applied Music (1 or 2) 324 Musical Theatre Styles I (3) Fifth and sixth semesters of study on a particular in- A course designed to trace the history of the Ameri- strument; for Music majors and minors only. Prereq- can Musical Theatre from its origins in Minstrel Shows uisite: MUS 287/288. (Special fee). and Vaudeville to the present. Works discussed will include the most important shows of the genre, includ- 340 Sight Singing/Ear Training (1) ing the musicals of Kern, Gershwin, Porter, Rodgers This course is designed to cultivate the aural skills and Hammerstein, Sondheim and Webber. necessary for the developing music student. The skills that will be implemented include: sight singing in vari- 325 Musical Theatre Styles II (3) ous clefs, intervallic and chordal recognition, melodic A broad overview of the history of opera from its in- and rhythmic dictation. ception with the Florentine Camerata (circa. 1600) to the present. The works of Monteverdi, Handel, Mozart, 359 Independent Study (3) the bel canto composers, and the great Romantic com- 375 Piano Pedagogy (2) posers, including Verdi and Wagner, are studied and Investigation of resources and techniques necessary compared to the modern operas of Puccini, Strauss, in the teaching of piano. An emphasis is placed on Britten, Menotti, and other Twentieth century masters. methods most suitable to beginning piano study. Pre- 326 Electronic Music/MIDI (3) requisite: Piano major or permission of instructor. An introduction to the technology, tools, and software 384 Conducting I (2) used in the creation of digital music composition, Techniques of instrumental and choral conducting. music scoring, and computer assisted instruction. Pre- 385 Conducting II (2) requisite: MUS 110. (Special fee) Advanced instrumental and choral conducting techniques. Prerequisite: MUS 384. 126 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

392 Performance Workshop (1) munication, sales and management. For non-majors, Performance workshop is a class designed to integrate the Theatre program includes experience and courses music skills acquired in choral ensembles, applied les- in fundamental methods and content. sons, and music coursework, with theatre skills, including acting and movement, through observation, Graduation Requirements research, and performance practice. In order to fulfill requirements for graduation, stu- 420 Vocal Interpretation (1) dents seeking the B.A. in Theatre must participate in A practical approach to preparation for recital and mainstage productions and must complete a Theatre public performance. A one-on-one coaching with de- comprehensive examination and integrative experience tailed attention paid to stylistic appropriateness, prac- during their final year. A minimum grade of C is re- tice strategies, techniques of interpretation, quired in all major and minor courses. memorization and ensemble skills with the pianist. The following are core requirements for all The- 422 Instrumental Interpretation (1) atre majors: A practical approach to preparation for recital and Theatre Core 39 credits public performance. A one-on-one coaching with de- TH 100 Introduction to Theatre 3 cr. tailed attention paid to stylistic appropriateness, prac- TH 111 Technical Theatre Lab I 1 cr. tice strategies, techniques of interpretation, TH 155 Acting I: Fundamentals 3 cr. memorization and ensemble skills with the pianist. TH 180 Theatre Ensemble 1 cr. 476 Methods in Music Education (4) TH 185 Stagecraft 3 cr. Philosophy, curriculum, and methods pertinent to the TH 208 Principles of Lighting & Sound 3 cr. TH 295 Principles of Costume & Make-Up 3 cr. development of musical expressions for students in TH 323 Play Directing 3 cr. grades K-12. Required for certification in K-12. TH 380 Theatre Ensemble 3 cr. 488 Vocal Pedagogy (1) TH 389 Critical Readings or A study of the anatomy and physiology of the voice TH 300 Special Topics 3 cr. and its function. Analysis of teaching methods and TH 439 Theatre History I 3 cr. corrective techniques. TH 440 Theatre History II 3 cr. TH 441 Contemporary Theatre 3 cr. 487/490 Applied Music (2) TH 459 Independent Study Project or This is the seventh and eighth semester of study on a TH 499 Internship 3 cr. min. particular instrument; for Music majors and minors TH 492 Senior Seminar 1 cr. only. Prerequisite: MUS 335/338. (Special fee) 497 Senior Seminar (1) Acting Specialization Theatre Core 39 credits THEATRE (B.A.) Specialization 18 credits TH 156 Voice and Movement 3 cr. The Bachelor of Arts is a 56 to 57 credit program TH 255 Acting 2: Role Analysis 3 cr. offering a choice of specialization in either perfor- TH 256 Acting 3: Scene Study 3 cr. mance or technical areas of the theatre. TH 355 Acting 4: Period Styles 3 cr. Students selecting to major or minor in Theatre will TH 455 Acting 5: Camera 3 cr. find a program both diverse and practical in nature. DAN Elective OR The program integrates academic coursework and MUS Elective 3 cr. practical workshops with an active, professional cali- ber production schedule, which includes two mainstage Technical Specialization productions a year and a variety of student projects. Theatre Core 39 credits Scholarships are available for dedicated Theatre majors. Students should contact the Fine Arts Department Specialization 17 credits for details. TH 211 Technical Theatre Lab II 1 cr. The Bachelor of Arts in Theatre provides a solid TH 311 Technical Theatre Lab III 1 cr. grounding in history, theory and practice while also TH 391 Lighting Design 3 cr. TH 392 Scene Design 3 cr. providing opportunities to develop individual talents ART 101ABasic Drawing 3 cr. by concentrating on either technical or performance ART 101B2-D Design OR areas. The B.A. in Theatre serves as an excellent prepa- ART 102AFigure Drawing 3 cr. ration for careers and further study not only in theatre ART 320 Art History II 3 cr. but also in the fields of teaching, law, politics, com- SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 127

Theatre Minor 255 Acting II: Role Analysis (3) Emphasis on the development and use of techniques Total Requirements 22 credits for in-depth research and analysis of characters. Pre- TH 100 Introduction to Theatre 3 cr. requisite: TH 155. TH 111 Tech Theatre Lab 1 1 cr. TH 155 Fundamentals of Acting 3 cr. 256 Acting III: Scene Study (3) TH 185 Stagecraft 3 cr. A workshop course designed to reinforce performance TH 255 Acting II - Role Analysis or habits and to aid in the elimination of negative perfor- TH 323 Directing 3 cr. mance and work habits through performing selected TH 439 Theatre History I 3 cr. scenes and monologues. Prerequisite: TH 255 TH 440 Theatre History II 3 cr. TH 441 Contemporary Theatre 3 cr. 295 Principles of Costume and Makeup (3) Study of sewing, fabrics, patterns and practical appli- Course Descriptions— cation of costume construction techniques; materials Theatre Prefix: TH and techniques for stage makeup with emphasis on practical application. 100 Introduction to Theatre (3) 300 Special Topics (3) Explores the nature and existence of theatre as a col- Advanced course designed to enrich the student’s un- laborative art form: its artists, craftsmen, practices, derstanding and appreciation of the theatre as an art products, traditions and historical perspectives. form. This course can include but is not exclusive to 111 Technical Theatre Lab I (1) Stage Combat, Playwriting, or Theatre Management. Beginning technical theatre lab with focus on back- 311 Technical Theatre Lab III (1) stage operations and crew assignments. Emphasis on Advanced technical theatre lab with focus on back- practical application in actual productions. stage operations and leadership assignments. Empha- 155 Acting I: Fundamentals I (3) sis on practical application in actual productions. An eclectic, performance-oriented course designed to Prerequisites: TH 211. introduce, develop and reinforce fundamental acting 323 Play Directing (3) skills and techniques. Investigation and execution of the classical theories, 156 Voice & Movement (3) traditional techniques up to the postmodern visionary A full examination of voice production and move- aspects of play direction. Prerequisites: TH 100, TH ment techniques for the actor, including but not ex- 155 or permission of the Instructor. clusive to the development of dialect skills and 355 Acting IV: Period Styles (3) impersonation for acting techniques. Advanced study of acting focusing on performance, 180/380 University Theatre Ensemble (1-3) reflecting historical periods or social cultures. Prereq- Involvement in a full-length play on the mainstage. uisite: TH 256 or permission of Instructor. Admission by audition or faculty approval. 389 Critical Readings: Topics (3) 185 Stagecraft (3) Advanced course focusing on various dramatic genres, Introduction to theatre technology with emphasis on styles, playwrights, and/or script analysis. Content to tools, materials, terminology, drafting, safety, and prac- be determined. May be repeated for different topics. tical application of the basic techniques for construc- 390 Costume Design (3) tion of scenery and stage rigging. Advanced course in theory and practical design tech- 208 Principles of Lighting & Sound (3) niques with an emphasis on challenging the student’s Study of stage lighting and sound equipment, prac- creative potential. Prerequisite: TH 295. tices, theories, and practical applications. Prerequisite 391 Lighting Design (3) TH 185 Design theories and techniques, drafting and related 211 Technical Theatre Lab II (1) paperwork for theatre and dance lighting, with em- Intermediate technical theatre lab with focus on back- phasis on practical application in the form of light plots stage operations and crew assignments. Emphasis on and production work . Prerequisites: TH 185 and TH practical application in actual productions. Prerequi- 208. site: TH 111. 128 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

392 Scene Design (3) tive credits, are required. All courses must be com- Theory of designing stage sets. Study of drafting and pleted with a C or above. Prospective students must renderings needed to execute a design. Emphasis upon schedule an interview in the Department to review past portfolio enhancement, theoretical projects and pro- dance experience. Candidates should schedule an in- duction work. Prerequisites. TH 185 and TH 208. The- terview at the time of application. atre Majors/Minors only. 439 Theatre History I (3) Program of Study A history of theatre production from Aeschylus to Total Requirements 21 credits min. Shakespeare, with selected readings from Greek, Ro- DAN 105, 205 Ballet I, II 2 cr. man, Medieval and Renaissance dramatic literature. DAN 109, 209, 309 Modern I, II, III 2 cr. Same as ENG 439. DAN 110, 210, 310 Modern/Jazz Dance I, II, III 2 cr. 440 Theatre History II (3) DAN 119 Latin Dance I 2 cr. A history of theatre production from Restoration to DAN 180, 380 Dance Repertory Ensemble (1 or 2) 2 cr. Realism, with selected readings from French neo-clas- DAN 199/300 Dances of the African sical comedy and tragedy, English restoration com- Diaspora (1 or 2) 2 cr. edy and Continental realism. Same as ENG 440. DAN 199/300 Ballroom Dance (1 or 2) 2 cr. 441 Contemporary Theatre (3) DAN 219 Latin Dance II 2 cr. A survey of theatre production in the 20th and 21st DAN 220, 320 Dance Composition/ Centuries, with selected readings. Same as ENG 441. Choreography I, II 2 cr. DAN 410 Dance Production 3 cr. 455 Acting V: Acting for the Camera (3) On-camera workshop focusing on specific acting tech- DAN 429 History and Philosophy of Dance 3 cr. niques relevant to film, TV and commercials. Prereq- DAN electives 2 cr. uisite: Permission of Instructor. 459 Independent Study Project (3) Course Descriptions— Opportunity to showcase area of specialization, cul- Dance Prefix: DAN minating in a studio level production or demonstra- 104 Dance Appreciation (3) tion of developed work. Faculty approval required. Dance appreciation will enable the student to develop 497 Senior Seminar (1) in depth observational, perceptual and cognitive un- An integrative experience to assist the theatre major derstanding of dance from the respective roles of danc- in preparation for graduate study or professional work. ers, choreographers, and audiences relating to the art 499 Internship (3-12) of dance. The class will examine selected global tra- On-site experience in a professional theatre or with an ditions in dance within a historical and cultural con- approved organization. Prerequisites: Senior status text. Various visualizations will be used such as live (90+ credits) Faculty approval required. Requires a performances, videos, television, and film. This course minimum of 120 service hours of experience. CR/NC is designed to introduce the student to a broad per- grade only - Majors only. spective of dance and its many contributions. 105, 205 Ballet I, II (2) DANCE MINOR Study and practice in ballet technique designed to The Department of Fine Arts offers a minor in improve strength, flexibility, and an understanding of Dance. This minor is designed to enrich the Liberal ballet vocabulary. Arts student with an aesthetic and artistic sensibility 108 Theatrical Movement (1) to dance. This program addresses dance in its histori- A survey of dance forms used in stage productions. cal, technical, physical, and spiritual dimensions. There Forms to be covered include: jazz, tap, ballet, folk, are many opportunities to perform and participate in ballroom, hip hop, line, Latin, and ethnic dances. Ap- dance workshops and student choreography through- propriate for Theatre, Musical Theatre, and Physical out the year. The goal of the Dance minor is to pro- Education majors. vide the student with the artistic opportunity to 109, 209, 309 Modern Dance I, II, III (2) experience dance in its fullness. Beginning, Intermediate and Advanced – An objec- A minimum of 21 credit hours in Dance, including tive approach to modern dance technique. The student Modern, Jazz, Ballet, Dances of the African Diaspora, will learn movement skills, basic vocabulary, and prin- Composition and Choreography, Dance Repertory, ciples. A development of basic principles of the dance Dance History and Dance Production, plus dance elec- SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 129 form through learned dance phrases, self-expression 300 S/T Ballroom Dance (1-2) in improvisational structures, and discussion of dance The students will learn various social dances such as viewing. waltz, foxtrot, cha-cha, etc. established internationally. 110, 210, 310 Modern/Jazz I, II, III (2) The students will learn to participate in and actively Beginning, Intermediate and Advanced jazz dance with support dance within the community. The student will exploration of disco jazz, classic jazz, and character develop a valuable attitude toward dance as a social jazz dance. activity. 119 Latin Dance I (2) 305 Ballet III (2) Students will learn the basic steps of Latin dances origi- Study and practice of intermediate-advanced level nating in Cuba and the Dominican Republic. These ballet technique designed to further develop the dances include salsa, cha-cha, and merengue. Students student’s ballet dance technique, and ballet vocabu- will place these dances in a socio-cultural and geo- lary, as well as providing an opportunity for dance graphical context, both in their countries of origin and performance experience. Prerequisite: DAN 205 the United States. 320 Dance Composition/Choreography II (2) 180, 380 Repertory Ensemble (1) This course is a continuation of DAN 220 with a more Barry University Dance Ensemble – A faculty directed in-depth examination of choreography which culmi- performing group formulated to enhance presentation nates in the creation of a dance piece. Appropriate for skills in dance and dance theatre. Prerequisite: Audi- Theatre, Musical Theatre, and Physical Education tion. majors. Prerequisite: DAN 220. 219 Latin Dance II (2) 410 Dance Production (3) An extension of Latin Dance I with an emphasis on The student will learn various areas of dance produc- individual style development. Students will learn more tion through hands-on activities in marketing, stage advanced steps in salsa, cha-cha, and merengue and crew, publicity and promotions. Students will learn all how to incorporate these and other Latin dances into the technical skills necessary to plan and mount a suc- their own choreographed movement sequence. Prereq- cessful dance production. uisite: DAN 119 429 History and Philosophy of Dance (3) 220 Dance Composition/Choreography I (2) The student will learn the historical development of This course investigates the procedures and concepts dance with reference to periods, social structures and of dance composition and choreography. Students will cultural context. learn the process of dance-making through improvisation and learned movement studies. 300 S/T Dances of the African Diaspora (1-2) Theoretical and practical examination of dances of the African Diaspora utilizing body/mind ideologies in order to learn the classic movement vocabulary and investigate individual search for development of characteristics of style. 130 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE

E. Timothy Smith, Ph.D., Chair Faculty: Caravelis, Cvejanovich, Mendez.

HISTORY (B.A.) A total of 33 credit hours is required for the major in history. Majors must take HIS 101, 102, 201, 202, History is the study of the changing character of and 487 (which serves as the integrative experience), civilization on all levels, including the economic, po- as well as a minimum of 18 additional hours in upper litical, social, cultural, intellectual, and religious, and, biennium courses, including 9 hours of 400-level. HIS as such, provides a fundamental context for liberal arts 101-102 are prerequisites for all other required his- education. This far-ranging nature of the discipline tory courses. Of the upper biennium courses, at least enables History majors to pursue many careers includ- 3 credits must be taken in each of the U.S., European, ing those in law, government service, business, edu- and non-western areas. Students who complete a single cation, or pastoral ministry. The Barry History program major without a minor must complete 40 credit hours offers particular specializations in modern U.S., Latin in history. Graduation requirements include 1) earn- America, and Medieval and Modern Europe. ing a minimum grade of C in all major courses; 2) History students have opportunities to participate completing HIS 487 as an integrative experience; and in scholarly activities through membership in Barry 3) passing a department-approved examination. University’s local Xi Kappa chapter of Phi Alpha Requirements for minors are 21 credit hours, includ- Theta, the international honor society for history, and ing HIS 101, 102, 201, 202, and 9 hours in upper bi- in various history writing awards offered by the Uni- ennium courses. HIS 101-102 are prerequisites for all versity, including the President’s Writing Award, pre- other required history courses. A minimum grade of sented each year during the Spring Honors C in all minor courses is required. Convocation. Course Descriptions— Learning Goals and Objectives: History Prefix: HIS The history curriculum is designed so that majors 101, 102 Western Civilization I and II (3) (3) will develop an understanding of the discipline of his- General survey of western history examining the ori- tory, including methodology and historiography, as gins and development of ideas and institutions. First well as the centrality of history in the human experi- semester concentrates on the period from prehistory ence. The major area learning goals support and to the Peace of Westphalia (1648), and second semes- complement the university’s mission as described in ter, on the modern age. Non-western history is included the institution’s mission statement. as it has influenced western thought and activity. Co- The study of history encourages the acquisition of requisite: ENG 111 or higher. knowledge in order to develop specific skills and competencies including the following: 150 The Meaning of History (3) • selection and analysis of historical information An introduction to the discipline of history using as a • critical thinking vehicle the history of the 20th century world. The • historical research skills course, through an emphasis on reading and writing • an understanding of different philosophies of history • analytical and persuasive writing skills SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 131 skills, will explore the interrelationship of historical, 352 Politics and Music (3) geographical, political, social and economic perspec- Examines the relationship between politics and music tives. by focusing on the lyrics of popular songs from the 199 Special Topics (1-3) colonial period to date. The political activities of ma- Contents to be specified by the Department according jor popular music artists will be considered as well as to the interest and expertise of faculty members and songs that focus on specific political problems such the specific needs and/or interest of the students. as war, authority, race, gender and economic justice. Political theorists covered include: Plato, Marx, 201, 202 U.S. People & Ideas, I & II (3) (3) Nietzsche, and Rawls. Prerequisite: POS 201 or HIS Topical survey of American history, its people and 202 or permission of the department chair. (same as ideas; first semester includes the period to 1877; sec- POS 352) ond semester continues from 1877 to the present. 383 History of Latin American Colonial Period 300 Special Topics (3-6) to 1824 (3) Contents to be specified by the Department according A survey of Spanish and Portuguese America from to the interest and expertise of faculty members and the pre-Columbian era through the end of the colonial the specific needs and/or interest of the students. period. Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. 308 History of Asian Civilizations (3) 384 Latin American National Period from 1824 Overview of selected major Asian nations with em- to present (3) phasis on twentieth century developments. Overview of selected major Latin American nations Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. with emphasis on twentieth century developments (i.e., 315 History of Florida (3) revolutions, nationalism). Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. A survey history course of Florida from pre-history to 388 History of the Caribbean (3) the present. The relationship between South Florida Survey of the history of the main island nations of the and the rest of the state is emphasized during the more Caribbean; emphasis on their historical, cultural, and contemporary period. Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. political dependency on colonial powers. Prerequisite: 335 Modern Russia (3) HIS 102 or 150. Survey of the historical evolution of Russia with em- 389 U.S. History from the Gilded Age to World phasis on the imperial and soviet periods (since the War II (3) 1400s), including the development of revolutionary, A political, economic, intellectual, cultural, and dip- economic, military, political, and social institutions. lomatic history of the United States from 1890-1945. Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. Prerequisite: HIS 102, 202 or 150. 339 Germany Since 1871 (3) 390 U.S. History Since 1945 (3) A survey of German history focusing on nationalism A study of the effects of the cold war on the diplo- and the political, cultural, economic, and social de- macy, domestic politics, and culture of the United velopments since becoming a nation. Prerequisite: HIS States. Topics include the development of the cold war, 102 or 150. McCarthyism, Civil Rights Movement, the Korean and 344 Europe in the Nineteenth Century (3) Vietnam Wars, cultural changes in the 1960s, The political, economic and intellectual developments Watergate, and the end of the cold war. Prerequisite: of modern Europe from 1815 to 1914, including in- HIS 102, 202 or 150. dustrial society, revolution and reaction, nationalist 403 American Diplomatic I to 1890 (3) movements, imperialism, cultural and scientific Foundation of American diplomacy; Monroe Doctrine; achievements, and the background to the First World foreign wars and diplomacy of America’s Civil War. War. Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. Prerequisite: HIS 201. 345 Europe in the Twentieth Century (3) 404 American Diplomatic II 1890 to present (3) Contemporary Europe with a concentration on the Significant topics in diplomatic history; including the decline of Europe since the First World War, the rise emergence of the U.S. as a world power; the cold war; of totalitarian movements, the Great Depression, the decision-making in the Department of State; and the Second World War, postwar recovery, and the “new role of interest groups in foreign policy. (same as POS Europe” of the European Community. Prerequisite: 404) Prerequisite: HIS 202 or POS 201. HIS 102 or 150. 132 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

432 Modern English History (3) POLITICAL SCIENCE (B.S.) Political, social, economic and intellectual history of England from the Tudor dynasty to contemporary The study of political science explores the nature times. Included are religious, political and industrial of politics, including its purposes, limitations, and sig- revolutions, the British Empire, reform movements, nificance in human life; it promotes an understanding world wars, and Thatcherism. Prerequisite: HIS 102 of American politics and government; it analyzes and or 150. seeks comprehension of international politics and or- 437 European Diplomatic Since 1815 (3) ganizations; and develops a capacity for intelligent This course will examine the diplomatic processes evaluations of public policies and a sensitive aware- developed and employed by the Great Powers in the ness of opposing points of view in the political con- nineteenth century, including the establishment of a flicts of our time. diplomatic corps, the “balance of power” idea, the The Bachelor of Science degree in Political Sci- Concert of Europe, and the “new imperialism.” The ence prepares students for careers in a wide choice of second half of the course will study the breakdown of fields, including the practice of law, various types of this system and the effect of two world wars on Euro- government service, the business world, and teaching pean hegemony. Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. on the secondary level. Students are also well prepared to enter graduate study in the field of political science. 449/549 Race, Gender, and Class in Latin America (3) An historical study of the colonial legacy in Latin Learning Goals and Objectives: America and its implications in the national period of Learning goals in political science support and the society of castes which reflected racial, gender, complement the university’s mission as described in and social perspectives. Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. the institution’s mission statement. The major encourages the acquisition of knowledge in order to develop 454 America in the 1960s (3) specific skills and competencies including the A topical study of the history of the United States in following: the 1960s. The Civil Rights Movement, antiwar move- • selection and analysis of information in the disci- ment, student movement, women’s movement, the pline Vietnam War, and the presidencies of Kennedy, • understanding of the universality of politics in the Johnson and Nixon will be the focus of the course. human experience Prerequisite: HIS 150 or 202. • critical thinking 456/556 African American History Since • research methodology Reconstruction (3) • an understanding of political theory A political, social, cultural and economic history of • analytical and persuasive writing skills African Americans since 1877. Focuses on segrega- Requirements for a major in political science are tion, civil rights, the family, northern migration, and 33 credits including POS 201, 209, 311, 325, 425-426, cultural contributions. Prerequisite: HIS 150 or 202. and 487. Majors must complete POS 201 before tak- 359, 459 Independent Study (3-12) (3-12) ing upper level required courses. Students who com- Opportunity for extensive research in an historical area plete a single major without a minor must complete of special interest to the student. Dean and Depart- 40 credit hours in political science. ment Chair approval required. Graduation requirements include: 1) earning a minimum grade of C in all major and minor courses, 2) 487 Seminar (3-6) completing POS 487, Senior Seminar, as an integrat- For senior history majors, integration of distribution ing, capstone experience, and 3) successfully complet- requirements and history courses, with a focus on a ing a departmental examination at the end of the particular historical issue or problem. Emphasis on program. intensive research and effective writing skills. Required Requirements for minors are 21 credits, including of all History majors. Same as POS 487. POS 201, 209 or 325, and 425 or 426. Minors must 499 Internship (3-12) complete POS 201 and 209 before taking upper level Practical experience within a professional setting. Pre- required courses. A minimum grade of C in all minor requisites: Senior status (90+ credit hours); 2.5 over- courses is required. all G.P.A.; all paperwork must be completed before the end of the semester preceding the internship. Prior approval of Department Chair and Dean required. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 133

Course Descriptions— placed on the civil rights revolution of the Warren Political Science Prefix: POS Court. Prerequisite: POS 207. Prerequisite: POS 201. 311 Scope and Methods in Political Science (3) 199 Special Topics (1-3) Analysis of the issues and problems within Political Contents to be specified by the Department according Science and its various sub-disciplines. Review of the to the interest and expertise of faculty members and research techniques and methodologies of the disci- the specific needs and/or interest of the students. pline. Required of all Political Science majors. Rec- 201 American Government (3) ommended as a first 300-level course and an National Government and its structure; administrative introduction to upper-level coursework. Prerequisite: and political practices of the central agencies of au- POS 201. thority in the United States. Co-requisite: ENG 111 or 325 International Relations (3) higher. Analysis of relations among subnational, national, and 202 State and Local Government (3) supranational actors in the international system; for- Role of states in our federal system as well as interre- eign policy formation; quest for peace and security in lationships among them; analysis of patterns of legis- a shrinking world. Prerequisite: POS 201. lative and executive process on the state level; 352 Politics and Music (3) particular attention will be devoted to these processes Examines the relationship between politics and music in Florida. Prerequisite: POS 201. by focusing on the lyrics of popular songs from the 207 The American Courts (3) colonial period to date. The political activities of ma- Analysis of the judiciary at the state and federal levels jor popular music artists will be considered as well as and of the role of courts in criminal, civil and consti- songs that focus on specific political problems such tutional/political matters. Contemporary legal and con- as war, authority, race, gender and economic justice. stitutional issues in their historical context. Students Political theorists covered include: Plato, Marx, interested in POS 308 should take this course. Prereq- Nietzsche, and Rawls. Prerequisite: POS 201 or HIS uisite: POS 201. 202 or permission of the department chair. (same as 209 Comparative Government and Politics (3) HIS 352) Analysis of governments and administrations, parties, 395 International Organizations (3) policy formation and political regimes in western Eu- Study of the structure and functions of international ropean democracies, in military/bureaucratic systems, organizations as well as their importance in the inter- in dictatorships and in developing countries. Histori- national arena; special attention will be devoted to the cal background to various regimes, comparison of role of the United Nations and the European economic policy-making process across national lines. Prereq- community. Prerequisite: POS 325. uisite: POS 201. 396 Latin American Politics (3) 300 Special Topics (3) Detailed analysis of government and politics in select Content to be determined by the Department accord- Latin American countries. Special attention will be ing to the faculty and specific needs and/or interests devoted to authoritarian as well as revolutionary re- of the students. gimes. Prerequisite: POS 201. 305 The Presidency (3) 404 American Diplomatic II 1890 to present (3) The study of the development of the office of the Presi- Significant topics in diplomatic history; including the dent of the U.S. with emphasis on twentieth-century emergence of the U.S. as a world power; the cold war; incumbents. Prerequisite: POS 201. decision-making in the Department of State; and the 306 The Congress (3) role of interest groups in foreign policy. Prerequisite: Based upon an overview of the rule-making process; POS 201 or HIS 202. (same as HIS 404) analysis of the organization of U.S. Congress with 406 Political Economy of Development (3) particular attention to the role of Congress within this Analysis of the process of political and economic de- political system and the centrality of committees in velopment. Topics include modernization, industrial- the law-making process. Prerequisite: POS 201. ization, the new international economic order, the role 308 Constitutional Law (3) of the state and military and ethical issues of develop- Use of the case method approach, focus on the devel- ment. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202 and depart- opment of constitutional law starting with judicial re- mental approval. Prerequisite: POS 201. Same as ECO view and ending with privacy. An emphasis will be 406. 134 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

415/515 American Political Institutions: Legacy 359,459 Independent Study (3-12) of the Framers (03) Opportunity for extensive research in an area of spe- This course will analyze the evolution of the three cial interest to the student. Department Chair and Dean branches (Executive, Legislative, Judicial) of the approval required. American national government from the framers to the present. Special attention will be given to the current relevance of the insights found in the Federalist pa- INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (B.A.) pers. Prerequisite: POS 201. International Studies is an interdisciplinary major 425/525 Political Theory I (3) for students interested in global political, social, cul- Inquiry into various views of the nature of humanity tural, and economic affairs. and of civil and political society, with emphasis on The major has social science, business, and cul- political thought in the ancient and medieval world. tural components with specific learning objectives. Reading and analysis of texts in political theory from The social science component emphasizes: the classical era to the end of the Middle Ages. Pre- • the study of international relations; requisite: POS 201. • the study of comparative government and his- 426/526 Political Theory II (3) tory The business component provides: Inquiry into humanity and civil/political society in the •a knowledge of basic business skills; modern world, with emphasis on the reading and analy- • an understanding of international business sis of major political theories and philosophies of the forces. period since the Renaissance and Reformation eras. The cultural component provides: Contemporary political theories. Prerequisite: POS •a greater understanding of other societies and 201. cultures. 429 Public Policy and Administration (3) The minimum grade of C is required in all major Analysis of the policy-making process, with use of courses. Students should choose a regional track (e.g., the case method to study the formation of policy. Latin America) within the major. The advisor’s ap- Implementation of policy through the organization and proval is needed when choosing an elective within the management of policy at various levels of government. major. Survey of theories of administrative organization and The social science component will include HIS 150 management. Prerequisite: POS 201. and 9 credits of HIS electives; POS 201 and 325, and 440/540 Disempowered Voices (3) 9 credits of POS electives. An advanced course dealing with narratives of the The business component will include BUS 181; disempowered, including women, Native Americans ECO 201-202; 6 credits of ECO 300, 351, 406, or 326; and African Americans, within the context of Identity BUS 366; MGT 305; and MGT 336. Politics. This course seeks to locate, utilizing differ- The cultural component will include THE 303; SOC ent narrative perspectives, the fundamental shifts in 200; GEO 301; and 12 credits of a foreign language. consciousness that give rise to a politics of identity as The remaining requirements will include ENG 111- well as political action. Shifts from an imposed, nega- 210; MAT 108, 152; PHI 220 and 3 PHI credits; CS tively constructed identity to a political asserted one 180; SPE 101 or COM 104; 3 credits in fine arts, 3 will be analyzed as well as the logic of such identities. HUM credits, THE 201; PSY 281, and a science with Prerequisite: POS 201. a lab. In their remaining coursework, students are encour- 487 Senior Seminar (3) aged to strengthen a component of the major. For senior political science majors, integration of dis- The integrative experience will consist of HIS/POS tribution requirements and political science courses, 487, an internship, or a study abroad experience. with a focus on a particular political issue or problem. Emphasis on intensive research and effective writing skills. Required of all Political Science majors. Same PRE-LAW (B.A.) as HIS 487. Pre-Law is an interdisciplinary major representing 499 Internship (3-12) a variety of disciplines. Although the Pre-Law major Practical experience within a professional setting. Pre- does not rule out pre-law preparation through the pur- requisites: Senior status (90+ credit hours); 2.50 over- suit of traditional single discipline majors, it offers all GPA; all paperwork must be completed before the preparation for entry into any law school. The Pre- end of the semester preceding the internship. Prior Law major specifically aims for breadth of knowledge approval of Department Chair and Dean required. and considers its interdisciplinary components an ex- SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 135 cellent preparation for students to perform success- Social Science Minor fully in law school. The social science minor provides history and po- Specific learning objectives in the Pre-Law major litical science students the opportunity to broaden their include: understanding of the world through the other social – the learning objectives for the distribution re- sciences. Students completing this 33 credit hour mi- quirements as outlined in the university’s gen- nor must take the following courses: eral “Academic Information” section –exposure to themes central to the field of law, U.S. History (HIS 201-202) 6 hours with analysis of their philosophical background Western Civilization (HIS 101-102) 6 hours and implications. Themes emphasized include Asian or Latin American History 3 hours epistemology, politics, and argument analysis Economics (ECO 201-202) 6 hours – specific subject-matter acquisition in the areas Political Science (POS 201) 6 hours of history and political science which includes Geography (GEO 301) 3 hours a general emphasis on the Western tradition of Psychology or Sociology 3 hours law in the context of the United States – understanding of general economic theory and Peace Studies Minor the relationship of law and business in Western In the May 1983 pastoral letter, “The Challenge of societies Peace: God’s Promise and Our Response,” the Ameri- – acquisition and analysis of rhetorical skills can bishops wrote: Students will include the following courses as part We urge universities, particularly Catholic univer- of the general education requirements in the follow- sities in our country to develop programs for rigorous, ing areas: interdisciplinary research, education and training di- Oral and Written Communication—ENG 111, rected toward peacemaking expertise. 210; SPE 101 or COM 104 elective As a response to this mandate, the School of Arts Theology and Philosophy—PHI 220 and 3 PHI and Sciences offers an interdisciplinary minor in Peace credits; THE 201 and 3 THE elective credit Studies. The minor requires a minimum of 21 credits hours which must include POS 325 and either PHI 321 or Humanities and Fine Arts—6 elective credit THE 327. The courses should be chosen from those hours listed below or from relevant special topics courses. Mathematics and Science—MAT 152; CS 180 POS 325 International Relations or higher; Lab Science elective POS 395 International Organizations Social Sciences—HIS 150, POS 201, PSY 281, PHI 292 Ethics PHI 321 Philosophy of Peace and War SOC 200 PHI 355 Philosophy of Politics Foreign Language—3 credit hours THE 120 Christian Understanding of the Human Students will include the following courses as part Person of the 48-credit major requirements in the five indi- THE 214 Contemporary Christian Morality cated component areas: THE 327 Theology of Peace and Justice Philosophy (12 credit hours)—PHI 304, 308, HIS 404 American Diplomatic History: 1870 to Present 355, 365 The minimum grade of C is required in all courses. Political Science (12 credit hours)—POS 207, 308, 425-426 History (9 credit hours)—HIS 201, 202, 432 NON-DEGREE PROGRAM Business (12 credit hours)—BUS 181, 339, ECO 201, 202 GEOGRAPHY English (minimum 3 credit hours)—ENG 406 Course Descriptions— Integrative Experience—HIS/POS 487 Geography Prefix: GEO The balance of the credit hours completing the 120- credit-hour course of study is to be chosen from elec- 300 Special Topics (3-12) tives to strengthen each component of the major with Content to be determined by the Department accord- ENG 312 and 410 recommended as needed and with ing to the faculty and specific needs, and/or interest of SOC 370 especially recommended. the students. The minimum grade of C is required in all courses in the major. Students must complete an integrative experience which consists of HIS/POS 487. 136 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

301 World Environments, People and Places (3) 308 United States Geography (3) Survey of physical, economic, political and social sys- Survey of physical, cultural, and economic relation- tems that give unique character to the world regions. ships in the contemporary setting of the United States. Focus on how the world has become more interdepen- Focus on the complex mosaic of people and places dent as complex contemporary problems shape our that make up the United States. globe. 303 Geography of Europe (3) 320 Geography of Disasters (3) Europe with an emphasis on the culture, economy, A geographical survey of natural and human induced history, and political entities on a regional basis; hu- disasters. Particular attention is given to environmen- man adaptation and development in relation to their tal consequences and cause and effect relationships physical environment, and the influence of environ- between nature and humans. This course offers a broad ment upon humanity and its activities. overview of why various natural and manmade haz- ards, and hence various disasters, which occur on Earth 305 Latin American Geography (3) do so in particular geographical regions by investigat- Latin America with an emphasis on cultures, economy, ing the spatial dimensions of their underlying causes history, and political entities on a regional basis; fo- and impacts. cus on human adaptation and development in relation to their physical environment and the influence of en- 346 Geography Politics and Power (3) vironment upon humanity and its activities. An exploration of the interaction between geography and politics at the world level. The origin and func- 307 Physical Geography (3) tion of nations will be examined. Focus on interde- Holistic approach to people in nature; climatic, physi- pendence and globalization. cal, biochemical, economic, and political influences upon the ecological structure of the Earth; Earth resources and conservation. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 137

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

Eduardo A. Luna, Ph.D., Chair Faculty: Chraibi, Franco, Haralambides, Jagadish, Jimenez, Mac Dowall, Marinas, Markov, Morales, Ordoukhani, Pan, Satpathy, Segami, Singh, Suarez, Villemure, Zuniga.

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES (B.S.) Mathematics courses towards a Bachelor of Science in Mathematical Sciences are divided into two catego- The Department of Mathematics and Computer ries: core courses and electives. A grade of C or better Science at Barry offers a variety of courses and edu- is required in all courses towards the major including cational experiences within the mathematical sciences the corequisites. Each student is assigned a faculty which are required by many fields of study. Placement advisor, who will offer assistance in designing an ap- for new students in mathematics courses is determined propriate curriculum and in the selection of courses by SAT scores. If SAT scores are not available and the each semester. student’s intended program requires a mathematics course, diagnostic testing is done at the time of first LEARNING OBJECTIVES enrollment prior to registration. Mathematics can be looked upon as an abstract science, as a practical tool, as an expression of culture. It Major in Mathematical Sciences has roots in human history and has always been an The Department offers the degree of Bachelor of important element of any civilization. Mathematics can Science in Mathematical Sciences as well as a minor. be considered a creative expression of races and The courses for the major cover the main areas of al- peoples, endowed with beauty and proportion. The gebra, analysis, probability, statistics, numerical analy- history of mathematics helps to provide a good insight sis and topology. Co-requisites in physics and into human culture. In the modern world, mathemat- computer science are also required. ics and its applications have become an all-pervading A major in the Mathematical Sciences is intended feature that cuts across continents and cultures. for students who wish to build a strong foundation for Courses in mathematics try to help all students de- careers in mathematics. These include teaching, com- velop their potential in the areas of problem-solving, puter-related areas, engineering, and actuarial sciences, abstract thinking and applications, addressing the among others. The B.S. in Mathematical Sciences also needs of future professionals. Mathematics is needed prepares students who wish to pursue further study in to understand the inventions of modern technology, the mathematical sciences at the graduate level for including computers and the communications media. math-related jobs that exist in college teaching, re- Mathematics helps students understand the intricacies search, industry, insurance companies, and government of the financial world, and the analysis of economic agencies such as the U.S. Census Bureau, Department systems. Mathematics enters into the study and pre- of Energy, Department of Defense, etc. diction of weather patterns, biological growth, the The Department offers three areas of specializa- control of epidemics, the analysis of psychological and tion within the major: social phenomena, the understanding of worldwide Actuarial Science communications, and the dynamics of economic sys- Applied Mathematics tems. Computational Mathematics 138 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Students will achieve some or all of the following For the mathematical sciences major, the courses learning objectives of mathematics courses: provide academic and professional training, which 1. Acquisition of skills in numerical and symbolic includes the development of analytical skills, as well manipulation, with application to everyday life as competency in various branches of sciences, with and to the professions. an understanding of their interrelations and applica- 2. Application of logical thinking and quantitative tion, the various branches of mathematics and their thinking to problem-solving in various settings. interconnections and applications. 3. An appreciation of mathematics as a beautiful and creative human endeavor. Typical four-year plan A student majoring in mathematical sciences will design a four-year plan with his/her advisor, according to the student’s academic and professional interests. This is an example of such a plan:

Freshman year Fall Spring MAT 211 Calculus I 4 cr. MAT 212 Calculus II 4 cr. CS 211 or CS 212 or CS 231 or CS 231 Computer Science I 4 cr. CS 232 Computer Science II 4 cr. ENG 111 English Composition 3 cr. ENG 210 Introduction to Literature 3 cr. Distribution or electives 4 cr. Distribution or electives 4 cr. Total: 15 cr. Total: 15 cr. Sophomore year Fall Spring PHY 211 University Physics I 4 cr. PHY 212 University Physics II 4 cr. MAT 213 Calculus III 4 cr. MAT 332 Linear Algebra 3 cr. MAT 253 Discrete Math I 3 cr. MAT 254 or elective 3 cr. Distribution or electives 4 cr. Distribution or electives 5 cr. Total: 15 cr. Total: 15 cr. Junior year Fall Spring MAT 331 Algebraic Structures 3 cr. MAT 356 Statistics for Science 3 cr. MAT 314 Diff Equations 3 cr. Distribution or electives 12 cr. Distribution or electives 9 cr. Total: 15 cr Total: 15 cr. Senior year Fall Spring MAT 462 Number theory 3 cr. MAT elective 3 cr. Distribution or electives 12 cr. Distribution or electives 12 cr. Total: 15 cr. Total: 15 cr.

Academic requirements for the major Core Courses Credits The credits required for the Bachelor of Science MAT 212 Calculus II 4 MAT 213 Calculus III 4 degree in Mathematical Sciences are distributed as MAT 253 Discrete Mathematics I 3 follows: MAT 310 Advanced Calculus I 3 Core courses: Mathematics 31 credits MAT 314 Differential Equations 3 Mathematics Electives 12 MAT 331 Algebraic Structures 3 MAT 332 Linear Algebra 3 Corequisites MAT 356 Statistics for Science 3 Physics 8 MAT 462 Number Theory 3 Computer Science 8 MAT 487 Undergraduate Mathematics Seminar 2 General Education 42 Total: 31 General Electives 21 Total 122 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 139

Corequisites ics are encouraged to choose the following as math- a) Eight credits in physics: ematics electives: PHY 211 University Physics I 4 MAT 254 Discrete Mathematics II PHY 212 University Physics II 4 MAT 374 Theory of Computation b) At least eight credits in computer science from the MAT 456 Numerical Analysis following: CS 211, CS 212, CS 231, It is recommended that students take at least CS CS 232 231 and CS 232. The Department suggests a minor in CS 211 Computer Programming I 4 CS 212 Computer Programming II 4 Computer Science. CS 231 Computer Science I 4 Mathematical Sciences Minor: A minor in Math- CS 232 Computer Science II 4 ematical Sciences consists of at least 20 credits in approved courses, and must include MAT 211, MAT 212, Electives: Four elective mathematics courses must be either MAT 213 or MAT 254, and at least one 300- chosen from the Department offerings at or above MAT level course. 254 or any course approved by the Department. All students in Mathematical Sciences are strongly urged to develop proficiency in the use of computers Departmental Requirements and in computer programming languages. A capstone a) Integrative Experience: During the junior or se- course, an integrative experience, and a community nior year students must satisfactorily complete an service component are required before the end of the integrative experience as a prerequisite for gradua- program. Students planning to pursue graduate stud- tion. The integrative experience may be the Depart- ies are encouraged to take MAT 310 and 311 prior to mental Area Test, taken in the senior year. Students graduation. Majors are encouraged to take courses in specializing in Actuarial Science may use the first other areas such as accounting, biology, business, and second parts of the Actuarial Exam as their chemistry, communication, computer science, econom- integrative experience. ics, education, management and physics, among other The goals of the integrative experience are: fields, in order to enhance their professional back- • to demonstrate adequate skills in problem- ground and be knowledgeable about applications of solving and communication, mathematics in other areas. • to show a good level of achievement in the use of graphing calculators and mathemati- Areas of Specialization cal computer software; • to be able to apply logical reasoning to the 1. Actuarial Science-Students wishing to concentrate proof of mathematical results, and on actuarial science should choose MAT 451 • to demonstrate a comprehensive view of the (Probability Theory) and MAT 452 (Mathematical mathematical sciences, relating various Statistics) among their mathematics electives. As branches of mathematics among themselves preparation for the actuarial examinations, the fol- and with applications. lowing courses offered through the Andreas School b) Community service: In order to provide the stu- of Business are suggested: dent with hands-on experience of the teaching- ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics learning process, develop the student’s own attitude ECO 202 Introductory Microeconomics and potential as a communicator of knowledge, and ECO 441 Econometrics serve the community in the spirit of Barry’s mis- FIN 319 Financial Management I sion statement, each student is encouraged to per- FIN 419 Financial Management II form community service at least during one Information on the actuarial examinations may be semester. For example, a minimum of 30 hours of obtained from the Department. supervised tutoring in the Department or in the 2. Applied Mathematics-Students wishing to concen- Learning Center or at some local school will sat- trate in applied mathematics should select MAT isfy the community service component of the pro- 310 (Advanced Calculus I), MAT 414 (Methods in gram. Students are encouraged to become members Mathematical Physics) and MAT 456 (Numerical of a professional society such as ACM, AMS, IEEE, Analysis) among their mathematics electives. NCTM, or MAA, which provide opportunities for 3. Computational Mathematics-Modern businesses community service. and industry require professionals who are trained c) Capstone course: Some courses help the students in mathematical aspects of computer applications. integrate mathematics within the historical, philo- Students interested in computational mathemat- sophical, social and creative dimensions of general culture. MAT 462 (Number Theory), MAT 471 140 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

(History of Mathematics) or MAT 487 (Under- 107 General Education Mathematics (3) graduate Seminar) are designated as departmental (formerly MAT 101) capstone courses. Nature and application of mathematics for liberal arts d) Gordon Rule: Any MAT course numbered 107 or students. Topics selected from algebra, geometry, above fulfills the State of Florida Gordon Rule. logic, numeration systems, probability, and statistics, as required by the State of Florida CLAST examina- Course Descriptions— tion. Prerequisite: MAT 091 or appropriate math SAT Prefix: MAT or ACT score. Note: Exceptions to any prerequisite must be made 108 Precalculus Mathematics for Business (3) by the Department Chair. Equations and inequalities; systems of equations and inequalities; exponential and logarithmic functions and 090 Pre-Entry Math (3) their graphs; vectors, matrices, linear programming. This course prepares a student to take MAT 091 or Prerequisite: MAT 093 or appropriate math SAT or MAT 093. A variety of individualized strategies are ACT score. used, including computer-aided instruction, and one- on-one tutoring. The course does not fulfill distribu- 109 Precalculus Mathematics I (3) tion or degree requirements. CR/NC option only. Functions and their graphs; polynomial, algebraic, Placement in this course is by appropriate score on exponential, and logarithmic functions, roots of alge- the math SAT or ACT test. braic equations, systems of linear equations, nonlin- ear equations and inequalities. Prerequisite: two years 091 Preparatory Mathematics I (3) of high school algebra, geometry and MAT 095 or Introduction to algebra; polynomials, factoring, solv- appropriate math SAT or ACT score. ing linear and quadratic equations. Emphasis on problem solving skills. The course prepares students for 110 Precalculus Mathematics II (3) MAT 107, 152 or 201 and does not fulfill distribution Trigonometric functions of angles and of real num- or degree requirements. CR/NC option available. bers, trigonometric identities and equations, conic sec- Placement in this course is by appropriate score on tions. Prerequisite: MAT 109 with a grade of C or the math SAT or ACT test. above, or appropriate math SAT or ACT score. 093 Preparatory Mathematics II (3) 120 Mathematics and Art (3) Graphs, systems of linear equations, inequalities, frac- An analysis of the interplay between mathematics and tional and radical expressions, fractional, radical and art. Emphasis will be made on the discovery and analy- quadratic equations; emphasis on problem solving sis of numerical relations, geometric patterns, and al- skills. This course prepares students for MAT 095 or gebraic structures. This is a mathematics course that MAT 108 or MAT 152 and does not fulfill distribution draws its content from an analysis of art throughout or degree requirements. CR/NC option available. key periods of history and the present. Prerequisites: Placement in the course is by appropriate score on the At least two semesters of high school algebra or one math SAT or ACT test. semester of high school geometry or college-level mathematics. 095 Preparatory Mathematics III (3) Basic properties of real and complex numbers, equa- 152 Elementary Probability and Statistics (3) tions and inequalities, coordinates and graphs, equa- Sampling, tables and graphs, elementary probability, tions and graphs of lines. The course prepares science special discrete and continuous random variables, lin- majors to take Precalculus courses, but does not fulfill ear correlation and regression, contingency tables, distribution or degree requirements. CR/NC option hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: MAT 091 or 093 or available. Placement in this course is by appropriate satisfactory math SAT or ACT score. score on the math SAT or ACT test. 201 Fundamentals of Mathematics I (3) 097 Pre-College Mathematics Review (6) Introduction to problem solving, exploration of pat- A review of high school mathematics required for col- terns; functions; numeration systems, whole numbers lege level work. Topics include sets, real numbers, and operations; integers and operations, integer expo- equations, and inequalities, polynomials, rational ex- nents; divisibility, prime and composite numbers, pressions, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations greatest common divisor, least common multiple, and inequalities, coordinate geometry, systems of lin- modular arithmetic; rational numbers and operations; ear equations and inequalities. This course does not proportional reasoning. Emphasis on problem solving. satisfy distribution or degree requirements. CR/NC Prerequiste: MAT 091 or appropriate math SAT or option available. Placement in this course is by appro- ACT scores. priate math SAT or ACT score. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 141

202 Fundamentals of Mathematics II (3) 254 Discrete Mathematics II (3) Logic, sets, set operations; decimals and operations, Systems of linear equations, matrices, matrix opera- real numbers; Pythagorean Theorem; equations, Car- tions. Graphs, lattices, Boolean algebras, regular ex- tesian coordinate system, equation of a line, percent, pressions, finite state automata. Decidability, formal interest; introduction to probability and statistics. languages and grammars. Computational complexity. Emphasis on problem solving. Prerequisite: MAT 201 Prerequisite: MAT 253. with a grade of C or above. 300 Special Topics (3) 203 Geometry for Teachers (3) Contents to be determined each semester by the De- Informal plane and space geometry; measurements, partment to meet needs of the program and/or of the perimeter, area, volume; metric system; congruence, students. Prerequisite: Departmental approval. similarity, constructions; translations, rotations, reflec- 310 Advanced Calculus I (3) tions, symmetries, tessellations; using appropriate soft- Functions, sequences, limits. Continuity, uniform con- ware. Emphasis on problem solving. Prerequiste: MAT tinuity. Differentiation. Series, Uniform convergence. 202 with a grade of C or above. Prerequisite: MAT 213. 210 Calculus with Applications (3) 311 Advanced Calculus II (3) Applications of calculus to business, social and be- Continuation of MAT 310. Riemann-Stieltjes integral; havioral sciences. Limits of functions, derivative as functions of several variables, partial differentiation; the rate of change, marginal cost, marginal revenue. multiple integrals. Prerequisite: MAT 310. Curve sketching, maximization and optimization, elasticity. Integration, density function, consumers and 314 Differential Equations (3) producers surplus, annuities, exponential and logistic Linear differential equations; systems of differential growth. Not acceptable for the Mathematics or Com- equations; solutions by series and by numerical meth- puter Science major. Prerequisite: MAT 108 or appro- ods; applications. Prerequisite: MAT 212. priate math SAT or ACT score. 321 Topics in Geometry (3) 211 Calculus I (4) Geometric shapes and measurement: primitive areas Limits of functions and approximation; differentiation and volumes. Properties of lines and triangles: prop- and integration of elementary functions; maxima and erties of incidence and parallelism, similarity and con- minima applications. Prerequisite: MAT 110 with a gruence of triangles. Circles: central and inscribed grade of C or above, or appropriate math SAT or ACT angles, chords, secants and tangents. Transformation score. Geometry: geometric transformations, translations, reflections, rotations and related groups. Prerequisites: 212 Calculus II (4) MAT 211 and MAT 253. Advanced techniques of differentiation and integration; polar coordinates, sequences and series. Prereq- 331 Algebraic Structures (3) uisite: MAT 211 with a grade of C or above. Groups, Lagrange’s theorem, homomorphisms. Rings, integral domains, field of quotients, polynomial rings, 213 Calculus III (4) unique factorization domains. Fields and finite field Multivariable calculus; functions of several variables; extensions. Prerequisites: MAT 332 or MAT 462 ac- partial derivatives; multiple integration; theorems of ceptable, but both preferred. Green, Gauss and Stokes; introduction to linear differential equations. Prerequisite: MAT 212 with a grade 332 Linear Algebra (3) of C or above. Systems of linear equations, matrices, vector spaces, linear transformations, determinants. Quadratic forms, 252 Statistics with Applications I eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Prerequisites: MAT 211 Continuation of MAT 152. Hypothesis testing, regres- and MAT 253. sion and correlation, chi-square and F distributions, nonparametric statistics. Emphasis on applications to 356 Statistics for Science (3) social and behavioral sciences. Prerequisite: MAT 152 Analysis of data, histograms, measures of central ten- or equivalent. dency and of dispersion. Probability, normal curve. Statistical tests; hypothesis testing. This course is de- 253 Discrete Mathematics I (3) signed for science majors (Biology, Physics, Chemis- Sets, counting, methods of proof. Logic. Relations, try, Computer Science, Mathematical Sciences). types of relations, functions, types of functions. Re- Prerequisite: MAT 211. cursive functions. Prerequisite: MAT 110. 142 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

374 Theory of Computation (3) 359, 459 Independent Study (3) (3) A study of mathematical, engineering and linguistic Opportunity for extensive research in areas of special foundations of theoretical computer science: abstract interest to the student. Prerequisites: Dean’s and De- machines and languages, formal grammars, finite-state partment Chair’s approval. machines, finite-state languages, automata, Turing 476 Teaching Mathematics in the Middle and machines, recursive functions. Prerequisite: MAT 254. Secondary School (3) 414 Methods of Mathematical Physics (3) Methods of mathematics teaching for the prospective Fourier analysis, special functions, calculus of varia- middle and secondary school teacher. Prerequisite: 21 tions. Selected partial differential equations. Integral credits in mathematics, including MAT 211. equations. Prerequisites: MAT 213 and MAT 314. 487 Undergraduate Mathematics 415 Introduction to Real Analysis (3) Seminar (1-3 credits) The real numbers, real functions. Measure theory. The Topics will be chosen according to student and fac- Lebesgue integral. Prerequisite: MAT 311. ulty interest. Presentations of papers on original work 416 Introduction to Complex Analysis (3) or advanced material to be discussed under a faculty Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann conditions. moderator. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and Complex integration, Cauchy’s theorem and integral Department Chair’s approval. formula. Power series, Laurent series. Calculus of residues and applications. Prerequisite: MAT 213. COMPUTER SCIENCE (B.S.) 441 Introduction to Topology (3) Computer Sciences is a modern, well-developed Axiom of choice, topological spaces, metric spaces. and vibrant area of knowledge that has roots in an- Compactness, connectedness. Separation properties, cient history, from the Chinese abacus and the quotient spaces. Compactification. Prerequisite: MAT Babylonian tablets to Pascal’s primitive calculator, 213. Turing machines, and ENIAC. The Department of 451 Probability Theory (3) Mathematics and Computer Science offers programs Probability spaces, distribution functions, central limit of study leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science theorem, conditional probability. Prerequisites: MAT- in Computer Science, and Bachelor of Science in Com- 213 and MAT 356. puter Information Sciences. 452 Mathematical Statistics (3) Computer facilities include a Departmental com- Sampling theory, statistical inference, hypothesis test- puter laboratory equipped with personal computers, ing. Prerequisite: MAT 451. Unix workstations, and Sun and Windows servers. The University also has a large network of IBM compat- 456 Numerical Analysis (3) ible and MacIntosh computers. A survey of numerical and computational methods for Some learning objectives of Computer Science solving algebraic problems. Zero location, maxima and courses are the following: minima, Newton’s methods, vector and matrix opera- 1) To develop expertise in basic algorithms tions, characteristic value problem, numerical approxi- 2) To develop problem-solving skills mation to differential equations. Use of computer 3) To develop language skills algorithms and programming is involved. Prerequi- 4) To develop expertise in the design and use of soft- sites: MAT 314 and 332. ware, databases, computer architecture and appli- 462 Number Theory (3) cations. The integers, congruences, multiplicative functions, 5) To understand the physical components of computer primitive roots, quadratic residues, reciprocity, hardware, networks, and telecommunications, and diophantine equations, applications to cryptology. Pre- develop ways to use this knowledge effectively. requisites: MAT 211 and MAT 253. 6) To develop an open mind and facility for learning 471 History of Mathematics (3) new materials, as the field of computer science People and ideas that have shaped the mathematical evolves very rapidly and demands continuing edu- sciences throughout history. Contemporary problems cation beyond the classroom. and leading contributions. Emphasis on activities for 7) To develop critical attitudes concerning the proper secondary school mathematics classroom, which in- use of computers in society, which are appropriate corporate the historical viewpoint. Prerequisite: MAT to the ethical values of Barry University. 211. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 143

Major in Computer Science The following are suggested: This program is designed to provide students with MAT 213 Calculus III 4 MAT 314 Differential Equations 3 a solid technical foundation in the field of computers, MAT 332 Linear Algebra 3 allowing them to select among diverse areas of spe- MAT 374 Theory of Computation 3 cialization. The program provides a balance between MAT 451 Probability Theory 3 theory and applications, between problem-solving MAT 452 Mathematical Statistics 3 techniques and system implementation. Thus, our MAT 456 Numerical Analysis 3 graduates not only compete successfully in the job Note: A minimum grade of C is required in all courses market, but they are also ready to pursue advanced in the CS Core, CS Electives, Science, Mathematics studies in Computer Science. and minor. Students who major in Computer Science will study such subjects as software engineering, computer net- Computer Science Electives works, databases, computer architecture, systems pro- Computer Science electives consist of three courses gramming, operating systems, artificial intelligence, selected from the following list: CS 341, CS 372, CS computer graphics, and numerical computing. 432, CS 437, CS 438, CS 453, CS 454, CS 456 and The curriculum for the Computer Science major CS 477. consists of the following components: Computer Science Core 40 credits Computer Science Electives 9 credits Science Requirements Mathematics Minor 20 credits The following are corequisites of the CS major and Physics 8 credits must be passed with a grade of C or better: General Education 42 credits PHY 201 General College Physics I 4 General Elective 1-3 credits PHY 202 General College Physics II 4 Total 120-122 credits Note: The credits in Mathematics and Physics satisfy the Barry distribution requirements in Science and Computer Science Core Mathematics. The core of CS courses consists of the following: Course Credits Major in Computer Information Sciences CS 231 Computer Science I 4 The Computer Information Sciences program com- CS 232 Computer Science II 4 CS 311 Assembly Language 3 bines the study of computer systems and computer CS 328 Unix, and Systems Concepts 3 technology with the study of an application domain CS 331 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 selected by the student (a second discipline). The Com- CS 332 Computer Hardware Organization 3 puter Information Sciences graduate will be able to CS 413 Operating Systems 3 understand and implement computer systems on dif- CS 414 Computer Architecture 3 ferent platforms, and will be prepared to develop in- CS 426 Databases 3 novative applications in areas such as networking and CS 428 Object-Oriented Software network programming, database systems, database Development 3 programming and data warehousing, Web and multi- CS 431 Concepts of Programming media technologies, computer animation, and secu- Languages 3 CS 471 Computer Networks 3 rity. CS 487 Seminar (Integrative Experience, The curriculum for the Computer Information Sci- Two Semesters) 1-1 ences major consists of the following components: Total 40 CIS Core 41 credits CIS Electives 9 credits Mathematics Minor Science and Mathematics 10 credits Given the close interaction between mathematics Minor 20 credits and computer science, a minor in mathematical sci- General Education 42 credits ences is required, consisting of at least 20 credits in Total 122 credits Note: A minimum grade of C is required in all courses mathematics courses, including: MAT 211 Calculus I 4 in the CIS Core, CIS Electives, Science and Mathemat- MAT 212 Calculus II 4 ics and minor. MAT 253 Discrete Mathematics I 3 MAT 254 Discrete Mathematics II 3 MAT 356 Statistics for Science 3 and at least another MAT course above MAT 212. 144 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

CIS Core Courses Minor in Computer Science The purpose of the core courses is to provide the The minor in Computer Science consists of at least student with a foundation in the areas of the design 20 credits in CS courses approved by the advisor, and implementation of computer systems, computer which must include CS 231, CS 232, and CS 331. networks, and digital media. Through the electives, students can reach a degree of specialization in an area Minor in Computer Information Sciences of their choice. The courses included in the core are The minor in Computer Information Sciences con- the following: sists of six courses, including: CS 211, CS 212, CS Course Name Credits 305, CS 306, CS 406, and CS 440, plus one 300 or CS-211 Computer Programming I 4 400 level CS course. CS-212 Computer Programming II 4 CS-305 Computer Systems 3 CS-306 Database Analysis and Minor in Computers in Communication Logical Design 3 The minor in Computers in Communication con- CS-338 Web Design, Authoring and sists of six Computer Science courses, including: CS Publishing 3 211, CS 325, CS 338, CS 341 and CS 320, plus two CS-341 Multimedia Systems 3 courses out of CS 212, CS 334, CS 440, CS 438. CS-372 Software Engineering 3 CS-406 Operating System Environments 3 CS-407 Database Programming and Departmental Requirements Administration 3 a) Integrative Experience: During the junior or se- CS-440 Data Communications 3 nior year students must satisfactorily complete an CS-473 Network Programming 3 integrative experience as a prerequisite for gradua- CS-477 Computer Security 3 CS-499 Internship 3 tion. Two semesters of CS 487 or one semester of Total 41 Internship (CS 499) will satisfy this requirement. b) Community service: At least one semester of com- CIS Electives munity service is expected of each graduate. Such service may include a minimum of 30 hours of su- These courses allow students to gain further knowl- pervised tutoring in the Learning Center, the com- edge and experience in an area of their choice. Sug- puter laboratory, or some equivalent task. gested areas are, networks, systems programming, Membership in professional organizations such as databases, electronic publishing, and Web develop- ACM or IEEE may provide community service ment. In addition to the core courses, students in this experience, which is included in the program in major are required to select three additional 300 or order to develop the student’s attitude and poten- 400 level courses in Computer Science. tial as a computer professional in service to the community, in the spirit of Barry’s mission state- Mathematics and Science ment. The following courses in mathematics and science c) Capstone course: CS 487 (Undergraduate Semi- are required for all CIS majors: nar) and CS 499 (Internship) are designed to help MAT-109 Precalculus Mathematics I 3 credits students in the standard major integrate their knowl- MAT-152 Elementary Probability and edge of computer science with general culture and Statistics 3 credits current research. PHY-151 Introductory Physics 3 credits PHY-151L Introductory Physics Lab 1 credits Total 10 credits Course Descriptions— Note: Exceptions to any prerequisite must be approved Other Requirements by the Department Chair. Students are required to complete a minor. Sug- gested areas are mathematics, business, communica- Computer Applications Prefix: CAT tion, and arts. Students are also required to learn at least two different programming languages. Suggested 102 Basic Computer Applications (3) languages are Visual Basic, C++, Java and Perl. This course provides students with basic computer applications training. Hands-on training will be provided in a Windows-based operating environment, electronic mail, the World Wide Web, computerized library skills, word processing and electronic spread- SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 145 sheets. This course will provide the necessary intro- 301A-G Introduction to Programming (1 each) ductory level training for students who have never used Courses in this series provide the student with an in- microcomputers and/or applications software. It is a troduction to the syntax of a programming language. hands-on lab course. No prerequisites. Not acceptable Languages available are Pascal, Ada, C, COBOL, for Computer Science and Mathematics majors. RPG, FORTRAN and LISP. Prerequisite: CS 180. 305 Computer Systems (3) Computer Science Prefix: CS Study of current microcomputer and minicomputer systems. Types and performance of hardware compo- 121 Foundations of Computer Science (3) nents. System software and programming. Multime- Historical, logical and mathematical foundations of dia and I/O devices. Resource management. Computer computer science at an introductory level. Number hardware and software trends. Prerequisite: CS 211 systems, representation of information, elements of or equivalent. symbolic logic, problem-solving techniques, and models of computing machines. Prerequisites: none. 306 Database Analysis and Logical Design (3) Conceptual data modeling. Entity-Relationship and 180 Introduction to Computers (3) object-oriented modeling. Logical database design. An introduction to the main concepts and applications Query languages. Prerequisite: CS-212. of computers from a liberal arts approach: how everyday ideas can be meaningfully represented by electri- 311 Assembly Language (3) cal currents which are manipulated inside a computer, Basic machine organization. Number systems. Data computer design and construction, and an introduc- representation. Addressing schemes. Arithmetic and tion to computer languages. This is a first course about logic instructions. Loops. Subroutines. Pseudo opera- computers: what they are, what they can do, what they tions. Macros. Input/output. Prerequisite: CS 232. cannot do, and their history. Ethical-social issues in- 312 Computer Software Organization (3) volving computers. Students will be exposed to the The design of assemblers, loaders, linkers and macro use of a variety of computer hardware and software. processors. Prerequisite: CS 311. Not acceptable for the Computer Science major. No prerequisites. 320 Computer Animation I (3) Basic concepts, tools and techniques of 3-D modeling 211 Computer Programming I (4) and computer animation. Creating and animating syn- This course provides a broad overview of the field of thetic objects, materials, lights, and cameras. Appli- Computer Science and introduces the basic concepts cation to the World Wide Web. Prerequisite: CS 180 of programming and problem solving. or equivalent. 212 Computer Programming II (4) 323 Introduction to File Processing (3) A continuation of CS-211. This course introduces the Introduction to structuring data on bulk storage de- student to algorithm development, data structures, and vices (e.g., floppy or hard disks). Introduction to con- graphical interfaces. Prerequisite: CS-211. cepts of data base. Prerequisite: CS 331. 231 Computer Science I (4) 325 Desktop Publishing (3) Evolution of hardware and software. Problem analy- Design and production of high quality publications sis and algorithm development. Data types, control from desktop computers. Text editing and text manipu- structures, subprograms, scope, and recursion. Prereq- lation. Creating, importing, pasting and cropping uisite: MAT 109. graphics. Use of design elements. Printing. Color pro- 232 Computer Science II (4) cessing. Building books and booklets. Different types Programming methodology. Data abstraction. Classes of hardware and software will be discussed. Prerequi- and class templates. Inheritance and polymorphism. site: CS 180 or equivalent. Search techniques. Algorithm complexity. Windows 328 Unix and Systems Concepts (3) programming and applications programming interface The Unix operating system, shell programming and (API). Prerequisites: CS 231 and MAT 110. system administration. Applications to the develop- 300 Special Topics (3) ment of systems software. A large project is imple- Contents to be determined each semester by the De- mented. Prerequisite: CS 232. partment to meet the needs of the program and/or the 331 Data Structures and Algorithms (3) students. Prerequisite: Department Chair approval. Algorithm analysis. Abstract data types. Techniques for the implementation of abstract data types, such as arrays, stacks, queues, trees, heaps, and graphs. Sort- ing. Prerequisite: CS 232 and MAT 253. 146 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

332 Computer Hardware Organization (3) Windows 2000, UNIX, Windows NT, etc. Adminis- Boolean algebras and switching functions. Gates. tration, trouble-shooting and optimization of operat- Memory devices. Combinational systems, simplifica- ing systems. Prerequisite: CS 212 or equivalent. tion and decomposition. Sequential systems. Analy- 407 Database Programming and sis and synthesis. Design of digital systems. Administration (3) Prerequisite: MAT 109. Design and implementation of databases in client/ 334 Computerized Graphics (3) server environments. SQL server installation and ad- Development of graphics using various computer soft- ministration. Development of application program- ware. Graphic files. Bitmapped and vector graphics. ming interfaces. Design of distributed databases. Color. Format conversion. Drawing, painting, Multimedia and object-oriented support. Prerequisite: fractalizing, ray tracing and animation. Prerequisite: CS 306 or equivalent. CS 180 or equivalent. 413 Operating Systems (3) 338 Web Design, Authoring and Publishing (3) Operating systems and computer system structures. Concepts, tools, and technologies of computer net- Process management and synchronization. Memory worked information with an emphasis on the Internet management. File systems. I/O systems. Distributed and the Web. Web clients and servers. Web design, systems. Protection and security in operating systems. authoring, publishing and programming. Web devel- Prerequisite: CS 331. opment tools. Internet trends. Prerequisite: CS 180 or 414 Computer Architecture (3) equivalent System buses. Internal and external memory. I/O. 340 Java Programming for the Web (3) Computer arithmetic. Instruction sets. CPU structure. This course aims to teach the Java programming lan- The control unit and microprogramming. Prerequisites: guage as it is applied in the World Wide Web. It cov- CS 311 and CS 332. ers Java applets, applications, API (application 426 Databases (3) programming interface), graphics, animation and Physical data organization. The network, hierarchical threads. It also explores Java object-oriented tech- and relational models. Query languages. Design of niques and database connectivity. Prerequisite: CS 211 relational databases. Query optimization. Integrity and or equivalent. security. Distributed databases. Prerequisite: CS 331. 341 Multimedia Systems (3) 428 Object-Oriented Design and Software Information retrieval, multimedia organization and Development (3) design. Editing and manipulating hypertext. Audio, Analysis of the object-oriented approach to systems video and still image processing. Development of design. Object-oriented languages: C++ and Smalltalk. multimedia for networked systems in a cross-platform Applications to X-Windows programming. A large environment. Prerequisite: CS 211. project is implemented. Prerequisites: CS 328 and CS 342 Web Animation (3) 331. This course provides the essential concepts and skills 431 Concepts of Programming Languages (3) to develop and publish Web animation. It covers ef- Survey of programming languages and language fea- fective techniques and tools to develop highly inter- tures. The syntax of programming languages and an active animated Web sites. Animation software for the introduction to compilers. Functional, object-oriented Web will be explored and compared. Prerequisite: CS and logic programming. Prerequisite: CS 331. 180 or equivalent. 432 Compiler Design (3) 359, 459 Independent Study (1-3) Language translation and compiler design. Lexical Supervised research in areas of special interest to the analysis. Syntax analysis. Operator precedence and LR student. Prerequisite: Approval by the Dean and the parsers. Parser generators. Intermediate code. Optimi- Department Chair is required. zation. Prerequisites: CS 331 and MAT 254. 372 Software Engineering (3) 437 Computer Graphics (3) Basic tools and techniques for specifying, designing, Basic raster graphics algorithms for two-dimensional implementing, verifying and validating large software primitives: scan converting lines, circles, ellipses, fill- projects. Prerequisite: CS 212 or equivalent. ing polygons, clipping, antialiasing. Geometrical trans- 406 Operating Systems Environments (3) formations: translation and rotation. Viewing in three Fundamental concepts and operations of an operating dimensions. Illumination and shading. Prerequisite: CS system. Installation and configuration of current ver- 331. sions of the most popular operating systems, such as SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 147

438 Web Programming and Administration (3) 477 Computer Security (3) This course covers Web programming with an empha- This course is intended to provide an introduction to sis on CGI and server side programming. It explores the standard methods for securing computer applica- Web servers’ features, configuration, and program- tions and computer networks. The topics included are ming. It also analyses the development of dynamic security attacks, security services, conventional en- content and online database handling. Current pro- cryption, public-key encryption, electronic mail secu- gramming languages and tools for the Web such as rity, PGP, web security, SSL, SET, intruders, viruses, CGI, Perl and Java are covered. Case studies such as and firewalls. Prerequisite: CS 440 or CS 471. e-commerce, online data base management, or distance 478 Applied Cryptography (3) education will be discussed. Prerequisite: CS 338 or This course provides an introduction to cryptography equivalent. and its applications emphasizing programming as- 440 Data Communications (3) pects. The topics included in this course are ciphers, Techniques and applications in data communications. one-way functions, communications using symmetric Types of data communications versus discipline meth- cryptography, communications using public-key cryp- odology. Hardware requirements and constraints. tography, digital signatures, and key exchange. Pre- Speed versus quality. Security and encoding algo- requisite: CS-232 or equivalent. rithms. Prerequisite: CS 212. 487 Seminar (1-3) 453 Artificial Intelligence (3) Students present topics of current interest in computer Programming languages for Artificial Intelligence. science. The material to be discussed will be taken Predicate calculus. Search. Knowledge representation. from journals, proceedings or specialized books, but Natural language understanding. Planning. Prerequi- not from regular textbooks. This course serves as an site: CS 331. integrative experience for Computer Science majors. 454 Robotics (3) Prerequisite: CS 331. Design and control of stationary and mobile robots. 499 Internship (3) Robot morphology. The nature of the drive mecha- Computer Science applications in a professional work nisms (electrical, mechanical, pneumatic, and hydrau- setting under direct supervision. Requires a minimum lic) are described, as well as sensors, motors, effectors, of 120 hours. Prerequisites: Junior status, and advisor and the various peripheral modules. Simple feedback and Department Chair approval. mechanisms. Prerequisite: CS 331. 456 Introduction to Expert Systems (3) Pre-Engineering Applications-oriented facet of Artificial Intelligence. Since 1983 students have enrolled in Barry The course will introduce applications of expert sys- University’s Pre-Engineering Program. Pre-Engi- tems in various fields, e.g. business, education, and neering students take their courses in sciences and medicine. Prerequisite: CS 331. humanities at Barry before transferring to an accred- 471 Computer Networks (3) ited School of Engineering. After transferring, and Concepts and principles of data communications and depending on the School of Engineering chosen, some computer networks. Network architectures and proto- additional prerequisite coursework may be needed. cols. Local area networks. Switching and Routing. Each pre-Engineering student usually takes at least Distributed processing. Internetworking and current sixty credits at Barry, and is assisted by an academic area topics. Prerequisite: CS 331. advisor in the selection of an appropriate program of study, in the choice of a school of engineering, as well 473 Network Programming (3) as the transfer process. Design and implementation of distributed, network applications based on the client/server approach. Net- work and Internetwork concepts, protocols and programming interfaces. Network security and related topics. Prerequisite: CS 212. 148 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

The following is a suggested two-year sequence for Pre-Engineering students: Freshman Year Fall Spring MAT 211 Calculus I 4 cr. MAT 212 Calculus II 4 cr. CS 231 Computer Sci. I 4 cr. CS 232 Computer Sci. II 4 cr. ENG 111 English Compos. 3 cr. ENG 112 Research Techn. 3 cr. PHY 211 University Physics I 4 cr. PHY 212 University Physics II 4 cr. Distribution, CHE or BIO 3 cr. Distribution, CHE or BIO 3 cr. Total: 18 cr. Total: 18 cr.

Sophomore Year Fall Spring MAT 213 Calculus III 4 cr. MAT 314 Differential Eqns. 3 cr. PHY 313 Statics 3 cr. MAT 356 Statistics for Science 3 cr. CS or Science electives 6 cr. CS or Science electives 6 cr. Distribution or electives 3 cr. Distribution or electives 3 cr. Total: 16 cr. Total: 15 cr.

Early in the program, pre-engineering students are Admission into an Engineering School is highly encouraged to contact specific engineering schools to competitive. Barry has an excellent record of placing inquire about special requirements that must be met pre-engineering students who, after completing just prior to transfer. As an example, Mechanical Engineer- two years of study at Barry, have been admitted into ing may require additional Physics or CS courses; top engineering schools such as Johns Hopkins, Chemical Engineering may require chemistry courses; Stanford and many others. Biomedical and Environmental Engineering may require biology, anatomy, zoology, or botany. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 149

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES

Tony S. Wallner, Ph.D., Chair Faculty: Boulos, Fisher, Goehl, Higgs, Struganova

The Department of Physical Sciences includes the PHY 202/202L or following: 212/212L Physics II 4 Chemistry major MAT 211 Calculus I 4 Biochemistry Specialization TOTAL 28 Chemistry minor In addition to these core courses, the student will Environmental Chemistry design their schedule in conjunction with their advi- Physics sor based on the area of study desired. The require- Physics minor ments for each program and specialization are listed Pre-Dental below. Pre-Medical The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Pre-Veterinary Chemistry prepares the student for graduate programs Pre-Pharmacy in Chemistry, for medical, dental, pharmacy or veterinary school, for employment in industry, government, forensic, and environmental chemistry laboratories, CHEMISTRY (B.S.) and for chemistry teaching. Students electing a Chemistry major should have a B.S Chemistry satisfactory background in high school chemistry and CHE 321 Quantitative Analysis 4 a minimum of 3 years of college preparatory math- CHE 356 Physical Chemistry I 3 ematics. For all degrees and programs in the depart- CHE 357 Physical Chemistry II 3 ment of physical sciences, a basic core of courses is CHE 366 Physical Chemistry Lab 2 required. After these foundational courses, the student CHE 421 Instrumental Analysis 4 is then free to choose from a variety of courses to fit CHE 490 Senior Seminar 2 CHE electives above 300 (excluding CHE 300) 5 their specific academic plan and career goals. The de- MAT 212 Calculus II 4 partment offers a B.S. degree in chemistry, a B.S. de- TOTAL 27 gree in chemistry with a specialization in biochemistry, and programs for students interested in environmen- The Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry with tal chemistry, pre-medical, pre-dental, pre-pharmacy a specialization in biochemistry provides students with and pre-veterinary specializations. a strong background and preparation in current practices in biochemical processes. This training prepares The core courses consist of the following: students for graduate study in biochemistry, pre-pro- Chemistry Core Courses fessional fields such as pre-medicine, pre-dental, and CHE 111/111L General Chemistry I 4 pre-veterinary as well as for employment in both the CHE 112/112L General Chemistry II 4 pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors and chem- CHE 343/343L Organic Chemistry I 4 istry teaching. The degree requires a thorough foun- CHE 344/344L Organic Chemistry II 4 dation in chemistry with additional courses in biology, PHY 201/201L or physics and calculus to complete the educational 211/211L Physics I 4 preparation. 150 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Students interested in graduate study in biochem- performance on the Medical, Dental, Pharmacy or istry are strongly encouraged to choose CHE 356, 357, Veterinary College Admission Test (i.e., MCAT/DCAT and 366 for part of their elective chemistry courses. taken during the junior year), personal interviews at Many graduate schools require a semester or a year the professional schools during the senior year and (depending on the school) of physical chemistry. letters of evaluation.

B.S. in Chemistry/ Biochemistry Specialization Course Descriptions— CHE 321 Quantitative Analysis 4 Chemistry Prefix: CHE CHE 352/352LBiochemistry I 4 CHE 353 Biochemistry II 3 110 Preparation for College Chemistry (3) CHE 490 Senior Seminar 2 Preliminary course for students who wish to complete CHE electives above 300 (excluding CHE 300) 10 a major or minor sequence in chemistry but do not BIO 104 Biological Foundations 4 BIO 330 Cell Biology 4 meet requirements for admission to Chemistry 111; BIO 341 Genetics 4 given on CR/NC option only; credit not applicable BIO 325 Microbiology 4 toward the major or minor. Prerequisite: Mathematics MAT 212 Calculus II 4 placement in MAT 100 B or higher. (Fall, Spring) TOTAL 43 111, 112 General Chemistry and Qualitative The Department requires that each major take the Analysis (3) (3) Major Field Achievement Test in chemistry as the in- Chemical principles and descriptive inorganic chem- tegrative experience, required for graduation. The istry for students majoring in science and mathemat- minimum grade of C is required in all major courses ics. Prerequisite for CHE 111: CHE 110 or high school and related courses. Semesters during which courses chemistry and mathematics placement in MAT 100C are typically offered are indicated in parentheses at or higher; Corequisite: 111L. Prerequisite for CHE the end of each course description. 112: grade of C or better in CHE 111 and CHE 111L Environmental Chemistry Specialization: The and mathematics placement in MAT 109 or higher; course of studies for the Environmental Chemistry Corequisite CHE 112L. (Fall 111, Spring 111 & 112, specialization requires the completion of the Chemis- Summer 112) try major, including CHE 209 and CHE 421, MAT 111L, 112L General Chemistry and Qualitative 356, BIO 112, BIO 216 and BIO 312. Suggested addi- Analysis Laboratory (1) (1) tional biology courses are BIO 305, BIO 310, and BIO Three hour laboratory to be taken concurrently with 325. CHE 111, 112. (Special fee) Minor: The chemistry minor includes 2 semesters of general chemistry (with labs) and 12 additional cred- 152, 152L Introduction to Organic and Biological its of CHE above 200 level (excluding CHE 300) com- Chemistry (3) (1) pleted with a grade of C or better. Organic chemistry with application to the chemistry Students planning to study pharmacy can take up of the cell. 3 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory weekly, to two years of pre-pharmacy preparation under the to be taken concurrently. This course is intended for direction of the Physical Sciences Department. See the students in the nursing, occupational therapy, anes- section below on Pre-Pharmacy. thesia technology, cardiovascular perfusion programs, Pre-Dental, Pre-Medical, Pre-Pharmacy or Pre- and sports medicine majors. Prerequisite: High school Veterinary Specialization: Professional schools do chemistry within the last 3-4 years or consent of in- not require a degree in the sciences and, in fact, con- structor, or CHE 110. (Special fee) (Fall, Spring, Sum- sider majors in any discipline to be acceptable for ad- mer) mission. What is typically required is a basic core of 199 Consumer Chemistry (4) 16-20 credit hours of chemistry, 4-8 of biology and 8 Introductory chemistry course with emphasis on of physics. chemical concepts and applications to understanding Most medical schools require a minimum of CHE the world around us. Laboratory exercises are per- 111, 111L, 112, 112L, 343, 343L, 344, 344L; BIO 104, formed to reinforce chemical concepts discussed in 116; eight credits of physics; and MAT 211. Specific lecture. This course is intended for non-science ma- requirements, however, vary from school to school. jors who wish to fulfill the science general education Students considering a career in medicine are urged requirement. 2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory to contact the professional school of their choice early weekly. (Spring) (Special fee) in their studies for academic advising. Admission to professional schools is competitive and the admission process considers courses, grades, SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 151

209, 209L Environmental Perspectives in 353 Biochemistry II (3) Chemistry (3) Photosynthesis, lipids, amino acids and nucleoside An examination of environmental problems empha- metabolism, gene expression and replication. Prereq- sizing chemical aspects of problems and their solu- uisite: CHE 352. (Spring) tion. Topics include the air we breathe, the ozone layer, 354 Thermodynamics (3) global warming, water, acid rain and nuclear fission. Basic concepts in thermodynamics including the laws (Special fee) (Occasional offering) of thermodynamics, enthalpy and entropy. Includes 241 Organic Chemistry Survey (4) topics in statistical thermodynamics and review of Structure and reactions of monofunctional compounds, appropriate math concepts. Prerequisites: PHY 202 or with related laboratory. PHY 212 and MAT 212. (Also PHY 354) (Occasional 300 Special Topics (3) offering) Special Topics in Chemistry for students in other fields; 355 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) not part of the chemistry major or minor. No prerequi- Principles of quantum mechanics including the sites or corequisites. Schrodinger equation, the Heisenberg principle and 321 Quantitative Analysis (4) eigenvalues with applications to the harmonic oscilla- Theory and practice of analysis, including volumet- tor and hydrogen-like atoms. Includes review of ap- ric, colorimetric, gravimetric and electrochemical pro- propriate math concepts. Prerequisites: Chemistry 112, cedures. 2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Physics 212 or 202, Mathematics 211. (Also PHY 355) Prerequisite: grade of C or better in Chemistry 112. (Occasional offering) (Special fee) (Fall) 356, 357 Physical Chemistry (3) (3) 341 Organic and Introductory Biochemistry for Quantitative study of chemical principles: quantum the Health Sciences (3) mechanics, spectroscopy, statistical mechanics, ther- Survey of organic molecular structure, important or- modynamics, kinetics, structure of matter. Prerequi- ganic functional groups and their chemical reactivity, site: grade of C or better in Physics 212 or 202, and introduction to biological molecules and their Mathematics 212 or equivalent. (Also PHY 356, 357) functions. Prerequisites: CHE 111 and 112 or equiva- (CHE/PHY 356 Fall; CHE/PHY 357 Spring) lent. (Occasional offering) 366 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) 343, 344 Organic Chemistry (3) (3) Laboratory problems in physical chemistry, with em- Chemistry of carbon compounds, their structure, re- phasis on equilibria, kinetics, thermodynamics and activity, and reaction mechanisms. Prerequisite for spectroscopic methods; one four-hour laboratory CHE 343: CHE 112, 112L; Corequisite: CHE 343L. weekly. (Special fee) (Also PHY 366) (Spring) Prerequisite for CHE 344: grade of C or better in CHE 421 Instrumental Analysis (4) 343, 343L; Corequisite: CHE 344L. (CHE 343, Fall, Theory and application of modern instrumental ana- Summer; CHE 344, Spring, Summer) lytical techniques, including ultraviolet and visible 343L, 344L Organic Chemistry spectrophotometry, emission, atomic absorption, in- Laboratory (1) (1) frared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, Three hour laboratory to be taken concurrently with liquid and gas chromatography, mass spectrometry and CHE 343, 344. (Special fee) electrochemical methods. 2-hour lecture and two 3- hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Chem- 352 Biochemistry I (3) istry 321 and 356. (Special fee) (Spring) Molecular structures in the cell, biological oxidations, selected biosynthetic pathways, molecular genetics 447 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) with an emphasis on the chemical descriptions of these Advanced topics in organic chemistry such as synthe- processes. Cross-listed as Biology 352. Prerequisite: ses, reaction mechanisms, spectroscopy, and qualita- grade of C or better in Chemistry 343. Corequisite: tive-organic analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 344. CHE 352L (Fall) (Alternate years, Spring) 352L Biochemistry I Laboratory (1) 460 Inorganic Chemistry (3) A laboratory course to complement CHE 352. It will Senior-level course in modern inorganic chemistry. introduce the student to biochemical laboratory tech- Prerequisite: Chemistry 356 or permission of Depart- niques such as protein, nucleic acid, and lipid isola- ment Chair. (Alternate years, Spring) tion and characterization, PCR, extraction, enzyme assays, and chromatography. Corequisite: CHE 352. Prerequisites: CHE 343, 343L. (Special fee) (Fall) 152 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

490 Senior Seminar (2) Physics Minor This is the senior capstone course where students will The Physics minor (minimum of 20 cr) is designed investigate and research a topic of interest to them. for chemistry majors, mathematics and computer sci- Techniques of researching the literature, stages of re- ence majors, pre-engineering students, and others with port writing, and oral presentation within the disci- the appropriate mathematics background. The phys- pline will be addressed. Professional presentations and ics minor includes two semesters of university phys- resumes will also be covered. (Spring) ics (preferable) or college physics with labs and 12 259, 359, 459 Independent Research (1-3) credits of physics above 300 level (excluding PHY Opportunity for off campus work in areas of special 300). Chemistry majors electing to minor in physics interest to the student. Prerequisite: Dean and Depart- may not count physical chemistry as credit toward both ment Chair approval. May be repeated for a total of 6 the major and the minor. A minimum grade of C is credit hours towards major. (Fall, Spring, Summer) required in all minor courses. 295, 395, 495 Research (1-3) (1-3) (1-3) Investigation of an original research problem of spe- Course Descriptions— cial interest to the student; independent execution of Physics Prefix: PHY chosen experimental work under direction of selected staff member. MARC scholars follow a special re- 105 Physical Science (1-3) search program. Prerequisite: Department Chair ap- Organized according to modules; student may elect as proval. (Special fee) May be repeated for 6 credits many as three modules during the semester; each mod- counted towards major. (Fall, Spring, Summer) ule centers on one topic, which is developed through demonstration, lecture, and simple laboratory exercises. NON-DEGREE PROGRAMS 110 Preparatory Physics (3) PRE-PHARMACY Preliminary work for students who need additional preparation before taking PHY 201 or PHY 211. CR/ The student planning to earn a B.S. in Pharmacy NC option only. Credit does not count toward major can take up to two years of Pre-Pharmacy at Barry or minor. University. The curriculum in the School of Arts and Sciences, under the direction of the Department of 151, 151L Introductory Physics (3) (1) Physical Sciences, is made up of courses required in Basic concepts of physics, for students desiring a one- the first two years by most institutions granting the semester course with laboratory. 3 hours lecture, 2 bachelors degree in pharmacy. These will include CHE hours laboratory. PHY 151 and PHY 151L must be 111, 111L, 112, 112L, 343, 343L, 344, 344L; PHY taken concurrently. (Special fee) (Fall, Spring) 201, 201L, 202, 202L; MAT 211; BIO 112, 216. Ad- 199 Astronomy (3) mission to these courses presumes adequate high General introductory course for the non-science ma- school preparation. Students less well prepared will jor. Topics include observational astronomy, the na- require a preliminary course in chemistry and, possi- ture of the sun and stars, exploration of plants, structure bly, in mathematics. of the Milky Way galaxy, evolution of the universe Barry’s Pre-Pharmacy program prepares the stu- and current theories of quasars and black holes. (Oc- dent to take the Pharmacy College Admissions Test casional offering) (PCAT) and to apply to a College of Pharmacy. Pre- 201, 201L, 202, 202L General College Pharmacy students are expected to inform themselves Physics (3) (1) (3) (1) of the specific requirements of the school to which Mechanics, heat, wave phenomena, electricity and they plan to transfer. Admission remains competitive. magnetism, optics, modern physics. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in PHYSICS MAT 110 or equivalent, and satisfactory score on PHY The study of physics helps to develop a habit of assessment test (can be taken as much as 1 year be- seeking and recognizing the underlying physical prin- fore taking course); recommended: MAT 211. PHY ciples in observation of the environment. Offerings in 201 and 201L must be taken concurrently, also PHY physics are designed to meet the needs of students 202 and 202L. Prerequisite for PHY 202: grade of C concentrating in science, mathematics, pre-engineer- or better in PHY 201, 201L. (Special fee) (PHY 201, ing and the allied health areas; and to provide oppor- Fall; PHY 202, Spring) tunities for liberal arts students to see the world around them with new understanding. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 153

211, 211L, 212, 212L University 355 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) Physics (3) (1) (3) (1) Principles of quantum mechanics including the Calculus-based physics including mechanics, heat, Schrodinger equation, the Heisenberg principle and wave phenomena, electricity and magnetism, optics, eigenvalues with applications to the harmonic oscilla- modern physics; for pre-engineering students and for tor and hydrogen-like atoms. Includes review of ap- students of science and mathematics desiring a calcu- propriate math concepts. Prerequisites: Chemistry 112, lus-based physics course. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours labo- Physics 212 or 202, Mathematics 211. (Also CHE 355) ratory. PHY 211 and 211L must be taken concurrently, (Occasional offering) also PHY 212, 212L; Prerequisite: Grade of C or bet- 356, 357 Physical Chemistry (3) (3) ter in MAT 211 or equivalent, and satisfactory score Quantitative study of chemical principles: quantum on PHY assessment test (can be taken as much as 1 mechanics, spectroscopy, statistical mechanics, ther- year before taking course). Prerequisite for PHY 212: modynamics, kinetics, structure of matter. Prerequi- PHY 211, 211L. (Special fee) (PHY 211, Fall; PHY site: Physics 212 or 202, Mathematics 212 or 212, Spring) equivalent. (Also CHE 356, 357) (PHY/CHE 356 Fall; 300 Special Topics in Physics (3) PHY/CHE 357 Spring) Technology and Society. Discussion of the relation- 366 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) ship between modern technology and society; guest Laboratory problems in physical chemistry, with em- lectures by members of the Barry faculty are featured; phasis on equilibria, kinetics, thermodynamics and no scientific background is assumed; satisfies the dis- spectroscopic methods; one four-hour laboratory tribution requirement for science. (Occasional offer- weekly. (Special fee) (Also CHE 366) (Spring) ing) 395, 495 Research (1-3) (1-3) 313 Statics (3) Investigation of an original research problem of spe- Principles of statics, rigid body equilibrium, trusses, cial interest to the student. Independent execution of frames, machines, friction, moments of inertia. Pre- chosen experimental work under the direction of a requisites: PHY 211, MAT 211. (Occasional offering) selected faculty member. (Special fee). May be re- 354 Thermodynamics (3) peated for a maximum of 6 credits. (Fall, Spring, Sum- Basic concepts in thermodynamics including the laws mer) of thermodynamics, enthalpy and entropy. Includes 414 Methods of Mathematical Physics (3) topics in statistical thermodynamics and review of Fourier analysis, special functions, calculus of varia- appropriate math concepts. Prerequisites: PHY 202 or tions. Selected partial differential equations. Integral PHY 212 and MAT 212. (Also CHE 354) (Occasional equations. Prerequisites: MAT 213 and MAT 314. offering) (Also MAT 414) (Occasional offering) 154 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

Lenore T. Szuchman, Ph.D., Chair Faculty: Jones, Koncsol, Muscarella, Perry, Peterson, Rodriguez, Rush, C. Starratt, G. Starratt, Shine

MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT sistent with liberal arts education that are further de- The mission of the Department of Psychology is developed in psychology. The Department of Psychol- rived from the mission of the university. Grounded in ogy is committed to supporting sudents in their pursuit the tradition of the liberal arts, the study of psychol- of the following goals: ogy offers students the opportunity to engage in sci- Knowledge, Skills, and Values Consistent with the entific inquiry into human thought, emotion and Science and Application of Psychology behavior in order to formulate important questions and 1. Theory and Content of Psychology. Students discover meaningful answers. The faculty encourages will demonstrate familiarity with the major con- students to apply their skills and knowledge to solve cepts, theoretical perspectives, empirical find- individual, interpersonal and societal problems with ings, and historical trends in psychology. sensitivity to diversity and awareness of their own val- 2. Research Methods in Psychology. Students will ues. Thus, the mission of the Department of Psychol- understand and apply basic research methods ogy is to prepare students to be thoughtful and in psychology, including research design, data contributing citizens of the world. analysis, and interpretation. 3. Critical Thinking Skills in Psychology. Students will respect and use critical and creative think- PSYCHOLOGY (B.S.) ing, skeptical inquiry, and, when possible, the The mission of the undergraduate major in psychol- scientific approach to solve problems related to ogy is to prepare students to embark upon a career or behavior and mental processes. enter into a post-baccalaureate course of study. They 4. Application of Psychology. Students will under- will also learn to use knowledge and skills from the stand and apply psychological principles to per- field of psychology to contemplate, assess and act upon sonal, social, and organizational issues. the competing messages, values, and demands that 5. Values in Psychology. Students will be able to occur in their everyday lives. They will do so with weigh evidence, tolerate ambiguity, act ethically, respect for the complexity of sociocultural and inter- and reflect other values that are the underpin- national diversity. nings of psychology as a discipline.

LEARNING GOALS Knowledge, Skills, and Values Consistent with Lib- Courses in the psychology major are designed to serve eral Arts Education that are Further Developed in the mission of the Department and to fulfill the goals Psychology for the psychology major endorsed by the American Psychological Association’s Board of Educational 6. Information and Technological Literacy. Stu- Affairs. These goals address a)knowledge, skills and dents will demonstrate information competence values consistent with the science and application of and the ability to use computers and other tech- psychology and b) knowledge, skills, and values con- nology for many purposes. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 155

7. Communication Skills. Students will be able to Course Descriptions— communicate effectively in a variety of forms. Psychology Prefix: PSY 8. Sociocultural and International Awareness. Stu- dents will recognize, understand, and respect the 281 Introduction to Psychology (3) complexity of sociocultural and international Survey of general principles underlying human behav- diversity. ior, including the study of the nervous system, per- 9. Personal Development. Students will develop ception, learning, emotion, personality and mental insight into their own and others’ behavior and disorders. (Fall, Spring, Summer) mental processes and apply effective strategies 282 Psychology of Adjustment (3) for self-management and self-improvement. Introduction to applied psychology with an emphasis 10.Career Planning and Development. Students will on knowledge useful to daily life such as human de- emerge from the major with realistic ideas about velopment, stress management, and communication how to implement their psychological knowl- skills. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Occasional offering) edge, skills, and values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings. 300 Special Topics (3) Content to be determined by the Department as re- The psychology major requires the completion of quested by faculty and/or students to fulfill specified 42 credits. The required courses include PSY 281, 320, needs or interests. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Fall or 325, 332, 333, 382, 413, 490, and 497. MAT 152 is a Spring) co-requisite for psychology majors. The student is permitted wide flexibility in the choice of the remain- 306 Psychology of Women (3) ing five or more elective courses from the various sub- Study of the various issues affecting the changing role specialties of psychology. Semesters during which of women in today’s society; consideration given to courses are typically offered are indicated in paren- psychological and social factors as they relate to theses at the end of each course description. contemporary feminine behavior. Prerequisite: PSY The minimum grade of C is required in all major 281. (Spring) and minor courses. Psychology majors are required to 312 Writing About the Issues in Psychology (3) achieve a satisfactory grade on their integrative expe- How to read the scientific literature and write within rience, PSY 497. the field of psychology using the professional style of the American Psychological Association. Designed for Psychology Minor students who have not completed all of their psychology courses at Barry University. Prerequisite: PSY 281. The Psychology minor (21 cr.) requires PSY 281, (Fall) 382, 325, 413, and 9 elective credits within the discipline, with a minimum grade of C. 316 Cognitive Psychology (3) PSY 281 is a prerequisite to all other psychology Current research and theory which addresses the is- courses. sue of how people think. Includes information processing, memory, attention, language comprehension, Specialization in Industrial/ reasoning, and problem solving. Prerequisite: PSY Organizational Psychology 281. (Occasional offering) The Specialization in Industrial/Organizational 318 Psychology of Learning (3) Psychology (21 cr.) is available for psychology ma- Study of the basic principles related to human and ani- jors. It requires substituting the following psychology mal learning with special emphasis on the theoretical courses for three of the five psychology electives: PSY approaches utilized to explain various learning phenom- 334, 370, and 423. In addition, the following courses ena. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Occasional offering) are required: MGT 305 Organizational Behavior and 320 Tests and Measurements (3) Management, MGT 352 Human Resources Manage- Introduction to testing, including discussion of valid- ment, MGT 355 Conflict and Negotiation, and MGT ity, reliability and overview of testing instruments in 420 Leadership. clinical, educational, and industrial settings. Prerequi- sites: MAT 152 and PSY 281. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 156 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

323 History and Systems (3) 423 Industrial Psychology (3) Consideration of the major historical schools of psy- Application of psychological principles and procedures chological thought and their relationship to the present- in business and industry settings; consideration given day discipline of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 281. to topics such as selection, placement, employee mo- (Fall) tivation, morale and leadership. Prerequisite: PSY 281. 325 Theories of Personality (3) (Spring or Fall) Survey of theoretical approaches to the study of per- 426 Health Psychology (3) sonality, from Freudian theory to contemporary theo- Study of the application of principles of psychology ries. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Fall, Spring, Summer) to health enhancement, illness prevention, diagnosis 332 Research Design and Analysis in and treatment of disease, and psychosocial rehabilita- Psychology (3) tion. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Occasional offering) Introduction to analytical research designs and statis- 428 Human Sexuality (3) tical analyses in the context of meaningful experimen- A survey of issues and scientific findings with regard tal situations in the field of psychology. Prerequisites: to physiological, developmental and emotional aspects MAT 152 and PSY 281 (Fall, Sping) of sexuality, as well as theory and practice related to 333 Experimental Psychology (3) treatment of sexual dysfunction. Prerequisite: PSY Mastery of research methods and techniques with 281. (Occasional offering) emphasis on experimental design; students conduct 449 Adolescent Psychology (3) experiments, evaluate data, and write research reports. Consideration of the physical, intellectual, social, and Prerequisites: MAT 152, PSY 281, and PSY 332. (Fall, emotional processes occurring during the adolescent Spring) ($50 fee) years. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Occasional offering) 334 Advanced Experimental Psychology (3) 452 Child and Adolescent Psychopathology (3) Application of research skills to a full experimental Comprehensive study of the etiology, diagnosis, and study. Especially recommended for students who are treatment of the behavior disorders common to the planning to do graduate work. Prerequisites: MAT 152, child and adolescent. Prerequisites: PSY 281, PSY 382. PSY 333, PSY 281. (Spring) (Occasional offering) 343 Introduction to Perception (3) 459 Independent Study (1-3) Survey of contemporary issues in the area of percep- Opportunity for independent research on a topic of tion and of the theories offered to explain perceptual special interest to the student. Dean and Department phenomena. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Spring) Chair approval required. 370 Social Psychology (3) 490 Physiological Psychology (3) Cognitive processes, roles, communication and per- Study of basic neuroanatomy and neurophysiology, suasion, aggression and interaction of individuals including the neurological bases of emotion, psycho- within small and large groups are studied from a psy- pathology, sleep, memory and learning. Prerequisite: chological perspective. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Fall PSY 281. (Fall, Spring) or Spring) 492 Evolutionary Psychology (3) 382 Developmental Psychology (3) Study of how evolutionary forces may have acted upon Analysis of human development from conception human ancestors such that there was a selection for through old age, with emphasis on theory and research the development of particular behaviors under certain as they relate to changes in physiological, cognitive, environmental conditions. Prerequisite: PSY 281. (Oc- and affective processes throughout the lifespan. Pre- casional offering) requisite: PSY 281. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 494 Substance Abuse (3) 413 Abnormal Psychology (3) Consideration of habituating and addicting drugs, in- Theories of abnormal behavior, pathological syn- cluding alcohol, and their effects upon society. Pre- dromes, methods of treatment, and prevention. Pre- requisite: PSY 281. (Occasional offering) requisites: PSY 281, PSY 325. (Fall, Summer) 295, 395, 495 Research (3) (3) (3) 417 Psychology of Aging (3) Investigation of an original research problem of spe- Analysis of the factors characterizing normal aging: cial interest to the student; independent execution of biological and perceptual changes, social processes, chosen experimental work or library research. Under sexuality, cognition, personality. Disorders associated direction of a selected staff member, MARC scholars with aging are also covered. Prerequisites: PSY 281, follow a special research program. (Fall, Spring) PSY 382. (Occasional offering) SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 157

497 Senior Seminar (3) WMS 487 Senior Integrative Seminar (3) Integrative experience for senior psychology majors, Group seminar, requiring a research paper or other with focus on paper preparation and presentation skills. integrating experience. Faculty- and student-led dis- Prerequisite: Graduation status. (Spring) cussions provide a forum for integrating course mate- 498 Seminar (3) rial, exploring new topics, and clarifying issues. Advanced topics.Discussion on selected topics under Prerequisite: At least 15 credits in Women’s Studies. direction of instructor. The courses listed below are either regular offerings in their academic departments or Special Topics (300). WOMEN’S STUDIES BIO 300 Biology of Women (3) Women’s Studies is an interdisciplinary program Anatomy and physiology of the human female with that explores the female experience and perspective exploration of the health problems that occur in fe- by integrating biological, historical, literary, religious, males as a consequence of being female. political, economic, sociological, psychological, and BUSWomen in the Workplace (3) anthropological perspectives of gender. Cutting across Examination of issues or problems that have special traditional academic boundaries, it coordinates courses relevance to female and male workers, managers or in ten different disciplines. professionals: gender-based division of labor, roles, The Women’s Studies program provides students role stereotypes, role conflict, child care, medical plan with the opportunity to take a minor in Women’s Stud- coverage, maternity/paternity leaves, mentoring, net- ies, to earn a certificate in Women’s Studies, or to take working, time management, stress, authority, commu- individual courses for elective credit or personal nication, equal pay, discrimination, and sexual enrichment. harassment. Women’s Studies Minor CRM 305 Women and Crime (3) An in-depth study of the relationship between women The minor in Women’s Studies requires comple- and various forms of criminal behavior. The experi- tion of a minimum of 21 credits (to include WMS 201 ences of women as crime victims, criminal offenders, and WMS 487) with a minimum grade of C. Tran- and criminal justice system practitioners are examined scripts will state “Minor in Women’s Studies” upon in terms of the social, legal, and political discourse of request. femininity. Crosscultural and historical analyses are included. Certificate in Women’s Studies ENG 340 Women and Literature (3) The certificate program requires a minimum of 18 Study of literary works by women or themes concern- credits (to include WMS 201 and WMS 487). It is in- ing women in literature. Analysis of readings from the tended to supplement a student’s traditional academic aesthetic and other theoretical points of view. major. The program may also appeal to individuals who have already earned a degree and who wish an ENG/PSY Women: Literature and Psychology (3) additional specialization. An examination of selected literary works (fiction, poetry, essay, film, drama) for their expression of Course Descriptions— women’s psychological experiences. Particular empha- Women’s Studies Prefix: WMS or sis on traditional roles, stereotypes, psychological designated academic discipline health (including the learning of roles, theories of personality, psychological treatment, role strain and role WMS 201 Introduction to Women’s Studies (3) conflict), and traditional roles in transition. Survey of the issues, topics, and theories relevant to HIS 449 Race, Gender, and Class in Latin Women’s Studies. The interdisciplinary nature of the America (3) subject is emphasized by an overview of women’s lives An historical study of the colonial legacy in Latin and contributions as studied in various academic dis- America and its implications in the national period of ciplines. Special attention is paid to how women’s the society of castes which reflected racial, gender, experiences have been affected by biology, age, race, and social perspectives. Prerequisite: HIS 102 or 150. class, ethnicity, religion, education, and culture differences. 158 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

PSY 306 Psychology of Women (3) THE 325 Feminist Perspectives in Ethics (3) Study of the various issues affecting the changing role Exploration of some of the key insights that the femi- of women in today’s society; consideration given to nist thinking of writers such as Margaret Farley, Nel psychological and social factors as they relate to con- Noddings, Lisa Cahill, Karen Lebacqz, and Sahron temporary feminine behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 281. Welsch, have provided and provoked in the examina- SOC 405 Sociology of Race, Class and Gender (3) tion and practice of the moral life. Prerequisite: THE A comprehensive examination of race, class and gen- 201. der as central categories of social experience. Various THE 360 Women in the Church (3) sociological approaches are integrated to analyze how Investigation of the role of women in the Christian these differences in identities and accompanying in- scriptures and history of the Church. equalities are constructed within social institutions and THE 362 Women in the New Testament (3) processes. Prerequisite: SOC 201 and 3 additional SOC An analysis of the books of the New Testament in or- hours or permission of instructor. der to examine the role of women and attitude toward SPA Women in Hispanic Literature (3) women from the earliest period of the church and as it Survey of the works written by the most outstanding developed in the later period when the final books of women of the Hispanic world. Analysis of readings the New Testament were written. from aesthetic and ideological points of view. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 159

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND CRIMINOLOGY

Karen Callaghan, Ph.D., Chair Faculty: Caro, Esposito, Grizzle, Konczal

MAJOR AREA LEARNING GOALS rary social problems and issues. The program is designed as an integral component of a liberal arts edu- The sociology and criminology curricula are de- cation. Hence, students are prepared for graduate signed to facilitate students’ comprehension through studies in sociology and related fields as well as for a study, review, and reflection, of the... variety of career opportunities. 1. disciplines of sociology and criminology as lib- The major in Sociology requires a minimum of 39 eral arts areas of study which contribute a unique, credit hours. Students must earn a minimum grade of analytical understanding of social reality; C in all major area courses and in MAT 152, which is 2. tenets of sociological and criminological theo- the required general education mathematics course. To ries, including the ontological and epistemologi- assure that the major area learning goals are achieved, cal underpinnings of social knowledge; the sociology curriculum is organized according to the 3. roles, procedures, and assumptions of qualita- following themes. Students must complete the Core tive and quantitative methodologies; Courses (15 credit hours) and a minimum of at least 4. role, relevance, and interrelationships of the fol- one course from each of the theme areas. lowing basic sociological concepts: culture, so- Core Courses (15 credit hours): cial organization, social stratification, social SOC 201 Introduction to Sociology institutions, social change, and social identity as SOC 370 Social Psychology defined by race-ethnicity, class, age, and gen- SOC 409 Research Methodology der; SOC 423 Sociological Theory 5. relationships, as defined by various theoretical SOC 487 Senior Seminar perspectives, between the individual and soci- Specialized Theme Courses (minimum of 3 credit ety; hours from each area for a total minimum of 12 credit 6. diversity of social experience as defined by gen- hours): der, social class, age, race-ethnicity, and nation- I. Cultural Courses {These courses address problems/ ality; issues regarding belief/value systems, folkways/ 7. role of sociological-criminological perspectives mores, and world-views that underpin human ac- in developing critical analyses of social arrange- tion and legitimate social arrangements.} ments, with emphasis on institutionalised social SOC 306 Sociology of Art inequalities. SOC 320 Sociology of Law SOC 349 Sociology of Religion II. Organizational Courses {These courses address SOCIOLOGY (B.S.) problems/issues regarding formal and informal patterns of goal attainment with special emphasis The Sociology program is designed to provide an on the utilization of resources, materials, and tech- understanding of the interactive dynamics of social nology.} institutions, organizations, and everyday life. The cur- SOC 317 Sociology of Work riculum acquaints students with a range of theoretical and practical approaches to the study of contempo- 160 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

III. Social Psychological Courses {These courses ad- 201 Introduction to Sociology (3) dress problems/issues regarding self-development An introduction to the major theoretical perspectives and the relationship between the individual and in sociology. Emphasis on the applications of these society.} perspectives to contemporary social issues, including: SOC 246 Marriage and the Family deviance, marriage and the family, organizations, re- SOC 332 Drugs and Society ligion and social change. SOC 404 Ethical Issues in Social Science Research 202 Juvenile Delinquency (3) IV.Distributive Courses {These courses address prob- A study of the nature, extent, and causes of delinquent lems/issues regarding social differentiation and behaviour. The challenges of measuring, preventing, social inequalities.} and responding to delinquency are assessed, along with SOC 307 Race and Ethnicity the role of the police, the courts, and various treat- SOC 372 Social Stratification ment programs in dealing with delinquency. (Same as SOC 394 The World in America CRM 202). Elective Sociology Courses can be selected from the 204 Social Problems (3) theme courses noted above and from the following A survey of sociological perspectives on social prob- comprehensive courses: lems. Sociological perspectives will be applied to such SOC 200 Perspective Consciousness and problems as alcohol and drug abuse, crime, health care, Social Justice homelessness, poverty, and racism. SOC 204 Social Problems SOC 359 Independent Study 246 Marriage and the Family (3) SOC 410 Theories of Deviance A survey of historical and sociological perspectives SOC 426 Sociology of Violence regarding the family as an important social institution. SOC 455 Sociology of the Family Emphasis on contemporary family issues, including SOC 499 Internship intimacy and sexuality, family violence, parenting, divorce and remarriage. Sociology Minor 300 Special Topics (3) A minor in Sociology requires 21 credit hours, includ- Content to be determined by the Department to fill ing SOC 201, 370, 409 and 423. A minimum grade of specified needs or interests. C in all minor courses is required. 306 Sociology of Art (3) A survey of sociological perspectives on the relation- Course Descriptions— ship between art and society. Emphasis on the social Sociology Prefix: SOC production of art, the social uses of art, and art as an indicator of social processes. Perspectives will be ap- 200 Perspective Consciousness and Social plied to: film, literature, music, painting, and the the- Justice (3) atre. The course focuses on “perspective consciousness,” that is 1) realizing that values, beliefs, and world-views 307 Race and Ethnicity (3) are socially constructed; 2) understanding the impor- Study of sociological perspectives in minority-major- tance of finding one’s “own voice,” of analyzing one’s ity relations; assimilation ideologies; dynamics of own thinking and the thinking of others, and of deal- prejudice and discrimination; biological, historical and ing with dissonance; and 3) understanding the impor- sociological data on race; survey of American minori- tance of praxis – to reflect and to act upon the world ties. in order to transform it. Critical interrogation of sev- 317 Sociology of Work (3) eral key social institutions and cultural dynamics; An examination of the cultural, social and organi- analysis of contradictions between dominant ideologi- zational aspects of work in contemporary society. cal or mythical claims and everyday social practices Work is studied as a fundamental human activity and experiences are also included. The conceptual and which is socially constructed through complex orga- practical skills necessary to 1) challenge the perspec- nizations, power, cultural beliefs and values, the wage tive that difference and diversity must be controlled system, consumption, management ideologies, and by exclusion, discrimination and, inequality, and 2) technology. Topics discussed include the significance create and participate in democratic institutions and of work in everyday life, postindustrialization, the re- organizations based on social justice and equality are lationship between work and family, housework, also covered. Enrollment is limited to majors in the professionalization, and the consumer culture. School of Arts and Sciences. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 161

320 Sociology of Law (3) requisites: SOC 201 or CRM 200; one additional SOC A survey of sociological perspectives on law and so- or CRM course; MAT 152; juniors and seniors only; ciety. Includes a critical review of various theoretical or permission of the Department Chair. analyses of the relationship between law and social 410 Theories of Deviance (3) order, social conflict, deviance, crime, justice, and Survey of the various theories used to explain deviant punishment/rehabilitation. Prerequisite: CRM 200 or behavior.Specific topics, including socio-biological, SOC 201 psychiatric and behavioristic theories; socio-ecologi- 332 Drugs and Society (3) cal, cultural, social learning and social control mod- A review and analysis of the social impact of drug and els; and labeling and social conflict theories are alcohol use and abuse. Specific topics examined in- explored through the writings of classical and contem- clude the history, social epidemiology, causes, social porary criminologists and sociologists. Prerequisites: consequences, and major forms of prevention/treat- CRM 200 or SOC 201and one additional SOC or CRM ment of drug/alcohol abuse. course or permission of the Department Chair. 349 Sociology of Religion (3) 423 Sociological Theory (3) Analytical approach to the problem of reciprocal inci- A critical review of the classical theorists who devel- dence and dependence between “religious” phenom- oped the foundations of modern sociological theory. ena and the socio-cultural world; deals principally with Specific theorists and theories to be considered: classical sociologists Marx, Freud, Durkheim, Durkheim, Spencer, Marx, Weber, structure-function- Malinowski, Weber and their views on the function of alism, conflict theory, and symbolic interaction. Pre- religion and the process of secularization. requisites: SOC 201 or CRM 200 and one additional 370 Social Psychology (3) SOC or CRM course; juniors and seniors only. An introduction to the major theoretical perspectives 426 Sociology of Violence (3) in social psychology. Emphasis on the application of An in-depth study of the major sociological theories these perspectives to such issues as everyday interac- and relevant research pertaining to violence, includ- tion, deviance, gender, and social organizations. Pre- ing interpersonal, family, criminal and institutional- requisite: SOC 201 or SOC 204. ized violence. The normative and social situational 372 Social Stratification (3) contexts in which violence occurs are studied in terms Theories of social class; wealth, power and prestige of how persons are affected as perpetrators and vic- as class correlates; social mobility; and consequences tims. Historical, cross-cultural and contemporary of social placement forms of violence are analyzed to reveal the underlying social dynamics. Social responses to violence, in- 404 Ethical Issues in Social Science (3) cluding criminalization, public policies, and An introduction to the range of ethical issues that arise prevention/treatment intervention strategies are re- during the practice of social science. Emphasis on reviewed. Prerequisites: SOC 201 or CRM 200 and one search issues, including research topics, research meth- additional SOC or CRM course or permission of the ods, the use of research, the role of the researcher, and Department Chair. the creation of ethical standards. Prerequisite: three hours in social science courses or permission of the 455 Sociology of the Family (3) Department Chair. An advanced course on sociology of the family, with emphasis on the contemporary American Experience. 405 Sociology of Race, Class and Gender (3) Major theoretical perspectives on the purpose, func- A comprehensive examination of race, class and gen- tion, and interdependent nature of the family are re- der as central categories of social experience. A vari- viewed. Analysis also focuses on the diversity of ety of sociological approaches are integrated to analyze family experiences as shaped by gender, social class, how these differences in identities and accompanying race-ethnic identity, and age, as well as on issues re- inequalities are constructed within social institutions lating to the household division of labor, employment, and processes. Prerequisites: SOC 201 & 3 additional parenting, sexuality, marriage and power. The major- SOC hours or permission of Department Chair. ity of course topics are examined in terms of contem- 409 Research Methodology (3) porary debates regarding the stability of family life Introduction to sociological research methods. Con- and on the legislation and public policies that have temporary data collection and analysis techniques will been developed to address these problems. Prerequi- be introduced. The assumptions, limitations, and im- site: SOC 201 or SOC 246 or permission of Depart- plications of these techniques will be discussed. Pre- ment Chair. 162 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

487 Seminar (3) Cultural-Inequalities-Specialization An integrative experience through which students will Courses (12 hours/4 courses): comprehensively analyze and assess significant theo- CRM 305 Women and Crime ries, policies, and practices related to the study of so- CRM 317 Elite and Organized Crime ciology. Information from prior coursework will be CRM 328 Race, Class and Crime synthesized and applied to current as well as future SOC 332 Drugs and Society issues in the field. Enrollment is limited to criminol- SOC 370 Social Psychology ogy and sociology majors only. (Same as CRM 487) CRM 300 Special Topics CRM 499 Internship 499 Internship (3-6) In addition, criminology majors must complete MAT Internship experience under qualified supervision. 152 Elementary Probability and Statistics. Students Requires a minimum of 120 hours. Department Chair must earn a grade of C or higher in MAT 152 and all and Dean approval required. SOC and CRM courses. 359, 459 Independent Study (3) Designed to allow the student an opportunity to com- Criminology Minor plete the senior project under the supervision of a faculty member. Department Chair and Dean approval The criminology minor requires a minimum of 21 required. credit hours, including: CRM 200 Introduction to Criminology SOC 320 Sociology of Law CRIMINOLOGY (B.S.) SOC 409 Research Methodology SOC 410 Theories of Deviance The criminology program is designed to provide Nine additional hours in CRM courses an understanding of contemporary patterns of crime MAT 152 Elementary Probability and Statistics and victimization, the social etiology of criminality, Students must earn a grade of C or higher in MAT 152 social responses to crime, and the processes of crime and all SOC and CRM courses. control. The curriculum acquaints students with a variety of theoretical and practical approaches to the Course Descriptions— study of crime and delinquency, including the manner in which offenders are processed. The functions and Criminology Prefix: CRM dynamics of the criminal justice system are studied in 200 Introduction to Criminology (3) detail with emphasis on the linkage of these processes A comprehensive introduction to the study of crime, to broader aspects of society. The program is designed criminality, and the accompanying social responses. as a traditional liberal arts major. Hence, students are Includes a survey of various theoretical analyses of prepared for graduate studies in criminology and re- social order, crime, law, justice, and punishment/related fields as well as for a wide variety of career op- habilitation. The socio-historical responses to the con- portunities in the criminal justice system. struction and control of crime and criminals are also The criminology major requires a minimum of 39 studied. credit hours, which includes the following courses: 202 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Core Courses (15 hours/5 courses): A study of the nature, extent, and causes of delinquent CRM 200 Introduction to Criminology behavior. The challenges of measuring, preventing, and SOC 320 Sociology of Law responding to delinquency are assessed, along with SOC 409 Research Methodology the role of the police, the courts, and various treat- SOC 410 Theories of Deviance ment programs in dealing with delinquency. (Same as CRM 487 Senior Seminar SOC 202). Organizational-Institutional Courses 300 Special Topic (3) (12 hours/4 courses): Content varies according to current issues in the field as well as specific needs and/or interests of students. SOC 204 Social Problems CRM 202 Juvenile Delinquency 305 Women and Crime (3) CRM 307 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice An in-depth study of the relationship between women CRM 309 Police and Policing and various forms of criminal behavior. The experi- CRM 311 Corrections ences of women as crime victims, criminal offenders, SOC 426 Sociology of Violence and criminal justice system practitioners are examined CRM 300 Special Topics in terms of the social, legal, and political discourse on CRM 499 Internship femininity. Crosscultural and historical analyses are included. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 163

307 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice (3) 487 Seminar (3) An analysis of contemporary topics/events influenc- An integrative experience through which students will ing the police, courts, and corrections. Emphasizes the comprehensively analyze and assess significant theo- impact of issues which are generating debate in the ries, policies, and practices related to the study of field, creating operational difficulties, stimulating criminology. Information from prior coursework will change, and/or altering current public policies. Pre- be synthesized and applied to current as well as future requisite: CRM 200 issues in the field. Enrollment is limited to criminol- 309 Police and Policing (3) ogy and sociology majors only. (Same as SOC 487) The roles of the police and policing in contemporary 499 Internship (3-6) U.S. society are examined. Special focus on theories A systematic means of combining classroom learning of policing, the organization and administration of with practical work experience. Students are placed police departments and agencies, the relationship and in work situations designed to compliment and enrich interaction between the police and various communi- their personal and professional career development. ties, and contemporary debates concerning the role of Requires approval of Department Chair and Dean. the police in society. Prerequisite: CRM 200 459 Independent Study (3) 311 Corrections (3) An opportunity for extensive research into criminol- A comprehensive examination of the U.S. correctional ogy topics of special interest to the student. Requires system. Special focus on theories of punishment and approval of Department Chair and Dean. rehabilitation, the historical antecedents of modern corrections, offender characteristics, sentencing, community-based corrections, the organization and admin- ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (B.A.) istration of correctional facilities, prison life, and The Environmental Studies degree involves the contemporary debates concerning the role of correc- study of the interdependence between human action tions in society. Prerequisite: CRM 200 and all life systems of our planet. Interdisciplinary 317 Elite and Organized Crime (3) perspectives from the social sciences, humanities, and A survey of the criminal behavior of government, large the natural and physical sciences are used to under- corporations, the managerial and social elite, and tra- stand the impact of legal, social, economic, historical, ditional organized crime groups in the U.S. Topics scientific, and ethical decisions on human and envi- discussed include the measurement, detection, adju- ronmental development and sustainability. The role of dication and correction/punishment of elite and orga- social and political institutions and organizations is nized crime. Prerequisite: CRM 200 or permission of studied in detail, with emphasis on the dynamics of Department Chair. developing and implementing environmental law and policy. The philosophy of the Barry program is that 328 Race, Class and Crime (3) social justice and environmental justice are inextrica- Racial-ethnic and class identities are examined in terms bly linked. To that end the program recognizes the of their impact on persons’ experiences of the law, sacredness of the earth and the fragility of its ecosys- crime, justice, victimization, stigma, and punishment/ tems, and reflects a commitment to the healing of our rehabilitation. Sociological and criminological theory planet by fostering right relationships and by confront- and research on these issues are reviewed. Historical ing the destruction of life systems. and crosscultural examples are also studied. Prerequi- The B.A. in Environmental Studies requires the site: CRM 200 or SOC 201 or permission of Depart- following; students must earn at least a “C” grade in ment Chair. all the specific courses listed below: 430 Environmental Crime and Law (3) This course considers definitions of “environmental General Education (52 credit hours): justice” in order to determine how well the established justice system lends itself to addressing critical envi- General Education courses are stipulated by the ronmental questions. Study legal disputes, public con- School of Arts and Sciences. Environmental Studies troversies, enforcement issues and sanctions for majors complete the following two courses as part of violators – all revolving around environmental ques- the 52 credit hours: tions and the ability of the criminal justice system to MAT 152 Elementary Probability and provide redress. Pre-requisite: CRM 200 and 3 addi- Statistics (03) tional hours in CRM or SOC. BIO 104 Biological Foundations (04) 164 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Major Area Courses (73 credit hours): Course Descriptions— BIO 112 Botany (04) Environmental Studies Prefix: EVS BIO 216 Zoology (04) BIO 260 Biodiversity of Ecosystems (03) EVS 310 Environmental Movements (03) BIO 312 Ecology (04) Study of communities and how individuals have con- BIO 360 Dynamics of Restoration Ecology (03) structed social meaning in order to understand what CHE 111 General Chemistry I (04) role the environment plays or can play in our lives. CHE 209 Environmental Chemistry (03) ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (03) The relationship between changing attitudes toward ECO 202 Introductory Microeconomics (03) natural resources and environmental policy in the ENG 444 Business Research, Writing United States. and Editing (03) EVS 430 Environmental Crime and Law EVS 310 Environmental Movements (03) This course considers definitions of “environmental EVS 430 Environmental Crime and Law (03) justice” in order to determine how well the established EVS 450 Environmental Policy and Management (03) justice system lends itself to addressing critical envi- EVS 490 Case Studies in Environmental ronmental questions. Study legal disputes, public con- Issues (03) troversies, enforcement issues and sanctions for GEO 301 World Environments (03) violators – all revolving around environmental ques- GEO 307 Physical Geography (03) tions and the ability of the criminal justice system to GEO 308 United States Geography (03) provide redress. Pre-requisite: EVS 310. PHI 292 Ethics (03) PHI 354 Environmental Ethics (03) EVS 450 Environmental Policy and POS 202 State and Local Government (03) Management (03) POS 406 Political Economy of Development (03) Examination of the distribution of responsibility for POS 429 Public Policy and Administration (03) the formulation and execution of environmental policy SOC 409 Research Methodology (03) in the United States. The role of Science, the regu- lated community, and the public in environmental de- Capstone (1-30 credit hours) cision-making. Alternative regulatory and institutional frameworks will also be considered. Pre-requisites: A final capstone/integrative experience appropri- POS 429 & EVS 310. ate to the student’s interests and program of study integrates the theoretical and practical aspects of the field EVS 490 Case Studies in Environmental are required. The experience may be 1 to 30 credits Issues (03) and must be approved by the academic advisor and Study of topics of current importance using cases to the department chair. organize and integrate knowledge and modes of BIO 295 Research (01-12) thought. Pre-requisites: EVS 310, EVS 430, EVS 450, BIO 395 Research (01-12) PHI 354, POS 429. BIO 495 Research (01-12) BIO 420 Marine Field Study (15-30) BIO 465 Ecological Field Study (10-15) CHE 295 Research (01-03) CHE 395 Research (01-03) CHE 495 Research (01-03) ____ 359 Independent Study (01-03) ____ 459 Independent Study (01-03) ____ 499 Internship (03-12) SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 165

DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY

Fr. Mark E. Wedig, O.P., Ph.D., Chair Faculty: Austin, Bosworth, Cantens, Cassini, SFairbanks, SJFairbanks, Gonzalez, Hennessy, Iozzio, Koperski, Latkovich, Madden, Marill, Markey, Sause, Sunshine, Uritus, Vizcaino, Wedig

MISSION STATEMENT: The Department of complete a capstone course, THE 411. Requirements cTheology and Philosophy promotes the ongoing include the following distribution: search for truth, interpreting the historical and con- Biblical Hermeneutics and Theology: 3 credits temporary world, human experience, and God’s action and plan for creation, in light of the Catholic and Historical and Comparative Theology: 3 credits Dominican traditions of reasoned analysis and faith. Systematic and Liturgical Theology: 3 credits Moral and Spiritual Theology: 3 credits THEOLOGY (B.A.) THE 411 3 credits The academic study of theology is essential to a com- Electives: 6-18 credits plete education. With this conviction as the basis for its mission, the purpose of the undergraduate theol- Theology Minor ogy program is to offer courses necessary for distri- The minor consists of completion of a minimum bution that fulfil the requirements of general education of 21 credits with a grade of C or above. Requirements for the undergraduate degree programs as well as to include the following credit distribution for each of provide courses necessary for the major and minor in the theological disciplines: theology. Biblical Hermeneutics and Theology: 3 credits Major and Minor in Theology Historical and Comparative Theology: 3 credits –To acquire a foundation in Christian thought and Systematic and Liturgical Theology: 3 credits practice through biblical, historical, comparative, Moral and Spiritual Theology: 3 credits systematic, liturgical, moral, and spiritual theology Electives: 9 credits –To prepare students for graduate study in theology –To prepare students to teach their disciplines in Catholic and other private secondary schools Curriculum Objectives: –To prepare students for other professional education After students have fulfilled their theology distribution requirements, the following two learning ob- Requirements for the Major jectives will be achieved: — they will have an understanding of the various The major consists of 42 credits for a single major; approaches and methods of doing theology 36 credits for a single major and one or two minors; within the Judeo-Christian tradition. and 30 credits for two majors with or without a minor. — they will have mastered specific knowledge that All courses in the major(s) and the minor(s) must be forms the foundation of the Judeo-Christian tra- completed with a grade of C or above. At the end of dition. their program, all theology majors must successfully 166 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Course Categories Islam; a discussion of the basic methods for under- I. General Education standing religions. NOTE: For Freshmen and Sopho- 201 Theology: Faith, Beliefs, and Traditions mores ONLY. II. Biblical Hermeneutics and Theology 108 Introduction to the Old Testament (3) 108 Introduction to the Old Testament Study of the major themes of the Old Testament in the 309 Judeo-Christian Scriptures context of the Ancient Near Eastern background of 321 The New Testament as Christian Scripture ancient Israel, with particular emphasis on how Sa- 362 Women in the New Testament cred Scripture reflects the doctrine, worship, and ethi- 431 Jesus in the Gospels 432 Prophetic and Wisdom Writings cal conduct of the people of God. The Old Testament 495 Topics in Biblical Hermeneutics and as the only Sacred Scripture of the Early Christian Theology Church. NOTE: For Freshmen and Sophomores ONLY. III. Historical and Comparative Theology 191 Judeo-Christian Doctrine (3) 103 World Religions: Religious Experiences of A fundamental examination of the Judeo-Christian tra- Humankind dition, beginning with a consideration of the relation- 231 Judaism ship between theology and philosophy. Foundational 303 Comparative Religion 304 Theology Through Film religious affirmations will be examined from the per- 306 Dynamics of Faith, Beliefs and Theology spective of both disciplines. NOTE: Honors Program 331 Christianity & Culture ONLY. 334 History of Christianity I 201 Theology: Faith, Beliefs and Traditions (3) 335 History of Christianity II A study of spirituality, religion, faith and theology as 360 Women in the Church significant dimensions of all human life. Particular 370 Protestantism 496 Topics in Historical and Comparative Theology attention will be given to the anthropological origins IV. Systematic and Liturgical Theology of the human desire for spirituality expressed in reli- 191 Judeo-Christian Doctrine gions. Beliefs and traditions will be studied, in par- 307 Christology ticular those coming from Judaic origins and finding 330 Approaches to God their expression in Christianity, especially Catholic 333 Christian Understanding of God beliefs and traditions. This course fulfils a general 338 The Church education requirement for the School of Arts and Sci- 342 Salvation, Liberation, and Politics ences and is the required first course for this purpose. 344 Sacraments 345 Liturgy, Feasts, and Devotions 231 Judaism (3) 497 Topics in Systematic and An introduction to Judaism with a focus on beliefs, Sacramental Theology practices, and ritual. Jewish history and a survey of V. Moral and Spiritual Theology contemporary Judaism, e.g., Orthodox, Conservative, 311 Sexuality, Sex and Morality Reform, Reconstructionist are incorporated in an over- 312 Freedom and Virtue all examination of Judaic life and faith. 315 Christian Spirituality and Prayer 325 Feminst Ethics 300 Special Topics (3) 327 Peace and Justice Topics of interest to faculty and students. 353 Bioethics 303 Comparative Religion (3) 372 Marriage and Family An examination of select religious traditions in cross- 438 Catholic Social Teaching cultural and interfaith dialogue through comparison 498 Topics in Moral and Spiritual Theology of scriptures, rituals, beliefs and practices. NOTE: For VI. Methodology Juniors and Seniors ONLY. 411 Theological Methods 304 Theology Through Film (3) Course Descriptions— An analysis of works of noted film directors/screen- Theology Prefix: THE writers (Igmar Bergman, Woody Allen, Denys Arcand, Jack Gold, Lawrence Kasdan, Stuart Rosenberg, Brian 103 World Religions: Spiritual Experiences of Moor, Fraser Heston) and how their respective films Humankind (3) provide interpretative frameworks for those perennial A survey of the history, beliefs, practices and contem- issues that have their parallel themes in religion: suf- porary influence of the major religions of the world: fering, alienation, human fulfillment (salvation), mys- Primal Spiritualities, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism, tery, morality (goodness, evil, human perfection), Confucianism, Shintoism, Judaism, Christianity, and redemption, trust, and affinity for the Divine. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 167

306 Dynamics of Faith, Beliefs and Theology critical reading of primary sources of the feminist cri- This course will explore some fundamental theologi- tique will increase awareness of the oppression of cal concepts, including faith, doubt, belief, doctrine, women and the prevalence of patriarchal structures that symbol, evil, sin, ethics and morality. Furthermore the have traditionally supported that oppression. The im- course will explore particular theological beliefs in portance of an ongoing search for normative standards relationship to culture. It will study and evaluate how of morality will be juxtaposed with the multi- these ideas and beliefs are treated in systematic theol- contextualized norms in the experiences of women. ogy and in other contemporary classic sources. Prerequisite: THE 201 307 Christology (03) 327 Peace and Justice (3) An investigation into the Christian understanding of This course is meant to explore the issues of peace the person and work of Jesus Christ. The origins of and justice as fundamental concerns of Christianity Christology in the New Testament and the develop- today. Building on the foundation of Scripture, Ro- ment of christological doctrine in the history of the man Catholic (and other churches) documents on these Church will be examined as a basis for a contempo- topics, students will explore the questions being asked rary understanding of Jesus and of the challenge of today and some of the responses proposed. Prerequi- Jesus and his message for the Christian today. Prereq- site: THE 201 uisite: THE 201 330 Approaches to God (3) 309 Judeo-Christian Scriptures (3) A critical investigation into the reality of God from the Study of the Old Testament as canonical writings of perspective of monotheistic religious and philosophi- Jews and Christians. History and methods of interpre- cal traditions, e.g., Jewish, Christian and Islamic, their tation, with application to selected texts. Literary criti- interaction with modern culture and the existential re- cism as a means of theological reflection. sponse to the divine presence in spirituality. These three 311 Sexuality, Sex and Morality (3) elements - the understanding of God, the world and the Analysis of the nature of sex and sexuality, according self - form the framework within which a contempo- to sources and developments of Christian thought; the rary response to God in secular culture can be both integration of those concepts into a contemporary intelligible and meaningful. Prerequisite: THE 201 moral and ethical system. Prerequisite: THE 201 331 Christianity and Culture (3) 312 Freedom and Virtue (3) This course examines the fundamental relation of the An examination of the meaning of human freedom, Catholic faith and cultural pluralism. It reviews the the nature and search for virtue as a means and goal of historical response of the church to culture and faith human behavior and as a consequence of our actions. issues. It looks at the contemporary experience from a Accountability as part of free human action will be global perspective as well as in the U.S. context. Pre- considered in the context of decisions of conscience. requisite: THE 201 Prerequisite: THE 201 333 Christian Understanding of God (3) 315 Christian Spirituality and Prayer (3) An examination of the Christian doctrine of the trinity A study of the history, nature and principles of wor- and its implications for the human understanding of ship and the major spiritual forms in which it finds the world, history, the self, and the Church. After an expression in Christianity. This course will look at introduction to the biblical and patristic origins of the important issues in the development of a contempo- doctrine, students will examine a contemporary state- rary spirituality within the context of personal, inter- ment of it in conversation with modern cultural, philo- personal and Church prayer. Prerequisite: THE 201 sophical, and political sensibilities. Prerequisite: THE 201 321 The New Testament as Christian Scripture (3) 334 History of Christianity I (3) The meaning of inspiration. The history of gradual A survey of Christianity from its biblical and apos- acceptance of the New Testament documents as part tolic origins through its growth in antiquity and its of Scripture. History and methods of interpretation, establishment in the medieval period. Significant so- with application to selected texts. Literary technique cial, cultural and intellectual factors will be examined as a reflection of theological perspective. Prerequisite: as part of the formative development of this tradition. THE 201 335 History of Christianity II (3) 325 Feminist Perspectives in Ethics (3) A survey of Christianity beginning with the dividing An introduction to the theological and moral chal- of Christendom in the Reformation, subsequent de- lenges that the key insights of feminist thinking have velopments, the expansion of Christianity through raised in academic, social, and church institutions. The 168 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES missionary efforts, the challenge posed to the faith in 362 Women in the New Testament (3) the modern era and its inculturation in secular and non- An analysis of the books of the New Testament in or- western societies. der to examine the role of women and attitude toward 338 The Church (3) women from the earliest period of the church and as it An exploration of the meaning of Church as part of developed in the later period when the final books of the Christian mystery of salvation. Biblical, historical the New Testament were written. and theological foundations will be surveyed to inte- 370 Protestantism (3) grate an understanding of the life, structure, and mis- An introduction to the history, development, and theo- sion of the Church in today’s world. Special attention logical perspectives of Protestantism as a major stream will be given to developments in Roman Catholicism of Christian faith and Church life that emerged out of in light of the Second Vatican Council as it informs the western Catholic tradition. Prerequisite: THE 201 the present ecumenical context of Catholic, Orthodox 372 Marriage and Family (3) and Protestant church life. Prerequisite: THE 201 A practical treatment of marital union and family or- 342 Salvation, Liberation and Politics (3) ganization as seen in its Christian theological, spiri- An examination of political and liberation theologies tual, psychological, and sociological aspects with an and of their understanding of the relationship between exploration of marriage as a sacrament of Christian Christian witness and socio-political transformation. life. Prerequisite: THE 201 Both critical and sympathetic responses will be evalu- 411 Theological Methods (3) ated. Prerequisite: THE 201 History of the study of Theology. Introduction to the 344 Sacraments (3) main areas of contemporary theology and research An examination of the Christian sacraments from the methods. This course is required of Theology majors perspective of religious experience and symbol, Christ and recommended for Theology minors. Prerequisite: as the primordial sacrament, the Church as the funda- THE 201 mental sacrament and the historical-theological devel- 431 Jesus in the Gospels (3) opment of each sacrament. Although primary focus The uniqueness of the gospel genre and its relation to will be on the Roman Catholic tradition, attention will other ancient literary forms (e.g., history, biography). also be given to Orthodox and Protestant understand- The Jesus of History and the Christ of Faith. The gos- ing and practice. Prerequisite: THE 201 pels as witnesses of the faith, prayer, and ethical be- 345 Liturgy, Feasts and Devotions (3) havior of several different early Christian An exploration of the worship life of the Catholic communities. The challenge of the Jesus of the gos- Church with a focus on various forms of liturgy, an pels for today. Prerequisite: THE 201 appreciation of liturgical time and the Church calen- 432 Prophetic and Wisdom Writings (3) dar, liturgical spirituality and para-liturgical devotions. The complementarity of the prophetic and wisdom Special emphasis will be placed on the nature, results views in ancient Israel. The prophets as heralds of so- and evaluation of liturgical reform proceeding from cial justice and individual responsibility. The Wisdom the Second Vatican Council. Prerequisite: THE 201 Writings as a response to the Israelite covenant. Pre- 353 Bioethics requisite: THE 309 An examination of the fundamental theological claims 438 Catholic Social Teaching (3) that provide the foundations of ethical decisionmaking An examination and evaluation of the teaching on and standards of evaluation in healthcare. Claims con- major social issues in the papal encyclicals, conciliar cerning the gifts of creation and the givenness of hu- documents, and episcopal pronouncements from Leo man life from the hands of a Creator of God instigate XIII to the present day. Prerequisite: THE 327 discussions of medical interventions into matters, for example, of access to healthcare, reproduction, chronic 487 Seminar (3) and critical care, genetic manipulations, and end of Group research and interchange of ideas on a topic of life care. Innocent suffering, in particular, will be con- contemporary significance in the field of theology. sidered one of the more compelling issues arising from 495 Topics in Biblical Hermeneutics and specifically theological perspectives that challenge Theology (3) high technological medical interventions. Topics of interest to faculty and students. 360 Women in the Church (3) 496 Topics in Historical and Comparative Investigation of the role of women in the Christian Theology (3) scriptures and history of the Church. Topics of interest to faculty and students. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 169

497 Topics in Systematic and Sacramental The purpose of the undergraduate philosophy pro- Theology (3) gram is to offer courses necessary for distribution that Topics of interest to faculty and students. fulfil the requirements of general education for the un- 498 Topics in Moral and Spiritual Theology (3) dergraduate degree programs as well as to provide Topics of interest to faculty and students. courses necessary for the major or minor in philosophy. 499 Independent Study (3-12) Opportunity for research in areas of special interest. Major and Minor in Philosophy Prerequisite: Department Chair and Dean approval. –To provide a foundation in philosophy through criti- Courses taught by the Archdiocese of Miami and cal thinking and logic, philosophical issues and approved by the Theology Department of Barry problems, the history of philosophy, and ethics University: –To prepare students for graduate study in philoso- 140 Religious Education Methodology I phy 141 Religious Education Methodology II –To help students understand the philosophical un- 142 Introduction to the Sacraments derpinnings of all academic disciplines 143 Principles of Christian Morality I –To prepare students for the professional use of ana- 144 Principles of Christian Morality II lytical and problem-solving skills 145 Foundations of Catholicism 146 Christology General Education Requirement: 151 Introduction to the Old Testament The Department of Theology and Philosophy of- 152 Introduction to the New Testament fers a foundational course (required first course) in 157 Celebrating Liturgy I philosophy for the purposes of general education 158 Celebrating Liturgy II (School of Arts and Sciences). PHI 220: Introduction 161 The Church After Vatican II to Philosophy is designed to create a philosophical 163 Peace and Justice I background and foundation for upper level philoso- 164 Peace and Justice II phy courses. All students in the School of Arts and 173 Principles of Youth Ministry Sciences must take PHI 220 as their first course in philosophy. Transfer students requiring a 300-level PHILOSOPHY (B.A.) course may take PHI 305: Problems in Philosophy. The second required course for philosophy as gen- As an academic discipline, philosophy involves the eral education includes a wider variety of courses. These quest for an understanding of the nature of God, hu- courses are: PHI 306, PHI 308, PHI 313, PHI 316, PHI mankind, the world, and values, and of the relations 417, PHI 318, PHI 320, PHI 355, PHI 220: Introduc- among them, by means of critical and systematic re- tion to Philosophy is a pre-requisite for the following flection upon human experience. Philosophy is inte- courses: PHI 302, PHI 304, PHI 308, PHI 314, PHI grally related to all other academic disciplines. 316, PHI 317, PHI 318, PHI 319 and PHI 365. Furthermore, the study of philosophy serves both (a) to strengthen intellectual capacities and skills (e.g., Distribution Requirement: analytical, evaluative, and interpretive), which are important to one’s personal and professional life, and The Department of Theology and Philosophy of- (b) to enable one to critically examine one’s own be- fers the following courses as options for the student’s liefs and judgments. Thus, the study of philosophy is first course in philosophy to satisfy the University dis- an essential and valuable part of a university educa- tribution requirement: PHI 120, PHI 220, PHI 292, tion. PHI 305, PHI 320, PHI 353, PHI 354, and PHI 360. Traditionally, the study of philosophy has enjoyed a place of prominence in Catholic higher education. Requirements for the Major: Likewise, philosophical contemplation has been highly The major consists of a minimum of 30 credits. prized throughout the Dominican intellectual tradition Required courses: PHI 212, PHI 292, PHI 304, PHI which includes such luminaries in the history of phi- 316, PHI 318, either PHI 317 or PHI 319, either PHI losophy as Albert the Great, Thomas Aquinas, and 460 or PHI 487, and 9 elective credits. All courses Francisco de Vitoria. Barry University, sponsored by must be completed with a grade of C or above. All the Adrian Dominican sisters, is committed to the philosophy majors must successfully complete a philosophical search for truth and wisdom in the en- capstone course (either PHI 460 or PHI 487) at the hancement of faith and life. end of their program of study. 170 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Requirements for the Minor: Course Descriptions— The minor consists of a minimum of 21 credits. Philosophy Prefix: PHI Required courses: 120 or 212, a 300-level course in 120 Critical Thinking (3) the history of philosophy, a 300-level problems course, Enhancement and development of reasoning skills and and 12 elective credits. All courses must be completed argument analysis. Topics include the concepts of truth, with a grade of C or above. verification, and knowledge; the subjective/objective distinction; deductive and inductive reasoning; formal Curriculum Objectives and informal arguments; awareness of common errors After students have fulfilled their philosophy dis- in informal reasoning. tribution requirements, the following two learning 122 Thought of Spain and the Americas I (3) objectives will be achieved: Major trends in Hispanic and American thought from – They will have an understanding of the various its origins through the 19th century in historical and approaches and methods of doing philosophy. cultural context; development of ideas and their influ- – They will have mastered specific knowledge of a ence on the hemisphere. particular historical philosophy or of a philosophical issue. 123 Thought of Spain and the Americas II (3) Major trends in Hispanic and American thought of the Course Categories late 19th and the 20th centuries in historical and cul- I. General Education tural context; development of ideas and their influ- 220 Introduction to Philosophy ence on the hemisphere. II. Critical Thinking 120 Critical Thinking 150 Philosophical Problems (3) 212 Introduction to Formal Logic An introduction to fundamental philosophical ques- III. History tions and areas of interest. Topics may include theo- 122 Thought of Spain and the Americas I ries of truth and knowledge, the notion of beauty, 123 Thought of Spain and the Americas II concepts of goodness and evil, the nature of reality, 301 Spanish and Hispanic-American the relation between body and mind, personal and so- Philosophers cial ethics, the existence and nature of God. 316 Ancient Philosophy courses and above. 317 Medieval Philosophy 220 Introduction to Philosophy (3) 318 Modern Philosophy Introduction to Philosophy is designed to introduce 319 Contemporary Philosophy the student to the fundamental problems of philoso- 320 American Philosophers phy from a historical perspective. This course will in- IV. Problem Solving 150 Philosophical Problems troduce the student to analysis of concepts such as: 212 Introduction to Formal Logic moral goodness, moral character, metaphysical foun- 365 Advanced Argument Analysis dations of knowledge, the nature of knowledge, and V. Ethics the philosophical foundations of social-political con- 260 Philosophy of the Human Person cerns. Furthermore, the course will explore the nature 292 Ethics of inductive and deductive reason. This course is de- 308 Philosophy of Law signed to create a philosophical background and foun- 353 Bio-Medical Ethics dation for upper level Philosophy courses. 354 Environmental Ethics 191 Judeo-Christian Doctrine (3) 370 Contemporary Moral Problems A fundamental examination of the Judeo-Christian tra- 371 Social and Ethical Issues in Business dition, beginning with a consideration of the relation- VI. Major Topic Areas ship between theology and philosophy. Foundational 191 Judeo-Christian Doctrine religious affirmations will be examined from the per- 304 Epistemology spective of both disciplines. NOTE: Honors Program 306 Philosophy of God and Religion 313 Philosophy of Art – Aesthetics ONLY. 314 Metaphysics 212 Introduction to Formal Logic (3) 321 Philosophy of Peace and War The study of the principles of valid argument: deduc- 360 Asian Philosophy tive inference, syllogism and symbolic logic, includ- VII.Special Topics ing propositional and predicate logic. 300 Special Topics 460 Philosophical Classics 487 Seminar SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171

220 Introduction to Philosophy (3) 308 Philosophy of Law (3) Introduction to Philosophy is designed to introduce Philosophies of law, including natural law theory, le- the student to the fundamental problems of philoso- gal positivism, American legal realism, Marxism, and phy from a historical perspective. This course will in- recent theories; relationship of law and morality; con- troduce the student to analysis of concepts such as: cepts of justice, responsibility, and punishment; the moral goodness, moral character, metaphysical foun- conscientious objector. (Prerequisite: PHI 220) dations of knowledge, the nature of knowledge, and 313 Philosophy of Art - Aesthetics (3) the philosophical foundations of social-political con- Philosophical study of the nature of art; relation be- cerns. Furthermore, the course will explore the nature tween the various arts, concepts of beauty, the cre- of inductive and deductive reason. This course is de- ative process, principles of art criticism, religious art, signed to create a philosophical background and foun- and symbolism. dation for upper level Philosophy courses. 314 Metaphysics (3) 260 Philosophy of the Human Person (3) A discussion of the nature of reality. Topics may in- Philosophical overview of human psychology: indi- clude the nature of being, principles of individuation, vidual and social natures of human beings; their ma- materiality and immateriality, predication and causa- teriality and spirituality; human cognition, volition and tion. (Prerequisite: PHI 220) freedom; differing order of human needs; powers and habits; unity within a complexity of activities; human 316 Ancient Philosophy (3) destiny. An historical survey of the development of western philosophy, including the pre-Socratics, Socrates, 292 Ethics (3) Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, Cynics, Skeptics, Plotinus. A study of fundamental elements in ethical theory: (Prerequisite: PHI 220) analysis of the concept of moral goodness, the origins and nature of moral law and obligation, comparison 317 Medieval Philosophy (3) of various moral systems for moral decision making. An historical survey of the development of western Discussion will include application through consider- philosophy, including the Patristic period, Saint Au- ation of concrete examples. gustine, John Scotus Eriugena, Saint Anselm of Can- terbury, Avicenna, Saint Bonaventure, Saint Albert the 300 Special Topics (3) Great, Saint Thomas Aquinas, Scotus. (Prerequisite: Content to be determined each semester by the de- PHI 220) partment as requested by faculty and/or students to fill specified needs or interests. 318 Modern Philosophy (3) An historical survey of western philosophy, from the 302 Spanish and Hispanic-American 17th century to the mid-19th century, including Ra- Philosophers (3) tionalism, Empiricism, Positivism, Kant and Idealism; Major ideas of the most important Spanish and His- emphasis on the continuity and development of meta- panic-American philosophers in their historical and physical and epistemological ideas during the period. cultural context; development of their ideas and their (Prerequisite: PHI 220) influence in Western culture; primary emphasis placed on Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset, Zubiri, Varona, 319 Contemporary Philosophy (3) Ingenieros, Vasconcelos, Romero, Francovich, etc. An historical survey of the major branches of late 19th (Prerequisite: PHI 220) and 20th century thought: Marxism, American prag- matism, process philosophy, analytic philosophy, phe- 304 Epistemology (3) nomenology, existentialism, hermeneutics and other Philosophical inquiry into the nature of knowledge, recent developments, e.g. feminist philosophy. (Pre- kinds of experience, belief and truth, justification and requisite: PHI 220) verification. (Prerequisite: PHI 220) 320 American Philosophers (3) 305 Problems in Philosophy (3) European influences; colonial thinkers; philosophy of Introduction to some of the basic issues in philosophy the Founding Fathers; Transcendentalism; Pragma- including free will vs. determinism, the mind-body tism; Naturalism; recent developments. debate, the problem of God, and the nature of moral action. 321 Philosophy of Peace and War (3) Classical and contemporary philosophical analysis of 306 Philosophy of God and Religion (3) peace, war, and conflict between individuals, groups, Philosophical investigation of the nature of the holy, and nations. Discussion of ethical questions concern- faith and its relation to reason, religious language and ing the initiation and the conduct of conflict, revolu- symbol, proof for the existence of God, religious ex- tion, and war. Analysis of nonviolent resolution of perience and verification. (Prerequisite: PHI 220) 172 SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES disputes, of proposals for solving the problem of war, 365 Advanced Argument Analysis (3) and of pacifism. Ethical aspects of nuclear weapons In-depth analysis of various types of argument, includ- employment and the contemporary nuclear weapons ing those in knowledge theory and ethics, which re- dilemma. late to professional and social issues; verbal puzzles; 353 Bio-Medical Ethics (3) categorizing schemas. (Prerequisite: PHI 220) Investigation, in the light of philosophical analysis, 370 Contemporary Moral Problems (3) concerning numerous ethical issues that arise in the An introduction to fundamentals of ethical reasoning, medical, nursing, and allied health professions as well various methodologies, and application to current top- as in the biological and behavioral sciences. Topics, ics in ethical discourse. Topics may include capital chosen at the discretion of the instructor, may include punishment, euthanasia, abortion, war and peace, por- for example: human experimentation; genetic engi- nography, poverty and hunger, environmental rights, neering and manipulations; reproductive technologies; animal rights, academic freedom, sexual discrimina- ecological and environment ethics; death and dying; tion, or other areas of interest. Recommended prepa- health care delivery; population ethics; clinical set- ration: PHI 292. ting and interaction; mental health; geriatrics; and com- 371 Social and Ethical Issues in Business (3) municative diseases. This course is designed to create an awareness of and 354 Environmental Ethics (3) a sensitivity to social and ethical issues which can, Study of the major issues and theories of environmen- and should, influence the management of business tal ethics. Application of traditional ethical theories enterprises by entering into the decision-making pro- to environmental issues, criticisms of these theories, cesses of today’s business managers. Focus is on the and calls for new theoretical approaches. Relations legal, social and ethical implications of problems in between environmental ethics and popular movements contemporary business issues such as employer-em- such as animal liberation, deep ecology, social ecol- ployee relationships, consumerism (advertising and ogy, and ecofeminism. product safety), environmental conservation, etc. Nu- 355 Philosophy of Politics (3) merous cases are studied to illustrate the complexities Chronological treatment of the political theories of the of these issues. major philosophers from classical to modern times. 460 Philosophical Classics (3) 360 Asian Philosophy (3) Examination of the basic writings of an individual The study of the major philosophies of India, China, philosopher, of a school of philosophers, or of phi- and Japan, including ancient, medieval, and contem- losophers of an historical period. porary readings. Confucianism, Taoism, and other 487 Seminar (03) major Chinese philosophies. Hinduism and Vedantic Research and discussion on selected topics under di- philosophies of India. The origins of Buddhism in In- rection of instructor. dia, Chinese Buddhism, and Japanese Buddhism (Zen). Contemporary Asian philosophers such as Gandhi, Mao Tse-Tung, and members of the Kyoto school. D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 173

D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Jack Scarborough, Dean Martine Duchatelet, Associate Dean for Faculty William Frank, Assistant Dean for Students Faculty: Broihahn, Clottey, Cruz, Daghestani, Dalmadge, Diener, Fiedler, Hervitz, Hudack, Lash, Lennon, McGee, Morrell, Nickerson, O’Leary, Payne, Rarick, Sharland, Tejeda, Teng, Tyler, Winter, Wong

MISSION Aspiration Our mission is to deliver high-quality education that Our aim is to become known as the school of choice will enable our students to become successful busi- for students desiring a truly international, high-qual- ness practitioners. We serve students primarily from ity, ethically-based education in a uniquely diverse,

South Florida, Latin America and the Caribbean in a exciting yet intimate environment. Business of School highly cosmopolitan, multicultural setting. We function as part of a Catholic, international University, a THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE community of scholars committed to raising up all DEGREE PROGRAM people in the tradition of the Dominican Order. We After completion of all business and elective re- seek faculty who will care deeply about our students quirements of the program leading to the Bachelor of and are committed to excellent teaching, service to Science degree, our graduates will possess a broad our constituencies, and continuous improvement. Our educational foundation that prepares them for posi- intellectual contributions emphasize practical appli- tions of responsibility and leadership in business and cations but our faculty also engages in basic research society, both domestically and worldwide, where they and instructional development. We strive to develop will also function as responsible citizens. Specific in our students a global orientation, an entrepreneur- goals of the program include: ial attitude, and a strong sense of ethics and social re- 1. To instill a thorough understanding of the basic sponsibility. foundations of business — accounting, economics, behavioral science, and quantitative meth- Uniqueness ods, and the basic functions — marketing, We offer a student-friendly, caring environment and operations and finance. international diversity that allows our students to not 2. To teach and exercise essential business skills only study the global business environment but to ex- including communications, research, quantita- perience it on a daily basis, in a dynamic and vibrant tive analysis, teamwork, and use of information center of global trade and finance. We are positioned technology. as the only institution in South Florida that strives to 3. To provide in-depth knowledge of a chosen dis- meet the most rigorous international standards while cipline, or international business. still offering all the attractions of a small, private school 4. To instill a strong sense of global awareness. including small class size, an accessible faculty whose 5. To instill an entrepreneurial attitude. first responsibility is teaching, and the ability to re- 6. To instill a strong sense of service and respon- spond quickly to the evolving needs of our students sibility to the community and ensure that stu- and the business community. dents understand that ethical, socially responsible business is good business. 174 D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT Class Attendance Policy A university is a learning community that adheres Students demonstrate their responsibility in the to a long tradition of imparting knowledge through regularity and punctuality of their attendance at class excellent teaching and research, the thoughtful and re- sessions and other School functions. There are no spectful exchange of ideas, and community service. “free” cuts, but absences due to illness or other rea- In order to carry out this important work it is neces- sonable causes generally entitle the student to make sary that students abide by the following: up missed work. If the number of such absences ex- ceeds three in a three-credit course meeting three times Academic Honesty weekly, or, two in a three-credit course meeting twice Students in the Andreas School of Business will weekly, the professor should reduce the student’s not engage in plagiarism – representing the work of earned grade by one letter. If such absences exceed another as their own. This includes purchasing term seven in a course meeting three times a week, or, five papers, using the work of a friend as your own, or not times in a course meeting twice a week, the student properly citing references. This includes proper refer- should be issued a grade of “F” in the course. encing of both off-line as well as on-line sources. Fail- Absences above three for exceptional reasons may ure to follow this mandate can result in failure of the be excused by the instructor only upon presentation course and possible dismissal from Barry University. of a letter from a physician or other acceptable docu- Students in the Andreas School of Business will mentation. As part of this policy, three tardies consti- not cheat, or engage in any activity that gives the ap- tute one absence in a course meeting three times a pearance of dishonesty. week, and two tardies constitute one absence in a Students in the Andreas School of Business will course meeting twice a week. not engage in any form of misrepresentation. Students in the Andreas School of Business agree Grading Policy to do their share of the workload when working on a team project. The “A” grade is for the outstanding student, one who has mastered nearly all the material presented in Classroom Behavior the course and demonstrates exceptional performance or who, in very difficult courses, has mastered much Students in the Andreas School of Business will make more material than the typical student in the class. every attempt to arrive to class on time and be pre- The “B” grade is for the student who has mastered pared for the day’s work. all but perhaps the most difficult material in the course. Students in the Andreas School of Business will turn The “C” grade is for the student who demonstrates off all beepers and cell phones before they arrive to class. a grasp, if not mastery, of most of the material of the Students in the Andreas School of Business will not course, and who is deemed minimally qualified for engage in any unruly behavior on campus and will more advanced study in the discipline or for entry- respect the opinions of others. level practical application of the material. Students in the Andreas School of Business will re- The “D” grade is for the student who is not ready main in the classroom during the class session. Go- for more advanced study in the discipline or for prac- ing outside to get a drink, to use the restroom, or to tical application. chat with friends are unacceptable behaviors. The “F” grade is for students who by evidence of lack of performance, lack of effort, or both, clearly School Policies demonstrate that they did not belong in the course. Students in the Andreas School of Business are expected to know the attendance policy and to re- Graduation Requirements spect its implementation. (1)Students must declare their degree program as Students in the Andreas School of Business are ex- Bachelor of Science in Business prior to com- pected to behave professionally at all times, includ- pleting their last 36 credit hours at Barry ing the return of email messages and phone calls University. The majority of business course from faculty and staff. work (core and major) must be completed at Students in the Andreas School of Business will main- the Andreas School of Business. tain business-like behavior at all times and show (2)Graduation requirements for undergraduates respect for fellow students, faculty and adminis- must be completed as listed under Academic trators. Information in this catalog. D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 175

(3)Students must complete the core business cur- MAT 152 Elementary Probability and Statistics (3) riculum and the required courses for one of the ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (3) School of Business majors with a grade of C or PHI 292 Ethics (3) better in each course. Students pursuing a Bach- Note: Co-requisites must be completed with a grade elor of Science degree through the Andreas of C or better. School of Business cannot select a minor in the 2. Business Core 42 credits School of Business. BUS 181 Introduction to Business (3) (4)The last 30 credits and the majority of business ACC 201 Financial Accounting (3) course work must be completed at Barry Uni- ACC 202 Managerial Accounting (3) versity. ECO 202 Introductory Microeconomics (3) MIS 215 Introduction to Information Systems (3) (5)There must be satisfactory completion of a mini- MGT 305 Organizational Behavior and mum of 120 credits with a cumulative grade Management (3) point average of 2.00 (C). MGT 325 Operations Management (3) MKT 306 Marketing Concepts and Applications (3) Transfer Credits BUS 311 Applications of Statistics in Business (3) BUS 339 Business Law I (3) Lower division, including community or junior FIN 319 Financial Management I (3) college, business courses may be accepted in transfer BUS 366 International Business (3) only at the 100 or 200 levels. Upper division courses BUS 498 Strategic Management (3) may be transferred as 300- or 400-level courses with One three-hour Business elective (3) the approval of the Associate Dean for Students. 3. General Electives 15 credits Including corequisite Internships and Study Abroad CAT 102 Basic Computer Applications (3) This course must be completed with a Orlando R. Barreto, Coordinator grade of C or better. Students may obtain Both domestic and international internships are a waiver or test out of this course if they offered. BUS 342/442 Domestic Internship and BUS can demonstrate sufficient knowledge of 443 Study Abroad are open to all School of Business the course content. students. BUS 441 International Internships is typi- Note: All School Of Business Students must complete cally taken by International Business majors to fulfill ORI 100 and ORI 300. the course requirements of their major. Students wish- 4. Majors ing to register for an internship must contact the Co- a. Accounting: ordinator of Internships and Study Abroad to obtain ACC 335 Intermediate Accounting I (3) assistance and information on the requirements in- ACC 336 Intermediate Accounting II (3) volved with doing an internship. These requirements ACC 337 Intermediate Accounting III (3) ACC 360 Cost Accounting (3) include providing the Coordinator with a contract, ACC 362 Federal Income Tax (3) approval of an internship advisor, the signing of the ACC 400 Accounting Information Systems (3) internship participation agreement, and two evalua- ACC 435 Advanced Accounting (3) tions. Students should also obtain the guidelines for ACC 437 Auditing (3) the final paper required to complete the course require- Total Hours: 24 ment of the internship. The following course should be selected as a business Study Abroad programs are available at several elective by accounting majors planning to take the foreign institutions with which the School of Busi- C.P.A. exam: ness has agreements. Students can only participate BUS 340 Business Law II (3) in a pre-approved Study Abroad program. The Co- b. Economics: ordinator of Internships and Study Abroad will pro- ECO 301 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3) vide all the necessary information on these programs. ECO 302 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3) Students must register for BUS 443 to obtain credit ECO 316 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) for courses done abroad. ECO 326 International Economics (3) ECO 441 Econometrics (3) Degree Requirements: ECO 470 Industrial Organization (3) ECO 471 Open Economy Macroeconomic 1. University Distribution 45 credits Development (3) Including co-requisites MAT 108 Precalculus Mathematics for Total Hours: 21 Business (3) 176 D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

The following course is a mandatory co-requisite for MIS 344 System Analysis and Design (3) this concentration MIS 400 Business Intelligence Support: Theories MAT 210 Calculus with Applications (3) and Practicum (3) MIS 410 Telecommunications (Data c. Finance Communication and Networks) (3) FIN 316 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) MIS 420 Systems Implementation (3) FIN 327 International Finance (3) (Formerly FIN 427) Total Hours: 24 FIN 352 Fundamentals of Security Analysis (3) g. Marketing: (Formerly FIN 452) MKT 309 Product/Services Management & FIN 360 Financial Statement Analysis (3) Pricing Strategy (3) FIN 419 Financial Policy and Strategy (3) MKT 381 Marketing Research (3) FIN 465 Management of Financial Institutions (3) MKT 385 Consumer Behavior (3) FIN 470 Portfolio Management and Risk MKT 386 Sales Promotion, Advertising, and Analysis (3) Personal Selling (3) Total Hours: 21 MKT 403 Sales Management and Channels of Distribution (3) The following course is a mandatory co-requisite for MKT 466 Business-to-Business and International this concentration Marketing (3) MAT 210 Calculus with Applications (3) MKT 490 Marketing Management Strategy (3) d. International Business: Total Hours: 21 ECO 326 International Economics (3) FIN 327 International Finance (3) Minor in Business MKT 466 International Marketing (3) (21 credits; approval of Assistant Dean for MGT 336 Cross-Cultural Management (3) Students, School of Business) BUS 341/441 International Internship (3) BUS 342/442 Domestic Internship (3) Co-requisites MAT 152, CAT 102 One three-hour International Business elective (3) BUS 181 Introduction to Business (3) ACC 201 Financial Accounting (3) Total Hours: 21 ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (3) Additional International Business requirements: MIS 215 Administrative Applications of 1) All students completing a major in International Computers (3) Business must also successfully complete 12 MGT 305 Organizational Behavior and Management (3) credit hours of foreign language to satisfy the MKT 306 Marketing Concepts and Applications (3) requirements for the degree, unless they are already functional in a second major language. Choice of one Business elective approved by the As- 2) All students MUST maintain a minimum 2.7 sociate Dean for Students of the School of Business overall grade point average to remain in this Minor in Economics major. (21 credits; approval of Assistant Dean for 3) All students MUST have a minimum 2.7 over- Students, School of Business) all grade point average in order to graduate in this major. Co-requisites: CAT 102, MAT 152, MAT 210 4) Barry students changing the major into Interna- ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (3) ECO 202 Introductory Microeconomics (3) tional Business must have a GPA of 3.0 or better; transfer students must have a GPA of 2.7 or Plus any five courses selected from those listed be- better. low, being careful that pre-requisite sequences are satisfied, and approved by the Assistant Dean for e. Management: MGT 336 Cross-Cultural Management (3) Students, School of Business: MGT 352 Human Resources Management (3) ECO 301 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3) MGT 355 Conflict & Negotiation (3) ECO 302 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3) MGT 409 Organizational Communication (3) ECO 316 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) MGT 420 Leadership (3) ECO 326 International Economics (3) MGT 428 Entrepreneurship (3) ECO 406 Political Economy of Development (3) ECO 441 Econometrics (3) Total Hours: 18 ECO 470 Industrial Organization (3) f. Management Information Systems: ECO 471 Open Economy Macroeconomic MIS 201 Computer Programming I (3) Development (3) MIS 220 Fundamentals of Systems Technology (3) Total Hours: 21 MIS 312 Information Systems Development (3) MIS 333 Database Management and Design (3) D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 177

Minor in Management (21 credits; ate credits while completing their undergraduate re- approval of Assistant Dean for Students, quirements. The graduate course selection is limited School of Business) to MBA 682 and/or MBA 646. Neither admission to BUS 181 Introduction to Business (3) nor successful completion of these courses should be MGT 305 Organizational Behavior (3) construed as admission to the graduate program. MGT 352 Human Resources Management (3) MGT 355 Conflict & Negotiation (3) Course Descriptions— MGT 409 Organizational Communication (3) MGT 420 Leadership (3) Accounting Prefix: ACC MGT 428 Entrepreneurship (3) 201 Financial Accounting (3) Total Hours: 21 An introduction to the accounting concepts, principles, and techniques used in recording business transactions. Minor in Management Information The accounting cycle, the measurement of income and Systems (21 credits; approval of Assistant valuation problems, reporting of financial position and Dean for Students, School of Business) results of operations for business enterprises are Prerequisite: CAT 102 explored. Prerequisite: CAT 102. MIS 215 Introduction to Information Systems (3) MIS 201 Computer Programming I (3) 202 Managerial Accounting (3) MIS 220 Fundamentals of System Technology (3) An introduction to concepts and methods to assist MIS 333 Database Management and Design (3) management in the evaluation of the business MIS 344 Structured System Analysis and enterprise and to aid in its planning, organizing, and Design (3) MIS 400 Management of Information Systems (3) controlling functions. Topics include cost systems, MIS 420 System Implementation (3) break-even analysis, flexible budgets, variance MIS 312 and 410 cannot be taken as part of the MIS minor. analysis, and capital budgeting. Prerequisite: ACC 201. Minor in Marketing 335 Intermediate Accounting I (3) (21 credits: approval of Assistant Dean for The accounting process, the framework of accounting Students, School of Business) theory, and content and analysis of financial statements with emphasis on current assets and revenue Co-requisites: MAT 152, CAT 102 BUS 339 Business Law I (3) recognition. Prerequisite: ACC 202. MKT 306 Marketing Concepts and 336 Intermediate Accounting II (3) Applications (3) Income determination and valuation problems in long- MKT 381 Marketing Research (3) term assets and long-term liabilities; stockholders’ MKT 385 Consumer Behavior (3) MKT 386 Sales Promotion, Advertising and equity; special accounting topics of pensions and Personal Selling (3) investments. Prerequisite: ACC 335. Plus any two courses selected from those listed below 337 Intermediate Accounting III (3) and approved by the Associate Dean for Students, Special topics of accounting changes, error correction, School of Business: earnings per share, income tax accounting and leases; MKT 403 Sales Management and Channels of cash flow statement; equity accounting for Distribution (3) partnerships; interim and segment reporting. MKT 466 Business to Business and Prerequisite: ACC 335. International Marketing (3) MKT 490 Marketing Management Strategy (3) 360 Cost Accounting (3) Principles of cost accounting for both manufacturing Notes: and service industries. Topics include income 1) All students completing a minor within the School of Business must complete each course with a grade statement measurement and analysis, break-even, job- of C or better. order and process costing systems, overhead allocation 2) No more than 6 credits in transfer are accepted into and analysis, operational and capital budgeting any Minor in the School of Business. variance analysis, scrap and managerial decision- making. Prerequisite: ACC 202. Graduate Credits 362 Federal Income Tax (3) Undergraduate business majors in their final semester A review of the Internal Revenue Code and the with a grade point average of 3.5 or above may be regulations from an accounting/law perspective. Topics authorized by the dean to register for up to six gradu- include determinations of income, deductions, 178 D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS exemptions and credits. This course emphasizes 339 Business Law I (3) individual taxation and sole proprietorships. Designed to afford the student a background of basic Prerequisite: ACC 202. legal principles, concepts and the nature of the judicial 400 Accounting Information Systems (3) process. The first part of the course is devoted to the This course investigates accounting and system legal environment of business, including common, concepts; demonstrates how accounting information statutory and administrative law, federal and state court is recorded, summarized, and reported in automated structure, theories of law, court procedure, conflicts systems; describes system development and related of law and judicial forms of dispute resolution. This is technology; and emphasizes internal control features followed by a detailed study of contracts including necessary to produce accurate and reliable accounting basic elements, interpretation, remedies for breach, data. Prerequisites: CAT 102, MIS 215, ACC 335. assignment and discharge. The course concludes with agency and employment. 435 Advanced Accounting (3) Accounting for mergers and acquisitions, 340 Business Law II (3) consolidations, consolidated financial statements and An extension of Business Law I (339) with emphasis foreign operations. Prerequisite: ACC 337, Senior on personal property, real property, leases, bailments, status. bankruptcy, insurance, single proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, and selected portions of the 437 Auditing (3) Uniform Commercial Code. This course should be Basic standards and procedures as applied to selected as an elective by those students who are independent financial audit, professional ethics, audit planning to take the C.P.A. exam. Prerequisite: BUS programs, working papers, legal responsibility, 339. auditing computerized systems, completing the audit and reports. Prerequisite: ACC 337, Senior status. 341/441 International Internship (3) Students work throughout a semester preferably Course Descriptions— during their senior year with a company in an area Business Prefix: BUS of business related to the student’s major. This company must be located outside the United States. 181 Introduction to Business (3) This course can be done in conjunction with course This course is open to all Barry University students work being taken at a foreign university. This who want to understand what business is, what it does, course provides students with on-the-job experience and its role in society. The purpose of this course is in their major. This experience will enhance and threefold: 1) to introduce students to the academic apply those concepts taught in the classroom. opportunities and activities offered by the Andreas Prerequisite: Senior standing (exceptions by School of Business as well as to its professors; 2) to approval of the Director of International Business). help students to develop the cognitive skills they need to understand the principles and mechanics that 342/442 Domestic Internship (3) regulate everyday business life; and 3) to prepare Students work throughout a semester during their students to deal effectively with the challenges of junior or senior year with a company in an area of contemporary life, including issues in the business- business related to the student’s major. This course society relationship, its history, world events, provides students with on-the-job experience in their economic issues, and future expectations. major. This experience will enhance and apply those concepts taught in the classroom. 300 Special Topics in Business (3) This course, offered on a periodic basis, will include 359, 459 Independent Study (3) subjects which may satisfy the elective credits in the Opportunity for research in areas of special interest. Business Core and/or be of special interest due to the Prerequisite: recommendation by faculty member and timeliness of the subject matter. approval of the Associate Dean. Junior/senior status only. 311 Applications of Statistics in Business (3) Use of statistics to inform business decision-makers. 366 International Business (3) Topics include decision making, sampling, forecasting, Overview of the unique problems faced by firms analysis of variance, multiple regression, and statistical engaging in international activities, the importance of process control. Prerequisites: MAT 108, MAT 152, understanding the foreign, economic, social, political, CAT 102. cultural, and legal environment; the mechanics of importing and exporting; joint ventures, franchising, D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 179 and subsidiaries; international dimensions of demand/supply analysis emphasizing allocational management, marketing and accounting; international efficiency, opportunity cost and elasticity; the theory financial management; the special problems of multi- of consumer utility maximization; short- and long-term national corporations; recent problems of the cost and production decisions in the theory of the firm; international economic system; country-risk analysis; price, output and profit maximization under differing the increasing use of counter trade. Prerequisites: ECO market structures including competitive, monopolistic 201, ECO 202. and hybrid alternatives; the pricing of input resources 441 International Internship (IB) (3) including labor and capital along with income This internship, typically taken by International distribution implications; market failure and the Business majors during the Fall semester of the Senior consequences of government regulation; and an year, is taken abroad in conjunction with course work introduction to international finance and the balance being taken at a foreign university. This course contains of payments. Prerequisite: ECO 201. a contractual agreement between the student and the 301 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3) School of Business to pursue on-the-job experience. This course deals with the formulation of A student portfolio of performance as well as an macroeconomic theories and their application of the evaluation performed by the cooperating firm must analysis of the current problems affecting the U.S. and be submitted to the coordinator. the world economy. Key topics include Keynesian and 443 Study Abroad (3) monetarist models, supply side economics, rational The purpose of this course is to broaden the language expectations, open-economy monetary models, the skills of the student as well as providing an opportunity budget deficit, inflation, and unemployment. to become familiar with and relate course material to Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202. the operation of a foreign business entity. 302 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3) 498 Strategic Management (3) This course deals with the formulation of A capstone course which integrates the various microeconomic theories and their application to the business disciplines. Using a “big picture” perspective, analysis of day-to-day economic problems of the firm. the student addresses strategy formulation and Key topics include models of monopolies, oligopolies, implementation in a volatile business environment. and pure competition, utility functions and isoquants, The case method of instruction is actively used. empirical estimation of production, cost and demand Prerequisite: senior standing. This course should be functions, elasticities, pricing decisions, and valuation taken in the last semester before graduation. of fringe benefits. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202. 316 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) Course Descriptions— An examination of the nature and functions of money, Economics Prefix: ECO financial institutions within the larger economic system, and central banks. Course emphasizes the role of 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (3) financial instruments, financial markets and financial Introduction to the foundations of economic analysis institutions as well as the functioning of the Federal with concentration on macroeconomic structure and Reserve System by examining monetary policy and models as they relate to the global economy with an its roots in macroeconomic and monetary theory. Spe- emphasis on the U.S. Course focuses on fundamentals cial focus is on structure and evolution of the baking of demand and supply analysis; salient facts about the industry, depository institutions, and regulation of fi- economy’s performance; measures of economic nancial intermediaries within the context of the glo- activity such as GDP, employment and inflation; bal financial system and international monetary determinants of trends in economic growth and system. Prerequisite: ECO 202. (Should be cross listed business cycle fluctuations; fiscal, monetary and with FIN 316) international trade policies and their effect on domestic 326 International Economics (3) and foreign business cycles and growth. Counts as This course deals with the theory of international trade, distribution requirement for social sciences. commercial policy, balance of payments, and 202 Introductory Microeconomics (3) international monetary issues. Key topics include the Economic analysis of consumer and producer behavior theory of comparative advantage, exchange rate and decision making with a concentration on how determination, different forms of protectionism, open- economic agents voluntarily interact in markets for various goods and services. Topics include advanced 180 D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS economy fiscal and monetary policies, and the analysis Course Descriptions— of common markets and free-trade areas. Prerequisites: Finance Prefix: FIN ECO 201, ECO 202. 300 Special Topics in Finance (3) 406 Political Economy of Development (3) This course, offered on a periodic basis, will focus on Analysis of the process of political and economic a different selected topic of specialization in the area development. Topics include modernization, of finance. These might include, for example, “Real industrialization, the new international economic order, Estate Finance”, “Mergers and Acquisition”, the role of the state and military and ethical issues of “Bankruptcy and Receivership”. Prerequisite: ECO development. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202 and 202. departmental approval.( Same as POS 406) 316 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) 441 Econometrics (3) An examination of the nature and functions of money, This course deals with the application of statistical financial institutions within the larger economic methods to the quantitative estimation of economic system, and central banks. Course emphasizes the role models. Key topics include simple regression, multiple of financial instruments, financial markets and regression, parameter estimation with deficient data financial institutions as well as the functioning of the and in the presence of statistical anomalies such as Federal Reserve System by examining monetary policy heteroskedasticity and autoregressive disturbances, and its roots in macroeconomic and monetary theory. generalized linear regression, and simultaneous Special focus is on structure and evolution of the equation systems. Substantial emphasis is given to baking industry, depository institutions, and regulation business applications of econometric methods utilizing of financial intermediaries within the context of the state-of-the-art econometric software programs. global financial system and international monetary Prerequisites: BUS 311, MIS 215, MAT 210, ECO 301, system. Prerequisite: ECO 202. (Cross listed with ECO ECO 302. 316) 470 Industrial Organization (3) 319 Managerial Finance (3) This course introduces modern Industrial Organization Financial techniques and analysis for business decision (I/O) analysis. It first recalls production and cost concepts making, which build upon the prerequisites of developed in the intermediate Microeconomics course. economics, accounting and statistical methods. The It follows with a description of Industry Structures and major tools include cash flow, financial statement introduces the structure-conduct-performance structure and analysis, the time value of money, and paradigm. Each form of industry structure is studied risk. Specific topics studied with these tools include carefully with respect to pricing and non-pricing working capital management, asset investment and strategies. Game theoretic tools are used to explain capital budgeting, corporate financial structure and the the nature of strategic interaction. Policy implications choice of debt vs. equity financing, financial market of I/O analysis are discussed for each type of structure. valuations, and the financial implications of business Specific current coverage encompasses mergers, strategic decisions. Prerequisites: ACC 201. vertical relations and restraints, advertising, research and development, and strategic commitment. 327 International Finance (3) Prerequisites: ECO 301, ECO 302. (formerly FIN 427) This course presents an overview of the international 471 Open Economy Macroeconomic financial environment and a detailed analysis of tools Development (3) and techniques for international financial management. A comprehensive and integrated introduction to open Key topics include the functioning of foreign exchange economy macroeconomics as applied to emerging markets and international capital and money markets, economies. This course deals with the macroeconomic international portfolio diversification, multinational aspects of economies that are linked with the global capital budgeting, import-export financing, direct economy through significant trade and capital flows. foreign investment, and international banking. It, therefore, integrates the study of issues such as Prerequisites: ECO 202, FIN 319. balance of payments, exchange rates, foreign trade and international capital movements with the determination 352 Fundamentals of Security Analysis (3) of macroeconomic aggregates such as GDP, (Formerly FIN 452) employment, prices and interest rates, fiscal and This course is an introduction to the theories, monetary policies. Prerequisites: ECO 301, ECO 302, techniques, and strategies of investment management, ECO 326. Co-requisite: ECO 441. with emphasis on the global context of investment D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 181 decisions. Topics include domestic and foreign Course Description— securities markets, analysis and valuation of stocks and Management Prefix: MGT bonds, fundamental security analysis, efficient markets and technical analysis hybrid and derivative securities, 305 Organizational Behavior and options and futures, portfolio and capital market theory Management (3) and applications including diversification strategies Organizational behavior as it relates to the with foreign securities. Prerequisite: FIN 319. Co- management functions of planning, organizing, requisites: FIN 316 and FIN 360. leading, and controlling is the focus of this course. Examination is made of the individual’s role within 360 Financial Statement Analysis (3) the organization, of interpersonal influence and group This course will take a user perspective rather than a behavior, and of organizational processes. The course preparer perspective in the analysis of financial will provide the tools necessary for the development statements. A global perspective is also presented of a personal management philosophy. through the use of both US GAAP and the International Accounting Standards. The course provides the 325 Operations Management (3) concepts necessary to understand and interpret This course focuses on the design, management and financial statements and also provides the analysis continuous improvement of operations processes, that techniques that enable the analyst to further understand is, the processes used to produce goods and services. the relative position and performance of a company. Both manufacturing and service operations will be Prerequisites: ACC 201 and ACC 202. Co-requisites: studied. Prerequisites: BUS 311, MGT 305. FIN 316 and FIN 360. 336 Cross-Cultural Management (3) 419 Financial Policy and Strategy (3) This course explores the challenges of managing a This course is a continuation of FIN 319 covering more culturally diverse work force and the complexities of advanced issues such as options, futures, pensions, managing in countries with different religions, leasing mergers, acquisitions, and bankruptcies. traditions, and values systems. The course focuses on Prerequisite: FIN 319. the ability of managers to lead, motivate, communicate, and negotiate with individuals with different attitudes 465 Management of Financial Institutions (3) towards achievement and work, time and change, This course provides a conceptual framework for wealth and success, gender and the family, religion analyzing the optimal management of financial and language. The course places a special emphasis institutions as well as the impact of the economic, on the cultural characteristics and diversity of people political, legal and technological environment. in Latin American and the Caribbean, Europe and the Prerequisites: FIN 316, FIN 319, FIN 352, FIN 360. U.S. Prerequisite: MGT 305. 470 Portfolio Management and Risk Analysis (3) 352 Human Resources Management (3) This course provides the student the theories, tools, The focus of this survey course is to equip the techniques and applications of Modern Portfolio prospective manager with an understanding of the Theory and Portfolio Risk Management. Building personnel-related issues involved in effective upon the contents of Finance 352, the course presents management of his/her employees. Topic areas the Markowitz portfolio optimization concept as the discussed include human resource planning, basis for designing, developing and managing recruitment, selection, training/development, Equal portfolios of securities. Asset allocation models and Employment Opportunity laws and their application, techniques are emphasized. The course also extends performance evaluation, quality of work life and labor the student’s knowledge of derivative contracts, such management relations. Prerequisite: MGT 305. as options and futures contracts, to their uses in assessing and managing portfolio risk and presents 355 Conflict and Negotiation (3) methods for evaluating the return and risk performance This course, open to all Barry students, is intended to of portfolios of securities. Prerequisite: FIN 352. Co- help develop negotiating skills critical to success in requisite: FIN 419. any career. Negotiating is a fact of life; everyone negotiates something every day, frequently without realizing it. Negotiation is, nonetheless, often misunderstood and poorly performed. This course is designed to develop your skills in: recognizing and analyzing situations that call for negotiating (launching a new venture, obtaining a promotion, buying real 182 D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS estate, etc.), preparing for and then conducting the mental emphasis on algorithmic training students will negotiation. We employ a highly interactive, and learn to use the selected visual tool, currently Visual enjoyable approach involving case studies, role plays, Basic.NET, as a Rapid Application Development and simulations. Learn the secrets of expert negotiators (RAD) tool to develop functional prototypes for given and have fun doing it. business problems. Prerequisite: CAT 102 409 Organizational Communication (3) 215 Introduction to Information Systems (3) This course is designed to help students refine their This course introduces students to the basic concepts ability to communicate, a skill rated as the prime and developments in information systems. Areas of requisite of a promotable manager. Effective study include computer technology, information communication skills will be developed by exposing systems concepts, information systems development, students to the human considerations of their message. and the use of technology in organizations. Students Developing the “you-attitude”, resume preparation, gain hands-on experience by using microcomputers electronic message, creative usage of graphics, and to solve business problems. Prerequisite: CAT 102. report writing are major areas of focus in this course. 220 Fundamentals of System Technology (3) Prerequisite: MGT 305, Senior Status. This course is dominated by a practical component in 420 Leadership (3) which students work within a hardware and network This course is intended to help develop the “social lab environment. The course will provide students intelligence” critical to success in any career. Personal with an introduction to common computer hardware, effectiveness in practically all organizations requires peripherals, system software and networks with the the ability to mobilize vital support from a diverse set perspective of finding solutions to business problems. of interdependent stakeholders, including peers, Client/server, mini - computers, and mainframe superiors, subordinates and outsiders, over which you computers are all discussed with regard to their may have little authority, in order to achieve your hardware and operating system components, objectives. This highly interactive course is designed Prerequisites: CAT 102, MIS 215 (Co-requisite if not to develop your skills in recognizing and analyzing already taken.) situations requiring social intelligence, developing 312 Computer Programming II (3) adequate power bases, and influencing others. Improve The objective of this second programming course is your responsibly utilize organizational power and to provide the students with a solid understanding of influence – in an exciting and enjoyable manner. object oriented programming (OOP) and the Prerequisite: MGT 305. contemporary approaches to software development. 428 Entrepreneurship Students learn the important OOP concepts, such as This course examines the nature of entrepreneurship encapsulation, inheritance, and message passing, from from the perspective of a start-up as well as an various programming activities using the OOP established enterprise. Students will consider language Java. To address the critical issue of software marketing, management, operations, and financial reuse, students are required to complete a small scale implications in the development of a business plan. software development project which includes not only Student learning will be enhanced through real world the design and implementation of the class library for examples and experiences. Prerequisites: MGT 305, the project, but also its documentation in a universal MKT 306, FIN 319. modeling language (UML). Prerequisite: MIS 201, MIS 215. Course Descriptions— 330 Fundamentals of Web Site Development (3) Management Information Systems The objective of this course is to explore and develop Prefix: MIS the skills needed to utilize current technology related to the development of database intensive, Web based 201 Information Systems Development I (3) e-Commerce and e-Business applications. Current This is the first programming course in the curricu- programming tools and languages such as HTML, lum. The course focuses on providing the student with JavaScript, VBScript, ASP, and XML would be a solid problem solving background through the use employed. Also, modern database management of a selected visual programming tool. Fundamental systems will be integrated in the development of programming techniques to be covered include the database driven websites. Integrated development three control structures, arrays and database/file ac- platforms such as Front Page, Dream Weaver and cessing and manipulation. In addition to the funda- Microsoft’s .NET will be used as well. New D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 183 technologies and new implementations such as telecommunications standards, and network dynamic HTML, SHTML, WML would be considered management and organizational issues will be if appropriate. Prerequisite: MIS 215. discussed. Prerequisite: MIS 215. 333 Database Management and Design (3) 420 System Implementation (3) The focus of this course is two-fold: Database design This is the capstone technology course in the MIS and its implementation on a commercial database curriculum. Groups of students design and implement management system (DBMS), and its specification and a prototype of a “real world” information system. manipulation through the use of structured query Projects are expected to utilize the collective body of languages (SQL). The main areas to be covered include knowledge gained in the curriculum. As such, projects data modeling, the major representational models, set include multiple computer languages and a database processing theories within the context of the relational management system with the option for network based data model, relational algebra, and SQL formulation. implementation. Prerequisites: MIS 312, MIS 333, The DBMS to be used in this course are MS ACCESS MIS 344. (or SQL Server), and Oracle. Prerequisite: MIS 215. 440 Electronic Commerce (3) 344 Systems Analysis and Design (3) This course examines contemporary managerial This course provides an in-depth study of the various thought and information technologies associated with system analysis and design (SAD) activities involved doing business in a digital environment. Current and in the different stages of the system development life projected developments in electronic business will be cycle. Main focus is placed on the object oriented examined from the managerial and information (OO) approach to SAD although selected structured technology perspective. Topics may include, but not techniques, where appropriate, will also be covered. be limited to: IT infrastructure, impact of digital firm Students will learn the required techniques to analyze on logistics, supply chain management, payment and document, using UML, the various perspectives mechanisms, security issues, storefronts and virtual of a system during class modeling, collaboration and firms, and the implications for business strategy and sequence modeling, and state transitioning modeling.. other corporate functions. The course will also focus Prerequisites: MIS 312 and MIS 333. on the deployment of e-business applications involving 400 Business Intelligence Support: Theories both client side and server side programming using a and Practicum (3) varity of tools and techniques. Particularly, the This course covers both the theories and practicum of development of client side scripting, server side information technologies for the generation, retention, scripting, database connectivity and access, data and interpretation of business intelligence necessary retrevial and updates, dynamic web content for the support of critical business processes and development , styles sheets, server based components, business continuity. In particular, the course examines site design, SSL security, and shopping carts in e- theories and technologies in the areas of data mining commerce applications. XML technologies will also and knowledge intensive process modeling. be prominently covered. Prerequisite: MIS 215, MIS Theoretical framework for business continuity and 333 (or instructor consent). their related empirical evaluation methods, using computer based dynamic modeling techniques, will Course Descriptions— be examined in great detail. While this course does Marketing Prefix: MKT not involve intensive programming, some programming background will a definitely be a plus. 306 Marketing Concepts and Applications (3) Prerequisite: MIS 215, senior standing. Elements of the marketing function in bringing the organization’s goods and services form the producers 410 Telecommunications (Data Communication to the consumer. and Networks) (3) This course covers the basics of telecommunications 309 Product/Services Management and Pricing technology, and the operation of computer networks. Strategy (3) The management perspective of telecommunications This course focuses on the elements required to networks will be emphasized. Issues pertaining to successfully manage products & services and develop measures of network performance, the models of how appropriate pricing strategies. Students will use several to manage and control the network to impact their basic statistical techniques to identify ways in which behavior, basics of fault, performance and security product/service offerings can be enhanced and pricing management and other topics including strategies adjusted. Prerequisites: MKT 306, BUS 311. 184 D. INEZ ANDREAS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

321 Fundamentals of Direct Marketing (3) 386 Sales Promotion, Advertising, and Personal An Examination of the concepts, strategies and Selling (3) applications involved in direct marketing, including Examines the process of planning, executing, and mail order and direct response advertising. evaluating promotional programs utilizing personal Measurability, accountability, lists, data and the selling, advertising, and sales promotion techniques integration of direct marketing programs into the total to achieve company objectives. Prerequisite: MKT marketing efforts and overall organizational goals and 306. functions are discussed. Prerequisites: MKT 306, CAT 403 Sales Management and Channels of 102. Distribution (3) 326 Internet Marketing (3) Identifies wholesaling middlemen, retailing This course is designed to expose the student to the middlemen, and physical distribution institutions myriad of ways in which basic business functions can useful for the effective distribution of products and be enhanced through information technology. The the services they perform. Prerequisite: MKT 306. primary areas of emphasis will be marketing and the 466 Business-to-Business and International “Information Superhighway” as represented by the Marketing (3) many elements comprising the Internet. These Considers the adjustment in marketing strategy needed elements include such issues as internet tools and to remain competitive in a global environment. The technology, Web site development, product and pricing impact of changing economic, political, legal, social, strategies, distribution and direct marketing, marketing and cultural environments on management decision communications, and relationship marketing making is examined. Prerequisite: MKT 306. strategies. Prerequisites: CAT 102 490 Marketing Management Strategy (3) 381 Marketing Research (3) Development of managerial decision-making Quantitative and analytical tools and techniques that techniques and problem solving through practice in are used for studying marketing data and formulating analyzing practical marketing cases. Prerequisites: marketing strategies and tactics. Prerequisites: BUS MGT 305, MKT 306, Senior status. 311, MKT 306. 385 Consumer Behavior (3) An analysis of the actions and decisions processes of individuals and organizations involved in discovering, evaluating, acquiring, consuming and disposing of products and services. The disciplines of Marketing, Psychology and Sociology will be used to understand how consumer behavior is the basis for management decision making. Prerequisite: MKT 306. ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 185

ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Evelyn Piche, O.P., Ph.D., Dean John G. Dezek, Ed.D., Associate Dean Evelyn Evans, Ed.D., Associate Dean Faculty: Arome, Bernstein, Brandford, Browne, Buria, Byrd, Carioni, Carter, Choate, Chromy, Conde, Coral, Daniels, Dezek, DiBello, DiMarko, Doran, Duffy, Eeltink, Evans, Farrell, Fernandez, Fisher, Flora, Gaffney, Gillig, Giordano, Gray A., Gray, P., Harlin, Harris-Looby, Hatcher, Houghton, Hubschman, Hutchinson, King, Kolsky, Kopp, Lenaghan, Levine, Maldonado, Manner, Masztal, McArdle, McCrink, Murphy, O’Grady, Paneque, Papier P., Papier V, Pelaez, Perkins, Pittman, Powell, Rendulic, Rice, Roberts, Rodriguez, Romain, Roseman, Rosenblatt, Rudes, Silver, Stallions, Superfisky, Tate-Blake, Tootle, Tulloss, Tureen, Van Voorhis, Veshinski, Weitman, Warner, Wolman, Yeatts

The Adrian Dominican School of Education is com- EDUCATION MAJORS (B.S.) mitted to promoting the mission of the University through teaching, advising, scholarship, research, and supportive service to the University, its students and ELEMENTARY PROGRAM/ESOL community-at-large. Respecting life in all its diver- ENDORSEMENT sity, we are committed to continuous improvement EXCEPTIONAL STUDENT EDUCATION through collaborative processes. Thus, we: PROGRAM/ESOL ENDORSEMENT

–offer a comprehensive range of professional Education of School courses and programs to prepare leaders for the PREK-PRIMARY PROGRAM/ESOL 21st century in education, administration, coun- ENDORSEMENT seling, instructional technology and human re- PREK-PRIMARY MONTESSORI PROGRAM/ source development ESOL ENDORSEMENT – continuously update programs to reflect chang- The Elementary Education major, a State-of-Florida ing societal needs approved program, prepares students to teach in Kin- – strive to nurture a student body who will suc- dergarten through Grade Six. ceed as highly accomplished professionals, liv- The Exceptional Student Education major, a State- ing with integrity and leading with a sense of of-Florida approved program, prepares students to service and stewardship teach in Exceptional Student Education classes in Kin- dergarten through Grade Twelve. OBJECTIVES: The PreK-Primary Education major, a State-of- The Adrian Dominican School of Education, Florida approved program, prepares students to teach through a competent and academically prepared fac- in Pre-Kindergarten through Grade Three. ulty, offers contemporary programs designed to: The PreK-Primary Montessori major, offered on • meet current professional standards including Barry’s main campus, prepares students to teach, not licensure and certification requirements only in regular classrooms, but also in Montessori • provide knowledge and skills which enable classrooms, Pre-Kindergarten through Grade Three. graduates to practice in their career choices Students who complete course and internship require- •develop attitudes which encourage a life-long ments will receive teaching certification from the commitment to quality teaching and learning American Montessori Society as well as Florida Cer- tification. 186 ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Upon completion of the B.S. degree in Education, EDU 435* The Teaching of Language Arts in graduates will have acquired the ability to: Primary/ Elementary Education 3 cr. 1. recognize patterns of physical, social, emotional, EDU 441 Primary/Elementary School and cognitive development in students, includ- Curriculum 3 cr. ing exceptional students in the regular classroom EDU 466* Diagnostic Teaching of Reading in the Primary/Elementary Classroom 3 cr. 2. identify and meet the learning needs and abili- EDU 496 Workshop in Education 1 cr. ties of all children, including those from diverse EDU 499* Directed Student Teaching cultural backgrounds and those with special (Pre-K/Primary, Elementary, needs Exceptional Student Education) 12 cr. 3. implement a wide range of instructional strate- ESE 470 Introduction to Children with gies to translate content into developmentally Exceptionalities 3 cr. appropriate classroom activities SES 344 Teaching Health, Phy. Ed., Dance 4. analyze data from classroom observations to in the Primary/Elementary School 3 cr. improve effectiveness in instruction TSL 406* Applied Linguistics 3 cr. 5. interpret student and classroom observable data TSL 476* Methods of Teaching Limited English Proficient (LEP) to administrators, parents, and the community Students (K-12) 3 cr. 6. demonstrate, through a professional portfolio process, the “Accomplished Practices” (teacher Prerequisites for student teaching: competencies) identified by the State of EDU 151 Introduction to Education 3 cr. Florida’s Education Standards Commission. EDU 218 Educational Psychology 3 cr. EDU 322* Methods of Teaching Reading 3 cr. EDU 362* Teaching Mathematics in the DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Elementary School 3 cr. Theology and Philosophy 9 credits EDU 366* Teaching Social Studies in the English (writing, literature, speech) 9 credits Elementary School 3 cr. Science (earth, life, physical sciences, EDU 388* Teaching Science in the Elementary School 3 cr. with lab) 9 credits EDU 435* Teaching of Language Arts in Primary/ Mathematics (college algebra, geometry) 9 credits Elementary Education 3 cr. Social sciences (American history, EDU 466* Diagnostic Teaching of Reading in general psychology) 12 credits the Primary/Elementary Classroom 3 cr. Fine Arts 9 credits TSL 406* Applied Linguistics 3 cr. These courses meet the general education requirements TSL 476* Methods of Teaching Limited English Proficient (LEP) of Barry University and the requirements of the State Students (K-12) 3 cr. of Florida. In some instances, courses will meet requirements in more than one distribution area. *Students are required to take these courses at Barry University. REQUIRED COURSES FOR Based upon revisions in State Certification require- ELEMENTARY EDUCATION ments, there may be changes in these requirements which are not in place at the time of the publica- Major (51 cr.) tion of the catalog. Students should see their advi- ECT 405 Introduction to Computers/ sor for clarification. Technologies in Education 3 cr. EDU 151 Introduction to Education 3 cr. EDU 218 Educational Psychology 3 cr. REQUIRED COURSES FOR EDU 320 Children’s Literature 3 cr. EXCEPTIONAL STUDENT EDUCATION EDU 322* Methods of Teaching Reading 3 cr. EDU 362* Teaching Mathematics in the Major (57 cr.) Elementary School 3 cr. ECT 405 Introduction to Computers/Technologies EDU 366* Teaching Social Studies in the in Education 3 cr. Elementary School 3 cr. EDU 151 Introduction to Education 3 cr. EDU 376 Art in the Elementary School 3 cr. EDU 218 Educational Psychology 3 cr. EDU 377 Teaching Music in the Elementary EDU 320 Children’s Literature 3 cr. Schools 3 cr. EDU 322* Methods of Teaching Reading 3 cr. EDU 388* Teaching Science in the Elementary EDU 362* Teaching Mathematics in the School 3 cr. Elementary School 3 cr. EDU 414 Classroom Management 3 cr. EDU 435* The Teaching of Language Arts in EDU 417 Evaluation and Measurement in Primary/Elementary Education 3 cr. Education 3 cr. EDU 466* Diagnostic Teaching of Reading in the Primary/Elementary Classroom 3 cr. ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 187

EDU 496 Workshop in Education 1 cr. TSL 409* Cross Cultural Communication and EDU 499* Directed Student Teaching Understanding 3 cr. (Pre-K/Primary, Elementary, TSL 476* Methods of Teaching Limited Exceptional Student Education) 12 cr. English Proficient (LEP) ESE 410 Educational Management of Students (K-12) 3 cr. Students with Exceptionalities 3 cr. *Students are required to take these courses at Barry ESE 411 Speech Correction for Children 3 cr. ESE 414 Transition: Teaching Social, University. Personal, and Work Skills to Based upon revisions in State Certification require- students with exceptionalities 3 cr. ments, there may be changes in these requirements ESE 420* Instructional Strategies for which are not in place at the time of the publication of Students with Mental Handicaps 3 cr. the catalog. Students should see their advisor for clari- ESE 424* Instructional Strategies for Students fication. with Learning Disabilities 3 cr. ESE 428* Instructional Strategies for Students with Emotional Handicaps 3 cr. REQUIRED COURSES FOR ESE 470 Introduction to Children with PREK-PRIMARY EDUCATION Exceptionalities 3 cr. ESE 483 Educational Assessment of Student Major (63 cr.) – with Exceptionalities 3 cr. ECT 405 Introduction to Computers/Technologies ESE 490* Curriculum Design in Exceptional in Education 3 cr. Student Education 3 cr. EDU 320 Children’s Literature 3 cr. TSL 406* Applied Linguistics 3 cr. EDU 322* Methods of Teaching Reading 3 cr. TSL 409* Cross Cultural Communication EDU 329 Health, Nutrition and Safety Needs and Understanding 3 cr. of the Young Child 3 cr. TSL 476* Methods of Teaching Limited EDU 422 Promoting Family Involvement in English Proficient (LEP) Schools 3 cr. Students (K-12) 3 cr. EDU 423 Issues and Practices in School/ Prerequisites for student teaching: Community Parental Involvement 3 cr. EDU 460 Needs of Special Children and ECT 405 Introduction to Computers/Technologies Their Families 3 cr. in Education 3 cr. EDU 496 Workshop in Education 1 cr. EDU 151 Introduction to Education 3 cr. EDU 493 Child Study Skills for Primary EDU 218 Educational Psychology 3 cr. Education 3 cr. EDU 322* Methods of Teaching Reading 3 cr. EDU 499* Directed Student Teaching EDU 362* Teaching Mathematics in the (Pre-K/Primary, Elementary, Elementary School 3 cr. Exceptional Student Education) 12 cr. EDU 435* The Teaching of Language Arts in ESE 470 Introduction to Children with Primary/Elementary Education 3 cr. Exceptionalities 3 cr. EDU 466* Diagnostic Teaching of Reading in the EDM 400 Introduction to Early Childhood Primary/Elementary Classroom 3 cr. Education 3 cr. ESE 410 Educational Management of Students EDM 401 Developmental Curriculum and with Exceptionalities 3 cr. Strategies 3 cr. ESE 411 Speech Correction 3 cr. EDM 402* Language Arts and Math 3 cr. ESE 414 Transition: Teaching social, personal, EDM 403 Child Growth and Development 3 cr. and work skills to students with EDM 407* Humanities in the Classroom 3 cr. Exceptionalities 3 cr. EDM 426* Sciences in the Classroom 3 cr. ESE 420* Instructional Strategies for Students EDM 449 Guiding Primary Learning/ with Mental Handicaps 3 cr. Classroom Management 3 cr. ESE 424* Instructional Strategies for Students TSL406* Applied Linguistics 3 cr. with Learning Disabilities 3 cr. TSL 476* Methods of Teaching Limited ESE 428* Instructional Strategies for Students English Proficient (LEP) Students with Emotional Handicaps 3 cr. (K-12) 3 cr. ESE 470 Introduction to Exceptional Student Education 3 cr. Prerequisites for student teaching: ESE 483 Educational Assessment of Students EDU 322* Methods of Teaching Reading 3 cr. with Exceptionalities 3 cr. EDU 329 Health, Nutrition and Safety Needs ESE 490 Curriculum Design in Exceptional of the Young Child 3 cr. Student Education 3 cr. EDU 422 Promoting Family Involvement in TSL 406* Applied Linguistics 3 cr. Schools 3 cr. 188 ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

EDU 460 Needs of Special Children and their 3. earning a C or better in the required English and Families 3 cr. Mathematics courses. EDU 493 Child Study Skills for Primary 4. passing all sections of the CLAST. Education 3 cr. EDM 400 Introduction to Early Childhood Program Admission/Candidacy applications are Education 3 cr. available from the student’s advisor. Students who are EDM 401 Developmental Curriculum and not candidates by the second semester of their junior Strategies 3 cr. year may be limited in the number of professional EDM 402* Language Arts and Math 3 cr. education courses they will be permitted to take. EDM 407* Humanities in the Classroom 3 cr. Students who have received formal Program Ad- EDM 426* Sciences in the Classroom 3 cr. mission/Candidacy will be responsible for keeping EDM 449 Guiding Primary Learning/ abreast of the teacher certification requirements as Classroom Management 3 cr. ESE 470 Introduction to Children with stated by the Florida State Department of Education, Exceptionalities 3 cr. Tallahassee, Florida, and for securing additional in- TSL 406* Applied Linguistics 3 cr. formation from the Department of Education regard- TSL 476* Methods of Teaching Limited ing new requirements enacted after the printing of this English Proficient (LEP) Students catalog. All students seeking Florida state certifica- (K-12) 3 cr. tion must comply with any new requirement prescribed * Students are required to take these courses at Barry by the state in order to complete their major. In addi- University. tion, the students should arrange with their advisors to plan a program of study that will fulfill both state Based upon revisions in State Certification require- certification requirements and degree requirements. ments, there may be changes in these requirements which are not in place at the time of the publication of the catalog. Students should see their advi- STUDENT TEACHING REQUIREMENTS sor for clarification. To be accepted for student teaching, a student must: 1. be fully admitted to the Adrian Dominican FIELD EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS School of Education 2. have passed all sections of the CLAST, and have Clinical field experience is a component of many taken all sections of the Florida Teacher Certi- undergraduate courses. The student may be required fication Examinations (FTCE) – General to undergo security clearance and/or pay a fee, depend- Knowledge, Professional and Subject Area ex- ing upon the county or district of field experience aminations. placement. 3. have completed a minimum of 90 semester hours of course work with a cumulative grade point ADMISSION TO THE ADRIAN DOMINICAN average of 2.5 and a grade of C or better in all SCHOOL OF EDUCATION required professional Education courses Declaration to enter the teaching profession repre- 4. have completed a minimum of 30 semester hours sents informal admission to the Adrian Dominican of course work at Barry University School of Education. Students must receive formal 5. demonstrated competencies of “Fulfilled” in a program admission/candidacy to be formally accepted minimum of nine (9) Accomplished Practices to the School of Education. Transfer students may for the Florida Accomplished Practices. enroll in education courses for two semesters without The student teaching program component repre- having been formally accepted into a teacher educa- sents the culminating phase in teacher preparation and tion program. consists of a carefully planned sequence of laboratory experiences under the supervision of clinically trained PROGRAM ADMISSION/CANDIDACY educators. During student teaching, a full-time course- REQUIREMENTS load (a minimum of 12 credits) must be carried by the student. Passing all sections of the Florida Teacher A student achieves program admission/candidacy Certification Examinations and completing a portfo- by: lio documenting fulfillment of the Accomplished Prac- 1. submitting official documentation of passing tices are required for a grade in Student Teaching and scores on all four sections of the CLAST. graduation from Barry University. 2. completing all distribution requirements with a grade point average of 2.5 or higher. ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 189

LICENSURE/CERTIFICATION INFORMATION be eligible for the 2 + 2 program, the following crite- Only students who have completed all the program ria are recommended: requirements for their degree will be eligible to re- 1. acceptance by the Admissions Office of Barry ceive endorsement for licensure/certification or em- University ployment in that area. The student has the sole 2. completion of A.A. or A.S. degree from MDCC, responsibility to comply with the requirements for li- BCC, ECC, or FKCC censure and to keep current with changes in licensure 3. successful completion of appropriate equivalent and/or certification requirements. course work 4. passing all sections of the CLAST Program Admission/Candidacy applications are ESOL ENDORSEMENT available from the students’ advisors. Students who complete the degree programs Transfer students will be given TWO semesters to through one of the three State-approved certification satisfy the philosophy/theology requirement. programs (Elementary, Exceptional Student Education or Pre-Kindergarten/Primary) will be eligible for State ESOL endorsement. ACCELERATED PROGRAM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS POSTGRADUATE INFORMATION 1. successful completion of graduation require- Barry seniors in good standing in Education should ments for undergraduates as identified in the be apprised of opportunities for further study, such as Academic Information section of this catalog the possibility of taking graduate courses as a senior. 2. successful completion of the required courses See “Graduate Credit for Qualified Seniors” in the for the Education major Barry Catalog. Advisors can provide information on 3. a C or better earned in professional education the 2+2+1 program. courses and an overall GPA of 2.5 The Adrian Dominican School of Education offers 4. appropriate materials filed for graduation with the Master of Science (M.S.) Degree in eight areas the Registrar before the published deadline which lead to additional state certification. Students 5. passed all sections of the Florida Teacher Com- who are interested should request information from prehensive Evaluations (General Knowledge, Graduate Admissions. Subject areas and Professional examinations. 6. demonstrated competencies of “Fulfilled” in all Course Descriptions— twelve (12) Accomplished Practices for the Florida Accomplished Practices. Education Prefix: EDU Students who are required to take preparatory 151 Introduction to Education (3) courses before taking required courses may not be able Surveys the principles of education with emphasis on to graduate in four years. Based upon direct classroom school and society, history and philosophy of educa- observation utilizing an approved teacher observation tion. Field experience. instrument and other assessment data, the faculty of 218 Educational Psychology (3) the Adrian Dominican School of Education reserves Applies the principles of psychology to the field of the right to dismiss a student who, in its judgment, education. Examines innate and acquired forms of does not satisfy the requirements of scholarship, health, behavior control, motivation of learning, transfer of or personal suitability. training, individual differences in intelligence and achievement, evaluation and measurement. Pre- or co- 2 + 2 PROGRAM requisite: EDU151 320 Children’s Literature (3) PROGRAM ADMISSION/CANDIDACY Surveys the literature suited to the needs of children Barry University offers a Bachelor of Science de- and promotes child development through literature. gree in either Elementary Education (K-Grade 6), 322 Methods of Teaching Reading (3) PreK-Primary (Age 3-Grade 3), or Exceptional Stu- Surveys the methods of teaching reading and the strat- dent Education (K-Grade 12) for students who have egies and materials appropriate for use at the primary earned an associate’s degree from Miami-Dade Col- and elementary levels. Field experience includes teach- lege, Broward Community College, Edison Commu- ing reading lessons at the appropriate grade level. nity College, or Florida Keys Community College. To 190 ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

329 Health, Nutrition and Safety Needs of the 412 Teaching the Elementary Mainstreamed Young Child (3) Exceptional Student (3) Provides a comprehensive survey of health, nutrition, Offers an introduction to exceptional student educa- and safety factors necessary to prepare care givers tion in the elementary years for those preparing for (teachers and parents) to nurture and care for children, regular classroom teaching. Presents procedures for age 3 to grade 3. Field experience. instructing elementary school students who are 362 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary mainstreamed to the regular classroom. Field experi- School (3) ence. Investigates the content, methodology, and materials 414 Classroom Management (3) for teaching modern mathematics in the primary/el- Examines the techniques for the observation, descrip- ementary school. Field experience. Prerequisite: MAT tion, measurement, and evaluation of student behav- 201 or equivalent. ior. Ways to strengthen positive behavior and eliminate 366 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary distracting non-productive negative behavior are ap- School (3) plied in classroom situations. Field experience. Pre- Examines the content, materials, and methodology in requisite: EDU 151 and EDU 218. the social science field needed for the instruction of 415 Guiding Primary Learning (3) primary/elementary children. Field experience. Explores the ways young children learn and the fac- 376 Art in the Elementary School (3) tors influencing learning as the basis for designing Aims and procedures in the development of creative instruction to facilitate primary learning. An applica- expression in elementary school children; includes tion of the principles of learning is made to primary practice and experimentation in various suitable me- classroom situations. dia. Education majors only. (Special fee) 416 Guiding Elementary Learning (3) 377 Teaching Music in the Elementary Applies learning theory relevant to the nature of chil- Schools (3) dren and the factors influencing learning for facilitat- Open only to junior and senior Elementary Education ing learning in the subject areas in the elementary majors. This course approaches the actual music class- classroom. room situation from the standpoint of the non-music 417 Evaluation and Measurement in specialist and is meant to prepare general elementary Education (3) teachers for classroom music teaching. Provides laboratory experience in designing classroom 388 Teaching Science in the Elementary tests and writing test items. Examines group and indi- School (3) vidual tests as means of accountability and facilitat- Examines the principles and methods of selecting and ing decision making. organizing suitable units for primary/elementary 422 Promoting Family Involvement in school science; includes demonstrations, laboratory Schools (3) experiments, field trips, and tests. Field experience. Emphasizes the role of creating an open school-learn- 409 Multicultural Primary Education (3) ing environment through family involvement. Field Studies the national and international dimensions of experience. cultural diversity in order to develop the understand- 423 Issues and Practices in School/Community ings for implementing primary school curriculum and Parental Involvement (3) instruction appropriate for a culturally pluralistic Examines the issues, policies, practices, and strategies school setting. Field experience. in school and community relations, with focus on the 410 Multicultural Elementary Education (3) school/community involvement as part of the devel- Studies the national and international dimensions of opmental process of children. Field experience. cultural diversity in order to develop the understand- 435 The Teaching of Language Arts in Primary/ ings for implementing school curriculum and instruc- Elementary Education (3) tion appropriate for a culturally pluralistic school Examines the methods and materials for instruction setting. Field experience. in all areas of the language arts curriculum in primary 411 Speech Correction for Children (3) and elementary grades. Field experience. Focuses on language development, functional and organic speech deviations, the impact of language on learning, and early recognition of a child’s possible speech disorder. See ESE 411. ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 191

436 Strategies for Primary Diagnostic- 465 Language Acquisition in Primary Prescriptive Instruction (3) Education (3) Develops a framework for diagnostic-prescriptive Deals with the fundamental concepts and questions of teaching in the primary classroom. Includes classroom language acquisition from birth to nine years and re- organizational practices and teaching strategies which lates those concepts and questions to the primary class- implement the model. room. Observation of children’s language and their 437 Strategies for Elementary Diagnostic- interacting with other children through language is Prescriptive Instruction (3) required. Field experience. Develops a framework for diagnostic-prescriptive 466 Diagnostic Teaching of Reading in the teaching in the subject areas at the elementary level. Primary/Elementary Classroom (3) Includes classroom organization, materials, and in- Presents techniques of informal reading diagnosis, structional strategies which implement the model. interpretation, and planning for individualized and 438 Teaching the Primary Mainstreamed small group instruction for the primary/elementary Exceptional Student (3) classroom. Field experience. Prerequisite: EDU 322 Offers an introduction to exceptional student educa- or equivalent. tion in the primary years for those preparing to teach 467 Foundations of Reading Instruction (3) in the regular classroom. Presents strategies for in- Surveys more advanced methods, techniques, and structing primary exceptional students who are materials for teaching reading K-12, including current mainstreamed to the regular classroom. strategies and trends. 441 Primary/Elementary School 468 Reading in the Content Areas (3) Curriculum (3) Presents strategies for developing students’ reading Examines the principles and problems in primary/el- abilities in the content area subjects at the primary, ementary school curriculum. Offers practical experi- elementary, middle, and secondary levels. Focuses on ences for the student in developing criteria for valid the instructional materials and methods for subject area practices and curriculum changes. Pre-requisite: teaching in vocabulary, comprehension, study strate- EDU151 and EDU218 gies, and text learning experiences. Examines infor- 442 Secondary School Curriculum (3) mal evaluation techniques to meet individual Explores current trends in modern secondary school differences in reading abilities and interests. Field ex- curriculum. Offers practical experiences in develop- perience. ing criteria for valid practices and curriculum changes. 471 Psycho-Social Foundations in Primary Pre-requisite: EDU151 and EDU218 Education (3) 460 Needs of Special Children and their Examines ways of improving understanding of the Families (3) socialization process for children. Examines ways of Includes information concerning indicators of children conceptualizing and accepting responsibility for im- and their families with special needs, programs, pro- proving children’s interpersonal relations. Examines cedures, and resources for special needs children, ap- the study and evaluation of the primary curriculum as propriate intervention and referral procedures, methods it contributes to the development of social and emo- of working with abused and neglected children, tional sensitivity. conferencing with families, due process, and confi- 472 Primary Programs and Practices (3) dentiality. Field experience. Covers the foundations of the primary education cur- 462 Principles of Teaching and Testing riculum; emphasizes building a basic curriculum re- (Primary/Elementary) (3) lated to perspectives of emotional, social, Introduces specific and general techniques which un- perceptual-cognitive, physical, and language develop- derlie teaching/learning in the primary/elementary ment patterns. Addresses play, communication, inte- school. Provides opportunities for students to receive grating the arts, bilingualism, and multicultural issues. critiques of the mini-lessons students present in class. Field experience. 463 Principles of Teaching and Testing 478 The Learning Disabled Child (3) (Secondary) (3) Presents the causes of learning disabilities and how Introduces specific and general techniques which un- they affect children in their social, emotional, and in- derlie teaching/learning in the secondary school. Pro- tellectual development. Offers practical experiences vides opportunities to receive critiques of the in the study of how children learn control of move- mini-lessons students present in class. ment, language, and thought. 192 ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

481 Learning Strategies for Exceptional 405 Introduction to Computers/Technologies in Student Education (3) Education (3) Explores specific procedures and methods for imple- Provides a comprehensive introduction to the broad menting learning strategies for teaching ESE students. role of computers in education. The computer is ex- Focuses on the strategies of teaching ESE students how amined both as a subject of instruction as well as a to learn and how to perform academic tasks. tool for the professional educator. 484 Reading Diagnosis (3) 415 Micro-computing in the Curriculum (3) Examines methods of diagnosing reading problems, Prepares teachers to use microcomputers in the class- interpreting tests, and identifying reading-learning room. Strategies and methods for integrating micro- needs (K-12). Prerequisite: EDU 322, 467, or equiva- computing within the elementary and secondary lent. curriculum are explored. Teachers will have opportu- 490 Corrective Reading (3) nities to explore a full range of microcomputer appli- Determines and implements appropriate classroom cations suitable for classroom use. Prerequisite: ECT teaching techniques, strategies, and materials to meet 405. the learning needs of students with reading difficul- 421 Computer Programming in Basic for ties (K-12). Prerequisite: EDU 322, 467, or equiva- Educators (3) lent. Prepares the teacher to program and use the BASIC 493 Child Study Skills for Primary language. The course is taught in a laboratory setting Education (3) with extensive hands-on experience. Emphasis is on Includes guidelines and techniques for observing, re- the preparation to teach BASIC in an educational en- cording, diagnosing, analyzing, and prescribing for the vironment. Prerequisite: ECT 405. personal, social, motor, language, and perceptual-cog- 445 Software-Based Instructional Tools (3) nitive development of primary children in a variety of Investigates a variety of specialized software in rela- child care and educational settings. Includes working tion to their benefits in developing materials and meth- with families and parents. Field experience. ods for the presentation and management of 496 Workshop in Education (Variable) instruction. Prerequisite: ECT 405. Provides special interest areas developed from student 476 Teaching Computer Science (3) needs and community requests. Number of credits Introduces participants to the special problems and depends on individual workshop requirements. methods of teaching computer science to K-12 stu- 499 Directed Student Teaching (Pre-K/Primary, dents. This course is intended primarily for Computer Elementary, Exceptional Student Education students. Prerequisite: Departmental ap- Education) (12) proval by the Adrian Dominican School of Education. Provides the student teacher with on-the-job experiences under the supervision of a certified teacher and Course Descriptions— University personnel. Requires the synthesis and ap- Prefix EDM plication of theory acquired in course work to realistic classroom situations. Prerequisites: Full Program 400 Introduction to Early Childhood Admission including passing all sections of the Education (3) CLAST, Senior status, 2.5 GPA, C or better in all re- Examines early childhood philosophy, theory, teach- quired education courses, participation in all sections ing strategies, rationale, trend, and basic methodol- of the FTCE, and the completion documenting suc- ogy, as well as historical influences of theorists such cessful mastery of nine (9) Accomplished Practices in as Locke, Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Montessori, a professional portfolio. Passing of the FTCE is re- Dewey, Gardner, and Piaget. Field experience. quired for a final grade in EDU 499. 401 Developmental Curriculum and Strategies (3) Course Descriptions— Introduces students to the philosophy, rationale, and Prefix ECT principles needed for curriculum development in early childhood education. The development of sensory- 300 Special Topics (3) motor integration and social skills are examined. Op- Provides the opportunity to investigate specific top- portunities are provided for students to develop the ics/issues. Content to be determined by the department ability to design developmentally appropriate activi- to fill specified needs or interests of the students. ties in varied curriculum areas, with a primary focus on the language arts. Field experience. ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 193

402 Language Arts and Math (3) 414 Transition: Teaching Social, Personal, and Examines how a child develops linguistic skills and Work Skills to Students with number concepts, and methods of facilitating the Exceptionalities (3) child’s natural development. Investigates the sequence Introduces issues related to the transition of students of math concepts and addresses the presentation of with disabilities to work and community living, fo- appropriate materials’and content for teaching mod- cusing on employability skills, career awareness, and ern mathematics in the early childhood classroom. transition planning for adult living. Field experience. Field experience. 420 Instructional Strategies for Students with 403 Child Growth and Development (3) Mental Handicaps (3) Explores the philosophy, theory, strategies, programs, Introduces and evaluates instructional strategies for and various approaches to early education in light of students with educable, trainable, and profound men- the views of leading developmental theorists. Field tal disabilities based on the development, implemen- experience. tation, and evaluation of individualized education 407 Humanities in the Classroom (3) plans. Field experience. Includes the teaching of the fine arts and the perfor- 424 Instructional Strategies for Students with mance arts (music, art, movement/dance). Emphasis Learning Disabilities (3) is placed on the role of the related arts in the develop- Introduces instructional techniques for teaching chil- ment of the young child and how these can be inte- dren with disabilities, including specialized approaches grated into the daily curriculum. The humanities course in basic skills and adaptation of curriculum materials. includes cultural studies (history and geography) and Field experience. language arts. Field experience. 428 Instructional Strategies for Students with 426 Sciences in the Classroom (3) Emotional Handicaps (3) Explores teaching methods and hands-on activities in Introduces instructional strategies for teaching chil- the natural, physical, and environmental sciences while dren who are identified as having emotional disabili- nurturing a sense of wonder and a spirit of inquiry ties, including instructional techniques, motivational inherent in each child. Field experience. strategies, development, implementation, and evalua- 449 Guiding Primary Learning/Classroom tion of individualized education plans as well as data- Management (3) based management. Field experience. Equips the student with knowledge and skills effec- 470 Introduction to Children with tive in teaching the young child. Includes such topics Exceptionalities (3) as: classroom management and record keeping, con- Presents an overview of the physical, mental, emo- ducting parent programs, communication and listen- tional, and social exceptionalities in children and their ing skills, meeting government regulations, involving educational and social implications. Field experience. the local community, coordination and supervision of 483 Educational Assessment of the Exceptional personnel, scheduling, and budgeting. Field experi- Child (3) ence. Introduces formal and informal evaluation techniques and procedures to provide an objective data base for Course Descriptions— individualized instruction for children with Prefix ESE exceptionalities. Students gain experience in designing classroom tests and examine test data to facilitate 410 Educational Management of Students with decision making. Field experience. Exceptionalities (3) Introduces the various forms of classroom organiza- 490 Curriculum Design in Exceptional Student tion, behavior management, and communication skills Education (3) appropriate for managing the spectrum of students with Provides fundamental information and competencies exceptionalities. Field experience. regarding the nature and needs of students with mild disabilities. Introduces curriculum models, including 411 Speech Correction for Children (3) the administration of instructional systems and cur- Focuses on language development, functional and or- riculum materials, taking into consideration federal ganic speech deviations, the impact of language on laws, appropriations, staffings, and individualized edu- learning, and early recognition of a child’s possible cation programs. speech disorder. See EDU 411. 194 ADRIAN DOMINICAN SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Course Descriptions— 411 ESOL Curriculum and Materials Prefix TSL Development (3) Focuses on instructional techniques and materials es- 400 Comprehensive ESOL Strategies (3) sential for developing a curriculum appropriate for the Based on current theories and special methods of teach- needs of LEP (Limited English Proficient) students; ing ESOL, this course concentrates on their practical based on the theories, principles and current research application in the linguistically and culturally diverse related to second language acquisition. classroom. Curriculum development and assessment 417 Testing and Evaluation of ESOL (3) needs of LEP students are addressed through hands- Reviews basic principles of evaluation in order to se- on classroom experience. Field experience. lect, adapt, and/or develop formal and informal assess- 406 Applied Linguistics (3) ment instruments appropriate for use with LEP Introduces theories, principles, research, and issues of (Limited English Proficient) students; based on the language acquisition and the teaching and learning of theories, principles, and current research related to English as a second language; emphasizes the appli- second language acquisition. cation of linguistic-related research findings to the 476 Methods of Teaching Limited English practical concerns of pedagogy to support social com- Proficient (LEP) Students (K-12) (3) municative competence and academic achievement in Examines the specifics of teaching English as a sec- the classroom. Field experience. ond language and identifies major ESOL methodolo- 409 Cross Cultural Communication and gies and approaches applicable to LEP students in a Understanding (3) multilingual/multicultural classroom; based on the Develops awareness and understanding of the cultures theories, principles, and current research related to represented by the different language minorities within second language acquisition. Pre-requisite: TSL406. the nation, especially within Florida. Provides an em- Field experience. phasis on research that will enable participants to plan and implement curriculum, instruction and assessment activities to meet the special needs of linguistically and culturally diverse students. SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 195

SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

G. Jean Cerra, Ph.D., Dean Gayle Workman, Ph.D., Associate Dean Neill Miller, M.S., Assistant Dean

The School of Human Performance and Leisure teaching endorsement in Coaching, are offered within Sciences (HPLS) includes the Department of Intercol- the department. Pre-Medicine and Pre-Physical legiate Athletics, the Department of Sport and Exer- Therapy coursework options can also be supple- cise Sciences, and the Department of Campus mented within the Exercise Science and Athletic Train- Recreation and Wellness. ing curricula. Actual course requirements and The Department of Intercollegiate Athletics (ICA) descriptions for each of these majors, minors and spe- provides students with the opportunity to represent cial programs are listed under the Department of Sport Barry University in amateur, collegiate sport compe- and Exercise Sciences. tition against like institutions while pursuing the ulti- The SES Department, through its program in In- mate goal of completing a college degree. Participation structional Activities in Sport and Recreation, is is open only to full-time students who meet NCAA also committed to providing opportunities for all stu- eligibility and satisfactory progress requirements. A dents, faculty, and staff to pursue healthy and active “try-out” may be required by the respective head coach lifestyles by offering activities which lead to the de- in order to assess athletic ability. The list of varsity velopment of lifetime sports skills, recreational pur- sports offered is found under the Department of Inter- suits, personal fitness, and wellness. collegiate Athletics. The Department of Campus Recreation and

The Department of Sport and Exercise Sciences Wellness offers a variety of recreational activities for

Performance and Performance Leisure Sciences Leisure (SES) offers professional preparation for students seek- students, faculty, and staff. These include intramural Human of School ing career opportunities in human performance, lei- sports, extramural sports, club sports, and organized sure, and sport-related areas. Four (4) undergraduate on- and off-campus recreational and fitness/wellness programs leading to the Bachelor of Science degree opportunities. are offered: Exercise Science, Physical Education, The $4.5 million Health and Sports Center houses Sport Management, and Athletic Training. In addi- two departments (i.e., ICA and SES) within the School tion, a five-year seamless program (ten or eleven of HPLS and is fully equipped with state-of-the-art semesters) leading to both the Bachelor of Science and equipment in an 1,800 sq. ft. Athletic Training Room Master of Science degrees is offered in Athletic Train- and research-oriented 2,100 sq. ft. Human Performance ing, Exercise Science, and Sport Management. Op- Laboratory, a 780 sq. ft. Biomechanics Laboratory, an tional specializations in Diving Industry arena for basketball and volleyball, a 2,200 sq. ft. Management and Golf Industry Management are Strength and Conditioning Room, classrooms, locker available within the Sport Management undergradu- rooms, and offices. There are quality external facilities ate major. In addition, courses leading to three dis- for baseball, softball, soccer, and tennis. An outdoor tinct minors, one in Diving Education, one in Exercise pool, a sand volleyball court, a SCUBA dive locker, Science, and one in Sport Management, as well as a and an aerobics studio complete the sports complex. 196 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

MISSION AND PURPOSE HPLS is unique in fulfilling the “quality academ- ics dimension” of the university’s mission by engag- The School of Human Performance and Leisure ing all three learning domains (i.e., cognitive, affective, Sciences (HPLS) is committed to providing varied and psychomotor) in the delivery of its various class- educational experiences through its three distinct units: room and participation opportunities. The “religious • DEPARTMENT OF SPORT & EXERCISE SCI- dimension” is acknowledged through an emphasis on ENCE: (1) by offering quality academic programs ethical modeling in professional practice among fac- that prepare qualified undergraduate majors for ulty, coaches, administrators, and staff. Good sports- careers in Athletic Training, Exercise Science, manship, wholesome and clean competition, Physical Education, and Sport Management; (2) by comradeship among participants and peers, a diverse offering qualified graduate students advanced pro- cultural representation, and equality of opportunity fessional studies in Movement Science or Sport regardless of race, gender, or religious preference also Management; and (3) by providing instructional contribute to the recognition of God’s presence in ev- opportunities for acquiring wellness, fitness, and ery living being. A “caring environment” is fostered leisure skills in numerous sport and recreational by assuring the academic, physical, and emotional offerings. well-being and safety of participants in each program • DEPARTMENT OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATH- and by providing mentoring, health care and academic LETICS: by striving for competitive excellence for support services that will enhance opportunities for men and women in 12 varsity sport offerings while success. The administration strongly encourages in- also achieving academic excellence in the class- terested HPLS constituents to engage in leadership and room. participation opportunities for “community service” • DEPARTMENT OF CAMPUS RECREATION and annually recognizes outstanding achievements in AND WELLNESS: by providing students, faculty, this area. staff, and alumni with a broad selection of sport, wellness/fitness, and recreational opportunities. SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 197

THE DEPARTMENT OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS

Mike Covone, M.S., Director of Athletics Kathy Turpin, M.S., Associate Director of Athletics Jamie Carrig, M.S., Assistant Director of Athletics

MISSION AND PURPOSE All athletic activities and events are actively published and promoted to also elicit involvement and The basic purpose of intercollegiate athletics (ICA) support from the community. In return, student-ath- is to provide those students who possess outstanding letes are encouraged to participate in civic and chari- athletic ability an opportunity to excel in amateur com- table events. Additionally, ICA serves as a vehicle by petitive sports against like institutions while pursuing which the university extends its presence in the com- the ultimate goal of completing their college degrees. munity. Staff, coaches, and student-athletes must there- ICA serves as a means by which other students, fac- fore display a professional decorum befitting that of ulty, staff and alumni of Barry University can be very visible community ambassadors for Barry Uni- brought together in support of a common rallying point versity. Furthermore, the intercollegiate athletics pro- to generate “school spirit” and round-out the concept gram will be operated within strict adherence to the of creating a typical college campus setting. published rules of the NCAA and the Sunshine State Conference (SSC) in order to assure that the ICA satisfies its role within the educational mis- university’s status within the community always re- sion of Barry University by complimenting classroom mains a positive one. instruction with experiences that allow for: a. appreciation of the results of fitness gained through As an NCAA Division II member school, Barry good strength and conditioning programs, as well University extends the university’s commitment to as proper nutrition, on one’s mind and body; excellence into an extremely competitive intercolle- b. social development by learning such things as team- giate athletics program that offers national recogni- work, self-discipline, group dynamics, and adher- tion for the student-athlete. It is home to the 1989, ence to rules and regulations; 1992, and 1993 NCAA Champions in Women’s Soc- c. opportunities to broaden one’s education through cer and the 1995 and 2001 NCAA Champions in travel; Women’s Volleyball. The ability of Barry’s female and d. cultural exchange with team members of differing male student-athletes to balance the demands of ath- nationalities and ethnic backgrounds. letic participation with success in the classroom brings much pride to the university community, currently Each sport program acknowledges the presence of boasting a reported IPEDS graduation rate of 64%. God through wholesome and clean competition, comradeship among participants, good sportsmanship, and To participate in intercollegiate athletics as an en- equality of opportunity exclusive of one’s sex, race, tering freshman with no previous full-time college at- or religious affiliation. A caring environment is pro- tendance, the student-athlete must be admitted to Barry vided by assuring the academic, physical, and emo- University and must meet conference and NCAA eli- tional well-being of our student-athletes through the gibility requirements, including certification by the leadership provided by a well-qualified teaching/pro- NCAA initial eligibility clearinghouse. These require- fessional staff, academic support services, comprehen- ments include high school graduation with a minimum sive health care and coverage, and safe playing and cumulative grade-point average of 2.000 (based on a practice conditions. maximum 4.000) in a successfully completed core 198 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES curriculum of at least 13 academic courses (per NCAA All student athletes must provide proof of adequate Bylaw 14.3.1), and a combined SAT score of 700 (ver- health insurance and pass the university’s medical bal and math sections) if taken prior to April 1, 1995, clearance examination prior to participation in athlet- or an SAT score of 820 (if taken on or subsequent to ics. If proof of insurance is not presented, the student- April 1, 1995), or a minimum sum score of 68 on the athlete will be issued student health insurance through ACT. These required SAT or ACT scores must be the University and billed accordingly. achieved under national testing conditions on a na- Opportunities are provided for students to “try-out” tional testing date. The NCAA Guide to International for any of the twelve sports by contacting the appro- Academic Standards for Athletics Eligibility contains priate head coach. the acceptable credentials applicable to foreign academic records that satisfy the graduation and core- Coaching Staff: curriculum requirements for initial eligibility specified MEN’S: in NCAA Bylaw 14.3. BASEBALL Juan Ranero All transfer students must meet the institution’s BASKETBALL Cesar Odio general admissions requirements, as well as NCAA GOLF Jimmy Stobs and Sunshine State Conference transfer rules in order SOCCER Steve McCrath to practice and compete in intercollegiate athletics. TENNIS George Samuel In order to maintain eligibility and continue par- WOMEN’S: ticipation, all student-athletes are required by the BASKETBALL Nicole Hays NCAA to be in good standing with the university and, CREW Paul Mokha as per NCAA Bylaw 14.4, must be making satisfac- GOLF Roger White tory progress toward a Baccalaureate degree. SOCCER Kyllene Weiss SOFTBALL Shelly Lis Hoerner TENNIS George Samuel VOLLEYBALL David Nichols SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 199

DEPARTMENT OF CAMPUS RECREATION AND WELLNESS

Ed Londono, M.A., Director Shannon Foster, M.S., Wellness Coordinator

The Office of Campus Recreation and Wellness INTRAMURAL SPORTS (all co-ed) (CRW) provides students, faculty and staff with a broad Basketball selection of structured sport, wellness/fitness, and rec- Flag Football reational opportunities that promote the development Soccer of active lifetime patterns for health maintenance, Softball weight management, stress reduction, chronic disease Ultimate Frisbee prevention, and long-term good health. Volleyball These programs support “the sound mind in a sound Floor Hockey body” principle that round out the total campus expe- Whiffle Ball rience for students by providing healthy and active CLUB SPORTS alternatives for out-of-class leisure hours, as well as Basketball opportunities for faculty and staff to engage in non- Soccer sedentary exercise and wellness promotion activities. SCUBA Society These activities stimulate physiological and chemical Volleyball (Men’s) changes in the body that improve mental, emotional, OPEN RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES and physical functions, which positively impact class- Facilities that are available during regularly sched- room and job performance, self-esteem, and the main- uled open hours include the following: tenance of overall good health for the entire Barry Fitness Center community. CRW activities also create opportunities Strength & Conditioning Room for social interaction, teamwork, and camaraderie. Gymnasium Tennis Courts A sample list of activities is included below. Other Outdoor Racquetball Courts offerings may be added at any time, based on adequate Swimming Pool interest levels. Volleyball Sand Court WELLNESS ACTIVITIES Multipurpose Recreational Fields Aerobic exercise VARIOUS ORGANIZED Recreational Outings & Kickboxing Extramural Sports Pilates Power Walking Further information concerning the Office of Cam- Salsa pus Recreation may be found in the Sports and Recre- Step and Tone ation section of this catalog under STUDENT LIFE. Tai Chi Yog a 200 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

THE DEPARTMENT OF SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCES

Gayle Workman, Ph. D., Associate Dean and Department Chair Faculty: Butcher-Mokha, Cerra, Clement, Cramer, Cremades, Gibson, Hicks, Kanefsky, Kegeles, Ludwig, Mier, Miller, Odio, Rosenberg, Samuel, Shapiro, White, Workman.

The Department of Sport and Exercise Sciences cal Education) who desire to expand their understand- (SES) offers undergraduate degrees in the following ing of the underwater world, may pursue a Minor in fields: Diving Education. Majors in health-related profes- Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in: sions, including Athletic Training, interested in increas- ATHLETIC TRAINING ing their knowledge of fitness and human performance, Pre-Medicine Option have the option of enrolling in courses leading to a Pre-Physical Therapy Option Minor in Exercise Science. Majors in other disciplines 5-Year Seamless B.S.-to-M.S. Option (e.g., Business, Communication Studies, Exercise Sci- EXERCISE SCIENCE ence) who desire to increase their knowledge of and Pre-Medicine Option ability to apply administrative principles within the Pre-Physical Therapy Option sport industry may complete a Minor in Sport Man- 5-Year Seamless B.S.-to-M.S. Option agement. Requirements and descriptions for each of PHYSICAL EDUCATION the majors, minors, and special programs offered by SPORT MANAGEMENT, with options for: the Department of Sport and Exercise Sciences are Diving Industry Specialization discussed under the respective program areas. Golf Industry Specialization The SES Department offers an extensive program 5-Year Seamless B.S.-to-M.S. Option of Instructional Activities in Sport and Recreation (ISR) for students and members of the Barry commu- The three optional five-year B.S. to M.S. seamless nity who wish to pursue lifetime leisure, personal fit- programs of study are available to qualified students ness, and wellness activities. A listing of these activities and culminate with the Master of Science degree in can be found at the conclusion of this section. Sport Management or in Movement Science with The SES faculty reserve the right to accept, retain, specializations in Athletic Training or Exercise Sci- or recommend for graduation only those students who, ence. The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Sport Man- in addition to satisfying stipulated academic require- agement includes optional specializations in Diving ments, meet personal and professional standards es- Industry Management and Golf Industry Manage- tablished by national governing bodies. Admission to ment. In addition, coursework is available for students the Department of Sport and Exercise Sciences does or practicing professionals who want to enhance their not guarantee progression to internship courses, certi- career options by specializing in certain areas or by fication, or graduation. seeking more in-depth study in their fields. Former high school or collegiate varsity athletes who are completing degree requirements in physical education, as MISSION AND PURPOSE well as any education major or subject area special- The mission of the Department of Sport and Exer- ization in secondary education, may desire to pursue cise Sciences complements that of the University. The the Florida Department of Education (FL-DOE) cer- curriculum is designed to prepare undergraduate stu- tificate or endorsement in Coaching. Majors in other dents who are qualified to pursue careers related to disciplines (e.g., Marine Biology, Photography, Physi- Athletic Training, Exercise Science, Physical Educa- SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 201 tion, and Sport Management. In addition, the school relationships and services that support academic and department are committed to preparing qualified progress. graduate students for advanced professional studies in Movement Science (M.S.) and Sport Management DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (M.S.) Instructional activity courses are also offered Undergraduate majors in the Department of Sport to provide opportunities for acquisition of wellness, and Exercise Sciences must satisfy all Barry Univer- fitness, and leisure skills in sport and recreation. A sity graduation requirements (e.g., distribution, upper religious dimension is threaded throughout the core level courses, GPA, minimum credit hours, integra- curriculum and professional courses by fostering an tive experience, etc.) as described in the “Academic instructional environment that invites students to ex- Information” section located in the front of this cata- amine the ethical implications of professional prac- log. These are in addition to the specific requirements tice. The school and department provide community outlined in the following sections for the particular participation and leadership opportunities for inter- major. ested students, faculty, and staff. The administration Information pertaining to the Department’s progres- and faculty are committed to providing instruction and sion for “Full Acceptance” into a major is provided to services that supplement the classroom experience and all undergraduate students who have been initially promote diversity. This caring environment extends accepted into the SES Department. These requirements beyond the classroom into day-to-day mentoring

Every new student will be placed on Initial SES STUDENT–MAJOR Acceptance for the entire academic year. ADMISSION ACCEPTANCE Entrance requirements for Initial Acceptance are TO PROGRESSION admission to Barry, declaration of interest in an SES BARRY major & acceptance into the Sch. of HPLS by the dean.

Entrance requirements for Interim Acceptance:

• Complete BIO 220/230 with C or better SES Entrance Requirements • Complete ENG 111 and ENG 112 with C or better for Interim Acceptance INITIAL • Complete MAT 152 with C or better not met ACCEPTANCE • Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 • If MDI, meet additional entrance requirements pertaining to the SM Diving Industry Track shown in University Catalog. • In PHE, complete criteria for the “emergent” level.

Entrance EXTENDED Requirements INTERIM for Interim INITIAL ACCEPTANCE ACCEPTANCE Acceptance met

If a student is deficient in any of the entrance The student is strongly encouraged to apply for Full Acceptance requirements for Interim Acceptance, the student through his/her advisor as soon as the criteria for Interim and Full may be moved into Extended Initial Acceptance REVIEW Acceptance are met, and must apply prior to the start of the senior based on the recommendation of the advisor & year, at the very latest. PANEL Department Chair. Application must be in writing and the student must also meet the following requirements: • Complete SES 210 with C or better. •ATR major: 2.75 CUM GPA. See University Catalog for additional requirements pertaining to Clinical Program Selection and B.S. to M.S. option. FULL • EXS major: 2.5 CUM GPA and a 2.5 Average GPA in all SES and major courses attempted. See University Catalog for ACCEPTANCE additional requirements and B.S. to M.S. option. • PHE major: 2.5 Average GPA in all SES and EDU courses combined, 2.5 CUM GPA, acceptable skill proficiency in designated areas, and completion of the criteria for the “bridging” level. See University Catalog for additional requirements pertaining to the PE-TEP and PE options. • SM major: 2.0 CUM GPA. See University Catalog for additional entrance requirements pertaining to the B.S. to M.S. option and the Diving Industry & Golf Industry tracks. • Completion of sophomore status (60 hours accepted toward a GRADUATION degree at Barry) and 50% of distribution requirements completed. • Recommendation of program coordinator • Recommendation of Faculty Review Panel 202 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES are graphically represented in the “SES Student – ATHLETIC TRAINING (B.S.) Major Acceptance Progression” chart and are also available upon request from the Department Chair, each re- Carl R. Cramer, Ed.D., Director spective Program Coordinator, or one’s academic advisor. Students are strongly encouraged to apply for The Bachelor of Science in Athletic Training (ATR) “full acceptance” prior to beginning the junior year and is one of the first undergraduate curriculum programs must apply prior to beginning the senior year, at the in athletic training to be fully accredited by the Com- very latest. The student will be denied access to speci- mission on the Accreditation of Allied Health Educa- fied advanced level coursework in the major for which tional Programs (CAAHEP). This program includes a “full acceptance” is required (see details under section comprehensive view of the broad field of Sports Medi- for each major). Requirements for full acceptance to cine and offers future career opportunities in profes- the B.S. to M.S. options in ATR, EXS, and SM exceed sions related to the care, prevention, assessment, and the minimum requirements listed in the Acceptance rehabilitation of sport-related injuries. This under- Progression Chart. Please refer to these specific require- graduate major also provides a strong foundation in ments in the Course Catalog or consult with the Pro- the sciences for those students interested in pursuing gram Coordinator. graduate study in Athletic Training or related fields Once “fully accepted,” individuals who do not con- (e.g., exercise physiology, various medical professions, tinue to meet the minimal academic standards required occupational therapy, physical therapy, recreational for “full acceptance” to a particular program or major therapy, physician’s assistant, etc.). will be periodically reviewed by the SES faculty to de- The B.S. degree in Athletic Training requires 51 termine eligibility to continue in the program. credit hours specific to the Athletic Training major (beyond the SES core of 25 credit hours) and includes SES CORE 20 credit hours of clinical instruction and field experi- The SES Core is designed to provide broad-based ence. The program is designed so that the total 135 cr. competencies in certain areas fundamental to all ma- hrs. can be completed in 4 years (8 semesters), as- jors seeking sound academic preparation in exercise suming the student maintains satisfactory progress, and sport-related professions. Undergraduate students remains in good standing, and enrolls in 15-18 credits pursuing the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree in per term (averaging 17 credit hrs.) including clinical Physical Education, Exercise Science and Athletic skills instruction. Training must complete 25 semester hours in the core The minimum grade of C is required in all major, courses listed below. Students pursuing majors in Sport SES core, and co-requisite courses. SES 499 I and SES Management (including concentrations in Diving In- 499 II (A. T. Internship I and II) meet the integrative dustry Management and Golf Industry Management) experience requirement for graduation. must complete 22 semester hours in the core courses Completion of ATR degree and clinical require- listed below. (See noted course exceptions.) Additional ments prepares the Athletic Training major to attempt specific requirements in the major are described un- the National Athletic Trainers’ Association Board of der the respective program area. Students must earn Certification (NATABOC) examination. A description the minimum grade of C or better in all SES Core of clinical program requirements and selection crite- courses. ria can be found following the ATR degree require- SES 210 Foundations of Sport & ments. The student majoring in Athletic Training must Exercise Sciences 3 apply to take the NATABOC examination prior to be- SES 212 Emergency Response 3 ing approved for graduation. NATABOC certification, SES 270 Concepts of Fitness & Wellness 3 in combination with the B.S. degree in ATR and SES 335 Psycho-Social Aspects of Sport 3 American Red Cross certifications, qualifies the Barry SES 340 Adapted Physical Activity graduate to apply for a State of Florida License in in Sport and Recreation 3 Athletic Training. Licensing information is available SES 360 Essentials of Exercise Physiology from the Program Director. and Lab Other options: ATR majors should consult with their OR 4 advisor if interested in pursuing coursework in Pre- SES 361 Exercise Physiology and Lab Medicine, Pre-Physical Therapy or other allied health SES 465 Administration of Programs & graduate programs, as well as classes leading to Florida Facilities 3 Teacher certification in related disciplines (i.e., Biol- (Except Majors in Sport Management) ogy, Health, or Physical Education). A detailed expla- SES 480 Contemporary Issues & Ethics in nation for each of these areas can be found later in Sport 3 this section. TOTAL SES CORE 25 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 203

Minors in Exercise Science and Sport Manage- may wish to pursue a pre-physical therapy option. Stu- ment are also available to support the major in Athletic dents must consult the physical therapy school Training, as well as majors in other health-related fields catalog(s) of choice under “criteria” or “prerequisites (e.g., nursing, pre-med, allied health, and biological for admissions” for specific requirements and policies sciences) who are interested in enhancing their knowl- appropriate to each physical therapy school before edge of human performance and movement science. selecting this option. Declaration of this option will largely depend upon the student’s GPA and faculty/ Five-Year B.S. to M.S. Option advisor recommendations on academic standing and character. Majors in Athletic Training or Exercise Sci- Qualified students may opt for the seamless M.S. ence may have to complete coursework in the areas of degree program in Movement Science specializing in College Chemistry with Lab, College Physics with Athletic Training while completing their undergradu- Lab, Microbiology, Developmental psychology, Ab- ate studies. Students may be considered for graduate normal Psychology. (These requirements may vary study at the end of the junior year of undergraduate based on specific admissions criteria established by study when they present a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or the respective Physical Therapy School(s) under con- better and have been “fully accepted” into the five- sideration). year seamless M.S. option. Information on the five- The student interested in the Pre-Physical Therapy year M.S. option is available from one’s academic option should consult with his/her Barry academic advisor or the Program Director for Athletic Training advisor early in one’s undergraduate course of study and Movement Science. (See detailed program descrip- in order to accommodate any additional courses that tion later in this section.) may be necessary into one’s schedule. Students should also plan to take the appropriate examination (GRE or Pre-Medicine Option AHPAT) and plan to interview with the Physical A student completing the Exercise Science or Ath- Therapy School(s) of their choice, along with any other letic Training program with high academic standing criteria for selection established by the respective may include pre-medical studies if interested in ap- Physical Therapy School(s). plying to medical schools after completion of one of these SES majors. Students must consult the medical Florida Teacher Certification Option school catalog(s) of choice under “Criteria” or “Pre- requisites for Admissions” for specific requirements By taking a few additional courses in Education and policies appropriate to each medical school be- and Teaching specialization, students completing the fore selecting this option. Declaration of this option Athletic Training major may pursue a teaching cer- will largely depend upon the student’s GPA and fac- tificate for work in Florida secondary schools as a ulty/advisor recommendations on academic standing teacher-athletic trainer. Declaration of this option will and character. Majors in Athletic Training or Exercise be based largely upon the student’s GPA and faculty/ Science may have to complete coursework in the ar- advisor recommendations on academic standing and eas of Calculus, College Chemistry with lab, Organic character. Recommended subject areas for secondary Chemistry with lab, Biochemistry, College Physics teaching include Biology, Health or Physical Educa- with lab, Microbiology, Genetics, Developmental Psy- tion. Students interested in the Teacher Certification chology and/or Abnormal Psychology, and a demon- Option should consult with his/her Barry academic strated foreign language proficiency. (These advisor early in one’s undergraduate course of study requirements may vary based on specific medical in order to accommodate any additional courses that school admissions criteria.) may be necessary into one’s schedule. The student interested in the Pre-Medicine option should consult with his/her Barry academic advisor early DEGREE REQUIREMENTS in one’s undergraduate course of study in order to accommodate any additional courses that may be neces- Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 56 sary into one’s schedule. Students should also plan to The student majoring in this program must exceed the take the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) and University’s distribution requirement of 45 hours. The plan to interview with the medical school(s) of their Science and Mathematics area requires 20 credit hours choice, along with any other criteria for selection es- of course work, bringing the total distribution credit tablished by the respective medical school(s). hours required for Athletic Training majors to 56. Courses specifically required are listed below each Pre-Physical Therapy Option subject area with a double asterisk (**) and must be completed with a grade of C or better. Students completing the Athletic Training or Exer- cise Science programs with high academic standing 204 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 ments, the student must complete all hours of clinical (THE or PHI 353 Bio-Medical Ethics, and PHI 120 instruction and field experiences in six continuous se- Critical Thinking, and THE 300 Ethical Decision- mesters of clinical study prior to applying for the Making are strongly recommended choices.) NATABOC certification examination in accordance with the standards set by Barry University, the WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 NATABOC, the Joint Review Committee on Educa- SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 20 tional Programs in Athletic Training (JRC-AT), and ** BIO 230 Human Anatomy and Laboratory (4) CAAHEP. Clinical courses and Internships may not be ** BIO 240 Intro. to Human Physiology & Lab (5) done concurrently. ** CHE 152 Intro. to Organic & Biological Chem. & Lab (4) ** MAT 152 Elementary Probability & Statistics (3) CLINICAL PROGRAM SELECTION CRITERIA ** PHY 151 Introductory Physics & Lab (4) 1. A minimum of 24 credit (semester) hours com- SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 pleted. ** PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology (3) 2. SES 181: A. T. Pre-clinical Skills I; SES 281: A. T. Pre-clinical Skills II; BIO 230: Human HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 Anatomy with lab; SES 220: care and preven- SES Core Requirements: tion of athletic injuries and lab; SES 212: Emer- (See listing. SES 361 required.) 25 gency Response completed with all Athletic Training Major Requirements 51 certifications and a grade of C or better. CS 180 Introduction to Computers 3 3. Major declared in Athletic Training. SES 181 A. T. Pre-clinical Skills I 1 4. A program application form completed and filed SES 220 Care and Prevention of Athletic with the Program Director. Injuries & Laboratory 4 5. Official transcripts on file with the academic SES 281 A. T. Pre-clinical Skills II 1 advisor. Students transferring to Barry and si- SES 312 Advanced Assessment of Athletic multaneously applying for acceptance into the Injuries & Laboratory 4 clinical program must have their official tran- SES 316 Therapeutic Modalities and Laboratory 4 scripts filed with their clinical application to the SES 318 Therapeutic Exercise and Laboratory 4 Program Director. SES 320 Kinesiology & Laboratory 4 6. Both a cumulative and major GPA of 2.75 or SES 330 Nutrition for Physical Performance 3 higher to enter and to remain active in the clini- SES 381A A. T. Clinical Skills Level II Pt. 1 2 cal program. SES 381B A. T. Clinical Skills Level II Pt. 2 2 7. Two program recommendations on file with the SES 481A A. T. Clinical Skills Level III Pt. 1 2 Program Director. SES 481B A. T. Clinical Skills Level III Pt. 2 2 8. Statement of personal and professional goals SES 487 Senior Seminar in Athletic Training 3 filed with the Program Director. (one full page, SES 499A A. T. Internship I 6 typed, double spaced) SES 499B A. T. Internship II 6 Electives (3 credit hours minimum) 3 9. Successful completion of interview with the Recommended Courses: selection committee. SES 326 Motor Learning (3) 10.Technical Standards acknowledgement form SES 420 Biomechanics (3) signed by applicant and witnessed by program SES 441 Cardiac Rehabilitation director. and Laboratory (4) The candidates for the clinical component of the SES 447 Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal athletic training professional program must meet all 10 Injury (3) SES 461 Advanced Exercise Physiology and criteria listed above. The number of appointments to Laboratory (4) the program will vary from year to year. Program ap- SES 469 Directed Readings in Athletic Training (3) plication materials must be received by April 1 of the SES 479 Directed Research in Athletic Training (3) first academic year in which the student participates as SES 485 Intro. to Law in SES (3) an Athletic Training major in order to be considered DEGREE TOTAL: ATHLETIC TRAINING 135 for the fall semester. These fall candidates will be notified of their clinical program status after June 1. Stu- Clinical Program Requirements dents not accepted on the first attempt have one more in Athletic Training opportunity to apply the following year by April 1. The application must be resubmitted the next consecutive All course requirements for certification by the year. Students unable to qualify for acceptance into the NATABOC are included in the Athletic Training ma- clinical program after the required two (2) consecutive jor. To satisfy Barry University and NATABOC require- attempts will be withdrawn from the major. SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 205

Students must be accepted into the Clinical Pro- The clinical education component of the Athletic gram in order to be considered candidates for Training Program at Barry University is a competency- graduation in Athletic Training. proficiency based program which utilizes faculty in Students accepted into the clinical program must stay mentoring students in the attainment of athletic train- at or above a 2.75 cumulative GPA. Students who drop ing clinical knowledge and skills. Each year is con- below 2.75 are placed on clinical probation and have sidered a clinical level in which selected proficiencies one year to return to clinical standing with a 2.75 or and experiences must be completed BEFORE advanc- higher cumulative GPA. If after one year of clinical pro- ing to the next clinical level. Before applying for the bation that requirement is not met, the student must clinical education program, students must enroll in SES change his/her major. Students on clinical probation may 181/SES 281. All Athletic Training majors not yet continue non-clinical coursework, but no clinical hours accepted into the clinical education program must be may be logged or proficiencies checked off. Students enrolled in SES 181/SES 281. Students in Level I who on clinical probation are required to maintain a five are not enrolled in SES 181/281 shall be withdrawn contact hour per week clinical skills maintenance sched- from the ATR major program. ule with their previous terms clinical instructor to be considered for reinstatement when the next term’s GPA Level I Completion Requirements: is determined. Students not keeping the maintenance 1. Successful completion of SES 181/281, SES 212 schedule must repeat the previous clinical course in the and Lab, SES 220 and Lab, BIO 230 and Lab program sequence regardless of the grade. 2. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75. Students accepted into the clinical program will be 3. Acceptance into the clinical education program. assessed a fee of $30. This assessment will occur an- Level II Completion Requirements: nually at the time of registration and will provide li- 1. Completion of SES 312 and Lab, SES 316 and ability insurance coverage for the year. Beginning and Lab, SES 381A and SES 381B with a grade of maintaining a professional membership in the National C or better. Athletic Trainer’s Association (NATA), Southeastern 2. Emergency Response re-certifications Athletic Trainer’s Association (SEATA), and the Ath- 3. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75. letic Trainer’s Association of Florida (ATAF) is ex- 4. Recommendation of the Athletic Training fac- pected of all clinical program students. Clinical ulty for Level III promotion. students must demonstrate proof of NATA member- 5. Submit application for “full acceptance” (re- ship before enrolment in SES 499 A. T. Internship I is quired prior to enrolling in SES 481A). allowed. (See the ATR Program Director for information on membership). Clinical students are expected Level III Completion Requirements: to attend at least one professional symposium annu- 1. Completion of SES 318 and Lab, SES 481A and ally. (See the ATR Program Director for registration SES 481B with a grade of C or better. information). Uniforms are required for all students 2. Emergency Response re-certifications in the clinical program. (See the ATR Program Direc- 3. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75. tor for cost and purchasing details). 4. Recommendation of the Athletic Training fac- Transfer students’ credentials will be examined on ulty for Level IV promotion. the basis of the same ten acceptance criteria and a 5. “Full Acceptance” granted. minimum six semester commitment to meet clinical Level IV Completion Requirements: instruction and field experience requirements at Barry 1. Completion of SES 499 in two semesters at 6 University. Students who have completed the academic pro- credits per semester, with grades of C or better. gram in Athletic Training must have also completed 2. Emergency Response re-certifications 700 hours of clinical instruction and field experi- 3. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75. ence (SES 381 and 481 @ 2 hours/segment for two 4. Completion of SES 487 with a grade of C or Level II and two Level III segments equaling 8 better. hours total) prior to being approved for enrollment 5. Recommendation of the Athletic Training fac- in SES 499 (Internships). All hours of clinical in- ulty for the NATABOC examination and gradu- struction and field experience must be completed ation. prior to receiving a final grade in SES 499 A. T. Internship II. All Athletic Training majors must Technical Standards for Clinical Program apply for the NATABOC examination on the ad- Acceptance vertised date nearest their date of graduation. Ap- The Athletic Training Educational Program at Barry plications must be filed no later than the final University is a rigorous and intense program that places semester of study in order to be approved for gradu- specific requirements and demands on the students ation. Please see the program director for enrolled in the program. An objective of this program NATABOC examination application packet. is to prepare graduates to enter a variety of employment settings and to render care to a wide spectrum of 206 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES individuals engaged in physical activity. The techni- Standard 6. Commitment cal standards set forth by the Barry University Ath- the perseverance, diligence and commitment to letic Training Educational Program establish the complete the athletic training education program essential qualities considered necessary for students as outlined and sequenced. admitted to this program to achieve the knowledge, Standard 7. Flexibility skills, and competencies of an entry-level athletic flexibility and the ability to adjust to changing trainer, as well as meet the expectations of the situations and uncertainty in clinical situations. program’s accrediting agency, the Commission on Standard 8. Professionalism Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs affective skills and appropriate demeanor and (CAAHEP). The following abilities, personal quali- rapport that relate to professional education and ties, and expectations must be met by all students ad- quality patient care. mitted to, and graduating from, the Athletic Training Educational Program. Evaluation of Technical Standards Compliance with the program’s technical standards Students who with reasonable accommodation(s) does not guarantee a student’s eligibility for the are found to not be able to meet the technical stan- NATABOC certification exam or a student’s progress dards of the Athletic Training Educational Program to internship courses or graduation. The Athletic Train- (ATEP) must change their major. ing faculty reserve the right to accept, to retain, and to recommend to the dean for graduation only those can- Appeal didates who fulfill all academic requirements and who Students failing to meet the technical standards with satisfy all technical standards. all reasonable accommodation(s) may request an out- Candidates for selection to, and completion of, the side review of their ability to meet the technical stan- Athletic Training Educational Program must demon- dards by a Florida Licensed and NATABOC certified strate: athletic trainer in good standing with the NATABOC Standard 1. Intellect who has an approved clinical instructor (ACI) rating the mental capacity to assimilate, analyze, syn- in conjunction with a licensed Physiatrist specializing thesize, integrate concepts and problem solve in disabilities. This review should be arranged through to formulate assessment and therapeutic judg- the ATEP program director. If the review affirms the ments and to be able to distinguish deviations program’s position of failure to meet the technical stan- from the norm. dards, the student will immediately change his or her Standard 2. Physical Ability major. If the review affirms the student’s position, the sufficient postural and neuromuscular control, student will be allowed to continue with the signed sensory function, and coordination to perform understanding that he or she in all probability will not appropriate physical examinations using ac- be able to earn a passing performance in the clinical cepted techniques; and accurately, safely and course sequence or the NATABOC Examination. Barry efficiently use equipment and materials during University policy allows a maximum of three attempts the assessment and treatment of patients. at any course. After the third failed attempt at any clini- Standard 3. Communication cal coursework, the student at that time would be re- the ability to communicate effectively and sen- quired to change his or her major. sitively with patients and colleagues, including individuals from different cultural and social backgrounds; this includes, but is not limited ATHLETIC TRAINING to, the ability to establish rapport with patients (B.S. TO M.S.) and communicate judgments and treatment information effectively. Students must be able to Carl R. Cramer, Ed.D., Director understand and speak the English language at a The seamless Bachelor of Science to Master of level consistent with competent professional Science Degree in Athletic Training is a 165 semester practice. hour (10 semester) program available to qualified stu- Standard 4. Receptive Language dents, which can be completed in five years. A sum- the ability to record the physical examination mer term may be required in some cases. Choices results and a treatment plan clearly and accu- include a thesis option OR the successful completion rately. of the comprehensive examination and a project/in- Standard 5. Emotional Fortitude ternship. The program requires 135 undergraduate se- the capacity to maintain composure and continue mester hours and 30 graduate semester hours. The to function well during periods of high stress. SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 207 student who successfully completes the program meets 4. Successful completion of the comprehensive ex- the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree amination and project/internship or Master’s the- in Athletic Training and the Master of Science Degree sis and oral defense. in Movement Science with a specialization in Athletic (See Graduate Catalog for specific degree require- Training. This degree program option in Athletic Train- ments) ing merges the undergraduate CAAHEP accredited entry-level program with an advanced graduate Ath- DEGREE REQUIREMENTS, B.S. to M.S. letic Training degree program in a seamless five-year Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 56 time frame. The student majoring in this program must exceed the University s distribution requirement of 45 hours. The Full Acceptance into the B.S. to M.S. Science and Mathematics area requires 20 credit hours Program in Athletic Training of course work, bringing the total distribution credit hours The undergraduate student intending to apply to required for Athletic Training majors to 56. Courses spe- the program should meet with the Athletic Training cifically required are listed below each subject area Director as soon as possible and no later than during with a double asterisk (**) and must be completed the last semester of the second clinical year. Before with a grade of C or better. beginning graduate level coursework in the B.S. to M.S. program, the undergraduate student must first THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 be “fully accepted” into the undergraduate Athletic (THE or PHI 353 Bio-Medical Ethics, and PHI 120 Training program by meeting the established SES and Critical Thinking, and THE 300 Ethical Decision- ATR full acceptance requirements. To be accepted to Making are strongly recommended choices.) the B.S. to M.S. Athletic Training program, the student must have met the following additional require- WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 ments: 1. 3.00 cumulative overall undergraduate GPA SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 20 2. Approval from the Athletic Training Program Di- **BIO 230 Human Anatomy and Laboratory (4) rector, the Director of Graduate Programs of the **BIO 240 Intro. To Human Physiology & Lab (5) **CHE 152 Intro to Organic & Biological Department of Sport and Exercise Sciences, the Chem. & Lab(4) Chairperson of the Department of Sport and Exer- **MAT 152 Elementary Probability & Statistics (3) cise Sciences, and the Dean of the School of Hu- **PHY 151 Introductory Physics & Lab (4) man Performance and Leisure Sciences. 3. Completion of 90 or more undergraduate credit SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 hours by the end of the last semester of the second **PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology (3) clinical year. 4. Completion of the Barry University Graduate Ap- HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 plication, including a letter of intent and two letters of recommendation. SES Core Requirements (See listing. SES 361 required.) 25 A student accepted into the program who later decides not to complete it may still satisfy the require- Athletic Training Major Requirements 51 ments for the Bachelor of Science degree in Athletic CS 180 Introduction to Computers 3 Training with successful completion of the 135 un- SES 181 A. T. Pre-clinical Skills I 1 dergraduate Athletic Training degree credits includ- SES 220 Care and Prevention of Athletic ing all undergraduate degree requirements. Injuries & Laboratory 4 SES 281 A. T. Pre-Clinical Skills II 1 SES 312 Advanced Assessment of Athletic Graduation Requirements Injuries & Laboratory 4 1. Successful completion of the Movement Science SES 316 Therapeutic Modalities and Graduate Program Core Requirements (12 credits). Laboratory 4 2. Successful completion of the Athletic Training SES 318 Therapeutic Exercise and Laboratory 4 Course Requirements (18 credits). SES 320 Kinesiology & Laboratory 4 3. Cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher in graduate level SES 330 Nutrition for Physical Performance 3 courses, no “D” or “F” grades, and no more than SES 381A A. T. Clinical Skills Level II Pt. 1 2 SES 381B A. T. Clinical Skills Level II Pt. 2 2 six credits with a grade of “C”. SES 481A A. T. Clinical Skills Level III Pt. 1 2 SES 481B A. T. Clinical Skills Level III Pt. 2 2 208 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

SES 487 Senior Seminar in Athletic Training 3 SES 499AA. T. Internship I 6 EXERCISE SCIENCE (B.S.) SES 499B A. T. Internship II 6 Constance M. Mier, Ph.D., Coordinator Undergraduate Course Electives The Bachelor of Science Degree in Exercise Sci- (3UG or GR credit hours minimum) 3 ence (EX) is a 122-semester-hour program which prepares students for a wide variety of health-related Recommended Courses: SES 326 Motor Learning (3) careers which include, but are not limited to the fol- SES 420 Biomechanics (3) lowing: SES 441 Cardiac Rehabilitation — Fitness and wellness programs: careers include and Laboratory(4) health and fitness instructor, strength training SES 457 Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal instructor; exercise leader, health and fitness Injury (3) program director. SES 461 Advanced Exercise Physiology and — Clinical programs such as cardiac/pulmonary Laboratory (4) rehabilitation: careers include exercise special- SES 469 Directed Readings in Athletic ist, exercise test technologist, clinical program Training (3) director. SES 479 Directed Readings in Athletic Training (3) —Exercise physiology research: a B.S. degree in SES 485 Intro. to Law in SES (3) Exercise Science prepares students for graduate degree work in an exercise physiology labo- Athletic Training Graduate Requirements 30 ratory. Careers include laboratory technician, SES 520 Biomechanics 3 research assistant, research scientist. SES 540 Medical Recognition of Ath. Injuries 3 — Other careers: a B.S. degree in Exercise Science SES 545 Manual Techniques 3 is a stepping stone for other health-related ca- SES 590 Gross Anatomy and Lab 6 reers such as nursing, physical therapy and phy- SES 616 Research Methods 3 sician assistant. SES 640 Rehabilitation Science 3 The program requires 36 credit hours (beyond the SES 645 Curriculum and Instructional Design 3 SES core of 25 hours) which are specific to the Exer- SES 689 Thesis OR SES 679 Project/Internship 6 cise Science major and which prepare students to attempt professional certification examinations. A Graduate Course Electives student majoring in Exercise Science must take the (3 UG or GR credit hours minimum) 3 ACSM Health/Fitness Instructor certification exami- Recommended Courses: nation or the National Strength and Conditioning As- SES 537 Sport Psychology 3 sociation certification examination prior to graduation. SS 546 Qualitative Analysis in Biomechanics 3 The minimum grade of C is required in all major, SES 547 Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal SES core, and co-requisite courses. Injuries 3 SES 563 Applied Physiology of Resistance Requirements for Full Acceptance to the Training 3 SES 625 Neurological Basis of Motor Control 3 Exercise Science Major: SES 662 Exercise Psychology 3 Students who have satisfied all SES Interim Ac- SES 701 Advanced Studies in Applied ceptance requirements should apply for Full Accep- Statistics 3 tance to the major when all criteria have been met. BMS 527 Biochemistry 3 Full acceptance status is required prior to enrolling in BMS 537 Human Genetics 3 SES 361 Exercise Physiology. The student is eligible BMS 547 Neuroanatomy 3 SES 563 Applied Physiology of Resistance for full acceptance to the Exercise Science Major when Training 3 the following requirements have been completed: SES 625 Neurological Basis of Motor Control 3 1. The student has completed at least 60 hours ap- SES 626 Mechanical Analysis of Human plicable to the degree and has fulfilled all SES Performance 3 Interim Acceptance requirements. SES 627 Lab Instrumentation in Biomechanics 3 2. The student has declared a major in Exercise Science. DEGREE TOTAL: 3. The student has passed Biology 230 (Human ATHLETIC TRAINING (B.S. to M.S.) 165 Anatomy), Biology 240 (Human Physiology), SES 210 (Foundations of Sport & Exercise Sci- ence), SES 270 (Concepts of Fitness and SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 209

Wellness), CS 180 (Introduction to Computers) SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 or equivalent courses, with a grade of C or better. ** PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology (3) 4. The student has both a 2.5 CUM GPA and a 2.5 HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 Average GPA in all SES and major courses at- SES Core Requirements: 25 tempted. (See listing. SES 361 required) 5. The student has the recommendation of his/her advisor and the Coordinator of the Exercise Sci- Exercise Science Major Requirements 36 ence Program, as well as the SES Faculty Re- CS 180 Introduction to Computers 3 view Panel. SES 220 Care & Prev. of Athletic Injuries & Lab 4 SES 320 Kinesiology & Laboratory 4 Field Experiences in Exercise Science SES 330 Nutrition for Physical Performance 3 Students must pass SES 361 (Exercise Physiology SES 370 Fitness Assessment and Exercise I) with a C or better prior to being admitted to SES Prescription 3 486 (Practicum). Practicum in Exercise Science re- SES 370L Fitness Assessment and Exercise quires at least 4 hours per week of guided field expe- Prescription Lab 1 rience in laboratory testing and research, exercise SES 441 Cardiac Rehabilitation and Lab 3 SES 441L Cardiac Rehabilitation Lab 1 leadership, exercise prescription and programming, SES 486 Practicum in Exercise Science 2 and fitness assessment. (See other SES 486 require- SES 499 Internship in Exercise Science 12 ments in the course descriptions section.) SES 499 (Internship in Exercise Science) is a full- Electives (5 hours minimum) 5 time field experience in a hospital-based wellness or Recommended Courses: cardiac rehabilitation program, a corporate fitness cen- SES 300 Special Topics in Exercise Science (3) SES 326 Principles of Motor Learning (3) ter, sports training facility or other off-campus fitness/ SES 461 Advanced Exercise Physiology and exercise facilities. Completion of SES 486 with a grade Lab (4) of B or better is required in order to receive approval SES 463 Applied Physiology of Resistance from the Program Coordinator and Department Chair Training (3) to enroll in SES 499. (See other requirements under SES 469 Directed Readings in Exercise course descriptions.) SES 499: Internship meets the Science (3) integrative experience requirement for graduation. SES 479 Directed Research in Exercise Science (3) SES 485 Intro. to Law in Sport and Exercise DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Sciences (3) Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 56 DEGREE TOTAL: The student majoring in Exercise Science must ex- EXERCISE SCIENCE (B.S.) 122 ceed the University’s distribution requirement of 45 hours. The Science and Mathematics area includes 9 Minor in Exercise Science additional hours of required coursework, bringing the An Exercise Science minor is available to comple- total distribution credit hours required for Exercise ment pre-professional majors in medical, allied health, Science majors to 56. Courses specifically required athletic training or other science-based fields who are are listed below each subject area with a double interested in further study in the areas of exercise pre- asterisk (**) and must be completed with a grade scription and fitness programming. A student may earn of C or better. a minor in Exercise Science by completing the fol- THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 lowing courses: (THE or PHI 353, Bio-Medical Ethics is strongly rec- SES 212 Emergency Response 3 ommended) SES 270 Concepts of Fitness and Wellness 3 WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 SES 320 Kinesiology & Laboratory 4 SES 361 Exercise Physiology and Lab 4 SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 20 SES 370 Fitness Assessment and Exercise ** BIO 230 Human Anatomy and Laboratory (4) Prescription 3 ** BIO 240 Introduction to Human SES 370 Fitness Assessment and Exercise Physiology & Lab (5) Prescription Lab 1 ** CHE 152 Intro. to Organic & Biological SES 441 Cardiac Rehabilitation and Lab Chemistry & Lab (4) OR 4 ** MAT 152 Elementary Probability & Statistics (3) SES 461 Advanced Exercise Physiology ** PHY 151 Introductory Physics & Lab (4) and Lab 210 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

SES 463 Applied Physiology of Resistance Requirements for full acceptance in the B.S.-to-M.S. Training 3 Exercise Science program: SES 486 Practicum in Exercise Science 2 1. Major in the B.S. to M.S. Exercise Science pro- MINOR IN EXS TOTAL: 27 gram has been declared. 2. Successful completion of Biology 230 (Human Pre-Physical Therapy and Anatomy), Biology 240 (Human Physiology), Pre-Medicine Options: CS 180 (Introduction to Computers), SES 210 (Foundations of Sport & Exercise Science), SES Available only to majors in Exercise Science or 270 (Concepts of Fitness and Wellness), or Athletic Training (ATR). Please refer to the details on equivalent courses, with a grade of C or better. the undergraduate course requirements for these pro- 3. 2.75 cumulative GPA, and 2.75 average GPA in gram options as described in the Athletic Training sec- major, SES core, and co-requisite courses. tion. 4. Approval from the Exercise Science Program Coordinator, the Chairperson of the Department EXERCISE SCIENCE (B.S. TO M.S.) of Sport and Exercise Sciences, and the Dean of the School of Human Performance and Lei- Constance M. Mier, Ph.D., Coordinator sure Sciences. The seamless Bachelor of Science to Master of Science Degree in Exercise Science is a 158 semester Graduation Requirements hour program available to qualified students, which 1. Successful completion of the course and credit can be completed in five years plus thesis or a sum- hour requirements. mer internship (11 semesters). The program requires 2. Cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher in graduate- 122 undergraduate semester hours and 36 graduate level courses, no “D” or “F” grades, and no more semester hours. The student who successfully com- than six credits with a grade of “C”. pletes the program meets the requirements for the 3. Successful completion of the comprehensive Bachelor of Science degree in Exercise Science and examination (clinical track). the Master of Science degree in Movement Science 4. Successful completion of the internship and the with a specialization in Exercise Science. internship project (clinical track). The student selects one of two tracks, clinical or 5. Acceptable oral defense of thesis (research research. The clinical track prepares the student for track). director positions in fitness and wellness clinics. Sev- eral courses offer firsthand experience within fitness and wellness programs, including a graduate-level in- DEGREE REQUIREMENTS, B.S. TO M.S. ternship. Additional courses within SES emphasize Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 56 administrative, marketing and legal aspects of fitness The student enrolled in the B.S. to M.S. degree pro- and wellness careers. The research track is designed gram must exceed the University’s distribution require- to prepare the student for doctoral study in exercise ment of 45 hours for a Bachelor of Science degree. physiology research or in the medical field, having its 6-9 credit hours must be 300+ level courses. Courses greatest emphasis in the sciences. Emphasis is placed specifically required are listed below each subject on practical experience in the human performance area. Those courses with a double asterisk (**) must laboratory, including a graduate-level thesis. be completed with a grade of C or better. THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 Requirements for Full Acceptance to the (THE or PHI 353, Bio-Medical Ethics is strongly rec- B.S. to M.S. Exercise Science Program ommended) The undergraduate student must first declare their WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 major in the Exercise Science BS to MS degree program. Before beginning graduate level coursework in the B.S. SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 20 to M.S. Exercise Science program, the undergraduate stu- ** BIO 230 Human Anatomy and Laboratory (4) ** BIO 240 Introduction to Human dent must first be fully accepted in the B.S. to M.S. pro- Physiology & Lab (5) gram by meeting the full acceptance requirements listed ** CHE 152 Intro. to Organic & Biological below. The undergraduate student who has been fully ac- Chemistry & Lab (4) cepted into the program should meet with the Exercise or Science Coordinator prior to beginning graduate ** CHE 111 General Chemistry & Qual Lab (4) coursework to determine if s/he will be pursuing the clini- ** MAT 152 Elementary Probability & Statistics (3) cal or the research track. SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 211

** PHY 151 Introductory Physics & Lab (4) Graduate Course Electives 6 or Recommended Courses: ** PHY 201 General College Physics & Lab (4) Clinical (3 credits minimum): SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 SES 537 Sport Psychology 3 ** PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology (3) SES 546 Qualitative Analysis in Biomechanics 3 SES 547 Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 Injuries 3 SES Core Requirements: 25 SES 551 Fitness Assessment and Program Development 3 (See listing. SES 361 required) SES 563 Applied Physiology of Resistance Exercise Science Major Undergraduate Training 3 Requirements 27 SES 625 Neurological Basis of Motor Control 3 (for both clinical and research tracks) SES 662 Exercise Psychology 3 CS 180 Introduction to Computers 3 SES 701 Advanced Studies in Applied SES 220 Care & Prev. of Athletic Statistics 3 Injuries & Lab 4 OR SES 320 Kinesiology & Laboratory 4 Research (6 credits minimum): SES 330 Nutrition for Physical Performance 3 BMS 527 Biochemistry 3 SES 370 Fitness Assessment and Exercise BMS 537 Human Genetics 3 Prescription 3 BMS 547 Neuroanatomy 3 SES 370L Fitness Assessment and Exercise SES 551 Fitness Assessment and Program Prescription Lab 1 Development 3 SES 441 Cardiac Rehabilitation 3 SES 563 Applied Physiology of Resistance SES 441L Cardiac Rehabilitation Lab 1 Training 3 SES 486 Practicum 2 SES 625 Neurological Basis of Motor Control 3 SES 499 Internship 3 SES 626 Mechanical Analysis of Human Undergraduate Course Electives 14 Performance 3 (3-6 credit hours must be 300+ level coursework) SES 627 Lab Instrumentation in Recommended Courses: 14 Biomechanics 3 ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 DEGREE TOTAL: BIO 104 Biological Foundations 4 EXERCISE SCIENCE (B.S. to M.S.) 158 CHE 112 Gen. Chemistry & Quantitative Lab 4 CHE 243 Organic Chemistry I 3 CHE 244 Organic Chemistry II 3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.S.) ECO 201 Intro Macroeconomics 3 Kathryn Ludwig, Ph.D., Coordinator MAT 109 Pre-calculus Math I 3 PSY 382 Developmental Psychology 3 The Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Educa- PSY 426 Health Psychology 3 tion (PE) prepares the student to teach physical educa- SES 463 Applied Physiology of Resistance tion, fitness, and wellness in the primary, elementary, Training 3 and/or secondary schools (K-12). The Physical Educa- SES 469 Directed Readings 3 tion major requires a total of 127 semester hours with SES 479 Directed Research 3 50 credit hours of major coursework (beyond the SES Exercise Science Major Graduate core of 25 credits) that are specific to the Physical Edu- Requirements 30-33 cation. The minimum grade of C is required in all SES 520 Biomechanics 3 major, SES core, education, and co-requisite courses. SES 561 Adv Exercise Physiology & Lab 4 The major in Physical Education focuses on the SES 578 ECG Interpretation & Exercise Testing 2 acquisition of knowledge and the refinement of teach- SES 616 Research Methodology 3 ing skills in the areas of fitness, team and individual SES 618 Fitness & Wellness Promotion 3 SES 672 Exercise & Energy Metabolism 3 sports, recreational games, and aquatics, as well as SES 686 Advanced Practicum 3 balance, tumbling, rhythmic and movement activities. Emphasis is placed on the sequencing of skills from Clinical (9 hrs. required): elementary through the secondary grades. Extensive SES 585 The Law in SES 3 opportunities for clinical experiences are provided over SES 679 Internship 6 OR a minimum of three years, beginning with classroom observations in EDU 151, and SES 210. Continued Research (9 hrs. required): observations and student-aiding are part of the course SES 689 Thesis 6 requirements in SES 470 and 476. SES 486 (Practicum SES 701 Advanced Studies in Applied Statistics 3 in Teaching Physical Education) offers opportunities for further refining teaching skills. 212 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FULL ACCEPTANCE 8. Apply for “Full Acceptance” no later than the REQUIREMENTS junior year or the completion of 90 credits of coursework; All students who have declared a major in Physical 9. Seek the recommendation from the Physical Education and meet the requirements for admission to Education Program Coordinator; Barry University will be “initially accepted” into the 10.Obtain approval from the SES Faculty Review major. (See Acceptance Progression Chart depicted Panel. earlier in the SES section of this catalog). Applications 11.Students who meet most, but not all, of the re- for Full Acceptance into the major are to be submitted quirements for Full Acceptance may petition in to one’s faculty advisor or to the PE Program Coordi- writing for special consideration by the Physi- nator well in advance of seeking enrollment in the meth- cal Education Program Coordinator, the Depart- ods course sequence (SES 470 and 476). This process ment Chair, and the HPLS Dean prior to seeking is usually begun during the last semester of the sopho- enrollment in the methods course sequence. If more year but no later than the start of the senior year. permission is given to enroll in SES 470/471 or At the time of application for Full Acceptance, Physi- SES 475/476, the student will be granted a tem- cal Education majors must designate one of two op- porary extension and placed on continued IN- tions: 1) remain in the PE major (PE) without student TERIM ACCEPTANCE with stipulated teaching and, upon graduation, apply for a Florida K- conditions that must be met at the end of one 12 non-renewable 3-year temporary Teaching Certifi- more semester. Students who meet all stipulated cate; OR 2) complete a “Change of Major Form” from conditions will be fully accepted. PE to the Physical Education Teacher Preparation op- 12.Once approved for full acceptance into one tion (PE-TEP) with student teaching and, upon gradua- option, the student may NOT subsequently tion, qualify for a Florida K-12 5-year Professional change to the other option. Teaching Certificate. (Refer to chart below on “Physi- 13.Additional Requirements Involving the PE- cal Education Full Acceptance Options”). No student TEP: will be permitted to enroll in the methods course(s) PE-TEP students must pass all sections of the (SES 470 and SES 476) without being fully accepted. CLAST for full acceptance. Full Acceptance into All Physical Education majors must successfully the PE-TEP constitutes “Full Admittance” to the progress through the two levels of proficiency out- Physical Education Teacher Education program lined in the evaluative rubric associated with each of The PE-TEP prepares students to attempt the the twelve accomplished practices. Two benchmark Florida Teacher Certification Examination (FTCE) evaluations of the twelve accomplished practices will and to apply for a 5-year Florida K-12 Professional occur for all physical education majors. At the first Teaching Certificate. Additional coursework can benchmark, each student must meet the criteria for the prepare the student for the opportunity to seek the “emergent level” of proficiency as a requirement for State certificate or endorsement in Coaching. interim acceptance. At the second benchmark, each (NOTE: THE PE-TEP PROGRAM AND EN- student must meet the criteria for the “bridging level” DORSEMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE of proficiency as a requirement for full acceptance. AT ANY TIME BASED ON RECOMMENDA- Students in the PE-TEP must pass a third benchmark, TIONS FROM THE FL-DOE FOR PROGRAM where each student must meet the criteria for the “ful- APPROVAL IN ORDER TO MEET CERTIFI- filled or accomplished levels” of proficiency as a re- CATION REQUIREMENTS). quirement for passing SES 499 and graduation. Approval for Student Teaching: Full Acceptance Criteria: SES 499: Internship and Seminar- PE Student 1. Pass proficiency tests in several locomotor skills, Teaching meets the PE-TEP integrative experi- sports skills, and basic knowledge areas. The stu- ence requirement for graduation. In order to be dent must pass all proficiency tests prior to be- granted permission by the Department Chair and ing “fully accepted.” Opportunities to improve Dean to enroll in SES 499, the student must have any deficiencies identified are provided through satisfied these conditions: the broad selection of ISR course offerings. a. be FULLY ACCEPTED into the PE-TEP, and thus 2. Complete SES 210, EDU 151, and EDU 218 be “Fully Admitted” to the PE-TEP; with a C or better. b. pass SES 470 and SES 476 with a C or bet- 3. Successfully complete the “bridging level” cri- ter; and teria for all 12 “accomplished practices” c. pass the general knowledge portion of the 4. Achieve a 2.50 cumulative GPA; FTCE; attempt the professional education 5. Achieve a 2.50 average GPA in all SES and EDU and subject matter portions of the FTCE. A courses combined; PASSING SCORE MUST BE RECEIVED 6. Attempt all sections of the CLAST prior to com- ON ALL SECTIONS OF THE FTCE AND pleting the sophomore year or 60 credits of ON ALL 12 “ACCOMPLISHED PRAC- coursework; TICES” AT THE “FULFILLED” LEVEL IN 7. Complete all SES department “Interim Accep- ORDER TO RECEIVE A FINAL GRADE tance” requirements (see “Acceptance Progres- IN SES 499. sion Chart” earlier in this section); SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 213

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FULL ACCEPTANCE OPTIONS

Initial Acceptance into Physical Education Major

Interim Acceptance

PE-TEP Full acceptance criteria: PE Full acceptance criteria: 1. 2.5 GPA: Cumulative and SES/EDU 1. 2.5 GPA: Cumulative and SES/EDU 2. Skill competency Apply for Full 2. Skill competency 3. bridging level portfolio Acceptance 3. bridging level portfolio 4. Pass CLAST 4. Attempt CLAST

Fully Accepted Fully Accepted PE PE-TEP w/o student teaching with student teaching

Student Teaching Practicum in Elementary PE 12 Credit Hours Practicum in Secondary PE +6 hours additional Electives

Graduation

Apply for Fla. Apply for Fla. 5-Year Professional 3-Year Temporary Teaching Certificate Teaching Certificate*

* Refer to criteria in UG Course Catalog

Physical Education Full Acceptance and 6. Students fully accepted into the PE option Florida Teacher Certification Options would complete 12 credit hours as listed below: SES 486 Practicum in Elementary Physical 1. At the time of admission to Barry, all declared Education (3) Physical Education majors will be “initially ac- SES 486 Practicum in Secondary Physical cepted” into the major. Education (3) 2. “Interim Acceptance” follows when students AND satisfy the published criteria listed in the SES 6 hours of additional SES electives from the Acceptance Progression Chart depicted at the following courses as approved by one’s aca- beginning of the SES section in this catalog demic advisor: 3. At the time of application for full acceptance, SES 170 Introduction to Wellness (3) students must designate one of two options: SES 310 Personal Health and Disease Physical Education Teacher Preparation (PE- Prevention (3) TEP) with student teaching *SES 325 Officiating Team and Individual or Sports (2) Physical Education (PE) without student teaching *SES 328 Theory of Coaching (3) 4. Once “fully accepted,” students in each option SES 330 Nutrition for Physical may enroll in the methods course sequence (SES Performance (3) 470 and SES 476) and must complete these SES 431 Media Relations in Sport (3) classes with a grade of C or better. SES 479 Directed Research in Physical 5. Students fully accepted into the PE-TEP option Education (3) would complete a 12-hour student teaching in- SES 485 Intro. to Law in Sport and ternship. A graduate of the PE-TEP option Exercise Sciences (3) would, upon application to the FL-DOE, be cer- *SES 486 Practicum in Coaching (3) tified to teach in Florida with a five-year K-12 * [Note: these courses also satisfy requirements Professional Teaching Certificate. for a certificate/endorsement in Coaching subject to application and approval from the Florida DOE]. 214 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

A graduate of the PE option would be qualified DEGREE REQUIREMENTS to teach in Florida K-12 with a non-renewable 3- year temporary teaching certificate if all of the fol- Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 53 lowing conditions are satisfied: (Courses specifically required are listed below each 1. Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the time of subject area with a double asterisk (**) and must be completed with a grade of C or better). graduation 2. After graduating, complete the certification ap- THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 plication process with the Florida DOE. PHI 154 History of Philosophy I (3) 3. Submit to a fingerprint check from the Florida OR PHI 155 History of Philosophy II Department of Law Enforcement. THE 103 World Religions (3) 4. Obtain employment in a school that has a Florida OR approved system for documenting the demon- THE 108 Intro. to the Old Testament (3) stration of required professional education com- OR petence. THE 109 Intro. to the New Testament 5. Qualify based on meeting the subject area spe- PHI Elective (3) cialization requirements through completed WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 coursework in the major. SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 17 In order to apply for a 5-year Professional Teach- ** BIO 230 Human Anatomy and Laboratory (4) ing Certificate upon expiration of the tempo- ** MAT 152 Elementary Probability & Statistics (3) rary teaching certificate, the following must first ** SES 360 Essentials of Exercise Physiology occur: and Lab (4) a. Meet general knowledge requirements within (also required in SES core) first year; and MAT 107 General Education Mathematics (3) b. Successfully complete a professional prepa- MAT 203 Geometry for Teachers (3) ration alternative certification and education SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 competency program, outlined in paragraph ** PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology (3) (7)(a); HIS 201 US People and Ideas I (3) OR OR c. Complete professional preparation courses HIS 202 US People and Ideas II (3) as specified in State Board Rule, successfully AND complete a professional education compe- SOC xxx Social Science Elective (3) tence demonstration program pursuant to HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 paragraph (7)(b), and achieve a passing score SES Core Requirements: 21 on the professional education competency (See listing. SES 360 required @ 4 hrs. but counted examination required by State Board Rule. in Distribution) “7(a) The Department of Education shall develop and Physical Education Major Requirements 50 each school district must provide a cohesive compe- CS 180 Introduction to Computers 3 tency-based professional preparation alternative cer- EDU 151 Introduction to Education 3 tification program by which members of a school EDU 218 Educational Psychology 3 EDU xxx Assessment in Ed. Accomplished district’s instructional staff may satisfy the mastery of Practices Portfolio 1 professional preparation and education competence TSL 400 ESOL Issues and Strategies 3 requirements specified in this subsection and rules of SES 220 Care and Prevention of Athletic the State Board of Education.” Injuries & Lab 4 “7(b) Each school district must and a state supported SES 320 Kinesiology & Laboratory 4 public school or a private school may develop and SES 326 Principles of Motor Learning 3 SES 350 Tests & Measurement in HPER maintain a system by which members of the instruc- and Sport 3 tional staff may demonstrate mastery of professional SES 469 Dir. Readings in Physical Education 3 education competence as required by law. Each pro- SES 470 Methods & Practice of Teaching I 4 gram must be based on classroom application and SES 476 Methods & Practice of Teaching II 4 instructional performance and must include a perfor- Additional Major Requirements (12 cr. hrs.) mance evaluation plan for documenting the demon- PE-TEP Option: stration of required professional education SES 499 Internship and Seminar in competence.” Phys. Ed [Student Teaching] (12) OR SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 215

PE Option: ter hours, including 33 credit hours specific to Sport SES 486 Practicum in Teaching Management and an additional 22 hours in the SES Elementary PE (3) Core. A 21 credit hour minor in Business is also in- SES 486 Practicum in Teaching cluded. The minimum grade of C is required in all Secondary PE (3) major, minor, SES core, and co-requisite courses. AND SES Electives (additional 6 hrs. minimum from list Optional, specializations are available in Sport below) Management-Diving Industry and in Sport Man- agement-Golf Industry. Acceptance to these special- Electives (3 hours minimum) 3 izations requires satisfying various competencies and Recommended Courses: SES 310 Personal Health and Disease standards as stipulated within the catalog description Prevention (3) for these programs, which follows the Sport Manage- *SES 325 Officiating Team and Individual ment major. Sports (2) SES 499 (Internship) meets the integrative experi- *SES 328 Theory of Coaching (3) ence requirement for graduation. SES 330 Nutrition for Physical Performance (3) SES 431 Media Relations in Sport (3) Five Year B.S. to M.S. Option SES 479 Directed Research in Physical Education (3) The B.S. to M.S. option in Sport Management is SES 485 Intro. to Law in SES (3) available to qualified students who meet the criteria *SES 486 Practicum in Coaching (3) for selection to and continued enrollment in this pro- * NOTE: These courses also satisfy the requirements gram. (See specific requirements for “full acceptance” for a Florida Coaching Certificate / Endorsement to the B.S. to M.S. option and detailed program de- (from the above list of electives) scription later in this section). Further information is DEGREE TOTAL: available from one’s academic advisor or the program PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.S.) 124 coordinator. Along with other published requirements, the student must have a 2.75 cumulative Barry GPA Coaching Certificate/Endorsement and a 2.75 average GPA in all SES & major courses attempted, including courses for the Business minor. The Department of Sport and Exercise Sciences offers coursework that leads to the State of Florida Requirements for Full Acceptance to the Sport Department of Education (FL-DOE) endorsement in Management Major: Coaching. Students who have satisfied all SES Interim Ac- Requirements: The following courses are offered to ceptance requirements should apply for Full accep- all majors seeking certification in primary, elemen- tance to the Major when all criteria have been met. tary, or secondary education, including physical edu- The student is eligible for full acceptance to the Sport cation, who also desire to coach in a public school Management major when the following requirements system. These courses satisfy FL-DOE requirements have been completed: towards an Endorsement in Coaching. 1. The student has achieved junior status (com- SES 220 Care and Prevention of Athletic pleted at least 60 hours applicable to the degree) Injuries & Lab 4 and has completed 50% of distribution require- SES 328 Theory of Coaching 3 ments OR has fulfilled all SES Interim Accep- SES 486 Practicum in Coaching 3 tance requirements. 2. The student has declared a major in Sport Man- COACHING ENDORSEMENT TOTAL 10 agement. In addition, SES 212, 320, 325, 330, 335, 360, and 3. The student has completed SES 210, SES 250, 485 are strongly recommended electives for those BIO 220, BIO 220L, ENG 111, ENG 112, and students interested in pursuing coaching careers. MAT 152 or equivalent with a grade of C or better. SPORT MANAGEMENT (B.S.) 4. The student has both a 2.0 CUM GPA and a 2.0 average GPA in all SES major and business mi- Annie Clement, Ph.D., J.D., Coordinator nor courses attempted. The Bachelor of Science in Sport Management 5. The student has the recommendation of his/her (SM) prepares students for positions within the pro- advisor and the Coordinator of the Sport Man- fessional, collegiate, corporate, commercial, or recre- agement Program, as well as the SES Faculty ational sport industry, and for graduate study. The Sport Review Panel. Management program requires a total of 120 semes- 216 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MGT 352 Human Resource Management 3 MKT 305 Marketing Concepts and Applications 3 Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 47 MKT 385 Consumer Behavior The student majoring in Sport Management must (Prerequisite - SES 440) 3 +Choice of one business elective recommended exceed the University’s distribution requirement of 45 by the Associate Dean, Andreas School of Business 3 hours. The Science and Mathematics area includes 11. This brings the total Distribution credit hours required Electives (4 hours minimum) 4 for Sport Management majors to 47. (Courses spe- Recommended Courses: cifically required are listed below each subject area SES 431 Media Relations in Sport (3) with a double asterisk (**) and must be completed COM 200 Introduction to Mass Media (3) COM 390 Principles of Public Relations (3) with a grade of C or better). ENG 417 Advertising Copywriting (3) THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 ENG 418 Publication Production and Layout (3) PHI 170, Contemporary Moral Problems, is strongly DEGREE TOTAL: recommended. SPORT MANAGEMENT (B.S.) 120 WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 11 Minor in Sport Management ** BIO 220 Human Anatomy and Laboratory (4) The minor in Sport Management is available to ** MAT 152 Elementary Probability complement professional majors in other disciplines & Statistics (3) such as marketing, management, fitness, health, ** SES 360 Applied Exercise Physiology wellness, public relations, journalism, psychology and and Lab (4) communications. It is designed to prepare students for (also required in SES Core) opportunities in the sport-related fields including ama- SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 teur, professional, and collegiate sport administration, ** ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (3) as well as entrepreneurial businesses focusing on (also required for minor in Business) health, fitness, recreation, sport and sport products. A ** PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology (3) student may earn a minor in Sport Management by HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 completing the following required courses: SES Core Requirements 18 SES 250 Sport & Recreation Management (3) (See listing. SES 360 required @ 4 hrs but counted in SES 440 Sport Marketing, Promotions and Distribution. SES 465 not required.) Fundraising (3) SES 480 Contemporary Issues & Ethics Sport Management Major Requirements 33 in Sport (3) Sport Management Core (21 hrs): SES 485 Introduction to Law in Sport & CS 180 Introduction to Computers 3 Exercise Sciences (3) SES 250 Sport and Recreational Management 3 SES 486 Practicum in Sport Management (3) SES 485 Introduction to Law in SES 3 15 SES 499 Internship in Sport Mgmt. AND/OR SM-Diving Industry OR SM-Golf Electives: (6 hours minimum) 6 Industry 12 Recommended Courses: Additional Sport Management SES 260 Leisure Planning and Programming (3) Requirements (12 hrs.) SES 380 Facility Design and Event SES 260 Leisure Planning and Programming 3 Management (3) SES 380 Facility Design and Event SES 431 Media Relations in Sport (3) Management 3 SES 444 Financial Applications to Sport (3) SES 440 Sport Marketing, Promotions, SES 465 Administration of Programs and and Fund Raising 3 Facilities (3) SES 444 Financial Applications to Sport 3 TOTAL: SPORT MANAGEMENT MINOR 21 Minor in Business 18 ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ECO 201 Intro. Macroeconomics (3 hrs. counted in Distribution) MGT 305 Organizational Behavior & Management 3 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 217

SPORT MANAGEMENT/DIVING ** 4. Verification of current medical insurance with specific coverage for SCUBA diving, includ- INDUSTRY (B.S.) ing hyperbaric medical treatments and remote air ambulance coverage. Sharon Kegeles, M.S., Facilitator ** 5. Agreement to weekend availability of no less The B.S. degree in Sport Management (SM) in- than one Saturday or Sunday per month during cludes an optional specialization in Diving Industry. the academic year for open water activities re- This area of emphasis is designed to prepare the stu- lated to coursework. dent for a career in the instructional and business seg- ** 6. Agreement to summer availability between the ments of the diving industry and offers the opportunity junior and senior years, in order to complete to attain SCUBA Instructor certification. The SM Div- an intensive experience in various diving ac- ing Industry program consists of a total of 133 semes- tivities. ter hours with a major in Sport Management totaling ** 7. Agreement to complete and document no fewer 45 credit hours, 26 hours of which are specific to the than 15 open-water dives per calendar year (ex- Diving Industry. An additional 22 hours of SES Core cluding dives associated with coursework). courses must be satisfied. A 21 credit hour minor in 8. Successful completion of the Cooper 12-minute Business, is also included as part of the Diving Indus- Swim at a “Good” or higher category. try program. All requirements for the Sport Manage- 9. ISR 155 or equivalent entry-level “Open Wa- ment major apply. The minimum grade of C in all ter” certification from a recognized training/cer- major, minor, SES Core, and co-requisite tifying agency. coursework is also required for the Diving Industry 10. ISR 255 or equivalent intermediate “Advanced track. Prior to attempting any dive under supervi- Open Water” certification from a recognized sion, students will be asked to sign an agreement training/certifying agency. verifying that various technical and safety standards have been met. For Full Acceptance 11. SES 211 or current ARC Lifeguard Training Criteria for Sport Management/Diving Certification equivalent to that issued in SES Industry (SMDI) Acceptance 211. Students electing this specialization, as well as those 12.SES 212 or current ARC First Aid, CPR, AED, pursuing a minor in Diving Education, must satisfy the PDT, Oxygen Administration certifications following criteria prior to acceptance. NOTE: For stu- equivalent to those issued in SES 212. dent and group safety, **starred items must be com- 13. Documentation of no fewer than 30 SCUBA pleted before the end of the first semester of dives. enrollment. In addition, the faculty member reserves 14. Satisfactory completion of a proficiency exami- the right to restrict a student from participating in nation including, but not limited to, a written a dive or related diving activity in order to ensure examination on basic diving theory, as well as the safety of everyone who might be placed at risk. a practical exam on diving skill performance in confined and open water. For Interim Acceptance: 15. Possession of personal mask, fins, snorkel, foot ** 1. Documentation of current immunizations and protection, regulator with submersible pressure health screenings, including, but not limited to gauge, low pressure inflation hose, alternate air Tetanus, Hepatitis A and B, Tuberculosis, and source, buoyancy control device, depth gauge, HIV. (Some vaccines are available through the dive timer, compass, knife/diver tool, emergency University’s Health Services at discounted signaling device(s), exposure suit appropriate rates.) for Florida diving environments, weight belt/ ** 2. Certification of medical fitness for SCUBA weights, slate/pencil, equipment bag. All equip- Diving by an M.D. with diving medicine knowl- ment is subject to inspection and approval by edge, attesting to clearance for diving at all the program coordinator upon documentation depths required within the SMDI curriculum. of annual servicing by industry professional. ** 3. Agreement to complete, prior to each in-water activity, a “Hold Harmless” statement that acknowledges proper fitness for diving, including attesting to being alcohol-, nicotine-, and drug-free. 218 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MGT 305 Organizational Behavior & Management 3 Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 47 MKT 306 Marketing Concepts & Applications 3 (Courses specifically required are listed below each MGT 352 Human Resource Management 3 subject area with a double asterisk (**) and must be completed with a grade of C or better). +Choice of one business elective recommended by the Associate Dean, Andreas School of Business 6 THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 PHI 170, Contemporary Moral Problems, is Electives: (3 hours minimum) 3 strongly recommended. Recommended Courses: SES 260 Leisure Planning and Programming (3) WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 SES 300 Special Topics in Diving Industry (3) SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 11 SES 304 Recreational Diving Specialties ** BIO 220 Human Anatomy and Laboratory (4) (1 cr. per specialty) (also available ** MAT 152 Elementary Probability as Independent Study) (1-6) & Statistics (3) SES 306 Research Diving (3) ** SES 360 Applied Exercise Physiology SES 308 Underwater Photography (3) and Lab (4) SES 314 SCUBA Equipment Repair & (also required in SES Core) Maintenance (3) (also available as Independent Study) SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 SES 380 Facility Design & Event Mgmt. (3) ** ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (3) SES 424 Instructor Preparation (2-6) (also (also required for minor in Business) available as Independent Study) ** PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology (3 ) SES 440 Sport Marketing, Promotions, and Fund ** SOC 201 Introduction to Sociology (3) Raising HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 SES 444 Financial Applications to Sport (3) (PHO 203 Basic Photography, is required for those DEGREE TOTAL: SPORT MANAGEMENT– electing to take SES 308.) DIVING INDUSTRY (B.S.) 133 SES Core Requirements 18 (See listing. SES 360 required @ 4 cr. hrs. but counted Minor in Diving Education in distribution. SES 465 not required.) The Minor in Diving Education is designed spe- Sport Management/Diving Industry cifically to service majors in other areas outside of Requirements: 47 Sport Management (e.g., Biological Sciences, Busi- ness, Photography, Physical Education) who desire Sport Management Major Core (21 hrs) certification(s) from an international agency, as well (See listing under Sport Management) as more knowledge and safety in the use of SCUBA Diving Industry Specialization equipment and underwater education. Students elect- Requirements (26 hrs.) ing this minor must satisfy all SM/Diving Industry SES 110 Intro to Diving Sciences, criteria for acceptance as stated at the beginning of Tech & Mgmt 2 the SMDI section. The following courses are required: SES 226 Seamanship and Lab 3 SES 110 Intro to Diving Sciences, Tech & SES 230 Recreational Diving Theory 3 Mgmt (2) SES 240 Dive Accident Management & SES 211 Lifeguarding (2) Rescue and Lab 3 SES 212 Emergency Response (3) SES 351 Diving Leadership & Practicum 3 SES 226 Seamanship and Lab (3) SES 362 Diving Business Management, SES 230 Recreational Diving Theory (3) Retailing & Practicum 3 SES 240 Dive Accident Management & SES 365 Hyperbaric Physiology & Rescue and Lab (3) Decompression Theory 3 SES 311 Tropical Diving Environments (3) SES 421 Methods of Instruction in SCUBA SES 351 Diving Leadership & Practicum (3) Diving & Lab 3 22 Summer Intensive Program: SES 311 Tropical Diving Environments 3 Recommended Electives: (3 hours required) 3 SES — Diving Industry track electives TBA SES 304 Recreational Diving Specialties (3) SES 308 Underwater Photography (3) Minor in Business 18 SES 362 Diving Bus Mgmt, Retailing & ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 Practicum (3) ECO 201 Intro. Macroeconomics SES 365 Hyperbaric Phys & Decompression (3 hrs. counted in Distribution) 3 Theory (3) TOTAL: DIVING EDUCATION MINOR 25 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 219

SPORT MANAGEMENT/GOLF Additional Requirements for the PGA’s Golf Professional Training Program INDUSTRY (B.S.) (GPTP): Roger White, M.S., Facilitator 1. Students interested in registering for the GPTP must successfully complete the PGA Playing The B.S. degree in Sport Management (SM) in- Ability Test (P.A.T.). Successful completion is cludes an optional specialization in the Golf Industry. earned by shooting 15 strokes or fewer above This area of emphasis is designed to prepare the stu- the course rating (36 holes) at a course desig- dent for instructional and managerial (entrepreneur- nated by the PGA. ial) careers in golf operations. The program provides 2. The student must pay all appropriate fees the opportunity for the student to acquire the knowl- charged by the PGA for the Professional Readi- edge and skills necessary for success through class- ness Orientation (P.R.O.) and the GPTP check- room studies, player development, and varied field points at the sites established by the PGA. experiences in the South Florida area – a mecca for 3. The student must complete SES 486-Practicum golf, known for its many world-class courses, teach- I at a site coordinated by the Sport Management- ing professionals, and ideal year-round climate. The Golf Industry Program Facilitator. curriculum is also designed so that qualified students can supplement their undergraduate academic prepa- DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ration by enrolling in the PGA’s Golf Professional Training Program (GPTP). The SM Golf Industry pro- Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 47 gram consists of a total of 141 semester hours with a The student majoring in S. M. Golf Industry must major in Sport Management totaling 58 credit hours, exceed the University’s distribution requirement of 45 22 of which are specific to the Golf Industry. An addi- hours. The Science and Mathematics area includes 11. tional 22 hours of SES Core courses must be satisfied. This brings the total Distribution credit hours required A 21 credit hour minor in Business is also included as for Sport Management majors to 47. (Courses specifi- part of the Golf Industry Management program. All cally required are listed below each subject area with requirements for the Sport Management major apply. a double asterisk (**) and must be completed with The minimum grade of C is required in all major, a grade of C or better). minor, SES core, and co-requisite coursework. THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 Criteria for Sport Management/Golf PHI 170, Contemporary Moral Problems, is strongly Industry (SMGI) Acceptance recommended. Students electing this specialization must satisfy WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 the following criteria prior to full acceptance. SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 11 1. The student has achieved junior status (com- ** BIO 220 Human Anatomy and Laboratory (4) pleted at least 60 hours applicable to the degree) ** MAT 152 Elementary Probability & Statistics (3) and has completed 50% of distribution require- ** SES 360 Applied Exercise Physiology & Lab (4) ments OR has fulfilled all SES Interim Accep- (also required in SES Core) tance requirements. 2. The student has declared a major in Sport Man- SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 agement Golf Industry. ** ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (3) (also required for minor in Business) 3. The student has completed SES 210, SES 250, ** PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology (3) SES 299, SES 399, SES 486-Practicum I, BIO 220, ENG 111, ENG 112, and MAT 152 or HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 equivalent with a grade of C or better. SES Core Requirements 18 4. The student has both a 2.5 CUM GPA and a 2.5 (See listing. SES 360 required @4 hrs but counted in average GPA in all SES and major courses at- Distribution. SES 465 not required.) tempted. Sport Management/Golf Industry Requirements: 55 5. The student has the recommendation of his/her advisor, the Facilitator of the Golf Industry Pro- Sport Management Major Core (21 hrs.) gram, the Coordinator of the Sport Management (See listing under Sport Management) Program, and the approval of the SES Faculty Additional Sport Management Requirements Review Panel (12 hrs.) (See listing under Sport Management) 220 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

SM-Golf Industry Requirements (22 hrs.) Admission to the B.S. to M.S. Sport SES 299 Special Topics in Golf I (2) Management Program SES 399 Special Topics in Golf II (2) SES 320 Kinesiology and Lab (4) The undergraduate student intending to apply to the SES 382 Turfgrass Management for the graduate program should meet with the Sport Manage- Golf Professional (2) ment Coordinator no later than the end of the junior year. SES 442 Golf Country Club Management (3) Before beginning graduate level coursework in the B.S. SES 472 Methods of Teaching Golf (2) to M.S. Sport Management program, the undergraduate SES 469 Directed Readings (3) student must first be fully accepted in the undergraduate SES 486 Practicum in Golf Industry I (2) Sport Management program by meeting the established SES 486 Practicum in Golf Industry II (2) full acceptance requirements. In addition, the student Minor in Business 18 must have met the following additional requirements. ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 1. Major in the B.S. to M.S. Sport Management ECO 201 Intro. Macroeconomics program has been declared. (3 hrs. counted in Distribution) 3 2. Student has achieved junior status or completed MGT 305 Organizational Behavior & at least 60 hours applicable to the degree. Management 3 MKT 306 Marketing Concepts & Applications 3 3. Student has completed 50% of distribution re- MGT 352 Human Resource Management 3 quirements OR has fulfilled all SES Interim Acceptance requirements. +Choice of one business elective recommended by the 4. Successful completion of SES 210, SES 250, BIO Associate Dean, Andreas School of Business 3 220, ENG 111, ENG 112, and MAT 152 or Electives (3 hours minimum) 3 equivalent courses, with a grade of C or better. Recommended Courses: 5. The student has both a 2.75 cumulative overall SES 431 Media Relations in Sport (3) GPA, and 2.75 average in all SES and major COM 200 Introduction to mass Media (3) courses attempted. COM 390 Principles of Public Relations (3) 6. Approval from the Sport Management Program ENG 417 Advertising Copywriting (3) Coordinator, the Chairperson of the Department ENG 418 Publication Production and Layout (3) of Sport and Exercise Sciences, and the Dean DEGREE TOTAL: SPORT of the School of Human Performance and Lei- MANAGEMENT-GOLF INDUSTRY (B.S.) 141 sure Sciences. SPORT MANAGEMENT Graduation Requirements (B.S. TO M.S.) 1. Successful completion of the course and credit hour requirements. Annie Clement, Ph.D., Coordinator 2. Cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher in graduate- The seamless Bachelor of Science to Master of level courses, no “D” or “F” grades, and no more Science Degree in Sport Management is a 156 semes- than six credits with a grade of “C”. ter hour program available to qualified students, which 3. Successful completion of the comprehensive can be completed in five years plus thesis or a sum- examination (thesis track), or mer internship (11 semesters). The program requires 4. Successful completion of the internship and the 120 undergraduate semester hours and 36 graduate internship project (internship track). semester hours. The student who successfully completes the program meets the requirements for both DEGREE REQUIREMENTS, B.S. TO M.S. the Bachelor of Science and the Master of Science degree in Sport Management. Distribution Requirements and Co-requisites 47 The student may select one of two tracks, thesis or The student enrolled in the B.S. to M.S. degree pro- internship. The thesis track is designed to prepare the gram must exceed the University’s distribution require- student for doctoral study and/or positions in a sport- ment of 45 hours for a Bachelor of Science degree. related career. The internship track includes a gradu- Courses specifically required are listed below each ate level applied experience working in an area of subject area. Those courses with a double asterisk particular interest, such as facility management, mar- (**) must be completed with a grade of C or better. keting and promotions, or management within a sport THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY 9 or recreational organization. (PHI 170, Contemporary Moral Problems, is strongly recommended) WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMUNICATION 9 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 221

SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 11 Sport Management Graduate ** BIO 220 Human Anatomy and Laboratory 3 Course Electives 18-21 ** MAT 152 Elementary Probability & Statistics 3 SES 530 Managing the Sport Enterprise 3 ** SES 360 Applied Exercise Physiology and Lab 3 SES 533 Sport Marketing Management 3 SES 544 Financial Applications to Sport 3 SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 SES 6xx Labor Relations in Sport 3 ** ECO 201 Introductory Macroeconomics 3 SES 6xx Risk Management 3 ** PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology 3 SES 531 Media Relations and Sport 3 HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 SES 532 Facilities and Event Planning 3 SES 535 Managing Professional Sport 3 SES Core Requirements 18 SES 537 Sport Psychology 3 (See listing. SES 360 required @ 4 hrs but counted in SES 618 Fitness and Wellness Promotion 3 Distribution. SES 465 not required.) MBA 601 Human Resource Management 3 Sport Management Major Requirements 33 MBA 605 Entrepreneurial Management 3 Sport Management Core (21 hrs): MBA 660 Managerial Accounting 3 CS 180 Introduction to Computers 3 MBA 681 Economics for Strategic Decisions 3 SES 250 Sport and Recreational Management 3 SES 485 Introduction to Law in SES 3 DEGREE TOTAL: SES 499 Internship in Sport Mgmt 12 SPORT MANAGEMENT (B.S. to M.S.) 156 Additional Sport Management Requirements (12 hrs.) Course Descriptions — SES 260 Leisure Planning and Programming 3 Sport and Exercise Sciences Prefix: SES SES 380 Facility Design and Event Management 3 110 Introduction to Diving Science, Technology SES 440 Sport Marketing, Promotions, and Management (2) and Fund Raising 3 Provides a history of diving and an overview of recre- SES 444 Financial Applications to Sport 3 ational, scientific, public safety, commercial, military Minor in Business 18 diving, and career opportunities within each area. ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 112 Community First Aid & CPR (1) ECO 201 Intro. Macroeconomics American Red Cross First Aid, Adult CPR, Infant and (3 hrs. counted in Distribution) 3 MGT 305 Organizational Behavior Child CPR certification courses. & Management 3 170 Introduction to Wellness (3) MKT 306 Marketing Concepts and Applications 3 An introductory course open to all students interested MGT 352 Human Resource Management 3 in fitness and wellness and how it relates to quality of MKT 385 Consumer Behavior life. Students are provided with a basic knowledge of (Prerequisite - SES 440) 3 diet, exercise, stress management, health, and other +Choice of one business electives recommended areas of total wellness and their impact on maintain- by the Associate Dean, Andreas School of Business 3 ing healthy lifestyles. Opportunities for computer Electives (4 hours minimum) 4 analysis and hands-on experience will be provided. Recommended Courses: (SES 270 is designed for majors in SES.) SES 431 Media Relations in Sport (3) 181 A. T. Pre-clinical Skills I (1) COM 200 Introduction to Mass Media (3) Pre-clinical practicum for athletic training majors. In- COM 390 Principles of Public Relations (3) troduction to basic clinical skills used in the profes- ENG 417 Advertising Copywriting (3) sional activities of the athletic trainer. Basic fieldwork ENG 418 Publication Production and Layout (3) in the athletic training facility is included. SES 181 Required Graduate Courses, Thesis Track 18 A1 01 and SES 281 A1 01 are both required as part of SES 585 Law in Sport and Exercise Sciences 3 the criteria for clinical program selection. SES 616 Research Methods 3 199/299 Special Topics (1-3) SES 634 Governance and Ad. Of Amateur Sport 3 Topics may vary each semester as determined by the SES 686 Advanced Practicum 3 SES faculty, based on subjects of current interest. Of- SES 689 Thesis 6 fered no more than twice for the same topic. Required Graduate Courses, Internship Track 15 201 Dance and Aerobic Activities (2) SES 585 Law in Sport and Exercise Sciences 3 SES 616 Research Methods 3 An introductory course in rhythmic activities, folk and SES 634 Governance and Ad. Of Amateur Sport 3 square dancing, and aerobic exercise activities for the SES 679 Internship/Project 3 elementary and middle schools. 222 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

202 Elementary Games (Including Track and currently with lecture. Prerequisite: SES 220, 220L Field) (2) and permission of the program coordinator. Labora- Indoor and Outdoor games and track and field activi- tory fee required. ties for the elementary and middle schools. 226 Seamanship and Lab (3) 203 Gymnastics and Tumbling (2) Introduction to small boat operation for support of Practice of basic gymnastics and tumbling routines; diving activities. Topics include basic boat operation, scientific principles involved in teaching gymnastics boat maintenance, boating safety, safety equipment and tumbling analyses of skills. Prerequisite: Begin- requirements, rules of the road, marine navigation, ning Gymnastics. marine radio operation, captain and crew responsibili- 210 Foundations of Sport and Exercise ties, requirements for U.S. Coast Guard licensing, and Sciences (3) practical exercises. Historical foundations of physical education, sport, and 230 Recreational Diving Theory (3) exercise. Orientation to Exercise Science, Physical Provides certified SCUBA divers with knowledge of Education, Sport Management, and Athletic Training. diving theory. Examines physics, physiology of Participation in a variety of sport experiences. SCUBA diving, diver stress, stress management and 211 Lifeguard Training (2) prevention, decompression theory, diving tables and Personal safety, self-rescue, and rescue of others in, computers, aquatic/marine environment, dive opera- on and around the water. Provides minimum skills tion planning and management (fresh water, wreck, necessary for qualification as a non-surf lifeguard. reef, night, limited visibility, boat), extended depth American Red Cross certification examination: Life- diving, technical diving, cold water diving, tropical guard Training. Prerequisite: SES 112 or 212, or cur- diving, and underwater search and light salvage. Pre- rent certification in First Aid and Adult CPR prior to requisites: acceptance into SMDI Track, and SES 110. course completion. 240 Dive Accident Management & Rescue and 212, 212L Emergency Response and Lab (3) Lab (3) Course content and practical experiences prepare the Trains divers and dive leaders in procedures and tech- student to make appropriate decisions about the care niques for the emergency management of injuries en- needed in case of emergency. Provides opportunity to countered in diving and the aquatic environment. acquire skills necessary to act as a crucial link in the Examines primary, secondary, and illness assessment, emergency medical services (EMS) system. Ameri- field neurological tests, first aid for pressure related can Red Cross certification examinations: CPR for the accidents with emphasis on decompression sickness and Professional Rescuer, Emergency Response, Oxygen arterial gas embolism, use of oxygen and oxygen equip- Administration, Automated External Defibrillator, ment, care of marine life injuries, accident-related div- Preventing Disease Transmission. Lecture and Lab ing equipment problems, diving accident analysis, must be taken concurrently. (Enrollment restricted to statistical review of diving injuries and fatalities, and SES majors.) the role of divers and dive leaders in accident prevention. Includes laboratory exercises in dealing with 214 Methods of Instruction in Swimming and watermanship and self-rescue techniques, panicked Water Safety (3) divers, missing divers, in-water artificial respiration, Methods of teaching swimming and water safety; pressure-related accidents, and diving accident sce- American Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certifi- narios. Students successfully completing the course cation course. may be eligible for certification as Advanced Rescue 220, 220L Care and Prevention of Athletic Diver and DAN Oxygen Provider. Special course and Injuries and Lab (4) certification fees apply. Prerequisite: SES 230. Introduction to the basic concepts of preventing ath- 250 Sport and Recreational Management (3) letic injuries, injury recognition and assessment, and An introduction to the fields of sport and recreational care and treatment procedures for proper management management; overview of theories of management and of athletic injuries. 3 hours lecture and 2 hours labo- administration to sports and recreation. ratory weekly. Laboratory to be taken concurrently with lecture. This course partially fulfills the require- 259/359/459 Independent Study (3) ments for the Coaching endorsement. Prerequisite: Original research of special topics pursued indepen- BIO 220/230. Laboratory fee required. dently or in small groups. Available in Athletic Train- ing (AT), Exercise Science (EX), SM-Diving Industry 225, 225L Assessment of Athletic Injuries and (DI), SM-Golf Industry (GI), Physical Education (PE), Lab (4) and Sport Management (SM). Prior approval of De- Techniques of evaluation and emergency management partment Chair and Dean required. for athletic injuries and illnesses. Required for transfer students with minimal previous collegiate clinical 260 Leisure Planning & Programming (3) Athletic Training experience. Three hours lecture and Provides a basic understanding of the knowledge, 2 hours laboratory weekly. Laboratory to be taken con- skills, and values required for successful planning & programming of leisure services for all populations. SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 223

Presents the steps necessary to establish, market, and Management-Diving Industry (MD), Sport Manage- manage the human and financial resources in leisure ment-Golf Industry (MG), Physical Education (PE), activities. Includes observations of recreational pro- and Sport Management (SM). Specific topics will be grams, including those in aging communities, tourism, offered no more than twice. etc. 304 Recreational Diving Specialties (1-6) 270 Concepts of Fitness and Wellness (3) Educates students in selected diving specialties at one This course is required for students majoring or minor- (1) cr. hr. per specialty. Principles and practices of deep ing in one of the SES programs. Students will analyze diving, night diving, multilevel and computer assisted the impact of diet, exercise, stress management, health, diving, wreck, underwater naturalist, drift, ice, cav- and other areas of total wellness on the quality of life. ern, underwater navigator, dry suit, and search and Students will examine their personal health risk, com- recovery diving are thoroughly examined. Students plete a personal fitness and nutritional assessment, as successfully completing the course are eligible for well as pursue an individual exercise prescription pro- certification in the specific specialties addressed in the gram. Hands-on experiences and exposure to the use course. Special course and certification fees apply. Also of computer analysis in fitness assessment are included. available as Independent Study. Prerequisites: ISR 255 275 Professional Proficiency — (or equivalent) and acceptance of agency certification Aquatic Activities (1) requirements. Activities include: Canoeing, Lifeguard Training, 306 Research Diving (3) Rowing, Sailing, SCUBA Diving, Swimming, Water Explores the application of diving in various scien- Safety Instruction. Prerequisite: Coordinator’s ap- tific disciplines. Topics include oceanography, under- proval. water archaeology, artificial reef programs, underwater 280 Professional Proficiency — surveying, mapping, documentation, and sampling and Dance Activities (1) hydrology studies by divers in Florida. Includes field Activities include: Ballroom Dance, Jazz Dance, Mod- trips to selected research sites and opportunities to ern Dance, Social, Folk and Square Dance. Prerequi- conduct underwater studies. Special course and certi- site: Coordinator’s approval. fication fees apply. Prerequisite: ISR 255 or equivalent. 281 A.T. Pre-Clinical Skills II (1) Pre-clinical practicum for athletic training majors. In- 308 Underwater Photography (3) troduction to basic clinical skills used in the profes- Provides the student with working knowledge and sional activities of the athletic trainer. Basic fieldwork basic skills in underwater photography. Topics include in the athletic training facility are included. SES 181 camera selection, camera operation, natural light and A1 01 and SES 281 A1 01 are both required as part of artificial light photography, composition, macropho- the criteria for clinical program selection. Prerequi- tography, normal and wide-angle lens use, and visual site: prior to successful completion of or concurrent presentation, as well as underwater video techniques. enrollment in SES 181. Special course and certification fees apply. Prerequi- sites: PHO 203, ISR 255, or equivalent. 285 Professional Proficiency — Individual & Dual Sports (1) 310 Personal Health and Disease Prevention (3) Activities include: Archery, Bowling, Fencing, Golf, Epidemiology of disease determinants, including iden- Gymnastics and Tumbling, Handball, Judo, Strength tification and intervention in disease processes. Ma- Training, Wrestling. Prerequisite: Coordinator’s ap- jor emphasis on nutrition, exercise, and health. proval. 311Tropical Diving Environments (3) 290 Professional Proficiency — Examines selected environments commonly associated Racquet Sports (1) with recreational diving in Florida and the Tropics. Activities include: Badminton, Racquetball, Squash, Includes intensive field trip and theory reviewing site Tennis. Prerequisite: Coordinator’s approval. selection. Topics selected for individual diver projects chosen for integration and environment. Special course 295 Professional Proficiency — Team & Field and certification fees apply. Prerequisites: ISR 255 or Sports (1) equivalent and instructor approval. Activities include: Basketball, Field Hockey, Football, Lacrosse, Rugby, Soccer, Softball, Speedball, Track 312 Advanced Assessment of Athletic Injuries and Field, Volleyball. Prerequisite: Coordinator’s ap- and Lab (4) proval. An advanced course designed to develop further knowledge and skills related to the recognition, as- 300 Special Topics (3) sessment, treatment and appropriate medical referral Designed to provide experiences in a contemporary of athletic injuries and illnesses. Prerequisite: SES 220/ topic, problem, and/or research area. Offered in Ath- 220L and/or SES 225/225L (as required by the pro- letic Training (AT), Exercise Science (EX), Sport gram coordinator). 224 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

314 SCUBA Equipment Repair & activity, physical education, corporate fitness, and ath- Maintenance (3) letic programs. Prerequisites: PSY 281 or college-level An overview of SCUBA diving equipment design, course work in Psychology. manufacturing, function, maintenance, and repair, in- 340 Adapted Physical Activity, Recreation and cluding disassembly, inspection, and assembly of se- Sport (3) lected SCUBA regulators, valves, buoyancy control An introductory course designed for pre-profession- devices and inflation mechanisms, cylinder inspection, als to develop competencies necessary to deliver ser- principles of hydrostatic testing, regulator performance vice in accordance with federal laws. Motor, sensory, testing, principles of dive computer operation, field and cognitive disabilities will be discussed. Emphasis maintenance and repair of selected diving equipment, is placed on individualized educational programming and operation of professional repair facilities. Special and adapting regular physical activity, recreation, and course and certification fees may apply. sport programs. A specialized practicum is also in- 316, 316L Therapeutic Modalities and Lab (4) cluded. A study of sports therapy physical agents used in ath- 344 Teaching Health, Physical Education, letic training techniques such as cryotherapy, hydro- and Dance in the Primary/Elementary therapy, electrotherapy, and mechanical therapy. 3 School (3) hours lecture and 2 hours laboratory weekly. Labora- Examines the methods, content material, and organi- tory to be taken concurrently with lecture. Prerequi- zational procedures for conducting primary/elemen- sites: SES 220, 220L. Honors option. tary school health and physical education programs; 318, 318L Therapeutic Exercise and Lab (4) practice in teaching activities in primary/elementary A study of clinical sports therapy techniques used in school health and physical education programs. (De- the rehabilitation and reconditioning of athletic inju- signed for classroom teachers not specializing in Physi- ries. 3 hours lecture and 2 hours laboratory weekly. cal Education.) Laboratory to be taken concurrently with lecture. Pre- 350 Tests and Measurement in HPER and requisites: SES 220, 220L. Honors option. Sport (3) 320 Kinesiology and Lab (4) Introduction to measurement and evaluation tech- The study of anatomical and biomechanical principles niques used in school and non-school settings. Includes of human performance and movement science. 3 hours simplified statistics, test construction, skill evaluation, lecture, 2 hours laboratory weekly. Laboratory to be and measurement of physical fitness and physical per- taken concurrently with lecture. Prerequisite: BIO 220/ formance. Prerequisite: MAT 152. 230. 351 Diving Leadership Practicum and Lab (3) 325 Officiating Team and Individual Sports (2) Prepares students for career opportunities as a dive A study of officiating techniques, rules and procedures master or dive guide and diving instructor. Includes in selected team and individual sports. dive planning, dive management and control, diver 326 Principles of Motor Learning (3) problem-solving, diver rescue (review), teaching con- Introduces the student to psychomotor concepts and fined water skills, teaching open water skills, tutoring how these principles are applied to the learning of gross entry level diving students, role of dive masters in con- and fine motor skills in order to produce more effi- fined water and open water training and non-training cient movement. Emphasis is placed on motor learn- activities, diver buoyancy control, dive site survey, ing theories, research, and the learning environment. analysis, and mapping, and responsibilities and techniques of dive guides. Reviews selected topics from 328 Theory of Coaching (3) SES 230 and 240. Practical experience is acquired by Techniques and principles related to coaching and serving as an instructor aide in ISR 155 and/or ISR training athletes in various team and individual sports; 255 (confined-water and open-water sessions) as well use of sound instructional strategies, athletic manage- as tutoring entry-level students. Additional open wa- ment, and organizational techniques applied to coach- ter training sessions will be scheduled. Students suc- ing. This course partially fulfills the requirements for cessfully completing this course may be eligible for the Coaching endorsement. Must be taken concurrently certification as Dive Master. Special course and certi- with one section of SES 328L. fication fees apply. Prerequisite: SES 240. 330 Nutrition for Physical Performance (3) 360, 360L Essentials of Exercise Physiology and The study of nutrition, diet analysis, biochemical pro- Lab (4) cesses in energy metabolism, nutrition and health prob- This is an entry-level course in exercise physiology, lems, and nutrition as it relates to physical which is the study of how the body (subcell, cell, tis- performance. sue, organ, system) responds in function and structure 335 Psycho-Social Aspects of Sport (3) to 1) acute exercise stress, and 2) chronic physical An analysis of the social and psychological dimen- activity. Aspects of chemistry, biology, and physics sions of sport. Emphasis is placed on social and psy- are integrated to explain biological events and their chological theories and research related to physical SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 225 sites of occurrence in the human body as they affect ibility, strength and endurance, and to demonstrate exercise and training. The course includes the energy various exercises prescribed for muscle flexibility, systems, neuromuscular concepts as applied to sports, strength and endurance as recommended by the Ameri- and functions of the cardiovascular and respiratory can College of Sports Medicine. 2-hour laboratory systems during rest, steady state and exhaustive physi- weekly. Prerequisites: SES 270, and SES 360 or SES cal activity. This course satisfies a general education 361. “distribution” requirement in Science and is required 380 Facility Design and Event Management (3) for SMDI, SMGI, PE, and SM majors. 3 hours lecture Includes knowledge of the various types of indoor and and 2 hours lab weekly. Laboratory to be taken con- outdoor facilities, fiscal management, technological currently with lecture. Laboratory fee required. Pre- advances in equipment, planning of facilities, and requisite: BIO 220/230. event management. 361, 361L Exercise Physiology and Lab (4) 381A A.T. Clinical Skills Level II Part 1 (2) Includes an in-depth survey of the neuromuscular, A course for athletic training majors designed to pro- metabolic cardiorespiratory and hormonal responses mote clinical skills proficiency in general medical con- to acute exercise and the physiological adaptations to ditions, upper and lower body patient exposures, chronic exercise. Topics include thermoregulation, medical terminology and athletic protective equip- ergogenic aids, body composition, sport training, ment. Formatted in five-three week rotations with sur- growth and development, and aging. Required for ath- gical observation. Physician presentations in Family letic training and exercise science majors. 3 hours lec- Practice and Optometry are included. Prerequisites: ture and 2 hours laboratory weekly. Laboratory to be Clinical acceptance and SES 281. taken concurrently with lecture. Laboratory fee required. Prerequisites: BIO 240 and Full Acceptance. 381B A.T. Clinical Skills Level II Part 2 (2) A course for athletic training majors designed to pro- 362 Diving Business Management, Retailing & mote clinical skills proficiency in general medical con- Practicum (3) ditions, upper and lower body patient exposures, and Provides the information and strategies necessary to medical documentation. Formatted in five-three week research, establish, and operate a diving-related busi- rotations with surgical observation. Physician/dentist ness. Topics include recreational diving business op- presentations in Pediatrics and Dentistry are included. portunities, the diving consumer, the diving market Prerequisite: SES 381A. and its evolution, typical retail business profiles, dive instruction, dive travel, and the interactions of vari- 382 Turfgrass Management for the Golf ous dive training/certifying agencies. Prerequisites: Professional (2) MGT 305, MKT 306. An analysis of turfgrass and turfgrass management issues related to golf. Topics include the influences of 365 Hyperbaric Physiology & Decompression climate, chemicals, topography, repeated use, golf Theory (3) course design, and related factors in the development Provides in-depth study of decompression illness, ar- and maintenance of golf course turf. terial gas embolism, and therapeutic applications of hyperbaric chambers. Topics include decompression 402 Biological and Medical Aspects of Motor illness, arterial gas embolism, CNS and pulmonary and Physical Disabilities (3) oxygen toxicity, hyperbaric chambers and support sys- Presents the sensory and motor aspects of develop- tems, treatment protocol and tables, application of mental disabilities. Course content identifies and clari- hyperbaric oxygen in treatment of non-diving related fies the differential developmental characteristics that illness and injury, and hyperbaric chambers. Prereq- exist among children with learning disorders, behav- uisites: BIO 220/230, SES 360 or 361. ioral disabilities, neurological, orthopedic, genetic, drug and/or metabolic dysfunctions. This course par- 370 Fitness Assessment and Exercise tially fulfills the requirements for the endorsement in Prescription (3) Adapted Physical Education. Application of exercise physiological concepts to exercise prescription and programming for individuals 404 Physical Education and Sport for Children without disease or with controlled disease. Includes with Mental Deficiencies (2) analysis of techniques used for health appraisal, risk Provides an understanding of the positive impact of stratification and fitness assessment, and evaluation physical activity on the psychological and social, as of strategies used to promote physical activity. Pre- well as, the physical well being of persons with men- requisites: SES 270 and SES 361. (May be taken con- tal disabilities. Includes an introduction to commonly currently). accepted methods of assessing and identifying persons with mental deficiencies with emphasis on develop- 370L Fitness Assessment and Exercise ing physical skills. A continuum of activities from basic Prescription Lab (3) motor development through recreational and competi- This lab course is designed to provide students the tive sports will be explored. This course partially ful- opportunity to acquire the skills necessary to perform fills the requirements for the endorsement in Adapted fitness assessment and exercise testing for cardio-res- Physical Education. piratory fitness, body composition, and muscle flex- 226 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

406 Physical Education and Sport for Children ing a safe water environment for all persons with dis- with Sensory Disabilities (2) abilities. This course partially fulfills the requirements Provides an understanding of the positive role of physi- for the endorsement in Adapted Physical Education. cal activity in the social, emotional, and physical well 420 Biomechanics (3) being of persons with sensory deficiencies. Includes This course provides you the opportunity to study ad- the selection of activities at all developmental levels vanced techniques in the analysis of mechanical fac- as well as contraindication of activities based upon tors related to human movement. Specific areas of various medical conditions. This course partially ful- human movement include: sport, aquatics, ergonom- fills the requirements for the endorsement in Adapted ics, rehabilitation, disability sport, exercise/fitness, and Physical Education. gait. Prerequisite: SES 320. 408 Physical Education and Sport for Children 421 Methods of Instruction in SCUBA Diving with Motor Disabilities (2) and Lab (3) Provides an understanding of the value of physical Develops the student’s ability to teach SCUBA diving activity for persons with motor disabilities, from so- in courses such as open water, advanced open water, cial, emotional, and physiological aspects. Includes rescue diver, dive master, and assistant instructor assessment techniques to aid in the selection of ac- courses. Examines teaching theory and methods, oral tivities with emphasis on the contraindications for spe- communication, lesson preparation, teaching aids, cific conditions. The range of activities will begin with confined and open water instruction planning, meth- basic motor development and continue through spe- ods, and student evaluation, organizing and schedul- cific sports skills. This course partially fulfills the re- ing courses, skill problem solving, legal aspects of quirements for the endorsement in Adapted Physical diving instruction, review of key academic material Education. and skills, and presentations by participants. Students 411 Coaching Techniques for Disabled successfully completing this course are eligible to par- Athletes (2) ticipate in SES 424 as necessary to complete the re- Provides an introduction to the various sports organi- quirements for certification as a SCUBA Instructor. zations specific to athletes with disabilities and an Prerequisite: SES 351. emphasis on coaching techniques aimed at those ath- 424 Instructor Preparation in SCUBA letes who compete in competitions provided by each Diving (2-6) of these groups. This course partially fulfills the re- Students successfully completing this course are eli- quirements for the endorsement in Adapted Physical gible for the “Instructor” certificate from the chosen Education. SCUBA training/certifying agency. Includes structure, 413 Physical Activity for the Profoundly standards, procedures, training philosophies, knowl- Handicapped (2) edge, and skill levels expected of instructors, course Provides a foundation in physical activity programs offerings, and progressions. Course may be repeated for students identified as profoundly handicapped. for each individual agency (e.g. NAUI, PADI, YMCA) Includes an introduction to the various sub-groups at 2 cr. hrs. per agency. Special course fees apply. Pre- making up this population as well as techniques for requisite: SES 421. Also available as Independent incorporating providers of physical activity into the Study. program. Emphasis will be placed on using develop- 431 Media Relations in Sport (3) mental activities in small group settings. This course Study of professional and collegiate sports and their partially fulfills the requirements for the endorsement relationship with the various media outlets. (Same as in Adapted Physical Education. COM 431). 417 Assessment in Physical Education for 440 Sport Marketing, Promotions, and Exceptional Students (2) Fundraising (3) Current assessment and evaluation techniques used to An investigation of the principles, applications, and identify conditions which impede psychomotor func- techniques of marketing, promotions, corporate spon- tioning. Emphasis is placed on test administration, sorships, and fundraising within the various sporting educational diagnosis, the I.E.P., instructional strate- industries. gies, public law compliance, etc. This course partially fulfills the requirements for the endorsement in 441 Cardiac Rehabilitation (3) Adapted Physical Education. Pathophysiology of cardiopulmonary and metabolic diseases with further emphasis on the physiological 419 Aquatics for Individuals with and technical basis of clinical exercise tolerance tests Disabilities (2) and exercise prescription, and exercise leadership for Develops the skills necessary to provide appropriate the cardiopulmonary, diabetic, obese or elderly patient. water activities for students with disabilities. In addi- 3 hours lecture weekly. Prerequisite: SES 361 or tion to addressing water activities, emphasis will be equivalent. Co-requisite: SES 441L. placed on restrictive medical conditions and provid- SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 227

441L Cardiac Rehabilitation Laboratory (1) 465 Administration of Programs and Practical applications to clinical exercise tolerance Facilities (3) tests and exercise prescription for the cardiopulmo- Study of desirable standards, policies, and practices nary, diabetic, obese and elderly patient. Health screen- in the organization, supervision, and administration ing, risk stratification, basic ECG and blood pressure of physical education, athletics, recreation, dance, ath- measures, developing & implementing exercise test letic training, and sport programs. Prerequisite: Jun- protocols, and emergency procedures will be empha- ior standing. sized. 2-hr laboratory weekly. Laboratory fee required. 469 Directed Readings (3) Prerequisite: SES 361 or equivalent. Co-requisite: SES Directed library research and readings in Athletic 441. Training (AT), Exercise Science (EX), Sport Manage- 442 Golf Country Club Management (3) ment-Diving Industry (MD), and Sport Management- Provides the student with knowledge base for manag- Golf Industry (GI) to prepare for certification ing public, private, and resort golf course facilities examinations. In Physical Education this course will including managing the golf pro shop, merchandis- involve a reading specialist teaching strategies for de- ing, running a tournament, understanding laws and veloping students’ reading abilities in Physical Edu- governance, understanding food and beverage admin- cation content, with a focus on the instructional istration, managing personnel, and customer relations. materials and methods for teaching vocabulary, com- 444 Financial Applications to Sport (3) prehension, and text learning experiences. Prerequi- Applies principles of finance to budgeting, operations, site for AT, EX, and MD: Prior approval of Department and business decision-making in various sport and Chair and Dean; for PE, “interim” acceptance. exercise-related settings (e.g., schools, colleges, pro 470 Methods and Practice of Teaching teams, retail establishments, and corporations). Pre- Developmental Activities I (K-8) (4) requisites: MAT 152, ACC 201, ECO 201. This course involves the study and practical applica- 446 Qualitative Analysis in Biomechanics (3) tion of instructional design and content for grades K- The study of the fundamentals of qualitative analysis 8 in a comprehensive and intensive format. It is of human movement: application of mechanical con- designed to provide the elementary physical educa- cepts, use of observational techniques, and develop- tion major with the knowledge base, skills, methodol- ment of skills useful for teaching and enhancing human ogy, and techniques to teach a full range of performance in a practical environment. Prerequisite: developmental activities to school children in these SES 320. grades. Instructional activities will involve skill analysis, peer teaching, video analysis, and demonstration 447 Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal of various teaching strategies for skills appropriate to Injuries (3) grades K through 8. Instructional content and curricu- The study of the physical laws and mechanical prin- lum development will cover the entire range of skills, ciples governing the force characteristics, mechanisms games, rhythms and dance, as well as tumbling, bal- of injury, and healing rate of tissues in the human ance, and movement activities typically associated musculoskeletal system. Prerequisites: SES 420. with physical education programs for this age group. 461, 461L Advanced Exercise Physiology and Health-related subject matter appropriate for K-8 will Lab (4) also be addressed. An emphasis is placed on learning Continuation of Exercise Physiology. Includes an in- in all three domains: cognitive, affective, and psycho- depth survey of exercise biochemistry, cardiovascu- motor. Students will participate in ten hours of field lar function in exercise, biochemical and experiences and observation in elementary and middle cardiovascular adaptations to exercise training, with schools. This is a required course for majors in elemen- emphasis on current research in exercise physiology. tary physical education (K-8). Prerequisites: EDU 151 3 hours lecture and 2 hours laboratory weekly. Labo- and 218, SES 270 and Full Acceptance. ratory to be taken concurrently with lecture. Labora- 471 Methods and Practice of Teaching tory fee required. Prerequisites: CHE l52, SES 361. Developmental Activities II (K-8) (4) 463 Applied Physiology of Resistance Continuation of SES 470. This course is designed to Training (3) integrate material learned in SES 470 with teaching Includes critical evaluation of strength and condition- methodology, curriculum development, and refinement ing concepts and the biomechanical and physiologi- of teaching skills. Students also participate in twenty cal analyses of various sport movements as they apply hours of field experiences and observation in selected to strength and power exercises for sport training. Stu- elementary/middle schools. This is a required course dents are prepared to attempt the National Strength for majors in physical education (K-8). Prerequisites: and Conditioning Association’s certification exam. SES 470 and Full Acceptance. Prerequisites: SES 320 and taken concurrently with SES 361. 228 SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES

472 Methods of Teaching Golf (2) today’s society. Prerequisite: Senior status; at least one Instruction in and techniques of teaching golf to cli- of the following is strongly recommended: PHI 120, ents at various golf facilities. Application, methods and 170, 353, THE 300, 353. practice in golf instruction and training with subjects 481A A. T. Clinical Skills Level III Part 1 (2) of varying skill levels. A course for athletic training majors designed to pro- 475 Secondary School Physical Education mote clinical skills proficiency in general medical con- Theory and Practice I (6-12) (4) ditions, upper and lower body patient exposures, and This course involves the study and practical applica- Pharmacotherapeutics. Formatted in two seven-week tion of instructional design and content for grades 6- rotations with team care assignment. Pharmacist, 12 in a comprehensive and intensive format. It is Nurse Practitioner and Physician’s Assistant presen- designed to provide the secondary physical education tations are included. Prerequisite: SES 381B and Full major with the knowledge base, skills, methodology, Acceptance. and techniques to teach a full range of activities to 481B A. T. Clinical Skills Level III Part 2 (2) secondary students in these grades. Instructional con- A course for athletic training majors designed to pro- tent and curriculum development will cover three gen- mote clinical skills proficiency in general medical con- eral areas: recreational team sports, individual lifetime ditions, upper and lower body patient exposures, and sports, and personal fitness/wellness activities. Instruc- human diseases. Formatted in two-seven week rota- tional activities will involve skill analysis, peer teach- tions with team care assignment. Physicians presenta- ing, video analysis, and demonstration of various tions in Podiatry and Internal Medicine are included. teaching strategies for skills appropriate to grades 6- Prerequisite: SES 481A. 12. Emphasis is placed on learning in all three domains: cognitive, affective and psychomotor. Students 485 Introduction to Law in Sport and Exercise will participate in ten hours of field experiences and Sciences (3) observation in middle and secondary schools. Students Legislation affecting physical education classes, may also be assigned to assist in an ISR class within coaching, amateur, professional, and recreational sport the department or other instructional setting. This is a and the legal ramifications of various aspects of sport required course for majors in secondary physical edu- administration and exercise prescription. cation (6-12). Prerequisites: EDU 151 and 218, SES 486 Practicum (2 or 3) 270 and Full Acceptance. Advanced field experience in the application of learned 476 Secondary School Physical Education principles from Coaching (CO), Athletic Training Theory and Practice II (6-12) (4) (AT), Exercise Science (EX), Management-Diving Continuation of SES 475. This course is designed to Industry (MD), Management-Golf Industry (MG), integrate skills learned in SES 475 with teaching meth- Physical Education (PE), and Sport Management odology, curriculum development, and refinement of (SM). Course may be repeated if field experience is teaching skills. Students also participate in twenty varied. Prerequisites for all SES majors: Full Accep- hours of field experiences and observation in selected tance into the preferred SES major, as well as prior middle and secondary schools. This is a required course approval of Program Director and Department Chair; for majors in secondary physical education (6-12). Exercise Science majors must also satisfy the specific Prerequisites: SES 475 and Full Acceptance. requirements for Practicum approval listed under the major. Sport Management-Golf Industry majors must 479 Directed Research (3) enroll in sections 01 and 02 at 2 credit hours each. Advanced research experience in Athletic Training (AT), Exercise Science (EX), Management-Diving 487 Senior Seminar in ______(2 or 3) Industry (MD), Physical Education (PE), and Sport An integrative study of the knowledge, concepts, and Management (SM) under the direct supervision of fac- professional and clinical skills gained from prior ulty. Prerequisite: Prior approval of Department Chair coursework and practical experiences in Athletic Train- and Dean. ing (AT), Exercise Science (EX), SM-Diving Indus- try (DI), SM-Golf Industry (GI), Physical Education 480 Contemporary Issues and Ethics in (PE), and Sport Management (SM). Sport (3) The senior “capstone” course for all SES majors which 499 Internship (3, 6 or 12) integrates the knowledge and concepts gained from Intensive, senior-level supervised work experience in prior course work and field experiences with real life Athletic Training (AT), Exercise Science (EX), SM- situations in sport. Examines the positive and nega- Diving Industry (DI), SM-Golf Industry (GI), Physi- tive consequences of the way sport is organized, man- cal Education-Student Teaching (PE), and Sport aged, and reported in American society by drawing Management (SM). An evening seminar and/or writ- from current events and articles. Provides a philosophi- ten report of experiences may be included. In order to cal overview of the values that sport personifies in be permitted to represent Barry University in the pub- SCHOOL OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE SCIENCES 229 lic sector, students approved for off-campus intern- Course Offerings — ships must, in addition to satisfying stipulated aca- Prefix: ISR demic requirements in the major, meet personal and professional standards established by national govern- LEVEL I COURSES are designated by the 100 ing bodies. All internship assignments are local in or- number and are entry level courses. der to provide appropriate faculty supervision. Rare Level II COURSES are designated by the 200 exceptions may be made for offsite internships by the number. Course material builds on entry skills de- Dept. Chair and Dean for exceptional students who veloped by 100 courses. Prerequisite to enrollment have demonstrated superior academic performance and is the appropriate 100 level course or permission of the ability for self-motivation. Students must be able the instructor. to provide personal transportation to all internship af- ISR 101/201 Aerobic Exercise filiations and absorb expenses related thereto. Athletic ISR 110/210 Archery Training majors must have also completed 700 super- ISR 112/212ABadminton vised clinical hours; Physical Education and Exercise ISR 113/213ABasketball Science majors must satisfy the specific requirements ISR 114/214 Board Sailing for Internship approval listed under the major. A total ISR 115/215 Bowling of 12 cr. hrs. is required for all SES majors, except for ISR 120/220 Canoeing the five-year EXS B.S. to M.S. option, which only ISR 125/225 Fencing requires 3 credits. Prerequisites: Full Acceptance into ISR 130/230 Golf the PE-TEP or other designated SES major (excludes ISR 135/235 Judo and Self-Defense ISR 136/236 Kayaking (1) PE option), as well as prior approval of the Program ISR 140/240 Personal Fitness: Strength and Coordinator, Dept. Chair and Dean. Conditioning ISR 142/242 Personal Fitness: Aqua Aerobics NON-DEGREE PROGRAM ISR 145/245 Physical Fitness: Walking, Jogging, Running ISR 147/247 Racquetball INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES IN ISR 148/248 Rowing ISR 150/250 Sailing SPORT AND RECREATION ISR 152/252 Ice Skating (1) ISR 153/253 In-Line Skating (1) Neill L. Miller, M. S., Coordinator ISR 155/255 SCUBA Diving The courses in this program focus on general fit- ISR 157/257 Snorkeling and Marine Awareness (1) ness, lifetime sport and recreational opportunities. ISR 158/258 Softball Offering diversity in choice, the program provides in- ISR 159/259 Soccer structional fitness and recreational experiences avail- ISR 160/260 Swimming able to the entire University community. Courses are ISR 162/262 Table Tennis ISR 163/263 Tai Chi designed to promote physical and mental well-being ISR 165/265 Tennis through the development of a lifestyle that includes ISR 170/270 Strength Training physical activity. The variety of activities and skill lev- ISR 175/275 Volleyball els affords each student a choice to suit individual ISR 180/280 Volleyball/Softball needs and desires. The student has the opportunity to ISR 189 Yoga develop competency in selected activities in order to ISR 190 Caribbean Connection maintain fitness for living, to provide a foundation for ISR 191 Diver and the Coral Reef active use of leisure time, and to prepare for life-long ISR 192 Night and Drift Diving recreational involvement. ISR 193 Reef Creators All ISR courses may be repeated for credit in order ISR 194 Underwater Navigation and Mapping ISR 195 Wreck Diving to provide opportunity to improve upon skill, endur- ISR 199 Special Topics* ance, strength, and flexibility. ISR courses are two (2) semester hours of credit, unless otherwise stated, and *Content may vary each semester as determined by are CR/NC option only; no letter grade is earned. Ac- the ISR faculty, based on faculty, staff or student in- tivities may carry a special course fee. All courses re- terests. No special topic offered more than twice. quire a signed waiver of liability and medical history questionnaire/participation agreement. Courses involving strenuous physical activity may also require additional participation/liability releases. 230 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES

SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES

Sister John Karen Frei, O.P., Ph.D., Associate Vice President for Research Dean, School of Natural and Health Sciences Professor of Biology Faculty: Bill, Chang Swain, Ellis, Fernandez, Fickel, Freed, Handel-Fernandez, Hays, Hu, Jimenez, Laudan, Lin, Maciá, Montague, Mudd, Packert, Sanborn, Shaw, Zuniga

The Academic Health Science Center and the Di- and desire for student success. To all of our students vision of Biological and Biomedical Sciences were we provide an awareness of the contributions of sci- established in 1985. The division was renamed in 1991 entists and practitioners from diverse domestic and as the School of Natural and Health Sciences in order international backgrounds. We also address biologi- to integrate the undergraduate and graduate life and cal, biomedical and health issues that impact those liv- health science programs into a cohesive academic unit. ing within and outside of this country. The purpose of the School of Natural and Health Our international students are provided programs Sciences is to provide high-quality education that will and experiences that will allow them to make contri- prepare competent, thoughtful, ethical, and compas- butions to their native countries. sionate natural and biomedical scientists and health It is our goal to return all graduates to their com- professionals. This is accomplished within a caring munities as informed and educated leaders. environment supportive of the religious dimension of The undergraduate program offers a variety of ca- the university. The school also provides biological and reer opportunities available through its majors. Spe- biomedical courses for students from other academic cial options available to qualified students include the disciplines as part of a liberal education. MARC (Minority Access to Research Careers) Pro- With the knowledge that the world and human needs gram, the MBRS-SCORE (Minority Biomedical Re- are constantly changing, the goals of the School of search Support) Program, the MIRT (Minority Natural and Health Sciences are: International Research Training) Program, and the 1) to provide to a culturally and experientially di- RISE (Research Initiative for Scientific Enhancement). verse student body a liberal, professional edu- Students in all undergraduate programs must fulfill the cation in an environment that fosters motivated, distribution requirements as outlined in the Academic self-directed analytical thinking, learning, and Information section of this catalog. research in the biological, biomedical and health The School of Natural and Health Sciences strives sciences; to graduate professionals who demonstrate the knowl- 2) to offer didactic and laboratory courses and other edge, skills, and behaviors to be successful in their educational experiences that meet the require- careers and contribute to the community they serve. ments of Barry University and of entrance into The School of Natural and Health Sciences reserves professional programs and careers; the right to remove any students for academic or non- 3) to develop a sense of ethical and social respon- academic reasons as outlined in university, school, or sibility through opportunities in community ser- program policies and procedures. Students removed vice with on- and off-campus components. from any program must follow the grievance proce- We continue to offer academic programs that pro- dures as outlined by the university, school or program. vide quality education supported by a caring attitude SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 231

ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS— Graduation requirements for all allied health majors include providing an alumni form to the senior “3 + 1” PROGRAMS academic advisor and participation in an exit forum. Allied Health is a term used to describe a range of Educational Objectives occupations in which individuals have responsibility 1. Students have mastered the concepts and prin- for assisting, facilitating, or complementing physicians ciples of biology and are able to interpret graphs, and other specialists in delivering health care services diagrams and charts. to patients. Advances in the prevention and diagnosis 2. Students can execute lab procedures within an of disease, in therapy and rehabilitation, and the need acceptable range of error. to cope with new health and environmental concerns 3. Students have the knowledge and skills neces- have increased demands for skilled personnel in al- sary for the intelligent performance of major lied health fields. A student entering these fields must tasks required at the entry level in their field. possess certain attributes such as manual dexterity, reliability, moral character, and the ability to remain calm, courteous, and efficient under adverse condi- Medical Technology (B.S.) tions and stressful situations. Barry offers a choice of four different “3 + 1” pro- A student majoring in medical technology must grams for those students seeking to meet the growing meet the following requirements: Biology 104, 112, demand in these fields: Medical Technology, Cytotech- 230, 325, 330, 334, 341, 346, 352 and BIO 300’s sec- nology, Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound Technology, tions as specified in “Other Biology Requirements” and Nuclear Medicine Technology. section of catalog. Also required as part of the pro- After successfully completing this 90-credit program are Chemistry 111, 112, 343; Math 211 (note gram, the student may apply for a 12- to 15-month prerequisites); and Physics 151. period of academic and clinical training in an approved School of Medical Technology, Cytotechnology, Di- Cytotechnology (B.S.) agnostic Medical Ultrasound Technology, or Nuclear Medicine Technology, respectively. The university will A student majoring in cytotechnology must meet grant 30 semester hours of credit for this internship the following requirements: Biology 104, 230, 240, program paid to the university at the usual tuition rate. 253, 341(recommended), 346, 450, 451 (recom- Prior to the internship, transfer students must have mended) and BIO 300’s sections as specified in “Other completed at least 30 semester hours in residency at Biology Requirements” section of catalog. Also re- Barry. Upon completion of the internship, the student quired as part of the program are 12 semester hours of receives a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in chemistry including Chemistry 152; 6 semester hours Medical Technology or Cytotechnology. The bacca- of mathematics; and a minimum of 4 semester hours laureate degree is a prerequisite to apply for the na- of physics (PHY 151 or 201-202). tional registry exam in these two professions. With a major in Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound or Nuclear Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound Medicine, and a minor in biology, the student receives a B.S. degree after completing the internship and Technology (B.S.) and Nuclear achieving a passing score on the national registry exam. Students must apply individually for the year of clini- Medicine Technology (B.S.) cal training; schools selectively admit qualified stu- To facilitate the varying professional needs of the dents on an individual basis. Students should check diagnostic medical sonographer and the nuclear medi- with the hospital for requirements; acceptance is cine technologist, two options of study have been es- competitive. Internship possibilities are very lim- Sciences Health and

tablished within these majors. Option I has been Natural of School ited and most are out of state. Locally, Nuclear designed for the student whose aptitude and/or inter- Medicine Technology Internships are currently est lies more heavily in the sciences. available. Students in Option I of the above majors are required A biology minor is required, at least 10 credits of to meet the following requirements: Biology 104, 230, which must be taken at Barry before the internship. 325, 330, 334, 341(recommended), and one of the fol- The first 90 semester hours of work based at Barry lowing: BIO 346, 450, or 451, and BIO 300’s sections University may be completed on a full- or part-time as specified in “Other Biology Requirements” section basis. Students need 30 hours taken in residence at of catalog. Also required as part of the program are Barry before enrolling in the internship. Chemistry 111, 112, and 343; Mathematics 211 (note 232 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES prerequisites); and 4 semester hours of physics. Stu- instructor’s permission. Both lecture and lab are re- dents in Option II must meet the following require- quired though, if either is dropped, it must be repeated. ments: Biology 104, 220, 240, 253, 341 (recommended) Students are required to take: BIO 300a: Orientation and either 346, 450 or 451, and BIO 300’s sections as for first-semester freshmen and transfers or students specified in “Other Biology Requirements” section of new to college; BIO 300b: Biomedical Skills is op- catalog; Chemistry 111, 112, and 152; MAT 152; and tional (except for TBA students; BIO 300c: Biomedi- a minimum of 4 semester hours of physics. cal Terminology for all allied health 3 + 1 programs, pre-PA, pre PT, and freshmen with verbal SATs below 480; BIO 300d: Biomedical Topics for freshmen is BIOLOGY (B.S.) optional (except for TBA students). These credits do not count toward the major. Students need 30 hours Educational Objectives taken in residence at Barry before enrolling in an in- 1. Students have mastered the concepts, principles and ternship. Students may transfer in 8 credits after ma- knowledge of biology or biomedical sciences, can triculation (2 lectures, 2 labs). Once the student is at explain the application of the scientific method in junior level (64 semester hours) these credits must be biological and/or biomedical research, and are able at a senior level institution and cannot include biol- to interpret graphs, diagrams and charts from the ogy courses. The last 30 credits and the majority of scientific literature. the major coursework (21 hours) must be taken at 2. Students can execute lab procedures within an ac- Barry. If a student transfers in 10 credits in Anatomy ceptable range of error. and Physiology it counts as 3 credits for BIO 230, 2 3. Students can write about scientific concepts and for BIO 230 lab, 4 for BIO 240 and 1 for BIO 240 lab. results, prepare a well-organized oral scientific pre- If a student transfers in 8 credits they count a 4 credits sentation and be able to defend the conclusions, of BIO 230 and lab and 4 credits of BIO electives. and use computer software to organize and to present data in tables and graphs. Student Behavior 4. Students can effectively employ electronic data- All Barry students are expected to behave accord- bases to conduct a scientific literature search. ing to accepted norms that ensure a climate wherein Prior to graduation, Biology majors (including the all can exercise their right to learn. Disruptive behav- pre-professional specialization, the marine biology spe- ior is not acceptable in the classroom. Students en- cialization, the ecological studies specialization, and gaging in such behavior may be asked to leave or may non-preprofessional Option I and II) are required to be removed from the class by security personnel. Ac- take the Major Field Achievement Test in Biology tions such as violence, shouting, use of cell phones (MFAT) as their integrative experience. There is a fee and/or beepers, using profanity, interrupting, and any to take this exam which is offered twice a year on cam- behavior that the instructor believes creates an unpleas- pus. The test must be taken so that acceptable MFAT ant environment in the classroom will be grounds for scores will be received prior to graduation. Graduation withdrawal from the course, judicial proceedings and/ requirements for all majors include giving a senior pre- or failure in the course. sentation, providing an alumni form to the senior academic advisor and participation in an exit forum. Biology Major (including Pre-Medical, Pre-Dental, Pre-Optometry, Other Biology Requirements Pre-Pharmacy, Pre-Podiatry, Majors may not include toward graduation credit Pre-Veterinary Specializations) for a biology course in which they have received a grade of D. The course may be repeated in order to Barry’s undergraduate Biology program provides raise the grade or it may be replaced by another course students with the opportunity to prepare for a number of the same kind, i.e., a core course can be replaced of career goals. Possible alternatives include graduate by a core course; an elective course can be replaced study; teaching; medical, dental, optometry, pharmacy, by another elective course. All credits must be taken podiatric and veterinary school; medical technology; in the regular undergraduate (daytime) program. Stu- and various careers in research. dents must have demonstrated progressive achievement The Pre-Medical and Pre-Dental programs have in mathematics and chemistry by the end of the fresh- been successfully offered by the Biology Department/ man year to remain in the school. For all lecture courses School of Natural and Health Sciences since 1960. The with laboratories: the lecture and lab are corequisites success of these programs is measured by more than and must be taken concurrently except with the 500 physicians and dentists who have obtained their degrees in our school in preparation for the following SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 233 medical and dental schools to which they were ac- tal Medicine; University of New Jersey and University cepted. MEDICAL SCHOOLS: Albany Medical of Florida. OPTOMETRY SCHOOLS: Pacific Uni- College; Albert Einstein College of Medicine; Baylor versity; Nova Southeastern University; and University University; Boston University; Chicago Medical of Southern California. PODIATRY SCHOOLS: School; College of Osteopathic Medicine of the Pa- Barry University; Dr. William Scholl; and Pennsylva- cific; Creighton University; Dartmouth University; nia. VETERINARY SCHOOLS: Cornell University; Duke University; East Carolina University; East Ten- Louisiana State University; Michigan State University; nessee State University; Emory University; Georgetown University of Minnesota; Ohio State University; Okla- University; Harvard University; Howard University; homa State University; Mississippi State University; John Hopkins University; Kirksville College of Osteo- University of Missouri; New York State College of Vet- pathic Medicine; Lake Erie College of Osteopathic erinary Medicine; North Carolina State University, Medicine; Little Rock Medical School; Loma Linda Purdue University; St. George’s University; Tufts Uni- University; Loyola University; Mayo Medical Center; versity; and University of Florida. MCP-Hahnemann School of Medicine; Medical Col- As may be seen above, we have graduated physi- lege of Georgia; Medical University of South Caro- cians and dentists from some of the most prestigious lina; Meharry Medical College; Michigan State medical and dental schools in the United States. University; Morehouse School of Medicine; Mount A major requires a minimum of 40 credits includ- Sinai Medical School; New Jersey Medical School; ing Biology 104, 112, 216, 341, and at least one course New York Medical College; New York University; from each of the following core areas: Northeastern Ohio University College of Medicine; 1. Growth and development: Biology 225 or 230 Northeastern University; Northwestern University; 2. Cellular and molecular biology: Biology 325 Nova Southeastern Colleges of Osteopathic Medicine; and/or 330 Pennsylvania State College of Medicine; Philadelphia 3. Physiological and biochemical principles: Bi- College of Osteopathic Medicine; Rutgers University; ology 334 or 335 Southern Illinois University; SUNY at Buffalo; State 4. Environmental biology: Biology 310 or 312 or University of New York: Upstate, Downstate, and at 260 Syracuse; Temple University; Tulane University; Uni- 5. Biological theory: Biology 440 or 475 formed Services University of the Health Sciences, Students must also fulfill the following biology, Maryland; University of Alabama; University of Ar- chemistry, and physics requirements: Biology 300’s kansas for Medical Sciences; University of California: sections as specified in “Other Biology Requirements” at Irvine, at Davis, at Riverside, at Los Angeles, at San section of catalog; Chemistry 111-112 and 343-344; Diego, and at San Francisco; University of Colorado Math 211 (note prerequisites); and 8 semester hours Medical School; University of Florida; University of of physics. Students planning to teach at the second- Iowa; University of Medicine and Dentistry of New ary level add Biology 476. Jersey; University of Miami; University of Michigan; University of New England College of Osteopathic Three Year Accelerated Option for the Medicine; University of North Carolina; University of Biology Major (including Pre-Medical, Oklahoma; University of Osteopathic Medicine and Health Sciences, Iowa; University of South Florida; Pre-Dental, Pre-Optometry, University of Southern Illinois; University of Texas at Pre-Pharmacy, Pre-Podiatry, Houston; University of Washington; Virginia Common- Pre-Veterinary Specializations) wealth University; Wayne State University; West Vir- Admission requirements for this program are mini- ginia University; and Yale University. DENTAL mum combined SAT score of 1100 (verbal 500, math SCHOOLS: Boston University Goldman School of 600); high school GPA 3.50 or higher; advanced place- Dentistry; Creighton University; University of Detroit ment credits are encouraged. Mercy School; Emory University; Georgetown School of Dentistry; Howard University; University of Indi- YEAR 1 ana; Loyola University; Marquette University; Meharry Medical College; University of Missouri; University Fall: Semester Hours of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey; New York BIO 104 Biological Foundations 4 University; University of North Carolina; Northwest- CHE 111 General Chemistry 4 ern University; Nova Southeastern University; Univer- BIO 300a Orientation 1 sity of Pennsylvania; University of Pittsburgh; ENG 111 Freshman Comp. and Lit. 3 University of South Carolina; Temple University; Tufts MAT 109 Precalculus Mathematics I 3 University; University of Connecticut School of Den- Total 15 234 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES

Spring: Semester Hours Biology Major (Biotechnology BIO 112 Botany 4 Specialization) CHE 112 General Chemistry 4 Barry’s undergraduate Biology program, with a ENG 112 Techniques of Research 3 specialization in Biotechnology provides students with MAT 110 Precalculus Mathematics II 3 the opportunity to prepare for a career in industrial Distribution Credits 3 and commercial settings, as well as in medical cen- Total 17 ters. The biotechnology field involves work in gene Summer: Semester Hours therapy, developing new tests and drugs to diagnose MAT 211 Calculus I 4 and treat disease, and discovering new ways to study Distribution Credits 6 the molecular and genetic structure of cells. Total 10 An internship is required for an entire semester or during a summer session to gain work experience in a YEAR 2 laboratory setting. 50 semester hours in biology are required for this Fall: Semester Hours major including: BIO 216 Zoology 4 BIO 104 Biological Foundations BIO 230 Human Anatomy 4 BIO 235 Intro to Biotechnology Workshop CHE 343 Organic Chemistry 4 BIO 253 Introductory Microbiology PHY 201 General College Physics 4 BIO 256 Tissue Culture Techniques Total 16 BIO 330 Cell Biology BIO 341 Genetics Spring: Semester Hours BIO 401 Biostatistics BIO 325 Microbiology 4 BIO 454 Virology CHE 344 Organic Chemistry 4 BIO 455 Immunology PHY 202 General College Physics 4 BIO 471 Biotechnology Internship Distribution Credits 6 BIO 475 Seminar Total 18 Additional biology credits to be taken from upper Summer: Semester Hours level biology courses. Students must also fulfill the Distribution Credits 9 following biology, chemistry, physics and math re- Total 9 quirements: BIO 300’s sections as specified in “Other Biology Requirements” section of the catalog; Chem- YEAR 3 istry 111-112, 343-344, 321, and 352; Physics 201- 202; and Math 109-110. Fall: Semester Hours BIO 330 Cell Biology 4 Biology Major (Ecological Studies BIO 310 Marine Biology or BIO 312 Ecology or Specialization) BIO 260 Biodiversity of Ecosystems 4 This specialization focuses on educating scientists BIO 440 Evolution or that can recognize, evaluate, and recommend solutions BIO 475 Seminar 3 for restoring the ecological integrity of specific eco- Distribution Credits 6 systems. This program will also require that the stu- Total 17 dents participate in an internship involving an ecological restoration project, incorporating both pub- Spring: Semester Hours lic and private agencies. BIO 341 Genetics 4 43 semester hours in biology are required for this BIO 334 Human Physiology or specialization including: BIO 335 Comparative Physiology 4 Botany and Zoology: BIO 112 and BIO 216 BIO 352 Biochemistry or (note prerequisite: BIO 104) other BIO 300 or 400 level course 4 Comparative Anatomy: BIO 225 Distribution Credits 6 Biodiversity of Ecosystems: BIO 260 Total 18 Ecology: BIO 312 Comparative Physiology: BIO 335 Dynamics of Restoration Ecology: BIO 360 Restoration Models: Everglades: BIO 460 Ecological Field Studies: BIO 465 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 235

Additional recommended credits may be taken from centers; positions in business, industry, biological il- the following courses: Biology 310, 340, 475, 352. lustration, computer science and other areas requiring Students must also fulfill the following biology, chem- a biological background. Option I or Option II require- istry and physics requirements: Biology 300’s sections ments may be chosen as listed. as specified in “Other Biology Requirements” section of catalog; Chemistry 111, 112, 343, and 321; and 4 Option I semester hours of Physics 151 or 201 (and 202 rec- 40 semester hours in biology are required for this ommended). Math 211 (note prerequisites) is recom- major including Biology 104, 112, 216, and at least mended. one course from each of the following core areas. Our institution is located in a county that is one of 1. Growth and development: Biology 220 or 230 the largest in agricultural productivity in the nation, 2. Cellular and molecular biology: Biology 253, and is located in a state where our fragile ecosystem is 325 or 330 challenged daily. 3. Physiological and biochemical principles: Bi- Additionally, our county is experiencing rapid ology 240 or 335 population growth. This program will allow us to edu- 4. Environmental biology: Biology 305 or 310 or cate citizens and scientists for the twenty-first century 312 or 260 so that they may work to restore our environment - 5. Biological theory: Biology 440 or 475 our greatest national heritage, before it is too late. Students in this program must complete additional Biology Major (Marine Biology credit hours of biology electives. Students must also include Biology 300’s sections as specified in “Other Specialization) Biology Requirements” section of catalog; 12 semes- Barry’s undergraduate Biology program, with a ter hours in chemistry and 9 semester hours in math- specialization in Marine Biology, provides students ematics or MAT 211 (4 s.h.). Physics 151 is with the opportunity to prepare for a number of career recommended. goals that focus on the marine environment. Possible alternatives include graduate study; teaching; and op- Option II portunities in governmental agencies, as well as various careers in research. 35 semester hours in biology are required for this 50 semester hours in biology are required for this major including Biology 104, 112, 216, and at least major including: one course from each of the following core areas. 1. Botany and Zoology: Biology 112 and 216 1. Growth and development: Biology 220 or 230 (Note prerequisite: BIO 104) 2. Cellular and molecular biology: Biology 253, 2. Marine Biology: Biology 310 325 or 330 3. Oceanography: Biology 305 3. Physiological and biochemical principles: Bi- 4. Comparative Anatomy: Biology 225 ology 240 or 335 5. Comparative Physiology: Biology 335 4. Environmental biology: Biology 310 or 312 or 6. Internship: Biology 420 260 5. Biological theory: Biology 440 or 475 Additional credits can be taken from the following courses: Biology 330, 341, 440 or 475. Students must Students in this program must complete additional also fulfill the following biology, chemistry and math credit hours of biology electives. Students must also requirements: Biology 300’s sections as specified in include Biology 300’s sections as specified in “Other “Other Biology Requirements” section of catalog; Biology Requirements” section of catalog; a minor in Chemistry 111, 112, 343, and 321; Mathematics 211 an approved area such as chemistry, mathematics, busi- (note prerequisites); and 4 s.h. of physics. ness, computer science, photography, art, telecommunications; 12 semester hours in chemistry and nine semester hours in mathematics or MAT 211 (4 s.h.). Biology Major (excluding Pre-Medical, Physics 151 is recommended. Chemistry and math- Pre-Dental, Pre-Optometry, ematics minors must complete additional semester Pre-Pharmacy, Pre-Podiatry, hours in their minor subject. Pre-Veterinary Specializations) Barry offers an undergraduate biology program Biology Major providing students with the opportunity to prepare for (Pre-Physical Therapy Specialization) a number of career goals. Possible alternatives include Physical Therapy is a health care profession that teaching, technical positions in laboratory and research fosters optimal health and functional abilities for 236 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES people with musculoskeletal, respiratory, cardiovas- 300C is required. Other requirements include PHI 353 cular or neurologic dysfunctions. By applying scien- or THE 353 (3 s.h.); at least two courses in psychol- tific principles, the physical therapist assesses, prevents ogy or sociology, one of which should be upper level; and/or treats the existing problems through evaluation, 12 semester hours in chemistry and 9 semester hours patient education, establishment of goals and the de- in mathematics or MAT 211 (4 s.h.). MAT 152 is rec- sign of a plan that targets each problem. ommended, and Physics 151 is recommended. Students who wish to pursue physical therapy as a With the guidance of their advisor, students must career may begin their academic preparation with a demonstrate that they have significant experience in BS in Biology major. The BS in Biology Pre-Physical the medical field, whether shadowing a physician or Therapy Specialization Program is designed specifi- physician assistant or working for a period of time in cally for Physical Therapist Assistants who wish to the health care field. Experience must be completed complete a Bachelor’s degree in order to go on for a before graduation. master’s degree in Physical Therapy. 40 semester hours in biology are required for this Bachelor of Science in Environmental major including Biology 104, 112, 216, and the iden- Science (Biology Specializations) tified course from each of the following core areas. 1. Growth and Development: Biology 220 This degree program is designed for the growing 2. Cellular and Molecular Biology: Biology 253 numbers of students who want to pursue careers in 3. Physiological and Biochemical environmentally related areas. Recognizing the sacred- Principles: Biology 240 ness of earth and the fragility of its ecosystems, we 4. Biology Theory Biology 475 commit ourselves to the healing of our planet by fostering right relationships and by confronting the de- Students in this program must complete additional struction of life systems. We commit ourselves to semester hours in biology, including BIO 247 and elec- engage in education to understand the interdependence tives. Students must also include Biology 300’s sec- of all life systems of our planet. tions as specified in “Other Biology Requirements” section of catalog, BIO 300 C is required, and other DESCRIPTION upper level biology electives. Other requirements in- With the approval of the academic advisor, students clude PHI 353 or THE 353 (3 sh), 8 semester hours in can substitute an appropriate minor in lieu of the spe- chemistry, CHEM 111 and 112, and 6 semester hours cializations. in mathematics, MAT 109 and 110, and 4 semester A final capstone experience appropriate to the hours of Physics - PHY 151. The students will consult student’s interests and program of study integrates the with their advisor concerning the requirement for the theoretical and practical aspects of the field. university distribution courses. CURRICULUM Biology Major Core Courses (51 cr. hrs.) (Pre-Physician Assistant Specialization) BIO 104 Biological Foundations 04 Barry offers an undergraduate biology program BIO 112 Botany 04 providing students with the opportunity to prepare for BIO 216 Zoology 04 entrance into a physician assistant program at the BIO 260 Biodiversity of Ecosystems 04 graduate level. BIO 312 Ecology 04 40 semester hours in biology are required for this BIO 360 Dynamics of Restoration Ecology 03 CHE 209 Environmental Perspectives 03 major including Biology 104, 112, 216, and at least CHE 111 General Chemistry 04 one course from each of the following core areas. EVS 310 Environmental Movements 03 1. Growth and development: Biology 220 or 230 EVS 430 Environmental Crime and Law 03 2. Cellular and molecular biology: Biology 253, EVS 450 Environmental Policy and 325 or 330 Management 03 3. Physiological and biochemical principles: Bi- EVS 490 Case Studies in Environmental ology 240 or 335 Issues 03 4. Environmental biology: Biology 305 or 310 or GEO 307 Physical Geography 03 312 or 260 PHI 354 Environmental Ethics 03 5. Biological theory: Biology 440 or 475 POS 429 Public Policy and Administration 03 Students must choose one of these specializations: Students in this program must complete additional Chemistry; Biology–Epidemiology; or Biology– semester hours of biology electives. Students must also Marine. include Biology 300’s sections as specified in “Other Biology Requirements” section of catalog and BIO SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 237

Chemistry (39 cr. hrs.) Biology Minors CHE 112 General Chemistry II 04 CHE 343 Organic Chemistry I 04 A minor in Biology requires 20 credits including CHE 344 Organic Chemistry II 04 one lab course, and 10 credits must be taken at Barry CHE 321 Quantitative Analysis 04 University. CHE 352 Biochemistry 04 An Exercise Science minor is available to comple- CHE 355 Basic Physical Chemistry 03 ment pre-professional majors. Students desiring a mi- CHE 421 Instrumental Analysis 04 nor in Exercise Science must complete 26 semester MAT 211 Calculus 04 hours in the following courses offered within the De- PHY 201 General College Physics I 04 partment of Sport and Exercise Sciences: SES 212, PHY 202 General College Physics II 04 270, 320, 361, 370, 441, 461, and 486. Biology – Epidemiology (40 cr. hrs.) A minor in Human Biology requires 20 semester BIO 253 Introductory Microbiology or hours in biology selected from: BIO 103, 104, 216, BIO 325 Microbiology 04 220, 240, 253, and selected 300 special topic courses BIO 346 Parasitology 04 with a minimum grade of C in all courses. For all lec- BIO 404 Epidemiology 03 ture courses with laboratories: the lecture and lab are BIO 417 Human Genetics 03 co-requisites and must be taken concurrently except BIO 455 Immunology 03 with the instructor’s permission. Both lecture and lab CHE 112 General Chemistry II 04 are required, though, if either is dropped, it must be CHE 152 Intro. To Organic and Biological Chem. or repeated. CHE 343 Organic Chemistry I 04 A minor in Marine Biology requires 20 semester MAT 152 Elementary Probability and Statistics 03 hours in biology including: Biology 104, 112, 216, 225, and 310. Biology – Marine (40 cr. hrs.) BIO 225 Comparative Anatomy 04 BIO 305 Introduction to Oceanography 03 Course Descriptions— BIO 310 Marine Biology 04 Biology Prefix: BIO BIO 335 Comparative Physiology 04 The following courses are not for distribution credit: BIO 400 Marine Physiology 02 CHE 112 General Chemistry II 04 BIO 247, 317, 336, 345, 347, 348, 349, 400, 410, 427, CHE 343 Organic Chemistry I 04 428, 452, 455. MAT 109 Precalculus Mathematics I 03 101-102 General Biology I and II (1-6) PHY 151 Introductory Physics 04 Organized according to modules; student may elect as Students in the biology specializations must also in- many as three modules during one semester; content clude Biology 300’s sections as specified in “Other of the module may change each semester and is an- Biology Requirements.” nounced during the semester prior to registration; typical modules have included Cell Biology, CAPSTONE Developmental Biology, Ecology, Florida’s Environ- ment, and Introductory Genetics. All students in both degree programs must complete an appropriate capstone/integrative experience 103 Biological Crisis (3) approved by the academic advisor. The experience may The study of biological disorders that may be attrib- be for 01 up to 30 credits (02 up to 30 credits for Biol- uted to genetic abnormalities, infectious diseases, ogy - Marine Specialization). drugs, alcoholism, pollution, cancer, and stress. BIO 295 Research 01-12 104 Biological Foundations (Lecture 3, Lab 1) BIO 395 Research 01-12 Presentation of unifying concepts in cellular and mo- BIO 495 Research 01-12 lecular biology, genetics, ecology, behavior, evolution, BIO 420 Marine Field Study 15-30 BIO 465 Ecological Field Study 10-15 and systematics. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory CHE 295 Research 01-03 weekly. (special fee) CHE 395 Research 01-03 112 Botany (Lecture 3, Lab 1) CHE 495 Research 01-03 Plant forms: correlating structure, function, and envi- ____ 359 Independent Study 01-03 ronment. 3 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory weekly. ____ 459 Independent Study 01-03 Prerequisite: C or better in BIO 104 lecture. (special ____ 499 Internship 03-12 fee) 238 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES

120 Biology Overview for Majors - 230 Human Anatomy for Sports Medicine/ Section 01 (3) Exercise Science Majors (Lecture 3, Lab 1) Intended as the first biology course for biology ma- Gross anatomy with laboratory, including dissection jors who do not have a strong biology background. of the mink. 3 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory weekly. Credits do not count toward biology major. (special fee) 120 Biology Overview for Non-majors - 235 Introduction to Biotechnology Section 02 (3) Workshop (4) For students curious about the living world. Includes The biotechnology workshop is designed to give stu- an introduction to the systems comprising the human dents extensive “hands-on” experience with modern body, recent advances in biology, and man’s relation- laboratory techniques. Students will also learn how to ship with the natural world. use computers and how to analyze data and find infor- 199 Special Topics (Lecture 3, Lab 1) mation on current biotechnology research. Prerequi- Lower division special topic course. Content to be site: Biology 104. (special fee) determined by the School as requested by faculty and/ 240 Introduction to Human Physiology or students to fill specified needs or interests. Credits (Lecture 4, Lab 1) do not count toward Biology major. 3 hours lecture, 2 Survey of the functions of the organ systems in the hours laboratory weekly. Enrollment in lab is optional. human body. 4 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory 202 Human Population Biology weekly. Prerequisite or corequisite: C or better in Bio (Lecture 3, Lab 1) 220 or 230 lecture. (special fee) Theoretical and applied aspects of population dynam- 247 Kinesiology (3) for Health Science majors ics, with particular emphasis on the major physical, Application of biomedical principles to measurement chemical, biological, social and economic factors that and analysis of functional movement. (Restricted to influence human populations. 3 hours lecture, 3 labo- Health Science majors.) ratory hours weekly. (special fee) 253 Introductory Microbiology 215 Health and Wellness (3) (Lecture 3, Lab 1) Emphasizes the scientific basis for health-related con- Characteristics, physiology, pathogenicity of bacteria cepts, promoting a better understanding of the body’s and viruses, with emphasis on organisms important in organ systems and health related issues that affect the human disease; methods of cultivation, identification, normal physiology of these systems. Includes topics and control of microorganisms. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours dealing with stress, physical fitness, nutrition, drugs, laboratory weekly. (special fee) infectious and non-infectious diseases, AIDS, and 256 Tissue Culture Techniques (Lab 3) STD’s, for wellness distribution only. Preparation of eukaryotic cell and tissue cultures with 216 Zoology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) emphasis on sterile technique, differential cell cultur- Survey of the major animal phyla, including discus- ing and methodology for the use of cell cultures in sion of the anatomy, physiology, embryology, evolu- research laboratories. 6 hours laboratory weekly. Pre- tion, and heredity of the major groups. Major emphasis requisites: Biology 122, Biology 235; Chemistry 343. on invertebrate phyla. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours labora- (special fee) tory weekly. Prerequisite: C or better in BIO 104 lec- 260 Biodiversity of Ecosystems (Lecture 3, ture. (special fee) Lab 1) 220 Introductory Human Anatomy An introductory course in ecological biodiversity (Lecture 3, Lab 1) which points students toward an educated approach to Gross human anatomy with laboratory, including dis- the environmental questions which confront us as we section of the mink. 3 hours lecture, 2 hours labora- enter the twenty-first century. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours tory weekly. (special fee) laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Biology 104 or per- 225 Comparative Anatomy (Lecture 3, Lab 1) mission of instructor. Gross comparative vertebrate anatomy with laboratory, 300 Special Topics (3) including dissection of five representative vertebrates. Content to be determined by the School as requested 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory weekly. Prerequi- by faculty and/or students to fill specified needs or sites: Biology 216 or equivalent. (special fee) interests. Prerequisite: Sophomore level or above or 230 Human Anatomy for Majors (Lecture 3, approval of instructor. Credits do not count toward Bi- Lab 1) ology major. Section numbers beginning with “M” are Gross anatomy with laboratory, including dissection for majors only. Some sections also have an optional of the mink. 2 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory weekly. 1 credit lab. (special fee) SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 239

305 Introduction to Oceanography (3) 336 Neuroscience (4) for Pre-PT majors Review of major physical and chemical variables in This course studies the structural and functional as- the marine environment. 3 hours lecture weekly. Pre- pects of the central, peripheral, and autonomic ner- requisites: Chemistry 111-112. Recommended: 4 s.h. vous systems. Emphasis will be placed on the central of physics (Physics 151 or 201, 202) nervous system from the cellular level to the sensory 310 Marine Biology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) motor systems, serving a foundation for practical clini- Common marine organisms of the littoral seas, coral cal problem solving. Prerequisite: BIO 347 (special reef, and open ocean; interrelationships and problems fee) (Restricted to Pre-PT majors). of adaptation and survival. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours 340 Aquatic Botany (Lecture 3, Lab 1) laboratory weekly; field trips by announcement. Pre- An examination of pelagic marine and shelf metaphyta, requisite: Biology 104 or 216. (special fee) brackish estuary, and freshwater plants, with empha- 312 Ecology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) sis on the life cycle, identification and structure of al- Plants and animals in relation to their environments; gae. 2 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory weekly. population, communities, eco-systems, and behavioral Prerequisite: Biology 112. (special fee) patterns, utilizing many of the natural areas provided, 341 Genetics (Lecture 3, Lab 1) such as coral reefs, hammocks, everglades. 3 hours Principles of heredity, from classical breeding experi- lecture, 3 hours laboratory including field work and ments to current molecular and recombinant DNA research projects. Prerequisite: Biology 112 and 216, techniques; emphasis on inheritance in virus, bacte- or equivalent. (special fee) ria, Drosophila and humans. 3 hours lecture, 2 hours 317 Laboratory Management Seminar (3) laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Biology 104 or General introduction to laboratory management for the equivalent; Biology 253 or 325; Chemistry 152 or 343 medical laboratory technologist; emphasis on theories, or permission of instructor. (special fee) (MLS/ methods, and techniques used in management, with Histotechnology students take lecture only.) specific application to the laboratory. (Restricted to 345 Neuroscience (3) for Health Science majors MLS/Histotechnology students.) This course examines structural and functional aspects 325 Microbiology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) of the central, peripheral, and autonomic nervous sys- Bacterial and viral classification, structure, physiol- tems. Emphasis is placed on the central nervous sys- ogy, genetics, pathogenicity and immunology; meth- tem from the cellular level to sensory-motor systems, ods of cultivation, identification, and control of providing a foundation for practical clinical problem microorganisms. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory solving. (Restricted to Health Science majors.) weekly. Prerequisites: Biology 104 or equivalent; 346 Parasitology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) Chemistry 152 or 343. (special fee) (MLS/ Morphology, taxonomy, identification, life history, Histotechnology students take lecture only.) host-parasite relationship, and control of protozoan, 330 Cell Biology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) helminth, and arthropod parasites. 3 hours lecture, 3 Biological processes in procaryotic and eucaryotic hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Biology 104 or cells, with emphasis on the correlation between struc- equivalent. (special fee) (MLS/Histotechnology stu- ture and function on the molecular level. 3 hours lec- dents take lecture only.) ture, 3 hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Biology 347 Gross Anatomy (4) for Pre-PT majors 104 or equivalent; Pre- or Co-requisite: Chemistry 152 Study designed to expose the student to the macro- or 343. (Special fee) (MLS/Histotechnology students scopic aspects of human morphology. Cadaver lab will take lecture only; advisor approval required.) be correlated with surface anatomy, and other clinical 334 Human Physiology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) information. Lecture and lab. (special fee) (Restricted Comprehensive study of the functioning of the major to Pre-PT majors.) organ systems of the human. 3 hours lecture, 2 hours 348 Human Anatomy (3) for Health Science laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Biology 220 or 225 majors or 230, 330; Chemistry 343. (special fee) This course emphasizes aspects of structure and func- 335 Comparative Physiology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) tion of the musculoskeletal and selected organ sys- Comparative study of homeostatic mechanisms in ani- tems. (Restricted to Health Science majors.) mals with special emphasis on vertebrates. 3 hours 349 Biomechanics for Pre-PT Majors (2) lecture, 2 hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Bi- The physiological responses and adaptation of body ology 225; Chemistry 343. (special fee) systems to exercise stress are studied in conjunction with the functional anatomy and kinetic and kinematic 240 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES analysis of movement. Covers analysis of manual gait 427, 428 Biochemistry I, II (3), (3) as related to the physical therapist. Prerequisite: BIO Introduction to the fundamental aspects of biochem- 347 (special fee) (Restricted to Pre-PT majors.) istry. It emphasizes the relationship between structure 352 Biochemistry (Lecture 3, Lab 1) and function of the major classes of macromolecules Molecular structure in the cell, biological oxidations, in living systems. Metabolic interrelationships and selected biosynthetic pathways, molecular genetics. control mechanisms are discussed as well as the bio- Same as Chemistry 352. chemical basis of human disease. Same as BMS-PDY 427, 428. 360 Dynamics of Restoration Ecology (3) The efficient utilization and development of resources 435 Fisheries Biology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) for preserving and restoring the delicate Ecology, dispersal and modes of life of fishes; adap- homeodynamics of aquatic, soil, plant, forest, and tations by larvae and adults to their environment; eco- wildlife habitats. Saturday field trips may be required. nomic aspects of fisheries. 3 hours lecture, 2 hours Prerequisite: BIO 260, or BIO 312. laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Biology 216. (special fee) 400 Marine Physiology (2) A study of the effects of exposure to increased pres- 440 Evolution (3) sure and other factors on the functioning of the vari- Evidence for and the principles involved in the evolu- ous organ-systems. Prerequisites: Biology 225 or 230 tion of plants and animals, including man. Prerequi- or 240. sites: Biology 112 and 216 or equivalent; BIO 220 or 225 or 230. 401/501 Biostatistics (3) Concepts, principles, methods of descriptive and in- 445 Microtechnique (Lecture 3, Lab 1) ferential statistics, and statistical quality control are Principles and theories of fixation and staining pro- applied to Biological and Biomedical health issues. cesses. Methods of preparing animal tissues. Labora- Prerequisite: Algebra. Same as BIO 501/BMS 501. tory and restoration, 8 hours weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 104. (special fee) 404 Epidemiology (3) Introduction to the study of the distribution, determi- 450 Histology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) nants, and measurement of health and disease in popu- Microscopic study of animal tissues, with the relation- lations, including study methods and their application ship between structure and function stressed. 3 hours to specific diseases and conditions, with emphasis on lecture, 3 hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Bi- data-base search techniques and statistical inference. ology 122; Biology 220 or 225 or 230. (special fee) Pre-requisites: BIO 104, MAT 109. 451 Embryology (Lecture 3, Lab 1) 410 Pathophysiology for Pre-PT majors (3) Vertebrate embryology, including gametogenesis, A medical physiology course with emphasis on alter- fertilization, the formation of the germ layers, and or- ations in biological processes that affect homeostasis gan systems. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory in the human body. Includes the dynamic aspects of weekly. Prerequisites: Biology 104 or equivalent, Bi- disease, mechanisms involved, signs, and symptoms. ology 220 or 225 or 230. (special fee) Physical and laboratory findings are emphasized. (Re- 452 Quantitative Applications in Biology (3) stricted to Pre-PT majors.) A laboratory oriented course designed to introduce the 417 Human Genetics (3) student to the integration, storage and retrieval of bio- The major goal is to acquire an understanding of the logical information to which the student has already relationship between genes and phenotypes. Empha- been exposed in previous courses. ($50 fee) Prerequi- sis will be placed on familiarizing the student with the sites: 25 s.h.; computer course or equivalent. (Re- molecular nature of the hereditary material, gene func- stricted to MLS students) tion, and gene inheritance. In addition, the student will 454 Virology (3) be introduced to recombinant DNA technology and A broad investigation of viruses. Topics of discussion learn how these techniques are utilized in human ge- include the physical and chemical nature of viruses, netics. methods of cultivation and assay, modes of replica- 420 Marine Field Study (15-30) tion, characteristics of major viral groups, and the An opportunity for the student to work in the marine mechanisms of viral disease. Emphasis on viral ge- field for both individual and group projects. Prerequi- netics and culture mechanisms. Prerequisites: Biology site: 16 s.h. Biology course work. (Cost variable.) 104, Biology 253; Chemistry 111, 112. (Dean’s permission required.) SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 241

455 Immunology (3) 484-489-494 Histotechnology Major topics considered in this course are antibody Internship (3, 3, 4) formation, antigen-antibody interactions, biological Execution of chosen experimental training under the effects of immunologic reactions, immunological direction of selected faculty member at the clinical specificity of normal diseased cells and tissues. Same affiliate sites. as BIO-BMS 455/555. 259, 359, 459 Independent Study (3) (3) 460 Restoration Models: Everglades (3) Opportunity for extensive study in areas of special Recognizing the multitude of problems that years of interest to the student. Prerequisite: Dean’s approval. abuse have created in ecosystems, and the various pro- 295, 395, 495 Research (Semester hours will be posed solutions that are necessary for the effective res- arranged) toration of ecosystems using the Everglades as a model. Investigation of an original research problem of spe- Prerequisite: BIO 260 or BIO 312. cial interest to the student; independent execution of 465 Ecological Field Study (10-15) chosen experimental work or library research; under An opportunity for students to work in the field of direction of one selected faculty member. (special fee). ecological science on individual or group projects. MARC scholars follow a special research program. Prerequisite: 11 s.h. of biology course work including (special fee). BIO 260 or BIO 312. (Cost variable.) (Dean’s permission required.) BIOLOGY EVENING AND 471 Biotechnology Internship (9-12) An opportunity to learn experimental techniques by SATURDAY PROGRAMS working in a company laboratory or a professional industrial environment. CR/NCR. Prerequisites: Bi- Dr. Alicia A. Zuniga, CLS, AHI (AMT), HTL (ASCP) ology 454, senior status (90+ semester hours). Director 475 Seminar (3) The purpose of the B.S. in Biology evening pro- Presentation of reports, discussions, lectures, and pa- grams is to provide adult working students who are pers on selected topic(s) in biology. unable to attend class in a traditional manner, a baccalaureate degree in Biology with a minor in Medical 476/576 Teaching of Biology in the Secondary School (3) Laboratory Sciences or a B.S. in Biology with a Histotechnology specialization or a B.S. in Biology Problems confronting teachers of biology in the sec- Single Major. ondary school; organization of courses, sources of The accelerated options are designed for transfer materials, textbooks, methods of teaching. Prerequi- students to complete the degree requirements in a mini- site: School approval and candidacy in the School of mum of two years. By enrolling in four ten-week se- Education. mesters each year, the student can achieve 30 semester 480-485-490 Medical Technology (30) hours in biology upon completion of the program. The Twelve- to fifteen-month period of academic and clini- student may also earn 24-30 semester hours through cal training in a school of medical technology approved the School of Adult and Continuing Education to ful- by a national allied health accrediting agency. fill the distribution requirements and electives which 481-486-491 Cytotechnology (30) satisfy the 48 semester hours in upper level courses. Twelve-month period of academic and clinical train- These programs make it possible for the adult working in a school of cytotechnology approved by a na- ing student to take one or two courses each semester tional allied health accrediting agency. as time allows. 482-487-492 Nuclear Medicine Technology (30) Twelve-month period of academic and clinical train- ACCREDITATION ing in a school of nuclear medicine technology ap- The B.S. in Biology/Histotechnology Specializa- proved by a national allied health accrediting agency. tion is approved by the Florida Department of Health, Board of Clinical Laboratory Personnel, and accred- 483-488-493 Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound ited by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Technology (30) Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). Twelve-month period of academic and clinical training in a school of diagnostic medical ultrasound technology approved by a national allied health accrediting agency. 242 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES

Educational Objectives Licensed MLT’s with a minor in another field are Graduates will have acquired the ability to: eligible for admission upon approval of the director 1. Achieve an understanding of scientific prin- of the program. Credits will be transferred at the dis- ciples through the study of factual and experi- cretion of the Director. mental evidence. 2. Develop the knowledge and skill in education, CURRICULUM management and research to fulfill the leader- The Biology major lecture courses are 3 semester ship roles in their profession. hours each. Students must meet the following require- 3. Exercise independent judgment, correlate test ments: results and interpret the findings with respect to BIO 317 Laboratory Management Seminar normal and abnormal ranges. (3 s.h.) 4. Demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and attitudes BIO 325 Microbiology (3 s.h.) needed for clinical competencies in the medical BIO 330 Cell Biology (3 s.h.) laboratory science profession. BIO 341 Genetics (3 s.h.) 5. Develop communication skills and the ability BIO 346 Parasitology (3 s.h.) BIO 452 Quantitative Applications in Biology to cope with conflict and authority. (3 s.h.) 6. Develop an awareness of major health, social BIO 455 Immunology (3 s.h.) and economics problems of the community. BIO 427 Biochemistry I (3 s.h.) 7. Think logically, to express ideas more clearly BIO 428 Biochemistry II (3 s.h.) in speaking and writing, and to listen with a criti- BIO 475 Seminar* (3 s.h.) cal mind. *Not required for students holding an active 8. Distinguish between reasoned and emotional Supervisor’s License valid in Florida. opinions; to discuss rather than argue; and to see the relationship between cause and effect. 9. Cope with large volumes of information and DEGREE REQUIREMENTS develop techniques for translating this informa- Major: Minimum 30 semester hours in tion into innovative solutions in their profession. upper level biology courses Minor: 20 semester hours (MLT/MLS 1. BIOLOGY MAJOR/(M.L.S. Minor) (B.S.) courses from a community college may be transferred.) Barry’s undergraduate Biology evening program Math: 3 semester hours (MAT 107 and prepares Medical Laboratory Technicians (M.L.T.’s) above may be transferred) for a B.S. Degree in Biology with a minor in Medical Chemistry: Minimum of 4 semester hours, ex- Laboratory Science (MLS). Students are able to trans- clusive of MLT Clinical Chemistry. fer 64 semester hours from an accredited community CHE 111 and CHE 112 with labs college M.L.T. program and up to an additional maxi- or their equivalent, must be trans- mum of 26 upper-level semester hours from an ac- ferred. credited university. The student then will progress Computer: Minimum 3 semester hours. (CAT towards a B.S. degree through evening classes at off- 102 or CS 180) campus sites. Distribution Requirements: 45 semester hours (Out of the 45 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS s.h., students with associate degrees Students seeking admission to the program must: will transfer 6 s.h. in CHE and 3 – complete an admission application; s.h. in MAT as part of their prereq- – write a statement of purpose; uisites.) – complete an associate’s degree in Medical Labo- Any remaining courses needed to fulfill the degree ratory Technology (MLT) from a regionally ac- requirements (refer to catalog for course descriptions credited college; and requirements) can be taken concurrently through – attain an overall cumulative GPA of 2.5 (on a Barry University’s School of Adult and Continuing 4.0 scale) in an associate program; Education (ACE) at the on or off-campus sites of Barry – provide official transcript(s) from college(s) and/ University. Students are required to take the Major or university(ies) attended; and Field Assessment Test (MFAT) in Biology. – submit two satisfactory professional letters of recommendation from faculty or supervisors. SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 243

OFF-CAMPUS SITES BIO 341 Genetics (3 s.h.) BIO 346 Parasitology (3 s.h.) Barry’s evening outreach program offers classes in BIO 427 Biochemistry I (3 s.h.) (R) Miami Dade, Broward, West Palm Beach Sites. Classes BIO 428 Biochemistry II (3 s.h.) (R) meet one day a week from 6-10 p.m. BIO 445/445L Microtechnique (4 s.h.) BIO 450/450L Histology (4 s.h.) 2. BIOLOGY MAJOR/HISTOTECHNOLOGY BIO 455 Immunology (3 s.h.) (Specialization) (B.S.) BIO 484 Histotechnology Internship (3 s.h.) BIO 489 Histotechnology Internship (3 s.h.) The B.S. in Biology/Histotechnology Specializa- BIO 494 Histotechnology Internship (4 s.h.) tion is designed to prepare associate degreed stu- R = Recommended dents as histotechnologists. This specialization enables the adult learner to prepare tissue specimens IMMUNIZATION AND PHYSICAL of human and animal origin for diagnostic, research EXAMINATION or teaching purposes. Tissue sections prepared by the histotechnologist will provide reliable data to Before attending the Clinical Histotechnology In- the pathologist to detect and diagnose body dys- ternships the student must present proof of medical function and malignancy. The histotechnologist insurance, current immunizations and a physical ex- performs special stains, fluorescent antibodies, on- amination, to include annual TB screening (PPD), situ hybridizations, cytological procedures, immu- Diphtheria Inoculation tetanus (DTP), MMRx2, and nohistochemistry and/or electron microscopy and Hepatitis B. All these documents must be presented aid the pathologist in making a diagnosis. before the student will be allowed to progress to clini- Histotechnologists must have patience, precision, cal internship status. Students may be required to refine manual dexterity, and the ability to work with locate during the clinical session. Students must be minimal supervision. Patient contact is limited. financially prepared to enter into and complete the program. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The minimal passing grade for each clinical Histotechnology Internship is Histotechnology Intern- Students seeking admission to the program must: ship I “76” ( C ) or higher; Histotechnology Intern- – complete an admission application; ship II “80” (C ) or higher, and Histotechnology – write a statement of purpose; Internship III “85” ( B) or higher. Should a student – complete an associate’s degree (recommended fail to meet a grade of “76” ( C ) or higher during the in MLT, Chemistry or Biology); Histotechnology Internship I because of unacceptable – attain an overall cumulative GPA of 2.5 (on a clinical performance, that student will be place on clini- 4.0 scale) in an associate program; cal probation. Failure to receive the minimal passing – provide official transcript(s) from college(s) and/ grade for Clinical Histotechnology Internships I, II or or university(ies) attended; and III will result in dismissal from the program. The grad- – submit two satisfactory professional letters of ing scale for the Histotechnology Internships only is recommendation from faculty or supervisors. as follows: Licensed H.T.’s or H.T.L’s with a minor in another 94 – 100= A field are eligible for admission upon approval of the 85 –93 = B director of the program. Credits will be transferred at 76 –84 = C the discretion of the Director. PREREQUISITES CURRICULUM Students holding an associate degree from an ac- The curriculum consists of lectures, laboratories credited community college may transfer the follow- and training at the clinical affiliate sites. ing courses: Histotechnology Internships (BIO 484, BIO 489, and BIO 494) vary and are different from the classroom Biology (4 s.h.) evening schedule. Students are required to meet the BIO 104, BIO 220 or 225 or 230 or 240 following requirements: Chemistry (4 s.h. as a minimum) BIO 317 Laboratory Management Seminar CHE 111 and CHE 112 with Labs or CHE 341 (3 s.h.) or CHE 152 with Lab or CHE 343 BIO 325 Microbiology (3 s.h.) Math (3 s.h.) BIO 330 Cell Biology (3 s.h.) MAT 107 and above 244 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Histotechnology program, approved by the Board of Major: Minimum 42 semester hours in Clinical Laboratory Personnel, Florida Department of upper-level biology courses Health and NAACLS accredited are eligible for ASCP Minor: 20 semester hours (MLT or CHE certification. National examination by the Board of or BIO) Registry and/or the State of Florida Licensure is not (Recommended but not required.) required for the Bachelor of Science degree. Math: 3 semester hours MAT 107 and above 3. SINGLE MAJOR IN BIOLOGY (B.S.) Prerequisite: 4 semester hours in Biology The purpose of this program is to provide adult stu- Chemistry: Minimum 4 semester hours exclu- dents that may be working during the day, the oppor- sive of MLT Clinical Chemistry. tunity to earn a baccalaureate degree in biology. This Recommended CHE 111 and CHE program will provide students with the necessary edu- 112 with Labs or CHE 341, CHE cational background required to enter or advance in 152 or CHE 343. various health profession fields, as well as to continue Computer: Minimum 3 semester hours. (CAT their education in a graduate program. 102 or CS 180) Distribution Educational Objectives Requirements: 45 semester hours (out of the 45 1. Students can master the concepts, principles and s.h., students with associate degrees knowledge of biology or biomedical sciences, will need 6 s.h. in Physical or Natu- can explain the application of the scientific ral Sciences and 3 s.h. in MAT as method in biological and/or biomedical re- part of their prerequisites.) search, and are able to interpret graphs, diagrams and charts from the scientific literature. SITES 2. Students can execute lab procedures within an BIO 450 Histology with Lab and BIO 445 Micro- acceptable range of error. technique with Lab are taught in the School of Natu- 3. Students can write about scientific concepts and ral and Health Sciences at the main campus, in the results, prepare a well-organized oral scientific Histotechnology teaching laboratory, Barry University. presentation and be able to defend the conclu- Histotechnology Clinical Internships training are of- sions, and use computer software to organize fered at Clinical Affiliate Sites. and to present data in tables and graphs. Miami-Dade County: Jackson Memorial Hospital, 4. Students can effectively employ electronic da- Palmetto General Hospital, Pan American Hospital, tabases to conduct a scientific literature search. and University of Miami Hospital and Clinics Com- prehensive Silvester Cancer Center. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Broward County: Memorial Regional Hospital, and For high school graduate (single major only): Sub- North Broward Hospital District (Broward General mit official transcripts from a regionally accredited Medical Center, Coral Springs Medical Center, Impe- high school with an overall cumulative GPA of 2.5 or rial Point Medical Center, North Broward Medical better (on a 4.0 scale), showing high school diploma Center, and Bethesda Memorial Hospital), and Boca or GED, including any A.P. college courses in Biol- Raton Laser Center Pathologist Services. The remain- ogy and Chemistry (with laboratories) with a mini- ing didactic major courses are offered at off-campus mum grade of “C” in each, and course work in English, sites in Dade, Broward, and West Palm Beach. Social Studies, Mathematics, and Natural Science. If Any remaining courses needed to fulfill the degree a GED is submitted, official test scores from the school requirements (refer to catalog for course descriptions board must be mailed directly to the Health Sciences and requirements) can be taken concurrently through Admissions Office. Barry University’s School of Adult and Continuing Education (ACE) at the on or off-campus sites of Barry University. CURRICULUM Students are required to complete a minimum of 40 NATIONAL LICENSURE REQUIREMENTS semester hours (s.h.) from the following biology courses to meet the requirements of the biology major: Upon successful completion of the MLT to B.S. in Biology program, the student will be eligible for Tech- Required Semester Hours nologist certification by the ASCP, or NCA, or AMT BIO 104 Biological Foundations 4 after completion of at least one year of approved labo- BIO 112 Botany 4 ratory experience. Graduates from the B.S. Biology/ BIO 216 Zoology 4 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 245

BIO 220 Intro. to Human Anatomy or Required: BIO 230 Human Anatomy 4 BIO 450/L Histology (4 s.h.) BIO 240 Intro. to Human Physiology 5 BIO 445/L Microtechnique (4 s.h.) BIO 310 Marine Biology or BIO 484 Histotechnology Internship I (3 s.h.) BIO 312 Ecology 4 BIO 489 Histotechnology Internship II (3 s.h.) BIO 325 Microbiology or BIO 494 Histotechnology Internship III (4 s.h.) BIO 330 Cell Biology 4 Electives: BIO 440 Evolution or BIO 317 Laboratory Management Seminar BIO 475 Seminar 3 (3 s.h.) or BIO 300 (M6) Special Topics Electives Recommended (3 s.h.) BIO 341 Genetics 3 BIO 352 Biochemistry or BIO 330 Cell Biology BIO 346 Parasitology 3 (3 s.h.) BIO 427/428 Biochemistry I & II 6 BIO 450 Histology 4 International Students BIO 452 Quantitative Applications International students who have completed all or in Biology 3 part of their college course work outside of the United BIO 455 Immunology 3 BIO 476 Teaching of Biology in States at an internationally listed institution must sub- Secondary Education 3 mit their transcripts to an official international transcript evaluation service. Information about DEGREE REQUIREMENTS professional evaluating services in the United States is available from the Office of Health Sciences Ad- Major: Minimum 40 s.h. in biology missions. Official transcripts and the international courses credit evaluation must be submitted to Barry Univer- Chemistry: Minimum 12 s.h. (CHE 111/L & sity for admission and evaluation purposes. CHE 112/L plus CHE 152) Math: Minimum 6 s.h. (MAT 109 and Students are also required to obtain a score of at MAT 110) least 550 (213 on the computer-based test) on the Test Computer: Minimum 3 s.h. (CAT 102 or of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Official CS 180) test results must be submitted to the Office of Health Physics: Minimum 4 s.h. (PHY 151/L) Sciences Admissions, Barry University. Distribution Requirements: 36 s.h. CARDIOVASCULAR PERFUSION, Any remaining courses needed to fulfill the degree B.S. requirements (refer to catalog for course descriptions and requirements) can be taken concurrently through Jason Freed, M.S., Director Barry University’s School of Adult and Continuing The profession of cardiovascular perfusion is one Education (ACE) at the off-campus sites of Barry Uni- of the newest and most challenging in health care. versity; courses in chemistry, math, and physics are Perfusionists apply their knowledge of the cardio-pul- offered through the School of Arts and Sciences. Trans- monary system and complex technology to the task of fer credits, if any, will be evaluated on an individual maintaining life during cardiac surgery. This involves basis. Students are able to transfer up to 64 semester the preparation and operation of the heart-lung ma- hours from a regionally accredited community college chine and other equipment used to replace the normal and an additional maximum of 26 upper-level semes- functions of the heart and lungs during surgery. ter hours from a regionally accredited university. Perfusionists are clinically active in a number of areas including pulmonary intervention, neurosurgery, can- CERTIFICATE IN HISTOTECHNOLOGY cer surgery, organ and limb preservation, vascular re- (One year program consists of 21 semester hours) pair, hypothermia, blood salvage and recovery, transplantation, and artificial heart assist devices. Their Prerequisites are: primary role, however, remains in cardiovascular An Associate Degree or at least 60 semester credit surgery. hours from a regionally accredited institution with a Perfusion has grown from the era of on-the-job combination of 12 semester hours in biology and trained technicians to technologists of a recognized chemistry. and respected allied health profession demanding highly skilled specialists, educated and certified in the art and science of extracorporeal technology. 246 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES

Barry University has designed this program for the Educational Objectives allied health care professional. The curriculum will 1. The graduate will be able to discuss the various take twenty-one months to complete. The didactic ses- pharmacological agents utilized in cardiopulmo- sion will last two semesters. Classes are scheduled nary bypass. during the daytime. The clinical session will last three 2. The graduate will demonstrate the ability to pre- semesters. Clinical practicums are full time, during pare and operate equipment related to cardiop- the day, Monday through Friday and the student may ulmonary bypass. need to be available nights, weekends, and holidays 3. The graduate will be able to formulate a plan of depending on the surgical scheduling. Clinical expe- action for variations or troubleshooting tech- rience will consist of adult and pediatric rotations ob- niques during cardiopulmonary bypass. tained at various affiliated hospitals. Clinical relocation 4. The graduate will be able to formulate a per- may be necessary. Students must live and be within sonal philosophy consistent with the standard thirty minutes of the hospital when on-call. of professional ethics taught within the program and those stated by our National organization. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 5. The graduate will be able to collaborate with Entrance into the program occurs only once per year other members of the Cardiovascular team and in the fall. A completed application and a $30.00 non- will be able to act as a resource person to other refundable application fee must be submitted no later healthcare professionals and patients. than two months prior to the scheduled class start dates. 6. The graduate will be able to apply the theoreti- Applicants are required to submit three reference cal foundation to competently complete all letters from individuals who have known the appli- phases of Cardiopulmonary Bypass including cant in a working or educational situation. Applicants pre, intra, and post-operatively. are required to submit a letter documenting the observation of at least one cardiac surgical procedure re- PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS quiring cardiopulmonary bypass. A personal interview Students must: will be required before acceptance into the program. 1. satisfactorily complete all program course work; Official transcript(s) must be sent to the Office of 2. maintain a minimum C average for all courses, Health Sciences Admissions, Barry University from and an overall GPA of 2.5; all post-secondary academic programs and must also 3. perform a minimum of 75 satisfactory adult document the satisfactory completion of all minimum clinical bypass procedures and perform or ob- required prerequisite courses. serve a minimum of 10 pediatric clinical bypass Upon acceptance into the program, a non-refund- procedures; able $250.00 deposit is required to hold the applicant’s 4. maintain a student membership in the Ameri- position in the class for which he/she is accepted. The can Society of Extra-Corporeal Technology position deposit will be applied toward tuition ex- (AmSECT) and the Florida Perfusion Society penses. The balance of the tuition payment is due on (FPS); and or before matriculation. 5. satisfactorily complete a final written and clini- Applicants must have received a minimum grade cal simulation examination. of C in all college level prerequisite courses listed be- Before applying, an individual should assess his/ low, and an overall GPA of 2.50. (Grading is based on her capacity and suitability for being a student and a 4.00 scale.) All prerequisite courses are semester pursuing a career as an independent health practitio- hours or equivalent. ner. The program is an extremely intense 21 month English* 6 s.h. program that requires personal and financial sacri- Speech* 3 s.h. Algebra* 3 s.h. fices and demands a high degree of integrity, self- Physics (with lab) 4 s.h. sufficiency, motivation, discipline and highly General Chemistry (with lab) 8 s.h. developed study skills. Proof of medical insurance and Human Anatomy & Physiology 8 s.h. a physical examination must be presented prior to Introduction to Biochemistry, or matriculation. Proof of current immunizations, to in- Cell Biology 3 s.h. clude Annual TB Screening (PPD), Diphtheria Inocu- Social & Behavioral Sciences* 9 s.h. lation Tetanus (DTP), MMRx2, and Hepatitis B must Humanities & Arts* 9 s.h. be presented before the student will be allowed to Computer Science 3 s.h. progress to clinical status. Students may be required Theology or Philosophy 3 s.h. to relocate during the clinical session. Students must * Not required if applicant has completed a baccalau- be financially prepared to enter into and complete the reate degree. SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 247 program. This may include providing and maintain- Clinical Practicum II ––“80” (C) or higher, and Clini- ing additional housing and living expenses during the cal Practicum III ––“85” (B) or higher. Should a stu- clinical session should they be required to relocate. dent fail to meet a grade of “76” (C) or higher during Clinical Practicum I because of unacceptable clinical REQUIRED COURSES performance, that student will be placed on clinical probation. While on clinical probation, that student First Year will be allowed to advance to Clinical Practicum II. At the midterm of Clinical Practicum II that student Fall Semester must have a passing grade of “80” or higher or will be Description Semester Hours dismissed from the program. Failure to receive the Basic Surgery & Monitoring 2 minimal passing grade for Clinical Practica II or III Perfusion Technology I 3 will result in dismissal from the program. The grad- Perfusion Devices & Lab I 1 ing scale for the Clinical Practica only is as follows: Cardiac Anatomy & Physiology 3 Physiologic Management of Bypass 2 94 –100 = A Biomedical Ethics 3 85 – 93 = B Elective Course 3 76 – 84 = C 17 Spring Semester Course Descriptions— Cardiovascular Pathology 3 Cardiovascular Perfusion Prefix: CVP Cardiovascular Pharmacology 3 Perfusion Technology II 3 310 Cardiac Anatomy and Physiology (3) Perfusion Devices and Lab II 1 Structure and mechanisms by which the cardiovascu- Cardiology 2 lar system functions in relationship to other organ sys- Research Methodology 1 tems. Prerequisite: Program Admission. Theology 3 16 340 Basic Surgery and Monitoring (2) Summer Semester Exposure of sterile and aseptic techniques, interrela- Clinical Practicum I 12 tionships among personnel and surgical techniques within the operating room relating to perfusion. Pre- Second Year requisite: Program Admission. Fall Semester 350 Perfusion Technology I (3) Clinical Practicum II 12 Introduction to the various components that comprise the software and hardware of the perfusion circuit and Spring Semester Clinical Practicum III 12 techniques in their utilization. Prerequisite: Program Total Required for Graduation 69 Admission. The Cardiovascular Perfusion program will have 360 Perfusion Devices and Lab I (1) one class annually and enrollment is limited. The pro- Extensive hands-on experience in the perfusion wet- gram is fully accredited by the Commission on Ac- lab. Students learn and demonstrate proper circuit as- creditation of Allied Health Education Programs sembly with knowledge of the mechanics. Prerequisite: (CAAHEP). Upon successful completion of all pro- Program Admission. gram requirements, each graduate will be eligible to 400 Cardiovascular Pharmacology (3) enter the perfusion certification process with the Study of the various pharmacological interventions American Board of Cardiovascular Perfusion (ABCP). utilized for cardiovascular patients. Prerequisites: CVP 310, 340, and 350. ACADEMIC DISMISSAL AND PROBATION 410 Research Methodology (1) Each didactic course must be passed with, at least, Applications of how to interpret, write, and present the minimally acceptable grade of C or higher as well scientific data pertinent to perfusion science. Prereq- as satisfactorily completing all of the required course uisites: CVP 350 and 360. components. Students will not be able to enroll in 420 Cardiology (2) Clinical Practicum I until all didactic courses have been Study of normal and abnormal EKG’s, echo cardiog- successfully completed. Students failing a didactic raphy, electrophysiology treatments, cardiac catheter- course twice will be dismissed from the program. ization, and related procedures. Prerequisites: CVP 310 The minimal passing grade for each clinical and 340. practicum is Clinical Practicum I ––“76” (C) or higher; 248 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES

430 Physiological Management of Bypass (2) bachelor’s degree, you may wish to contact the Direc- Understanding physiological changes occurring dur- tor about choosing undergraduate courses which will ing bypass with safety plan. Prerequisite: Program support your application to the professional curricu- Admission. lum. Evening courses leading to baccalaureate degrees 440 Cardiovascular Pathology (3) are offered through Barry University’s School of Adult Understanding of pathological conditions that exist in and Continuing Education. all organ systems, with special emphasis on the cardiovascular system. Prerequisite: CVP 310. POST-BACCALAUREATE/ 450 Perfusion Technology II (3) MASTER OF BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE Emphasis on the numerous long-term support technologies that are utilized separately or in conjunction COMBINATION PROGRAM with the heart-lung machine. Prerequisite: CVP 350. Ralph Laudan, Ph.D., Associate Dean 460 Perfusion Devices and Lab II (1) Emphasis on set-up and priming of different pump systems utilizing centrifugal pumps and perfusion tech- POST-BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM niques. Prerequisite: CVP 360. The two year Post-Baccalaureate/Master’s Combi- nation Program is designed for students of high po- 470 Clinical Practicum I (12) tential, seeking a career change by pursuing pre-med An introduction to clinical experience with the stu- and subsequent medical studies. dents’ first major exposure to the operating room en- This program encourages students with a bachelor’s vironment. (approximately 600 clinical hours) degree to strengthen their undergraduate and/or gradu- Prerequisites: CVP 400, 410, 420, 440, 450, 460. ate credentials for application to U.S. medical schools. 475 Clinical Practicum II (12) Candidates will have the opportunity to pursue a co- Essentials of clinical perfusion with emphasis on car- ordinated program of required undergraduate science diopulmonary bypass case management. (approxi- courses in the various disciplines. mately 600 clinical hours) Prerequisite: CVP 470. 480 Clinical Practicum III (12) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Operation of complex perfusion related devices and Admission to the post-baccalaureate program is students’ participation in emergency procedures. (ap- based upon several criteria: proximately 600 clinical hours) Prerequisite: CVP 475. –a bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited college or university, with a minimum grade OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY point average of 2.70; –official transcripts from all undergraduate insti- Douglas M. Mitchell, M.S., OTR/L, Director tutions attended; – receipt of official MCAT or DAT scores now or The Occupational Therapy Program at Barry Uni- at the time of application to the Master of Bio- versity has prepared students for careers as occupa- medical Science Program; tional therapists since 1989. Because the program is –a typed personal statement describing your fu- designed for working adults, occupational therapy ture goals; and courses are scheduled on weekends. – three letters of recommendation: Two letters In 1999, the American Occupational Therapy As- from undergraduate science faculty members, sociation voted to move the education of occupational and one from an advisor or current employer. therapists to the graduate level. The last undergraduate students were admitted to Barry’s Occupational CURRICULUM Therapy Program in 1999; students are no longer admitted at the undergraduate level. 8 s.h. Math (Precalculus) Barry University currently offers a weekend pro- *8 s.h. General Chemistry with Lab gram leading to the Master of Science in Occupational *8 s.h. Physics with Lab Therapy. Information about program requirements and *8 s.h. Organic Chemistry with Lab application procedures is included in the current *8 s.h. Anatomy & Physiology with Lab Graduate Catalog. *4 s.h. Zoology with Lab A bachelor’s degree is required for admission to *Starred courses are required by most medical schools. the M.S. program. If you are interested in the Occupa- tional Therapy Program, but have not yet completed a SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND HEALTH SCIENCES 249

MASTER’S PROGRAM Students that are accepted into the Option I – 1 year Upon completion of all post-baccalaureate program master’s degree program after completing the Post- requirements, a candidate’s credentials will be con- Baccalaureate Program, may take some of the follow- sidered for admission to the Master of Biomedical ing courses with the first year podiatric medical Science Program. The file must be appended to in- students: Biochemistry, Histology, and Neuroanatomy. clude an application for graduate admission, post-bac- Completion of 36 graduate credits with a minimum calaureate course transcripts and satisfactory scores grade point average of B (3.00), with no more than 8 on the MCAT or DAT. (See Master of Science in Bio- semester hours of C work, must be maintained. Courses medical Sciences Program.) with D or F grades must be repeated and replaced with Limited financial support may be available for this grades of B or better. In addition, each student must program. pass a written comprehensive qualifying examination The School of Natural and Health Sciences at Barry before a candidate can be awarded the M.S. degree. University has conducted a special one year program Students should also be aware that the course load leading to the M.S. in Biomedical Sciences (MBS). required for completion of the master’s degree in one While completion of the program does not guarantee year is twice that of the standard course load in our acceptance to medical school, approximately 78% of traditional graduate programs. the Track I students over the past 19 years have gained A student who has had precalculus could complete admission to medical or dental schools, as well as this post-baccalaureate program in one year (includ- schools of osteopathic, veterinary, and podiatric medi- ing summer sessions) and apply to the Master’s pro- cine throughout the United States, including the Barry gram in Biomedical Sciences for the second year. University School of Graduate Medical Sciences. 250 SCHOOL OF NURSING

SCHOOL OF NURSING

Pegge L. Bell, Ph.D., R.N., Dean Linda K. Perkel, Ph.D., R.N., Associate Dean Faculty: Bagnardi, Bryant, Carr, Charron, Colvin, Gottlieb, Hacker, Harris, Hershorin, Lamet, Little, Majka, Maze, Medina-Shepherd, Papes, Parns, Pinkerton-Johnson, Schantz, Sutton

Philosophy sional nursing provides diagnosis and treatment of This philosophy describes the beliefs and values human responses and experiences within those events. of the faculty of the Barry University School of Nurs- Professional nursing involves practices that are pre- ing about person, environment, health, illness, profes- ventive, restorative, supportive, and promotive. The sional nursing. The philosophy evolves from the three major roles of professional nurses are provider university mission and supports the purpose of the of care, coordinator of care, and member of a profes- School of Nursing. sion differentiated at various academic levels. Evolv- The faculty believes that persons are unique beings ing professional roles are acknowledged and fostered. who have intrinsic value endowed in them by their Cre- The knowledge base for professional nursing prac- ator. Humans manifest a mind-body-spirit unity which tice is derived from the liberal arts, nursing science, encourages creativity, harmony, and health. The essence and related professional studies. The faculty believes of human unity is the individual’s, culture, environment, that the baccalaureate degree in nursing is the mini- and changing life contingencies. We respect the diver- mal entry level for professional nursing practice. Nurs- sity, multiple realities, and the individual choices of all ing education at the master’s level is the appropriate persons. Within the context of caring, we place value preparation for advanced nursing practice. Doctoral on the quality of life for human beings. nursing education prepares nurses as researchers, Environment is dynamic and made up of the natu- scholars, leaders, and visionaries. Professional nurs- ral and constructed settings within which all persons ing education facilitates the socialization process, the exist and interact. Nursing occurs in the context of a development of values and professional behavior, and global community. Professional nursing carries with the construction of social policies which affect health it a commitment to shape and transform the environ- at local, national, and international levels. ment as well as to provide care within the environ- Nursing scholarship advances the knowledge base ment. of the discipline, promotes inquiry, and generates and The faculty believes that health is the unity of mind- uses research and theories that are selected based on body-spirit and is interpreted and expressed individu- their compatibility with professional values and prac- ally and in groups. The experience of illness is an tices. Inquiry is paramount to competence in profes- alteration in the mind-body-spirit unity. Health and sional practice and life long learning. The unique focal illness are not considered dichotomous experiences; areas of our inquiry integrate multicultural health, both are human experiences often occurring simulta- health care of underserved and disenfranchised popu- neously. Understanding simultaneity is critical to the lations, and risk and resilience. diagnosis and treatment of human experiences and The curricula of the School of Nursing are com- responses. munity focused and process based. The curricula pro- Focusing in a holistic manner on patterns of life mote and facilitate critical thinking, analytic reasoning events such as birth, health, illness, and death, profes- and the ability to critique and construct knowledge. SCHOOL OF NURSING 251

Curricula are dynamic and based on the belief that tice of nursing and upon which the undergraduate cur- context is ever changing. Quality of life and the health riculum is based include change, communication, criti- care needs of individuals, families, and communities cal thinking, leadership, nursing, professionalism, inform and reform the curricula as faculty and stu- research, and teaching/learning. dents engage in the mutual search for meaning and understanding in professional nursing. Outcomes The philosophy of the School of Nursing articu- At the end of the baccalaureate program in nurs- lates with the university mission through the major ing, students in each option will be able to: characteristics of quality education, religious dimen- • successfully manage the change process as evi- sion, community service and a caring environment denced by the ability to promote change within the which celebrate the diversity of students, faculty, and context of professional values and self- reflection; community. In addition, the School of Nursing em- modify nursing strategies to meet the needs of di- braces Barry, international dimension, respect for hu- verse populations; accept the process as dynamic; man dignity, the Dominican spirit of scholarship and develop strategies in response to identified indi- service, and commitment to social responsibility and vidual, community, and health related needs; and leadership. develop strategies to shape public policy. •effectively communicate as evidenced by the abil- Purpose ity to utilize various types of media in a variety of The purpose of the undergraduate nursing program contexts; manage the multitude of relationships in is to offer students a baccalaureate education which the health care environment; adapt communication will prepare them, in the milieu of a caring environ- methods as appropriate to the circumstances; ad- ment, for professional nursing practice. The program, vocate for professional standards of practice; and within a basic Judeo-Christian humanistic framework, participate in political, legislative, and regulatory aims to lay a foundation for safe nursing practice, the processes. progression to positions that require beginning admin- •examine underlying assumptions about current evi- istrative skills without additional education, beginning dence as well as human phenomena in order to skills in research, continued personal and professional make independent and interdependent clinical de- growth, and graduate study in nursing. The purpose cisions as evidenced by the ability to utilize appro- of the RN to BSN nursing program is to offer students priate theories, models, and ethical frameworks to a baccalaureate education, preparing the clinically make sound clinical decisions; use self-reflection competent registered nurse for advancement to higher and collegial dialogue to guide professional prac- levels of clinical practice, education, and leadership tice; engage in creative problem stating and prob- in a wide variety of community settings. lem solving; evaluate nursing outcomes through assessment of client response to nursing interven- Curriculum tions; and recognize inconsistencies in the data and allowing for revision in plan of care. The faculty of the School of Nursing has devel- • manage the complex, multidimensional, and col- oped a contemporary curriculum designed to prepare laborative process of leadership as evidenced by nursing students for professional nursing practice in use of the skills of guiding, teaching, and persuad- the new millennium. The new program is grounded in ing others to achieve group goals; coordinate, man- Community Based Education (CBE). In community age, delegate, and evaluate the care of individuals based education, each defined community is a unique, and groups across the life span; and collaboratively multidimensional context for learning. Educational develop policies and strategies that promote healthy opportunities provide a variety of healthcare delivery individuals, groups, and communities. experiences that are determined by the needs and re- • engage in professional nursing practice as evi- sources of both the community and the nursing pro- denced by the ability to utilize theory, research and gram. CBE requires ongoing partnerships among practice based knowledge as a foundation for the students, faculty and community members. diagnosis and treatment of human responses and The undergraduate curriculum in the School of experiences; demonstrate practices that are preven- Nursing is based on eight significant processes. These tative, restorative, supportive and promotive within processes evolve from beliefs about human beings and a framework of mind-body-spirit unity; utilize an their environment; the American Nurses Association interdisciplinary approach to guide the client definition of nursing as a profession; and from the in- through the healthcare system; and utilize outcome Nursing of School tellectual disciplines of natural and social sciences, based practice to provide nursing care to individu- psychology, education, administration, and the hu- als, families, and communities. manities. The eight processes which comprise the prac- 252 SCHOOL OF NURSING

• demonstrate professionalism as evidenced by the The Accelerated Option may be chosen by students ability to identify with and incorporating the knowl- who have at least a bachelor’s degree in another field edge, attitudes, values, and behaviors of the nurs- and a 2.7 GPA in course work leading to a bachelor’s ing profession; practice autonomous decision degree, or by those who have at least a 3.0 GPA and making and practice; develop a socio-political com- meet other criteria as described below. RNs matricu- mitment to the profession; uphold the moral, legal, late in an option designed for them. Each option and and humanistic principles of social justice. the pertinent eligibility criteria are described in detail • utilize research as evidenced by the ability to lo- below. cate pertinent research information from multiple sources; analyze and evaluate valid and reliable Continuing Education Offerings multidisciplinary research; participate in collabo- In addition to the degree programs, the School of rative analysis and promotion of nursing research; Nursing is approved by the Florida Board of Nursing and utilize nursing research as the basis for indi- to provide non-credit continuing education offerings vidual nursing practice. for registered and licensed practical nurses, and offers • utilize the teaching/learning process as evidenced many opportunities for student intellectual growth and by the ability to develop, implement, and evaluate service. a broad range of teaching/learning activities with individuals, groups, and communities; and value lifelong learning as an imperative for continued Opportunities for Student Growth and professional practice. Service Among the opportunities for student activities is Accreditation the Nursing Student Association which is a chapter The program is approved by the Florida Board of of the National Student Nurses Association. The NSA Nursing, 4080 Woodcock Drive, Suite 202, Jackson- offers financial aid opportunities and provides for stu- ville, FL 32207, and is accredited by the Commission dents to pursue activities of their choice for commu- on Collegiate Nursing Education. The master’s nurs- nity service, student recognition, and student ing education program is accredited by the Commis- socialization. This is the pre-professional organization sion on Collegiate Nursing Education. Accreditation for nursing students. Active membership as a student is an indication of public approbation, attesting to the is rewarded by a special membership in the Florida quality of the educational program and the continued Nurses Association after graduation. commitment of the sponsoring institution to support In response to Barry University’s mission to pro- the program. For further information about the accredi- vide community service and to encourage its students tation of the program, please contact the Commission to assume community leadership, the School of Nurs- on Collegiate Nursing Education, One Dupont Circle, ing operates the Barry University Primary Care Nurs- NW, Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036-1120, (202) ing Center. The goals of this center include providing 887-6791. primary care and health education to children and families in selected elementary schools in Miami’s underserved areas. The center provides a means for Options faculty and students in several academic disciplines The baccalaureate degree in nursing may be earned to come together to respond to societal needs and health in several ways, depending upon the previous educa- care reform. tion of the student. Students who are entering from high The Center for Nursing Research promotes, as- school or with some credit from other colleges or uni- sists, and facilitates nursing research within the School versities, including licensed practical nurses (L.P.N.s), of Nursing and with its affiliating agencies. The enter the Basic Option. Ordinarily, the Basic Option Center’s goals are to provide consultation, dissemi- takes four years to complete. Although courses may be nate research findings, provide a forum for student- taken in the summer, no summer classes are required faculty sharing, sponsor an annual scholarly lecture to complete the Basic Option. Exceptional students for the professional community, and create an envi- willing and able to carry heavier course loads are able ronment that perpetuates nursing scholarship. to complete the Basic Option in three years. This plan The School of Nursing supports the Lambda Chi would require summer enrollments. Chapter of Sigma Theta Tau International, the in- Those students in the Basic Option who have earned ternational honor society for nursing. The purposes of the required amount of credit by the end of their sopho- Sigma Theta Tau International are to: recognize supe- more year and who meet other criteria, may acceler- rior academic achievement; recognize the development ate their programs by joining the Two-Year Transfer of leadership qualities; foster high professional stan- Option. SCHOOL OF NURSING 253 dards; encourage creative work; and strengthen com- Individuals applying for admission, progression to mitment to the ideals and purposes of the profession. clinical courses, and graduation from the School of Lambda Chi sponsors an annual research conference Nursing must be able to meet the physical and emo- and provides other programs of professional and schol- tional requirements of the academic program. Individu- arly interest. als who pose a direct threat to the health or safety of others or to themselves may be denied admission, pro- Americans With Disabilities Act gression, or graduation. The school’s determination that a person poses a direct threat will be based on an In keeping with its mission and goals, and in com- individualized assessment that relies on current medi- pliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of cal evidence or on the best available objective evidence 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act, Barry to assess: a) the nature, duration and severity of the University School of Nursing promotes an environ- risk; and b)the probability that the potential injury will ment of respect for and support of persons with dis- actually occur. abilities. The two categories of individuals with The faculty, having accepted that nursing is a prac- disabilities are: a) individuals with a physical or men- tice discipline with cognitive, sensory, affective and tal impairment that substantially limits one or more psychomotor requirements, have adapted a list of major life activities; and b) individuals with a record “Core Performance Standards” based on a document of physical or mental impairment that substantially of the Southern Council on Collegiate Education for limits one or more major life activities. Major life ac- Nursing. It will provide an objective measure upon tivities include caring for oneself, performing manual which an individual and the faculty can base informed tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, breathing, learning, decisions regarding whether the individual is “quali- and working. fied” to meet the requirements of the academic pro- The term “physical impairment” includes, but is gram. Each standard has an example of activities which not limited to: orthopedic, visual, speech and hearing a student would be required to perform while enrolled impairments; cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dys- in a nursing program. trophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, dia- betes, HIV disease (symptomatic and asymptomatic), tuberculosis, drug addiction, and alcoholism. Mental impairments include mental or psychological disorders such as mental retardation, organic brain syn- drome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. 254 SCHOOL OF NURSING

Core Performance Standards for Admission, Progression, and Graduation Performance Standard Examples of Necessary Activities (Not all inclusive)

Critical Thinking Critical thinking ability sufficient for Identify cause-effect relationships in criti- clinical judgement cal situations, develop nursing care plans.

Interpersonal Interpersonal abilities sufficient to inter- Establish rapport with patients/clients and act with individuals, families, and groups colleagues. from a variety of social, emotional, cultural, and intellectual backgrounds

Communication Communication abilities sufficient for in- Explain treatment procedures, initiate teraction with others in oral and written health teaching, document and interpret form nursing actions and patient/client responses. Give oral and written reports to other members of the health care team.

Mobility Physical abilities sufficient to move from Move around in patient rooms, work room to room and maneuver in small spaces, and treatment areas, administer spaces cardiopulmonary resuscitation procedures. Meet responsibilities in a timely manner.

Motor Skills Gross and fine motor abilities sufficient Calibrate and use equipment; safely posi- to provide safe and effective nursing care tion, lift, and transfer patients/clients.

Hearing Auditory ability sufficient to monitor and Hear monitor alarm, emergency signals, assess health needs auscultatory sounds, cries for help.

Visual Visual ability sufficient for observation Observe patient/client responses at a dis- and assessment necessary in nursing care tance and close at hand. Comprehend three-dimensional relationships and spatial relationships of objects.

Tactile Tactile ability sufficient for physical Perform palpation, auscultation, percus- assessment sion and functions of physical examination and/or those related to therapeutic intervention.

Social Behavior Compassion, integrity, interpersonal Develop a mature, sensitive and effective skills, interest and motivation relationship with clients. SCHOOL OF NURSING 255

Bachelor of Science in Nursing students who, in its judgment, satisfy the requirements of scholarship, health, and personal suitability to prac- (B.S.N.) tice professional nursing. BASIC OPTION Background Checks Admission Requirements Some clinical sites require students to be finger- Applicants entering from high school or with fewer printed, pass drug screening and background checks. than 12 college credits must meet general university Compliance with this requirement and satisfactory find- admission requirements, as well as the following crite- ings are essential for clinical placement and progres- ria for the Basic Nursing Option: sion. Students who fail to submit a background check (1)completion of high school or college courses in will be unable to remain in the nursing program. The biology and chemistry (with laboratories) with School of Nursing will make reasonable accommoda- a minimum grade of C in each, tions to provide an alternative clinical site that meets (2)completion of Algebra II or equivalent, with a program objectives for students not accepted by a clini- minimum grade of C, cal agency. An inability to meet clinical requirements (3)achievement of minimum total score of 970 on to progress means the student’s enrollment in the School the SAT I or 20 on the ACT, and of Nursing will be discontinued. (4)achievement of a minimum of a 2.70 cumulative high school or college grade point average, with Progression to Clinical Courses fewer than five Ws, Ds, or Fs. Admission to the university does not guarantee pro- (5)Successful completion of all four sections of the gression to the first clinical nursing course. The fol- Florida CLAST may be substituted for the SAT lowing are the criteria for progression to the first clinical I or ACT test. nursing course, NUR 283-Health Assessment Across Applicants who have completed 12 or more college the Lifespan, which is taken in the sophomore year. credits who do not have a bachelor’s degree must meet (1)Completion of human anatomy, physiology, mi- general University admission requirements as well as crobiology, and biochemistry (with labs) with at the following criteria for the Basic Nursing Option: least a C in each course; (1)achievement of a minimum of a 2.70 cumulative (2)attainment of a 2.00 (C) average in courses taken college grade point average, with fewer than 5 in the natural and behavioral science block; Ws, Ds, or Fs. (3)attainment of a 2.50 (C) cumulative grade point (2)Earned at least a C in each of the required sci- average in all coursework completed at Barry or ence courses taken (anatomy, physiology, micro- 2.70 for transfer credit; biology, biochemistry) without repeats. (4)completion of 30 credits of coursework appli- LPN applicants must meet the above requirements cable to nursing; and applicable to them as well as the following: (5)submission of evidence of health status accept- (1)achievement of at least an 80% average in prac- able for the practice of nursing, health insurance tical nursing coursework, and (see Health Insurance, page 30), CPR certifica- (2)hold a current Florida L.P.N. license or proof of tion, submission of background checks, and li- eligibility to sit for the NCLEX-PN. ability insurance. The liability insurance fee will An interview with an academic advisor may be re- be charged to all nursing students unless proof quired. of other insurance coverage is provided to the Applicants are notified in writing of the admission Business Office. decision after all application materials have been re- The following are policies regarding continued pro- ceived and evaluated. Normally the review and notifi- gression in nursing: cation process takes 4 to 6 weeks after the complete (1)NUR 221 must be taken prior to NUR 222 application materials are received. Completion of the (2)Nutrition in Clinical Care (DIN 271) and Devel- admission file is the responsibility of the applicant. opmental Psychology (PSY 382) must be taken Meeting the admission requirements does not guaran- prior to NUR 320. tee admission to the School of Nursing. Admission (3)yearly submission of a report of an examination decisions are an on going process. Enrollment is closed indicating good mental and physical health, when all available slots are filled. health insurance (see Health Insurance, page 30), Admission to the School of Nursing does not guar- CPR certification, and liability insurance. The antee progression to clinical nursing courses or gradu- liability insurance fee will be charged to all nurs- ation. The faculty of the School of Nursing reserves the right of retaining, progressing, and graduating those 256 SCHOOL OF NURSING

ing students unless proof of other insurance cov- L.P.N. to B.S.N. OPTION erage is provided to the Business Office. This program is similar to the Basic and Two-Year (4) In the event a grade lower than a C is received Options but allows the qualified L.P.N. to test out of in any undergraduate nursing course, the student some nursing coursework. These courses include: must submit a letter to the Student Affairs Com- NUR 212 Therapeutic Nursing Interventions 2 mittee before the start of the course the student DIN 271 Nutrition in Clinical Care 3 wishes to repeat requesting permission to repeat Total 5 the course and continue in the School of Nurs- All other coursework remains the same as the Basic ing. The faculty members of the Student Affairs Option. The course sequence, part-time or full-time Committee will evaluate the student’s academic status, and method to earn credit for other courses will and advisee records. Depending upon this evalu- be decided between the student and his/her advisor. ation, the student may be allowed to repeat the course or be advised that permission has not been ACCELERATED B.S.N. OPTION granted, and therefore, the student cannot continue in the nursing program. Admission to the Accelerated B.S.N. Option re- (5) One nursing course may be repeated one time quires: with the consent of the Student Affairs Commit- (1)either a bachelor’s degree from an accredited col- tee. A student receiving a second failure in any lege or university, or completion of all liberal arts; undergraduate nursing course will not be permit- (2)either a G.P.A. of 2.70 for the most recent 60 cred- ted to continue in the nursing program. its for those with a bachelor’s degree, or a GPA of (6) The grades of D, F, W, WP, and WF are consid- 3.00 for those working on their first bachelor’s de- ered the same as a grade lower than C when re- gree; peating any undergraduate nursing course. (3)at least a C in the four required sciences without having repeated a course; TWO-YEAR OPTION (4)completion of all prerequisite and liberal arts courses, prior to entering clinical nursing courses. Students in the Basic Option may accelerate their (5)An interview may be required. program with the Two-Year Option. In this option, the Prerequisite course credit may be earned through qualified student may complete all the nursing courses CLEP, transfer, correspondence, or by challenging or in two years. To progress into this option, the student enrolling in courses at Barry University. All nursing must meet the following requirements: courses are taken full time at Barry during three 15- (1)earn at least a B in NUR 200, NUR 221, NUR 222, week terms beginning in May and ending the follow- NUR 220, NUR 212, and NUR 283; ing May. If there is sufficient interest, other cohorts (2)earn at least a C in each liberal arts course taken may be added. with the 200 level nursing courses; Because time in class or clinical approximates 40 (3)have no more than 12 liberal arts credits to com- hours per week, it is not usually possible to work dur- plete by the end of the sophomore year; and ing the year of enrollment in nursing courses. Advance (4)earn at least a 3.00 cumulative grade point average. preparation should be made for financing that year. At the end of the sophomore year, students eligible Some financial aid and loans are available, and stu- for the program will enroll in junior courses in the sum- dents are encouraged to seek assistance from the Fi- mer and fall semesters, and take their senior courses in nancial Aid Office. The cost for tuition and fees for the an accelerated spring semester. nursing credits equals that for three full-time semes- For accurate advising, students planning to enroll ters. Books, uniforms, and other requirements will be in the Two-Year Option should confer with their advi- additional costs. sors while taking the science and liberal arts require- Accelerated Option students who receive lower than ments. a C in a nursing course (D, F, W, WP, WF) may be approved for continuation in the School of Nursing’s THREE-YEAR OPTION Basic Option by the Student Affairs Committee. Academically well-qualified freshmen may wish to choose a faster option through which to complete the REGISTERED NURSE nursing program. In order to qualify, a student must (R.N. TO B.S.N.) OPTION enter with at least a B average and be able to maintain Graduates of state-approved diploma and associate that average throughout the nursing program. This op- degree programs in nursing are eligible to apply for tion requires summer study as well as the usual aca- admission to the baccalaureate program in the Regis- demic years. tered Nurse Option. The program followed by the R.N. SCHOOL OF NURSING 257 students is designed to be as flexible and responsive to after successfully completing 21 credits of nursing individual student needs as possible within the con- courses at Barry and submission of a portfolio. There straints of curriculum, university and accreditation re- is a $20 per credit fee for each credit awarded. Those quirements, and quality educational theory. The length RNs who do not meet this criteria earn 31 nursing cred- of the program for the R.N. student is dependent upon its through examination by taking the nursing mobility the amount of acceptable transfer credit; success in exams and an achievement test. Testing is designed to completion of CLEP, proficiency, and nursing exami- evaluate previous learning and experience. It includes nations; and part-time or full-time status. In most in- five content areas in four test booklets. Credit by exam stances a minimum of two years should be anticipated is also awarded for success on either NLN or Excelsior for completion. College exams. Admission to the R.N. to B.S.N. Option requires: NLN Book I or Excelsior College Exam 554 (8 cred- (1)a cumulative G.P.A. of 2.70; and its) in lieu of NUR 212 Therapeutic Nursing In- (2)a current active license from the State of Florida, terventions, NUR 320 Nursing Care of Families: and Adult/Elderly (3)professional liability insurance. NLN Book II or Excelsior College Exam 457 (8 credits) in lieu of NUR 325, Nursing Care of Alternatives to Earn Credit Families: Parent/Child Requirements of the program are met through CLEP, NLN Book III or Excelsior College Exam 503 (5 nursing mobility and achievement examinations or their credits) in lieu of NUR 380, Nursing Care of equivalents, proficiency examinations, transfer, corre- Families: Mental Health Nursing spondence courses, or by enrolling in courses at Barry NLN Achievement Test: Nursing Care of Adults University. To be accepted in transfer, credit must have Across Community Settings Part III (8 credits) in been completed with at least a grade of C at a region- lieu of NUR 489-Management of Care and NUR ally accredited college or university. Please refer to the 490, 491Clinical Management of Care I & II transfer credit policies in this catalog for complete in- Interested students should contact the School of formation. The student may earn credit through the Nursing for current information on where and when School of Adult and Continuing Education where these tests are offered. R.N. students may take them in courses are taught in a manner and in time blocks ap- any order they choose. It is advisable to begin testing propriate for the adult working student. as early in the program as possible. These tests may be repeated once; after the second failed attempt, the stu- Proficiency Examinations dent will be asked to enroll in the corresponding course One way in which the R.N. student may receive or a tutorial for that course. Tutorials will be taken for credit for a course at Barry University is by the profi- credit/no credit only. There is a $20 per credit fee for ciency exam. For each specified course there is a study each credit by examination awarded. sheet available from the School of Nursing with course expectations. Proficiency exams are available for the Equivalent Credit Alternatives following: Qualified R.N. students may be eligible to receive CHE 152 Biochemistry some credit in place of taking related mobility tests. BIO 220 Human Anatomy These alternatives include national certification in an BIO 240 Physiology area of clinical nursing practice. Details are available BIO 253 Microbiology from the Associate Dean. NUR 301 Nursing Research The examinations are taken for “CREDIT/NO Sequence for Beginning Required CREDIT” and if a student achieves an acceptable score, Nursing Courses “CREDIT” for the course will be given. If an acceptable score is not achieved, “NO CREDIT” will be given. The following criteria must be met before an R.N. This “NO CREDIT” will not go on a permanent record student is eligible to take the first nursing course: and will not affect the grade average. It does mean that 1. completion of at least half of the credits for each of the student must enroll in, and pass, the course. Profi- the following distribution requirements; ciency exams may not be repeated. a. Philosophy/Theology 9 cr. b. English/Speech 9 cr. Nursing Credit By Examination c. Science/Mathematics 19 cr. d. Social/Behavioral Sciences 9 cr. Registered nurses who are graduates of accredited e. Arts/Humanities 9 cr. associate degree programs in the State of Florida will f. Computer/Open Elective 7 cr. be awarded 31 credits towards their bachelors degree 258 SCHOOL OF NURSING

2. All “Nursing Credit by Examinations” must be suc- director of the school where your BSN was cessfully completed prior to taking NUR 481. If the awarded; student is required to take a tutorial to complete the (5)successful completion (within the last five years) requirements for any of these four examinations, the of a statistics course which included descriptive tutorial must be successfully completed prior to and inferential methods; and enrolling for NUR 481. (6) meet with the director for the graduate specialty in which the student is interested. R.N. Progression See additional information under Graduate Admis- sion Requirements. R.N. students in the R.N. to B.S.N. Option must main- Continuation: To remain eligible to continue tain at least a 2.00 GPA, earn at least a C in each nurs- through this option, R.N. students must: ing course, and maintain health insurance (see Health (1)maintain at least a 3.00 GPA; and Insurance, page 30), CPR certification, and liability (2)earn a B or better in each nursing course (under- insurance. The liability insurance fee will be charged graduate and graduate). to all nursing students unless proof of other insurance coverage is provided to the Business Office. In order to progress in the nursing courses, the stu- R.N./B.S. to M.S.N. BRIDGE OPTION dent must repeat any nursing course in which less than Registered nurses with bachelor’s degrees in other a C was earned. The student may not enroll in other fields, who have a GPA of 3.0 or higher, may apply nursing courses until earning a grade of C or better in directly for admission to the Masters Program in Nurs- the repeated course. If a student earns a D or an F in ing. See the graduate catalog for complete informa- NUR 481, NUR 483, NUR 493, Nursing Leadership tion. or NUR 494 Directed Nursing Practice, the student must have permission from the Student Affairs Committee TRANSPORTATION to repeat the course. Only one nursing course may be Students are responsible for providing their own repeated. transportation to and from all health agencies and other In order to graduate with honors, a student must selected experiences such as home visits to patients, complete at least 56 credit hours at Barry University parents, and families. Car pooling to clinical sites is carrying letter grades of A, B, C, or D, and must have a acceptable for clinical experiences in hospitals. Stu- cumulative grade point average of at least 3.50. dents must have access to their own car during the community health clinical experiences. SEAMLESS R.N. to M.S.N. OPTION Qualified R.N. students may directly enter into the GRADUATION R.N. to M.S.N. Option. This option leads to the BSN/ The student must meet all university and nursing MSN with continuous enrollment. Graduate credits program requirements. In compliance with the Univer- applied to the BSN result in fewer required MSN cred- sity requirement for a senior comprehensive examina- its. This option can be completed on a part-time or full- tion, the senior students in the Basic, Accelerated, and time basis. L.P.N. Options will be required to pass a nationally stan- Eligibility: dardized comprehensive examination. (1)submit an application for graduate admission. (2)The GRE/MAT is waived for Barry alumni with undergraduate GPAs of 3.0 or above. The GRE/ RN LICENSURE MAT is waived for other applicants with under- Upon completion of all nursing program require- graduate GPAs of 3.2 or above. Applicants who ments, the graduate is eligible to take the National have undergraduate GPAs of less than 3.2 will Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN). As part be required to take the GRE/MAT. A satisfac- of the licensure application process, arrest and court tory score on the Miller Analogies Test (40 or records of final adjudication for any offense other than better) or the Graduate Record Examination (900 a minor traffic violation must be submitted to the Board or better) taken within the last five years is re- of Nursing for review. Applications of those who have quired. been convicted of a felony and whose civil rights have (3)satisfactory results on the graduate nursing pro- not been restored are considered to be incomplete until gram English assessment test; documentation of restoration of civil rights is receive. (4)two letters of recommendation: one from a pro- The application and records should be filed at least fessional referee and one from the associate dean/ 90 days before the examination date in case a student may be required to appear before the Board. SCHOOL OF NURSING 259

NURSING PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS: NUR 488 Healthcare Trends and Politics for Nurses BASIC, TWO-YEAR, THREE-YEAR, L.P.N. and NUR 489 High Acuity Nursing of the Adult ACCELERATED OPTIONS NUR 490 Community/Public Health Nursing Distribution and Pre/Corequisite Courses for students NUR 491 Nursing Care of the Older Adult working on their first bachelor’s degree (68 credits): NUR 493 Nursing Leadership ENG 111/112 English Composition and Research * Students entering the Accelerated Option must take SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech NUR 283 prior to beginning the nursing program. BIO 220 Introductory Human Anatomy (with lab) BIO 240 Introduction to Human Physiology R.N. to B.S.N. and Seamless R.N. to M.S.N. (with lab) OPTIONS (62 cr.) BIO 253 Introductory Microbiology (with lab) CHE 152 Introduction to Organic and Biological Distribution & Prerequisite Courses: Chemistry (with lab) Human Anatomy + lab MAT 152 Elementary Probability and Statistics Microbiology + lab PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology Biochemistry + lab PSY 382 Developmental Psychology Physiology + lab SOS Any History, Economics, Geography, Statistics Political Science English Composition (6 cr.) ANT/SOC Any Anthropology or Sociology Speech PHI Philosophy Distribution Social and Behavioral Science Distribution (9 cr.) THE/PHI 353 Biomedical Ethics Humanities and Arts Distribution (9 cr.) THE Theology Distribution Philosophy Distribution (3 cr.) HUM and ARTS Theology Distribution (3 cr.) Humanities and Arts Distribution (9 cr.) Bio-Medical Ethics (3 cr.) DIN 271 Nutrition in Clinical Care Computer Elective CS 180 Introduction to Computers Open Elective OPEN Open Elective Nursing Major: R.N. to B.S.N.; Seamless Prerequisite Courses for students with a previous R.N. to M.S.N. Options (27 cr.) (In addition to bachelor’s degree (44 credits): BIO 220 Introductory Human Anatomy (with lab) 31 credits by validation or examination) BIO 240 Introduction to Human Physiology NUR 301 Research in Nursing (with lab) NUR 303 Professional Processes BIO 253 Introductory Microbiology (with lab) NUR 481 Community Health Nursing CHE 152 Introduction to Organic and Biological NUR 483 Health Assessment Chemistry (with lab) NUR 493 Nursing Leadership MAT 152 Elementary Probability & Statistics NUR 494 Directed Nursing Practice PSY 281 Introduction to Psychology NUR 510 Advanced Pathophysiology PSY 382 Developmental Psychology NUR 520 Nursing Informatics PSY/SOC One course in either of these areas DIN 271 Nutrition in Clinical Care Course Descriptions— PHI/THE Philosophy and Theology courses (6 cr.) THE/PHI 353 Biomedical Ethics Nursing Prefix: NUR CS Computer Elective (Theory credits, 1 cr = 15 hours; Clinical credits, Nursing Major: Basic, Two-Year, Three-Year, 1cr=45hours) L.P.N., and Accelerated Options (60 cr.) 199 Special Topics (Theory 1-3) Content to be determined each semester by the School NUR 200 Introduction to Professional Nursing NUR 212 Therapeutic Nursing Interventions as requested by faculty and/or students to fill specified NUR 220 Nursing Care of Individuals, Families, needs or interests. & Communities 200 Introduction to Professional Nursing NUR 221, 222 Pathophysiology/Pharmacology I & II (Theory 2) NUR 283 Health Assessment Across the Life Span* Introduces the beginning-nursing student to the con- NUR 301 Research in Nursing cepts, theories, and issues of the professional nursing NUR 320 Nursing Care of Families: Adult/Elderly NUR 325 Nursing Care of Families: Parent/Child role. Introduces the eight processes, which frame the NUR 380 Nursing Care of Families: Mental undergraduate curriculum, within the context of the Health Nursing philosophy of the School of Nursing and a community-based program, which guides the total curriculum. 260 SCHOOL OF NURSING

The essential processes include change, communica- 300 Special Topics (Theory 1-3) tion, critical thinking, leadership, nursing, Content to be determined each semester by the School professionalization, research, and teaching/learning. as requested by faculty and/or students to fill specified Other concepts include mind-body-spirit unity and the needs or interest. cultural aspects of individuals. Facilitates an under- 301 Research in Nursing (Theory 3) standing of nursings’ historical development and the Introduces principles and process of nursing practice role of the nurse in today’s healthcare delivery system. research: study of problem identification and defini- Prerequisites: BIO 220, BIO 240, BIO 253, CHE 152 tion, study design, data collection techniques, interpre- 212 Therapeutic Nursing Interventions tation and critique of research reports, and the (Clinical 2) development of abilities as an intelligent consumer of Focuses on the acquisition of therapeutic nursing in- nursing research. Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 152. terventions that support, promote, restore, and optimize 303 Professional Processes (Theory 3) (R.N. to health in a variety of health care settings. Nursing in- B.S.N. and Seamless R.N. to M.S.N. only) terventions are mastered in the laboratory setting and Examines the health care delivery system based on the provide a foundation for nursing practice. Prerequisites: 8 processes inherent in the curriculum: change process, NUR 200, 221, 283 communication process, critical thinking, leadership/ 220 Nursing Care of Individuals, Families, & management process, nursing process, Communities (Theory 3, Clinical 3) professionalization process, research process, and Discusses health promotion issues ranging from the teaching/ learning process. Prerequisite: MAT 152, PHI local community to a global perspective using the epi- 353, CS 180. demiological and ecological models. Focuses on 320 Nursing Care of Families: Adult/Elderly healthy individuals, families, and communities. Intro- (Theory 3, Clinical 3) duces students to health/illness factors as they explore Focuses on the professional practice of nursing indi- health promotion, illness prevention, and systems pro- viduals and families within the context of acute and tection. Prerequisites: NUR 200, 221, 283 restorative care environments. Emphasis is placed on 221, 222 Pathophysiology/Pharmacology I & II the development of the role of nurse as provider and (Theory 3, 3) manager of care. Prerequisites: NUR 212, 220, NUR Focuses on alterations in the biological patterning that 221, NUR 222. affect the homeostasis and hemodynamics in human 325 Nursing Care of Families: Parent/Child beings across the lifespan. Course content includes the (Theory 5, Clinical 3) various classifications of pharmacologic agents and the Focuses on meeting the parent-child and adolescent action of the agents in relation to the pathophysiology health needs of individuals and families within the com- of various physiologic human systems. Addresses the munity. Emphasis is placed on providing a continuum professional nursing implications for safe administra- of care for at risk pregnant women, infants, children, tion, observation for desired effects, and recognition and adolescents with acute or chronic conditions. Spe- and treatment of adverse drug reactions and/or interac- cial focus placed on the unique role of nursing and its tions. NUR 221 Prerequisites: BIO 220, BIO 240, BIO contributions to the parent-child health team. Prereq- 253, CHE 152; NUR 222 Prerequisite: NUR 221 uisites: NUR 320, PSY 382 DIN 271 Nutrition in Clinical Care (Theory 3) 380 Nursing Care of Families: Mental Health Introduces essentials of optimum nutrition of health and Nursing (Theory 2, Clinical 3) disease; macronutrients and energy metabolism; vita- Focuses on meeting the mental health needs of indi- mins and minerals; nutrition and diet for the client. viduals and families within the community. Emphasis Prerequisites: BIO 220, CHE 152. is placed on the nurse as provider and manager of care. 283 Health Assessment Across the Life Span Special focus is placed on the unique role of the nurse (Theory 3, Clinical 1) and the contribution of nursing to the mental health Introduces the concepts and skills of health assessment team. Prerequisites: NUR 220. across the life span, including health history and inter- 459 Independent Study (Theory 1-3) viewing. Students perform complete system assess- Provides opportunity for an in-depth investigation in ments of well children, adults, and elderly clients in an area of nursing of special interest to the student. community settings. Prerequisites: BIO 220, BIO 240. Student is primary course designer assisted by a faculty member in the School of Nursing. Prerequisites: Senior status and permission of Associate Dean of the Undergraduate Program. SCHOOL OF NURSING 261

481 Community Health Nursing (Theory 3, 491 Nursing Care of the Older Adult (Theory 1 Clinical 3) credit, Clinical 1 credit) (RN/BS to MSN Only) Details the complex health needs and societal issues of Focuses on health promotion and illness prevention, the elderly in our society. Opportunity to manage the synthesis and application of nursing skills and theory health care needs of older clients in a variety of set- while caring for individuals, families, and aggregates tings while identifying the sociological and political as an integral part of the community. Students study challenges that are unique to clients in this age group. public health principles, and experience an in-depth Prerequisite: NUR 320, NUR 325, NUR 380. relationship with client(s) over extended period of 493 Nursing Leadership (Theory 3, Clinical 3) time in variety of community settings to become Introduction to the professional and social issues of familiar with the many roles of the community health leadership roles and clinical management functions. nurse. Prerequisites: “Nursing Credit by Assists the student in cultivating and acquiring the lead- Examination” (31 crs.) or tutorials. ership skills needed to be innovative and prepared to 483 Health Assessment (Theory 3) function in tomorrow’s healthcare environment. Pre- (R.N. only) requisite: NUR 489. Introduces the concepts and skills of health assessment 493R Nursing Leadership (Theory 3) with focus on well adults and children. Prerequisites: (R.N. Only) BIO 220, BIO 240, BIO 253, CHE 152. Introduction to the professional and social issues of 488 Healthcare Trends and Politics for Nurses leadership roles and clinical management functions. (Theory 2) Assists the student in cultivating and acquiring the lead- Introduction to the present realities of the healthcare ership skills needed to be innovative and prepared to industry, the stages of public policy development, and function in tomorrow’s healthcare environment. political activitism. Focuses on paradigmatic shifts and 494 Directed Nursing Practice (Clinical 3) trends impacting healthcare today, which will affect the In depth study of one area of clinical nursing practice new professional nurse. Connects policy and politics enabling the student to achieve greater depth and breath to practice. Prepares the student to proactively plan and of knowledge about the specialty area or to explore a function in a constantly changing healthcare environ- new specialty area of interest to the student. Student ment, and empowers students to recognize their pro- will synthesize knowledge from core curriculum in fessional identities. Prerequisite: NUR 320, NUR 325, completion of course objectives. Prerequisite: NUR NUR 380. 301, 303, 483. 489 High Acuity Nursing of the Adult (Theory 2, 510 Advanced Pathophysiology (Theory 3) Clinical 2) Compares and contrasts physiological and pathologi- Provides for the acquisition and synthesis of healthcare cal changes that affect homeostasis of individuals across knowledge with an emphasis on the adult population the lifespan. Current research based knowledge is ap- in an acute care environment. Apply the nursing pro- plied to pathological changes in selected disease states. cess, problem solving techniques, and critical thinking in caring for clients with multi-system disease pro- 520 Nursing Informatics (Theory 3) cesses. Prerequisite: NUR 320, NUR 325, NUR 380. Introduction to concepts of computer and information science as they relate to nursing informatics. Introduc- 490 Community/Public Health Nursing (Theory tion and refinement of skills necessary to gather and 2, Clinical 2) dispense nursing data and nursing information as they The theoretical and practical bases for public health relate to nursing science. Exploration of computer pro- nursing are presented. Knowledge from previous grams and software relevant to nursing administration, courses is integrated as students identify and analyze education, research, and practice (nursing knowledge). the health care needs of aggregate populations and in- dependently plan and actualize public health intervention projects. Prerequisite: NUR 320, NUR 325, NUR 380. 262 ELLEN WHITESIDE MCDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

ELLEN WHITESIDE McDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

Stephen M. Holloway, Ph.D., Dean Debra M. McPhee, Ph.D., Associate Dean Sharron M. Singleton, D.S.W., BSW Director Faculty: Berman-Rossi, Bryson, Cook, Ellis, Gray, Houston-Vega, Kelly (on leave), Lewis, Mack, Molina, Moreda, Munnings, Nuehring, Pierce, Puig, Ramos, Rodriguez, Scott, Singleton, Sprague-Damon, Thurston, Tully, Uzzi, Whelley, Williams

HISTORY OF THE SCHOOL quality and effectiveness of human services and so- In the wake of community upheaval and turmoil in cial well being throughout the region and nation. the early and mid 1960’s there was a demand for professionally trained social workers. As there was not a PHILOSOPHY OF THE BSW PROGRAM school of social work in South Florida, Barry Univer- The BSW program will prepare students to be di- sity established the first graduate social work program rect service generalist social workers. Much like a in South Florida in 1966 to help fill this need. A Ph.D. general practitioner in medicine, a direct service gen- in Social Work was introduced in 1983 to prepare ad- eralist social work practitioner must have a wide range vanced practitioner/scholars for leadership roles within of knowledge, methods, and skills. The worker must the profession and community. In 2000, the School be able to work with individuals, families, small initiated a BSW degree program which was fully ac- groups, and larger systems to promote the best pos- credited by the Council on Social Work Education in sible relationships between people and their environ- 2003. In 1984, the School was named the Ellen ments. Direct service refers to the activities the worker Whiteside McDonnell School of Social Work to honor does to help consumers of service. These include in- a woman who made a significant contribution to the dividual, family, and group counseling; case manage- reform and development of social welfare programs ment; education; advocacy; referral; and work on in the State of Florida. behalf of clients in agency change and community organization. Understanding the connections between THE MISSION OF THE SCHOOL the problems of clients and the communities in which The mission of the school of social work is framed they are nested, the worker is able to move naturally by the values, ethics and social commitments of the and seamlessly from work with individuals, families, social work profession as well as those of Barry Uni- or groups to work in the agency, neighborhood, com- versity. The school’s primary purpose is the education munity, local, or larger level as needed and to use vari- of social workers for all levels of professional prac- ous methods as needed. tice that is characterized by competence, quality, and The ability to move seamlessly from one level of dedication to the principles of social and economic work to another is the hallmark of a direct service gen- justice. The school is committed to the development eralist. The worker is able to move the work with their of professional social workers who are drawn from clients from the clients’ personal struggles to their diverse communities and who are prepared to engage community struggles within their capacity of what can in social work practice that improves the quality of realistically be accomplished. The “larger systems life within those communities. Through professional work” of the generalist develops from their direct ser- and continuing education, knowledge development and vice work. Conversely, a worker engaged in commu- professional action, the school aims to enhance the nity work will be able to move with constituents from Social Work Social

ELLEN WHITESIDE MCDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 263 of School their community struggles to help with personal 3. Work seamlessly from individual, family, or group struggles where appropriate. The connections between issues to agency or community interventions; personal and communal problems/resources are of 4. Mutually develop and implement a plan for im- paramount importance to the direct service generalist proving the well being of people based on mu- practitioners and they are facile in shifting the focus tual problem assessment and the exploration of of work or of working with two or more foci. In addi- obtainable goals and available options; tion, they are facile in using various methods as they 5. Link people with the systems that provide them work in the various foci. with resources, services, and opportunities, and This notion of seamless practice is the organizing enhance their ability to do so on their own; principle of the BSW curriculum. The liberal arts dis- 6. Work effectively on behalf of populations most tribution courses are selected to provide students with vulnerable and discriminated against; the cognitive tools and education necessary for the 7. Demonstrate ability to work with people dif- complex task of seeing, understanding, and assessing ferent from them in terms of race, class, the connections between private troubles and public ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, physical issues. This understanding is critical to seamless prac- or mental abilities, age, and religion; tice. The courses within the major will prepare the stu- 8. Actively participate with others in creating new, dent for seamless practice. modified, or improved service, resource and opportunity systems, that are more equitable, GOALS OF THE BSW PROGRAM just, and responsive to consumers of services, and work with others to eliminate those sys- Consistent with the Mission of the School and to tems that are unjust; fulfill the mission of the BSW Program, the following 9. Apply critical thinking skills within the con- program goals were developed. The program will pre- text of their professional social work practice; pare students: 10. Continually evaluate one’s own professional 1. For seamless generalist social work practice in use of skill, growth and development through agency-based settings within the South Florida assessment of practice behaviors and skills; context; 11. Articulate strategies of change that advance 2. To practice with, and on behalf of, diverse and social and economic justice; multicultural clients and communities and with 12. Communicate effectively in writing and ver- populations at risks, within a person-environ- bally with clients, co-workers, colleagues, and ment perspective; other professionals; 3. To practice with a commitment to the allevia- 13. Work effectively within an organizational set- tion of poverty, oppression, social injustice, and ting; and discrimination; 14. Understand the history of the social work pro- 4. To practice guided by a social work identity, fession and its current structures and issues. professional values, and ethical standards; 5. To practice with a clear understanding of the connections between public issues and personal BACHELOR OF SOCIAL troubles, and to seamlessly move from work at an individual level to work with larger systems WORK (BSW) both with and on behalf of clients 6. To engage in lifelong professional growth and ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS learning. All undergraduate students entering Barry Univer- sity must apply to the University’s Office of Admis- Objectives sion. Students seeking admission to the undergraduate After completing the BSW program, graduates will social work program must also satisfy the following be able to: additional criteria for admission to the School of So- 1. Effectively, appropriately, and ethically use social Work: cial work skills to help individuals, families, groups, and communities; Admission: 2. Identify and assess the transactional nature of As a program that prepares students for beginning individual, family, group, agency, and commu- professional social work practice, the undergraduate nity problems, knowing when the relationship program admits only those students who have the aca- between people and social institutions needs to demic and personal qualifications for the profession. be initiated, enhanced, restored, protected, or An interview with an academic advisor may be re- terminated; quired. 264 ELLEN WHITESIDE MCDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

Applicants are notified in writing of the admission 3. completion of at least 30 hours of the course work decision after all application materials have been re- applicable to social work, including Sociology 201 ceived and evaluated. Normally the review and notifi- and Psychology 281, with at least a C; cation process takes 4 to 6 weeks after the complete 4. attainment of a 2.50 (C) cumulative grade point application materials are received. Completion of the average in all coursework completed at Barry or admission file is the responsibility of the applicant. 2.70 for transfer credit; Exceptions to the admission policy may be granted 5. submission of the Request For Progression form. for special circumstances on a case-by-case basis by The following are the criteria for progression into the Program Director. Field Instruction and Practice II (SW 471) which are Freshman Admission: taken concurrently in the senior year: 1. attainment of a 2.50 (C) cumulative grade point 1. Total score of 970 on the SAT or 20 on the ACT average in all coursework completed at Barry; 2. High school grade point average of 2.7 2. attainment of a 2.70 cumulative grade point aver- Transfer Admission: age in all social work coursework completed at Barry; 1. College grade point average of 2.7 with no more 3. completion of 1 year of volunteer experience; than 5 Ws, Ds, or Fs 4. submission of the Field Internship application form 2. Students transferring as Juniors must complete the and acceptance into a field internship placement Request for Progression to Major Courses form in arranged by the field work office. addition to the University Application DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS AND Progression to Major Courses CO-REQUISITES Admission to the University does not guarantee Students majoring in social work must exceed the progression to the 300 level courses or to the field- University’s distribution requirement of 45 hours. The work and practice courses. Social and Behavioral Science area includes 18 hours The following are the criteria for progression to bringing the total distribution/co-requisite hours to 54. the 300 level courses, which are taken in the junior The courses social work majors should choose from to year: fulfill the distribution and co-requisites are listed be- 1. completion of Social Work 201 (Introduction to low. Required/strongly recommended courses are in- Social Work) with a minimum grade of 2.7; dicated with an asterisk. 2. attainment of a 2.00 (C) average in courses taken in the social and behavioral science block;

Written Communication (6 hours) English 111 Freshman Composition and Literature English 112 Techniques of Research English 210 Introduction to Literature English 212 Processes and Strategies for Writing English 312 Advanced Composition English 329 English Composition and Syntax (ACE)

Oral Communication (3 hours) Communication 104 Interpersonal Communication Speech 305 Theories of Communication Communications 320 Family Communications (ACE) ELLEN WHITESIDE MCDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 265

Theology (3 hours) Theology 103 World Religions: Spiritual Experiences of Human kind Theology 201* Faith, Belief, and Traditions Theology 303 Comparative Religion Theology 306 Dynamics of Faith, Beliefs, and Theology Theology 311 Sexuality, Sex and Morality Theology 312 Freedom and Virtue Theology 325 Feminist Perspectives in Ethics Theology 327 Peace and Justice Theology 331 Christianity and Culture Theology 360 Women in the Church Theology 362 Women in the New Testament Theology 372 Marriage and the Family

Philosophy (6 hours) Philosophy 120 Critical Thinking Philosophy 150 Philosophic Problems Philosophy 220 Introduction to Philosophy Philosophy 260 Philosophy of the Human Person Philosophy 292 Ethics Philosophy 304 Epistemology Philosophy 305 Problems in Philosophy Philosophy 308 Philosophy of Law Philosophy 314 Metaphysics Philosophy 318 Modern Philosophy Philosophy 319 Contemporary Philosophy Philosophy 353 Biomedical Ethics Philosophy 354 Environmental Ethics Philosophy 355 Philosophy of Politics Philosophy 370 Contemporary Moral Problems

Fine Arts (3 hours) Any Art, Music, Theatre, Dance, or Photography Course except 376 or 476 Humanities (6 hours) Any 2 Spanish or French Natural and Physical Sciences (9 hours) Math 107 General Education Mathematics Math 109 Precalculus Mathematics Math 152* Elementary Probability and Statistics * Biology 103 Biological Crisis Biology 120 Biology Overview for non-biology majors * Biology 215 Health and Wellness Biology 300* Biology for Social Workers * 266 ELLEN WHITESIDE MCDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

Social And Behavioral Sciences (18 hours) CRM 200 Introduction to Criminology CRM 305 Women and Crime CRM 317 Elite and Organized Crime CRM 328 Race, Class and Crime Economics 201/202 Introduction to Macroeconomics Political Science 201* American Government* Political Science 303 Public Policy and Administration (ACE) Political Science 355 Environment and Politics (ACE) Sociology 201* Introduction to Sociology* Sociology 202 Juvenile Deliquency Sociology 204 Social Problems Sociology 246 Marriage and Family Sociology 300 Schools and Society Sociology 301 American Family (ACE) Sociology 305 Issues in Culture (ACE) Sociology 307 Race and Ethnicity Sociology 332 Drugs and Society Sociology 370 Social Psychology Sociology 372 Social Stratification Sociology 405* Sociology of Race, Class, & Gender* Sociology 415 Women in Contemporary Society Sociology 417 Sociology of Death and Dying Sociology 455 Sociology of the Family Psychology 281* Introduction to Psychology Psychology 301 Psychology of Drug and Alcohol Abuse Psychology 306 Psychology of Women Psychology 325 Theories of Personality Psychology 329 Understanding and Coping with Stress (ACE) Psychology 370 Social Psychology Psychology 382 Developmental Psychology Psychology 410 Group Dynamics and Decision-Making (ACE) History 150 The Meaning of History History 201** U.S. People & Ideas I History 202** U.S. People & Ideas II History 306** Twentieth Century America History 315 History of Florida History 390** U.S. History since World War II ** Must take at least one history course

Computer Proficiency (3 hours or a score of 75% on computer placement waiver test) Computer Science 180 Introduction to Computers CAT 102 Basic Computer Applications

School of Social Work Required Courses 1st Year and Sophomore Year Junior Year Senior Year SW 201 Introduction to Social Work SW 361 Human Behavior in the Social Environment I SW 471 Practice II SW 352 Social Welfare Policy SW 362 Human Behavior in the Social Environment II SW 472 Practice III SW 340 The Personal, Cultural, and Social Influences on Helping SW 476 Practice IV SW 481 Research SW 491 Field I SW 376 Practice I SW 492 Field II Volunteer experience SW Elective ELLEN WHITESIDE MCDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 267

Minor in Sociology 362 Human Behavior in the Social Social Work students can earn a minor in sociology Environment II (3) by completing 18 hours in the sociology department. This is the second in a series of two courses designed Students must successfully complete the following four to provide theoretical knowledge, constructs, and in- sociology courses plus two other sociology classes: sights on human behavior in the social environment necessary for seamless social work practice. Building SOC 201 Introduction to Sociology on HBSE I, this course takes a life course model of SOC 370 Social Psychology psycho-socio-cultural development of individuals and SOC 405 Sociology of Race, Class, and Gender families within the contexts examined in the previous SOC 423 Sociological Theory HBSE course (i.e., society, culture, community, and the physical environment; complex organizations; Course Descriptions— schools and work sites; and small groups). Special at- Social Work Prefix: SW tention will be given to the role of cultural differences arising from ethnicity, religion, and class; differences 201 Introduction to Social Work (3) in female and male socialization; variations in sexual The introductory course will introduce the students to orientation; the influence of disability; and the effects the profession of social work, but it will also intro- of powerlessness and oppression on development. duce the students to seamless social work practice: social workers must be able to see the connection be- 376 Social Work Practice I (3) tween social issues and individual problems and then Practice 1 will be taken in the spring of the junior year to move from individual problems to helping efforts concurrently with a volunteer experience that was involving larger systems (and vice-versa). started the previous semester. This course will build on the content in SW 340 and focus more particularly 340 The Personal, Cultural, and Social on social work practice including the historical con- Influences on Helping (3) text of social work practice and the wide spectrum of The course explores approaches to and activities of settings in which services are provided. Students will helping in various cultures and societies. The signifi- be acquainted with the roles, methods, and skills of cance of both giving and receiving help will be exam- seamless social work practice. In addition, beginning ined. The values associated with varying helping skill development will occur as the helping process is methods as well as their strengths and limitations will introduced. be explored. Stressed will be the importance of seamless social work practice, or seeing problems from 425 Community Organization multiple points of view and being able to help at indi- This course emphasizes definitions and utilizations of vidual, group, and community levels. power as it relates to the history, philosophy, and practice of community organization. Students learn to char- 352 Social Welfare Policy (3) ter an organization; to locate and utilize local bases of The Policy Course will introduce students to the con- power; plan and run meetings, using Robert’s Rules nections between society’s organized public responses of Order; and plan and utilize strategies for bringing to personal problems. In addition, content on policy about change. Pre- or co-requisite: Practice 2 formulation, implementation, analysis, and change will reinforce and provide the context for seamless practice. 455 Ethnic Sensitive Social Work Practice This course helps students develop a culturally sensi- 361 Human Behavior in the Social tive perspective for work with members of minority Environment I (3) groups. It emphasizes the identification and utiliza- Seamless social work practice requires that students tion of different theoretical models of practice that can have a theory base that allows them to understand the be effective in interventions with minority individu- connections among human behavior and the various als, families, groups, and communities. Pre- or co-req- social systems in which persons are embedded. This uisite: Practice II. course introduces Ecological Perspective as a useful metaphor for understanding those connections neces- 458 Social Work with Women sary for seamless social work practice. The course then This elective introduces students to the psychological examines the various contexts for human behavior: 1.) and social development of women. Special problems society, culture, community, and the physical environ- faced by women (e.g., divorce, battering, depression, ment; 2.) complex organizations; 3.) schools and work eating disorders) are discussed, and feminist interven- sites, 4.) small groups, and 5.) families. Finally, this tions described. Pre- or co-requisite: Practice 2 course will examine the place of genetics and biology in the ecological perspective. 268 ELLEN WHITESIDE MCDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

471 Social Work Practice II (3) Students will learn or be introduced to: How to docu- Practice 2 will be taken in the fall of the senior year ment the occurrence of individual problems that oc- and will be taken concurrently with a yearlong cur to numerous persons on a caseload, in an agency, practicum. Building on the content covered in SW 340 or a community; what are social indicators (what they and in Practice 1, this course will teach the knowl- are, how you find them, etc); how you get data and edge and skills specific to seamless work, namely why you need to collect data; how to run focus groups; moving from work with individuals on their own be- the use of data in program planning; program evalua- half, to work with individuals and others in their own tion; which statistics are important; the importance and behalf (e.g., family and group work), and finally on to use of qualitative and quantitative research. work with others in behalf of the client (e.g., advo- 491 Field Instruction I (3) cacy, brokering, consultation). Students will examine A supervised educational experience with specified the phases of the helping process starting with the ini- educational objectives in an agency setting, complet- tial phases and assessment. ing the required hours per week for the duration of the 472 Social Work Practice III (3) field placement. Field Instruction I requires a mini- Building on Practice 2 and taken in the spring of the mum of 240 hours. senior year, this course will continue to examine the 492 Field Instruction II (3) helping process with a focus on the ongoing and end- A supervised educational experience with specified ing phases of practice. Beginning with assessment, educational objectives in an agency setting, complet- students will learn how their problem definitions lead ing the required hours per week for the duration of the to varying opportunities and levels of providing help. field placement. Field Instruction II requires a mini- Students will deepen their knowledge of seamless so- mum of 240 hours. cial work practice concepts and skills for providing service to individuals, families, groups, and communities and their application in work with different popu- Americans with Disabilities Act lations. This course will also emphasize work on behalf of clients through work in the environment. Fieldwork In keeping with its mission and goals, and in com- is taken concurrently with this course. pliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act, Barry 475 Social Work Practice with Refugees and University School of Social Work promotes an envi- Immigrants ronment of respect for and support of persons with This course is designed to examine the unique issues disabilities. The two categories of individuals with dis- affecting refugee and immigrant populations. As a re- abilities are: a) individuals with a physical or mental sult, it provides a comprehensive perspective of so- impairment that substantially limits one or more ma- cial work practice – a perspective that entails the jor life activities; and b) individuals with a record of examination of multiple factors that affect refugees and physical or mental impairment that substantially lim- immigrants at the micro, meso, and macro levels, and its one or more major life activities. Major life activi- relevant practice approaches at each of those levels. ties include caring for oneself, performing manual 476 Social Work Practice IV (3) tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, breathing, learning, This capstone course is designed to help students in- and working. tegrate the knowledge, values, and skills of seamless The term “physical impairment” includes, but is social work practice. Primary focus will be on the de- not limited to: orthopedic, visual, speech and hearing velopment of strategies and skills for changing dys- impairments; cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dys- functional structures, processes, and policies in trophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, dia- communities and agencies that create or maintain un- betes, HIV disease (symptomatic and asymptomatic), just and oppressive conditions for clients. Professional tuberculosis, drug addiction, and alcoholism. Mental dilemmas or obstacles encountered in the pursuit of impairments include mental or psychological disor- change will be examined. Students will be expected ders such as mental retardation, organic brain syn- to produce a final paper that demonstrates knowledge drome, emotional or mental illness, and specific and skills for delivering social work services in an in- learning disabilities. tegrated manner. Fieldwork is taken concurrently with Individuals applying for admission, progression to this course. junior and senior courses, and graduation from the School of Social Work must be able to meet the physi- 481 Social Work Research cal and emotional requirements of the academic pro- Students will be introduced to the value of research in gram as well as performance expectations of providing seamless social work services. professional social work practice. Individuals who pose a direct threat to the health or safety of others or ELLEN WHITESIDE MCDONNELL SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 269 to themselves may be denied admission, progression, Social work is a practice discipline with cognitive, or graduation. The school’s determination that a per- sensory, affective and psychomotor requirements, and son poses a direct threat will be based on an individu- the faculty have adapted a list of “Core Performance alized assessment that relies on current medical Standards.” Each standard has an example of activi- evidence or on the best available objective evidence ties that a student would be required to perform while to assess: a) the nature, duration and severity of the enrolled in a social work program. risk; and b) the probability that the potential injury will actually occur. Core Performance Standards for Admission, Progression, and Graduation

Performance Standard Examples of Necessary Activities (Not all inclusive) Critical Thinking Critical thinking ability sufficient for Identify cause-effect relationships in clinical judgment critical situations, develop social work plans, problem-solving with clients and colleagues.

Interpersonal Interpersonal abilities sufficient to in- Establish rapport with clients and col- teract with individuals, families, and leagues. groups from a variety of social, emotional, cultural, and intellectual backgrounds

Communication Communication abilities sufficient for Explain helping process to clients. Con- interaction with others in oral and writ- verse with clients and engage in the help- ten form in a manner that is positive, re- ing process. Give oral and written reports spectful, effective, and appropriate. to other helping professionals and collateral contacts

Sensory Skills Sensory ability sufficient to observe, Observe patient/client responses at a dis- monitor, assess, and respond to client tance and close at hand behavior and actions

Social Behavior Compassion, integrity, interpersonal Develop a mature, sensitive and effec- skills, interest and motivation tive relationship with clients

Attendance Policy Developmental Courses All courses taught in the School of Social Work To fulfill its responsibility to educate students, adhere to the following attendance policy: A total of 6 Barry University offers a series of developmental class hours of absence can result in automatic with- courses for the benefit of those students who need to drawal with W, WP, or WF if within the designated strengthen some of their skills. Students receiving a withdrawal period, or with an automatic F if not. It is grade of IP in any developmental English or math the student’s responsibility to complete the withdrawal course will be enrolled in the SAME course as a RE- during the designated withdrawal period. PEAT in the subsequent term. A section of ENG 095, The majority of coursework for the major and mi- reserved for such repeats, is marked on the printed class nor must be completed in residency. schedule as (FOR IP STUDENTS ONLY). All developmental courses must be completed successfully by the end of 45 credit hours or, in the case of transfer students, within the first academic year in residence. 270 TRUSTEES TRUSTEES The Board of Trustees Mr. Leslie Pantin, Jr., Chairman Mrs. Jan Cowles Mrs. D. Inez Andreas, Chair Emerita Mr. Jorge de Céspedes Sister Janet Capone, O.P., Co-Vice Chairman Mr. Thomas C. Cundy Mr. R. Kirk Landon, Co-Vice Chairman Miss Vivian A. Decker Mr. Charles R. Modica, J.D., Past Chairman Sister Catherine DeClercq, O.P. Nelson L. Adams, III, M.D. Ms. Mary DeVault Mr. Alejandra Aguirre The Most Rev. Norbert M. Dorsey Mr. F. Eugene Autrey Mrs. Renee Mottram Doss Stephen M. Ayres, M.D. *Mr. John A. Eggen The Honorable Rosemary Barkett Lewis R. Elias, M.D. Sister John Norton Barrett, O.P. Louis J. Falletta, D.P.M. * Sister Linda Bevilacqua, O.P., Ph.D. Mrs. Mary Kay Farley Mr. John M. Bussel Sister Jean Rosaria Fisch, O.P. Mikki Canton, Esq. * Sister Trinita Flood, O.P. Sister Mary Ann Caulfield, O.P. Sister Grace Flowers, O.P. Mr. Patrick L. Connolly Mr. Edward C. Fogg, III Mr. Frank Crippen John G. Gale, Esq. Susan B. Dombrowsky, M.D. *Mr. Milton Gaynor Mr. Albert E. Dotson, Sr. *Mr. Hugh E. Gentry The Most Rev. John C. Favalora Mr. Juan A. Granados Sister Rosemary Finnegan, O.P. Sister Dorothy Guettler, O.P Sister Nadine Foley, O.P. Mr. Lee E. Hanna Mr. Robert B. Galt, III, Esq. *Rev. Timothy Healy, S.J. Mr. Mehdi Ghomeshi Msgr. William J. Hennessey Mrs. Sandra Gonzalez-Levy *Mr. Arthur J. Hill Mr. Christopher J. Gruchacz Mrs. Tina Hills Mr. William Heffernan Mr. Tibor Hollo *Keith B. Kashuk, D.P.M. *Mr. Harry Hollywood Joseph Klock, Jr., Esq. Mr. Abel Holtz * Mrs. Patricia M. Koenig Mr. Manuel Kadre, Esq. Dr. Neta Kolasa, Psy.D. Mrs. Lonnie Kantor The Hon. Anne McDougal Mr. Brian E. Keeley The Hon. Kendrick B. Meek The Very Rev. Bernard G. Kirlin Mrs. Olga Melin *Mr. John Kolasa Gerald W. Moore, Esq. Mr. David Lawrence, Jr. Mr. Michael O. O’Neil, Jr. Ms. Miriam Lopez Mrs. Teresa Rodriguez Oquendo Mrs. Irma Baker Lyons Dan Paul, Esq. Sister M. Carleen Maly, O.P. Sister Rosa Monique Peña, O.P. The Most Rev. Edward A. McCarthy Mr. Jorge A. Plasencia Mrs. Patricia Mosbacher Ms. Patricia M. Rosello Frank Moya, M.D. Donald S. Rosenberg, Esq. The Most Rev. John J. Nevins, D.D. *Rev. Kenneth Schwanger Mr. Thomas P. O’Donnell Joel H. Sharp, Jr., Esq. *Mr. Samuel J. Powers, Jr. Edward P. Swan, Esq. Mr. Wendell E. Ray Sister Sharon Weber, O.P. Mr. Garth C. Reeves, Sr. Mrs. Barbara Weintraub Mrs. Mary Reinertson Mr. Gerald Ross * ex-officio Mrs. Lourdes Sanchez Honorary Members Mrs. Irela Saumat Mrs. Ednagene Schofman Mr. William Alexander Francis A.C. Sevier, Esq. Mrs. Toni Andreas Mr. James E. Stewart Mr. Jose R. Arriola * Sister Julie Sullivan, O.P. Mrs. Agnes Ash Sister Patricia Walter, O.P. * Sister Jean Aufderheide, O.P. *Mr. Jay Weiss *Mr. B. Boyd Benjamin Ambassador Jean M. Wilkowski *Ted Blum, Esq. Mr. Peter Wolf Mr. Jorge J. Bosch Mrs. Susan M. Brinkley * deceased Mrs. Josie Romano Brown Sister Joanetta Bruene, O.P. Trustees Emeriti Mr. Bruce Burnham *Mr. Shepard Broad Sister Thomas James Burns, O.P. Mr. John Michael Garner Mr. C. Robert Campbell * Mrs. Ellen Whiteside McDonnell Mrs. Thomasina Caporella *Mr. John H. McGeary, Jr. Mr. Everett E. Colby *Mr. Michael O. O’Neil Mr. Clark Cook Mrs. Joan Webb Mr. John F. Costello * Mother Genevieve Weber, O.P. * deceased ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION 271 ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

President ...... Sister Linda Bevilacqua, O.P., Ph.D. Chancellor ...... Sister Jeanne O’Laughlin, O.P., Ph.D. Executive Assistant to the President ...... J. Dianne Morgan, B.L.S. Administrative Coordinator ...... Mary Ellen Letsche Executive Vice President ...... Sister Peggy Albert, O.P., Ph.D. Director, Center for Dominican Studies ...... David Caron, O.P., M.Div., M.Min. Assistant Vice President for Mission and Ministry ...... Sister Arlene Scott, O.P., M.A. Chaplain ...... Scott T. O’Brien, O.P., D.Min. Campus Minister ...... Alex F. Schlich, B.A. Director of Music/Campus Ministry ...... John Wicker, B.A. Vice President for Planning & Assessment ...... Sister Candace Introcaso, C.D.P., Ph.D. Assistant Vice President for Planning & Assessment/Dir. of Institutional Research ..... Dawn M. Broschard, M.S. Senior Research Analyst ...... Abena Wahab, M.S. Research Analyst ...... Lacnne Soriano, B.S.

Provost and Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs ...... J. Patrick Lee, Ph.D. Executive Assistant to the Provost/Vice President ...... Christine D. McCready, B.P.S. Director, Archives ...... Sr. Dorothy Jehle, O.P., Ph.D. Project Archivist...... Irene Maliga

Vice Provost for University Marketing and Enrollment Services ...... Marcia K. Nance, M.S. Assistant Vice Provost for Enrollment Services ...... Angela M. Scott, M.S. Director of Undergraduate Admissions ...... Helen Corpuz, M.S. Associate Director, Admissions ...... Richard C. Wilkinson, M.A. Senior Assistant Director, Admissions ...... James Coffey, B.A. Senior Counselor, Admissions ...... Patricia Dinger, M.S. Senior Counselor, Admissions ...... Courtney Felger, M.S.W. Senior Counselor, Admissions ...... Leisha Reid-Mack, B.A. Counselor, Admissions ...... Astrid F. Kowlessar, B.A., B.S. Counselor, Admissions ...... Philip M. Peroune, M.S. Counselor, Admissions ...... TBA Counselor, Admissions ...... TBA Coodinator of Inquiry Development Strategy ...... Andres Velez Senior Director, Graduate Admissions ...... Dave C. Fletcher, M.A. Coordinator, Admissions and Marketing, Adrian Dominican School of Education ...... Catherine S. Cady, M.A. Graduate Admissions Representative, Adrian Dominican School of Education ...... TBA Coordinator, Admissions and Marketing, Health Sciences ...... Huma Maqsood, M.B.A. Assistant Dean/Director, Financial Aid ...... Dart Humeston, M.S. Associate Director, Financial Aid ...... TBA Associate Director, Financial Aid ...... Nigel Manderson, B.B.A. Assistant Director, Financial Aid ...... Carole Hanson, B.P.S. Assistant Director, Financial Aid ...... Yamirka Rial, B.S. Senior Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Ginette Black, B.A. Senior Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Alice Cole-Miller, M.S. Senior Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Deborah L. Davis, M.S. Senior Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Azul Dominguez, B.A. Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Marisol Atencio, B.P.S. Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Nicole Bamonte Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Penelope C. Contreras, B.A. Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Amber R. Dinger, B.S. Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Yanni Lapanaitis, B.S. Counselor, Financial Aid ...... Deanna Pollydore, B.A. Counselor, Financial Aid ...... TBA Senior Director of Records Management and Transcript Evaluation ...... Madeleine G. Whittaker, M.Ed. Associate Director, Records Management and Transcript Evaluation ...... Adriana Cronin, M.S. 272 ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Transcript Evaluator ...... Teresa M. Gasso, M.S. Transcript Evaluator ...... Annette Grazziani-Rivera, B.S. Transcript Evaluator ...... Paula J. Borkowski, B.S. Senior Processing Specialist ...... Gloria Munoz Senior Director of Information Systems & Technology ...... Yolairis Barranco, M.S. Coordinator, Information Systems ...... Carrie Grimes, M.S. Coordinator, Information Systems ...... Xilena Mariano, M.S. Coordinator, Information Systems ...... Jieyang Tang, B.S. Technology & Support Assistant/Web Coordinator ...... Anna Winston, B.S. Senior Director, Operations/Budget Manager ...... Carol A. Albrecht, B.L.S. Coordinator, Processing & Distribution Center ...... Luis D. Soto, B.S Call Center Supervisor ...... Julie Heim Assistant Vice Provost for University Marketing and Advertisement ...... Denise Peroune, M.S. Senior Staff Writer/Editor, Academic Publications, Marketing and Advertising ...... Christy Brown Graphic Designer ...... Madeline K. Whittaker, B.A.

Vice Provost, CTO, & Dean for Information Technology ...... John M. Beaubrun, M.B.A. Library Director and Assistant Dean of Library Services...... Estrella Iglesias, M.L.S. Assistant Director, Library Technical Services ...... Rita M. Cauce, M.S. Assistant Director, Library Reference Services ...... Kenneth S. Venet, M.L.S. Assistant Director, Library Public Services ...... Anthony Valenti, M.L.S. Senior Reference Librarian and Coordinator of Theological Collections...... Philip M. O’Neill, M.S.L.S. Senior Reference Librarian ...... William P. Morrissey, M.S.L.S. Reference Librarian/Instructional Service Coordinator...... Daniele Perez-Venero, M.S.L.S. Reference Librarian ...... Merlene Nembhard, M.L.S. Reference Librarian ...... Sr. Frances O’Dell, O.S.F., M.A. Reference Librarian ...... Marietta DeWinter, M.L.S. Distance Librarian...... Valeria C. Power, M.L.S. Director and Instructional Designer, Center for Excellence in Learning and Teaching (CELT) ..Linda Cahill, Ph.D. Assistant Dean/Director, Instructional Computing Services ...... TBA Assistant Director & Manager, Computer Labs ...... Hernan Londono, B.S. Manager/Production Coordinator, David Brinkley Studio ...... Mary Rode Worley, B.A. Technical Manager, David Brinkley Studio ...... Richard Maher Studio Lab Supervisor, David Brinkley Studio ...... Vladimir Lescouflair, B.S. Manager, Audiovisual Services ...... Lynch Hymn, B.L.S. Associate Dean and Director, Network and Information Systems Services...... Yvette Brown, M.S. Assistant Director, Network Information System Services ...... Erick Verlangieri, M.B.A. System Administrator ...... Justin Moses, B.S. Systems Operator ...... Martin Dimkovski, B.S. Senior Web and Graphic Designer ...... Andressa Sily, B.A. Library Computing Support Specialist ...... Carmen Casal, M.S. Systems Operator ...... Troy Marshall, B.S. Distance Education Support Specialist ...... Clarens Pressoir, B.B.A. Director, University Web Services and Internet Marketing ...... Michel Sily, B.S. Assistant Director Web Services ...... Andrew Seaga, B.S. Web Programmer ...... Jose Ramirez, B.S. Web and Graphic Designer ...... Brandon G. Langton, B.S. Senior Web Editor ...... Valerie Turner, M.Phil. Web Writer ...... Andrew Vaccaro, B.A. Assistant Dean for Information Technology Administration ...... Glendon B. Redway, M.Phil. IT Acquisitions Manager ...... TBA Director, Desktop Computer Services ...... Viju Koottungal, M.B.A. Systems Engineer ...... John Baldwin, B.S. Systems Engineer ...... Krishna Duncan, B.S. Systems Engineer ...... Corey Mapp, B.S. PC Support Specialist ...... Andrew Simpson PC Support Specialist ...... Alexander Toyos ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION 273

Director, IT Support Desk ...... Darrell Duvall, M.S. Assistant Director, IT Support Desk...... Audrey Johnson, M.S. IT Support Analyst ...... John Beynon, M.S. IT Support and Document Specialist ...... Deborah Seepersaud, B.S. Director, Info Technology Infrastructure Services ...... Terry Kushi

University Registrar ...... Debra D. Weyman, M.S. Associate Registrar ...... Cynthia Chruszczyk, M.S. Assistant Registrar ...... Richard Isrel, B.S. Assistant Registrar ...... Dorothy C. Kelly, B.S. Operations Manager ...... Deborah A. Reato, B.S. Technical Services Manager ...... James Grybowski II, B.S. Assistant to the Registrar ...... Cherrie Ali, B.A. Dean, School of Adult and Continuing Education ...... Carol-Rae Sodano, Ed.D. Associate Dean ...... Judith O. Brown, Ed.D. Associate Dean ...... Lee Dutter, Ph.D. Associate Dean ...... Judith W. Hochman, Ed.D. Associate Dean ...... Patricia D. LaBahn, Ph.D. Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs ...... John Rushing, D.B.A. Assistant Dean for Marketing and Recruitment ...... Heidi McLaughlin, D.B.A. Assistant Dean for Information Technology ...... Thomas Ayers, M.S. Assistant Dean for Student Affairs ...... Ellen Scarborough, M.S. Marketing Representative, Miami-Dade and Broward Counties ...... Sandee Roberts, M.A. Regional Director of Marketing ...... Alfred McCullough, M.B.A. Regional Director of Marketing ...... Joseph Sharp, M.B.A. Director, ACE Operations ...... Rosa M. Rodriguez, B.L.S. Director, ACE Technology Services ...... Joanne M. Suarez, M.S. Assistant Director, Portfolio Program ...... Joanne Longo, M.S. Assistant Director, Technology Services ...... Youdaris Mira-Bohigas, M.S. Technology Specialist ...... Millicent Van Den Broeck, B.A. Web Information Specialist ...... Hector Quinones, B.S. Regional Director, Miami-Dade/Monroe Counties ...... Oilda Martinez, M.A. Regional Director, West Dade and South Broward Counties...... Charles McBee, M.S. Regional Director, North Broward and Palm Beach Counties ...... Kathy Weigand, M.S. Director, Collier and Lee Counties ...... Edwina H. Sanders, M.A. Director, Brevard County ...... Lynn Grant, M.A. Director, Kendall ...... Flor M. Dabaja, M.S. Director, South Dade County ...... Rebecca DeCardenas, M.B.A. Director, Tallahassee ...... Donata Glassmeyer, M.A. Associate Director, Treasure Coast ...... Sister Grace Flowers, O.P., Ed.S. Director, Treasure Coast...... Dianne Young, M.B.A. Director, Elderhostel ...... Susan Leff, B.L.S. Director, Non Credit Programs ...... Carmen Hunter, B.S. Academic Coordinator, Philosophy, Art, Humanities, Photography; Director of Master of Arts in Liberal Studies Program ...... Aphrodite Alexandrakis, Ph.D. Academic Coordinator, Network and Systems Engineering ...... Thomas Ayers, M.S. Academic Coordinator, Health Services Administration, Assistant Academic Coordinator Administration, Brevard, Orlando, Treasure Coast ...... Barry J. Brock, Ed.D. Academic Coordinator, Information Technology ...... Khaled Deeb, Ph.D. Academic Coordinator, English, Written Communication and Foreign Languages...... Patricia Feito, Ph.D. Academic Coordinator, Behavioral Sciences, Psychology, Social Welfare ...... Ronald J. Testa, Ph.D. Academic Coordinator, Legal Studies ...... Eric D. Olson, J.D. Academic Coordinator, Public Administration ...... Richard Orman, Ph.D. Academic Coordinator, Natural Sciences, Mathematics ...... Anita Zavodska, Ph.D. Academic Coordinator, Administration ...... Robert E. Scully, D.B.A. Academic Coordinator, Theology ...... Ann Swaner, Ph.D. Academic Coordinator, Speech, Music, Theatre ...... TBA 274 ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Assistant Academic Coordinator for Administration, Miami, South Broward ...... Jalane Meloun, M.A. Assistant Academic Coordinator for Administration, South Dade ...... Michael Provitera, D.B.A. Assistant Academic Coordinator for Information Technology, Brevard/Orlando ...... Pamela Luckett, Ph.D. Assistant Academic Coordinator for Information Technology, South Dade ...... Antonio Pita, M.S. Assistant Academic Coordinator for Information Technology, Broward, Palm Beach ...... Salim Yazbeck, Ph.D. Assistant Academic Coordinator for English, South Dade ...... Cynthia Davis, Ph.D. Assistant Academic Coordinator for History, Political Science ...... Kirsten Loutzenhiser, Ph.D. Academic Advisor ...... Nancy Albrecht, M.Ed. Academic Advisor ...... Vreny Arnold, Ed.S. Academic Advisor ...... Eric Block, M.S. Academic Advisor ...... Carmen Briceno, M.S. Academic Advisor ...... Sheldon B. Cousins, M.S.W. Academic Advisor ...... Kathleen Cureton, M.S. Academic Advisor ...... Carla Davidson, M.A. Academic Advisor ...... Dr. Robert E. Farmer, Ed.D. Academic Advisor ...... Elizabeth Ferrante, M.B.A. Academic Advisor ...... Sister Grace Flowers, O.P., Ed.S. Academic Advisor ...... Sylvia Pera, M.S. Academic Advisor ...... M. Aaron Houts, M.A. Academic Advisor ...... Marilyn Jenkins, M.S. Academic Advisor ...... Joseph Keener, M.S.W. Academic Advisor ...... Marie Ange Levasseur, M.S.W. Academic Advisor ...... Dolores Lukomski, M.S. Academic Advisor ...... Carlos Pineiro, M.S. Academic Advisor ...... Carl Zahner, J.D., Ph.D. Academic Advisor ...... Linda Zucco, B.L.S.

Associate Vice President for Undergraduate Studies and Dean, School of Arts and Sciences ...... Linda M. Peterson, Ph.D. Associate Dean; Chair, Sociology and Criminology Department ...... Karen Callaghan, Ph.D. Associate Dean ...... Christopher Starratt, Ph.D. Assistant Dean/Academic Advisor ...... Carol Clothier, M.S. Chair, Communication Department ...... TBA Chair, English and Foreign Languages ...... Bradley Bowers, Ph.D. Chair, Fine Arts Department ...... Stephen Althouse, M.F.A. Chair, History and Political Science Department ...... E. Timothy Smith, Ph.D. Chair, Mathematics/Computer Science Department ...... Eduardo Luna, Ph.D. Chair, Physical Sciences Department ...... Tony S. Wallner, Ph.D. Stockroom Lab Director/Lab Instructor...... Maria Aloya, M.S. Chair, Psychology Department ...... Lenore T. Szuchman, Ph.D. Director, School Psychology Program ...... Agnes Shine, Ph.D. Chair, Theology and Philosophy Department ...... Rev. Mark E. Wedig, O.P., Ph.D. Director, South East Pastoral Center ...... Rev. Mario B. Vizcaino, Ph.D. Assistant Director, Learning Center ...... Michelle Stefano, M.A. Director, CAL Program ...... Vivian Castro, M.S. Director, Honors Program ...... Pawena Sirimangkala, Ph.D. Director, Writing Center ...... TBA

Dean, School of Business ...... Jack Scarborough, Ph.D. Associate Dean ...... Martine Duchatelet, Ph.D. Assistant Dean ...... William P. Frank, M.B.A. Director, International Business Programs ...... Charles Rarick, Ph.D. Coordinator, Internships and Study Abroad Programs ...... Orlando R. Barreto, M.S. Director, Marketing ...... Jose Poza, M.B.A. ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION 275

Dean, School of Education ...... Sister Evelyn Piché, O.P., Ph.D. Associate Dean, Teacher Education Programs ...... Evelyn Evans, Ed.D. Associate Dean, Graduate Programs ...... John G. Dezek, Ed.D. Assistant Dean, Orlando ...... Sr. Julia Hutchison, M.Ed. Executive Director, Graduate Education and Research (GEAR)...... Catheryn Weitman, Ph.D. Executive Director, Teaching and Learning ...... Paul Papier, M.Ed. Assistant to the Dean ...... Sister Ellen Rice, O.P., Ph.D. Assistant to the Dean ...... Sister Phyllis Superfisky, O.S.F., Ph.D. Director, Counseling Department ...... Maureen Duffy, Ph.D. Director, Curriculum and Instruction Program ...... Jill Beloff Farrell, Ed.D. Director, Educational Computing and Technology Programs ...... Donna D. Lenaghan, Ed.D. Administrative Director, Educational Leadership Program ...... Reid E. Bernstein, M.Ed. Director, Elementary Education (Graduate) Programs ...... Jill Beloff Farrell, Ed.D. Director, Exceptional Student Education Program ...... Judy Harris-Looby, Ph.D. Director, Field Experience...... Fay Roseman, Ph.D. Director, Higher Education Administration Program ...... Carmen McCrink, Ph.D. Director, Human Resource Development Program ...... Toni Powell, Ph.D. Director, Instructional Technology and Distance Education ...... Joel S. Levine, Ed.D. Director, Montessori Education Program ...... Ijya Tulloss, Ed.D. Director, PreKindergarten/Primary Education Program...... Rebecca Harlin, Ph.D. Director, Reading Program ...... Ann Murphy, Ed.D. Director, Student Teaching ...... Walter DiMarko, M.Ed. Director, Teaching and Learning 2+2 Programs ...... Charlene Houghton, M.Ed. Director, Teaching English To Speakers of Other Languages...... Gloria Pelaez, Ed.D. Coordinator, Admissions and Marketing ...... Cathy Cady, M.A.

Associate Vice President and Dean School of Graduate Medical Sciences ...... Chester A. Evans, D.P.M. Associate Dean of Clinics ...... John P. Nelson, D.P.M. Associate Academic Dean ...... Michael Siegel, Ph.D. Assistant Administrator/Grantsman ...... Robert McKinlay, M.P.S. Director, Continuing Medical Education ...... Julie Dotson, B.A. Director, Physician Assistant Program ...... Doreen C. Parkhurst, M.D. Chair, Basic Medical Science ...... Ramjeet Pemsingh, Ph.D.

Dean, School of Human Performance and Leisure Sciences...... G. Jean Cerra, Ph.D. Associate Dean ...... Gayle Workman, Ph.D. Assistant Dean ...... Neill Miller, M.S. Director of Operations...... Maritza Ryder, M.S. Technical Support Assistant & Web Developer ...... Mickie Voutsinas, B.S. Chair, Sport and Exercise Sciences ...... Gayle Workman, Ph.D. Director, Graduate Programs ...... Leta Hicks, Ed.D. Director, Movement Science and Athletic Training Programs ...... Carl Cramer, Ed.D. Marketing and Recruiting Coordinator ...... Bryan Anderson, B.S. Coordinator, Athletic Training Clinical Program ...... Sue Shapiro, Ph.D. Coordinator, Biomechanics Program ...... Monique Butcher, Ph.D. Coordinator, Exercise Science Programs ...... Constance Mier, Ph.D. Coordinator, Grants ...... TBA Coordinator, Instructional Activities in Sports and Recreation ...... Neill Miller, M.S. Coordinator, Physical Education Program ...... Kathryn Ludwig, Ph.D. Coordinator, Sport and Exercise Psychology Program ...... Gualberto Cremades, Ph.D. Coordinator, Sport Management Programs ...... Annie Clement, Ph.D. Facilitator, Diving Industry Specialization ...... Sharon Kegeles, M.S. Facilitator, Golf Industry Specialization ...... Roger White, M.S. Director of Athletics ...... Michael Covone, M.S. Associate Athletic Director ...... Kathy Turpin, M.S. Assistant Athletic Director ...... Jamie Carrig, M.S. Director, Sports Information ...... Dennis Jezek, M.S. Assistant Sports Information Director ...... Brian Keith Smith, B.S. 276 ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Head Coach, Men’s Baseball ...... Juan Ranero, M.S. Head Coach, Men’s Basketball ...... Cesar T. Odio, M.S. Head Coach, Women’s Basketball ...... Nicole Hays, B.S. Head Coach, Women’s Crew ...... Paul Mokha, B.B.A. Head Coach, Women’s Golf ...... Roger White, M.S. Head Coach, Men’s Golf ...... Jimmy Stobs, B.S. Head Coach, Men’s Soccer ...... Steve McCrath, M.S. Head Coach, Women’s Soccer ...... Kyllene Weiss, B. S. Head Coach, Women’s Softball ...... Shelly Lis Hoerner, M.S. Head Coach, Men’s and Women’s Tennis ...... George M. Samuel, Ph.D. Head Coach, Women’s Volleyball ...... David Nichols, B.A. Head Athletic Trainer ...... Joseph Kanefsky, M.S. Assistant Athletic Trainer ...... TBA Faculty Athletics Representative ...... M. Eileen McDonough, Ed.D. Director, Campus Recreation and Wellness ...... Edward Londono, M.S. Coordinator, Wellness ...... Shannon Foster, M.E.S.S.

Dean, School of Law ...... Joseph Richard Hurt, J.D. Associate Dean for Academic Services ...... Leticia Diaz, Ph.D., J.D. Associate Dean for Information Services ...... Glen-Peter Ahlers, J.D. Associate Dean for Student Services ...... Susan Bendlin, J.D. Assistant Dean ...... John A. Agett, M.S.

Associate Vice President for Research; Dean, School of Natural and Health Sciences ...... Sister John Karen Frei, O.P., Ph.D. Associate Dean; Director MBS Program ...... Ralph Laudan, Ph.D. Assistant Dean ...... Deborah Montague, M.B.A. Laboratory Director ...... Lynette Cupido, O.N.C., H.N.D. Operations Manager ...... Sharon Hallback, M.S. Computer Liaison...... Yvette Jeantilus, M.S. Program Director, M.S. in Anesthesiology Program ...... Dolores Maxey-Gibbs, M.S. Director, Occupational Therapy Program ...... Douglas Mitchell, M.S. Assistant Program Director, Occupational Therapy Program ...... Cynthia Creighton, Ph.D. Fieldwork Coordinator ...... Carmel Bloom, O.T. License Director, Cardiovascular Perfusion Program ...... Jason Freed, C.C.P., M.S. Assistant Program Director, Cardiovascular Perfusion Program ...... Cynthia Cervantes, C.C.P., B.S. Director, M.S. in Health Services Administration Program ...... Alan S. Whiteman, Ph.D. Director, B.S. in Bio/M.L.S. Program; Histotechnology Track ...... Alicia Zuniga, Ph.D., H.T.L. Director, Health Sciences Admissions Operation ...... Jocelyn Goulet, M.A. Assistant Director, MARC and MIRT Program...... Flona Redway, Ph.D.

Dean, School of Nursing...... Pegge L. Bell, Ph.D. Associate Dean for Administrative Affairs ...... Kathleen A. Papes, Ed.D. Associate Dean for the Undergraduate Program ...... Linda K. Perkel, Ph.D. Associate Dean for the Graduate Programs ...... Claudette Spalding, Ph.D. Assistant Dean for Student Affairs ...... Debra Nogueras, M.S.N. Grants Manager ...... Kerri Denell, B.S.W.

Associate Vice President for Graduate Studies and Dean, School of Social Work ...... Stephen M. Holloway, Ph.D. Associate Dean, Curriculum ...... Debra M. McPhee, Ph.D. Director, Field Education ...... Gala Munnings, M.S.W. Assistant Dean ...... Patricia J. Cook, M.S.W. Director, Admissions ...... Philip Mack, M.S.W. Director, Doctoral Program ...... Elane Nuehring, Ph.D. Director, West Palm Beach Program ...... Gerri Sprague-Damon, M.S.W. Director, BSW Program ...... Sharron M. Singleton, D.S.W. Director of Operations ...... Rodney Sullivan, M.L.A. ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION 277

Senior Vice President for Business and Finance ...... Timothy H. Czerniec, M.B.A. Executive Assistant to the Vice President...... Cheryl B. Gerber, M.S. Associate Vice President for Finance...... Stephen Gehret, M.B.A., C.P.A. Director, Financial Operations ...... Susan Kirkland, B.S. Financial Analyst...... Lena Mercea, B.A. Director, Special Financial Projects...... Nicole Diez, M.B.A. Director, Accounting ...... Angel (Fred) Rodriguez, B.B.A. Payroll Specialist ...... Josefina Gonzalez Assistant Director, Accounting ...... Margot Swan, B.S. Grants Coordinator ...... Mercedes Vanegas, B.A. Director of Student Account Services ...... Ronald LaBarrie, M.B.A. Assistant Director, Billing & Data Processing ...... Marga Rojas, B.S. Assistant Director, Cash Management ...... Rosemarie Cieslar, B.S. Director, Purchasing and Accounts Payable ...... Nancy Perez, B.L.S. Accounts Payable Assistant ...... Anne McNally Accounts Payable Assistant ...... Peggy Asmus Associate Vice President for Facilities Management ...... Freddy E. Ulloa, M.B.A. Director of Facilities Management ...... Paul Carstens, B.S. Maintenance Manager ...... Alex MacNamara, B.S. Assistant Manager, General Maintenance & Alterations ...... Ronald D. Hultquist Assistant Manager, Trades ...... Winston Seepersaud Grounds & Support Services Manager ...... David Mace Housekeeping Manager ...... Anthony Browne Executive Director of Public Safety ...... Stanley A. Young, M.S. Assistant Director...... Dawn Roig Assistant Director...... Miguel DeLaPaz Director, Conference and Event Services ...... Monica Soto, B.L.S. Associate Vice President for Human Resources ...... Sister Myra Jackson, O.P., M.B.A. Assistant Vice President for Human Resources ...... Jennifer Boyd-Pugh, M.S. Director, Human Resources Information Systems and Benefits ...... Phyllis Vilbas Benefits Coordinator ...... Patti Dopico Executive Director of QIP ...... Roxane S. Davies, M.S., L.M.H.C., N.C.C. Assistant Vice President for Administrative Information Systems ...... Traci A. Simpson, M.S. Systems Administrator ...... Nina O’Shea, M.S. Database Administrator ...... Regina Lopez, B.S. Systems Analyst ...... Mary Laura Corriss, M.S. IT Support Supervisor ...... Terry Nelson Database Specialist/Trainer...... Carol Collins, B.S. Database Analyst ...... Miriam Soto Programmer/Operator ...... Susan Repp Programmer/Analyst ...... Christopher Lagazon, B.S. Executive Director, Auxiliary Services ...... Theresa Moorehead, M.B.A. Manager, Mail Center...... Fred G. Thompson, Jr., M.B.A. Director, Graphics/Printing ...... Vince Woychowski Associate Director, Graphics/Printing ...... Sharon Moo Young, B.F.A. Executive Director, Dining Services and Bookstore ...... Jacqueline M. McGlone, M.Ed. General Manager, Dining Services ...... Barry Frieser, B.A. Executive Chef ...... James Duberry Retail Manager ...... Jeanne Scott Catering Manager ...... Robert Hodge, B.S. Manager, Campus Bookstore ...... Jim Ebersole, A.S.

Vice President for Institutional Advancement ...... William E. Fenton, Jr., M.A. Associate Vice President for Institutional Advancement ...... Sr. Sarah Cavanaugh, O.P., M.S. Director of Benefactor Administration ...... Kristi Schmidt, B.S. Assistant Vice President for Development and Major Gifts ...... Thomas Paul Severino, M.A. Development Research Coordinator ...... Stefani C. Ribaudo, B.A. Director, Planned and Deferred Gifts...... Frank Casale, B.A. Director, Grant Programs ...... Donald K. Wheeler, G.S.P.I.A. 278 ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Director, Annual Fund ...... Joyce Riveira, M.B.A. Program Coordinator, Annual Fund ...... Diane Seubert Director, Corporate and Community Relations ...... Caridad MacNamara, B.S. Coordinator, Corporate and Community Relations ...... Sr. Mary Soher, O.P., B.A. Assistant Vice President for Alumni Relations ...... Carol Evanco, M.B.A. Alumni Program Director ...... Renee Glover-Hodge, B.S. Alumni Projects and Events Coordinator ...... Annick DeBruyne, B.A. Alumni Communications Coordinator ...... Kevin M. McDonough, B.A. Alumni Relations Assistant ...... TBA Assistant Vice President for University Relations ...... Michael S. Laderman, B.A. Director, External Communications ...... Joseph McQuay, M.B.A. Media Relations Coordinator...... Francisco Duque, B.A. Graphic Designer ...... Omar Fernando Angulo Electronic Communication Specialist ...... Patricia Tisdale, B.A. Administrative Coordinator ...... Sandra Acevedo

Vice President for Student Services ...... Michael J. Griffin, Ed.D. Associate Vice President for Student Services ...... M. Eileen McDonough, Ed.D. Associate Vice President for Student Services ...... Maria Luisa Alvarez, Ph.D. Dean of Students ...... Kenneth J. Rockensies, Ed.D. Director, Counseling Center ...... Sr. Anastasia Maguire, R.S.M., L.C.S.W. Assistant Director/Counselor ...... James C. Scott, Psy.D., Licensed Clinical Psychologist Counselor ...... Jennifer Hochman, Psy.D., Licensed Clinical Psychologist Counselor ...... Andy Lugo, M.S.W. Counselor ...... Alison Morris, M.S. Director, Career Center ...... TBA Career Counselor ...... Amy Bandolik, M.Ed. Career Counselor ...... TBA Director, Commuter Affairs ...... Susana Fernandez, Ph.D. Director, Disability Services ...... Leslie Rouder, M.S.W., L.C.S.W. Coordinator, Disability Services...... Marilyn Cepeda Staff Sign Language Interpreter ...... Don Michelin Director, Intercultural Center ...... Damaris Vasquez, M.S. Coordinator, Intercultural Center ...... Tamara Celestin Garcia, M.P.A. SEVIS Coordinator ...... Suzane McFarlane, B.S. Multicultural Affairs Coordinator...... Tamica Ramos, B.A. Director, First-Year Programs ...... Timothy Bessler, M.A. Director, Residential Life ...... Jean Hock, M.S. Associate Director...... Steven P. Spann, M.A. Assistant Director...... Patrick Devine, M.S. Area Coordinator ...... TBA Area Coordinator ...... Arnitra Gollet, B.A. Area Coordinator ...... Lakima Garnett, B.A. Director, Student Activities ...... TBA Assistant Director, Student Activities ...... Theresa Alvarez, M.S. Assistant to the Director, Student Activities ...... Phyllis De La Vega Coordinator, Student Activities ...... Steven Ervin, M.S. Director, Student Health Services ...... Eileen Egan-Hineline, R.N.-C, M.S. Nurse Practitioner...... Carolyn LePage, M.S.N., A.R.N.P., B.C. Registered Nurse ...... Candice Hill, R.N., M.H.S.A. Director, Technology Services ...... Pascal Robert, M.S. Information Specialist ...... Paul Vitro, M.B.A. Information Specialist ...... Steven S. Boczon, B.S. Coordinator, Volunteer Center...... Jo Anne Zarowny, B.A. ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 279 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

ACEVEDO, Sandra; Administrative Coordinator, ALVAREZ, Theresa; Assistant Director, Student University Relations Activities, Student Services; B.S., M.S., Barry ADAMS, Terry; Assistant Professor of University Communication; B.Sc., University of Miami; AMICO, Michael; Associate Professor of Theatre and M.M.C., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Technical Director; B.A., State University of New University of North Carolina York; M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University AGETT, John A.: Assistant Dean, School of Law; B.A. ANDERSON, Bryan R.; Marketing and Recruiting Hartwick College; M.S. State University of New Coordinator, School of Human Performance and York, Albany Leisure Sciences; B.A., Northern Illinois University AHLERS, Glen-Peter, Associate Dean for Information ANGULO, Omar; Graphic Designer, Institutional Services and Professor of Law; B.A., University Advancement of New Mexico; M.L.S., University of South ARMSTRONG, Daniel; Director, External Programs Florida; J.D., Washburn University School of Law and Post-Graduate Placement, School of Graduate ALBERT, O.P., Sister Peggy; Executive Vice Medical Sciences; B.A., Florida International President; Associate Professor of Social Work; University B.A., Wayne State University; M.S.W., Barry ARNOLD, Vreny; Academic Advisor, School of Adult University; Ph.D., Barry University and Continuing Education; B.P.S., M.S., Ed.S., ALBRECHT, Carol A.; Senior Director, Operations/ Barry University, L.M.H.C., NCC Budget Manager, Division of Enrollment Services; AROME, Gladys; Assistant Professor, Educational B.L.S., Barry University Computing and Technology; B.S., Ahmadu Bello ALBRECHT, Nancy; Academic Advisor, School of University (Nigeria); M.S., Indiana State Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., Colorado University; Ph.D., Barry University State University; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State ASMUS, Peggy; Accounts Payable Assistant, Business University and Finance Division ALEXANDRAKIS, Aphrodite; Professor of ATENCIO, Marisol; Counselor, Financial Aid; B.P.S., Philosophy and Humanities; Director of Master of Barry University Arts in Liberal Studies; Academic Coordinator of AUSTIN, Rev. Gerard, O.P.; Professor, The Blessed Philosophy, Art, Humanities, and Photography, Edmund Rice School for Pastoral Ministry; B.A., School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., Providence College; S.T.L., Immaculate Rutgers University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Conception College; S.T.D., Institut Catholique de Miami Paris ALI, Cherrie; Assistant to the Registrar; B.A., Florida AVILES, Jesus; Area Coordinator, Residential Life; International University B.S., Barry University ALOYA, Maria; Stockroom Lab Director/Lab AYERS, Thomas; Assistant Dean for Information Instructor, Department of Physical Sciences; B.S., Technology; Academic Coordinator, Network and M.S., Florida International University Systems Engineering; Assistant Professor of ALTHOUSE, Stephen J.; Professor of Photography; Information Technology, School of Adult and Chair, Fine Arts; B.F.A., University of Miami; Continuing Education; B.S., St. Peter’s College; M.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth University M.S., Barry University; Doctoral Candidate, ALVAREZ, Blanca F.; Associate Professor of French; Florida International University B.A., University of Miami; M.A., University of BAGNARDI, Margaret; Assistant Professor of Miami; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America Nursing; B.S.N., Florida International University; ALVAREZ, Maria Luisa; Associate Vice President for M.S.N., University of Miami; Doctoral Candidate, Student Services; B.S., Georgetown University; Florida International University M.B.A., Nova University; Ph.D., Barry University 280 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

BALCERSKI, Judith A.; Professor Emeritus of BEYNON, John; IT Support Analyst, Division of Nursing; B.S.N., Barry University; M.S.N., Wayne Information Technology; B.S., M.S., Barry State University; Ph.D., University of Michigan University BALDWIN, John; Systems Engineer, Division of BILL, Michael; Instructor in Biology; B.S., St. Vincent Information Technology; B.S., Barry University College; M.S., Barry University BAMONTE, Nicole; Financial Aid Counselor BIRDSONG, Leonard E.; Associate Professor of Law; BANDOLIK, Amy; Career Counselor, Career and B.A., Howard University; J.D., Harvard Law Counseling Center; B.A., University of Buffalo; School M.Ed., James Madison University BLACK, Ginette; Senior Financial Aid Counselor; BARRANCO, Yolairis; Senior Director of Information B.A., Queens College Systems and Technology, Division of Enrollment BLEVINS, Timothy D.; Assistant Professor of Law; Services; B.A., Queens College C.U.N.Y.; M.S., B.S., University of Houston; J.D., Texas Southern Barry University University BARRETO, Orlando R.; Coodinator, Internships and BLOCK, Eric, Academic Advisor/Marketing Study Abroad Programs, School of Business; B.S., Representative, School of Adult and Continuing Georgetown University; M.S., Barry University Education; B.P.S., Barry University; M.S., St. BASU, Antara; Financial Analyst; B.A., University Thomas Univeristy of Delhi; B.A., Florida International University; BLOOM, Carmel; Fieldwork Coordinator, DipCOT, M.B.A., University of Miami London School of Occupational Therapy BERNSTEIN, Reid; Administrative Director of BOCZON, Steven; Information Specialist, Student Educational Leadership; B.A., Eckerd College; Services; B.S., Barry University M.Ed., University of Miami BOHNING, Geraldine; Professor Emerita of BEAUBRUN, John M.; Vice Provost for Information Education; B.A., Dakota Wesleyan University; Technology; Chief Technology Officer; Dean, M.A., University of South Dakota; Ed.D., Division of Information Technology; Assistant University of Miami Professor of Computer Information Systems; B.S., BOSWORTH, David; Assistant Professor of Theology; Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University; M.S., B.A., Saint John’s College; M.A., Ph.D., The M.B.A., Barry University Catholic University of America BELL, Pegge L.; Dean, School of Nursing, Professor BOTTIGAS, Youdaris; Associate Director, ACE of Nursing; B.S.N., Georgia Southwestern College; Computer Services; B.P.S., M.S., Barry University M.S.N., University of Alabama, Birmingham; BOULOS, John; Associate Professor of Chemistry; Ph.D., University of Virginia B.A., Queens College; M.Phil., The City University BERMAN-ROSSI, Toby; Professor of Social Work; of New York; Ph.D., The City College of New York B.A., Hunter College; M.S., Columbia University; BOWERS, Bradley; Professor of English; B.A., D.S.W., Yeshiva University University of So. Florida; M.A., North Carolina BESSLER, Timothy; Director, First Year Programs, State University; Ph.D., University of North Student Services; B.A., Xavier University; M.A., Carolina at Chapel Hill Bowling Green State University BOYD-PUGH, Jennifer; Assistant Vice President, BESTARD, Jaime; Assistant Coordinator, Human Resources; B.S., M.S., Barry University Mathematics Lab; Instructor in Math; B.S., Instituto BRANDFORD, Juanita; 2+2 Coordinator, Associate Superior Politecnico Jose Antonio Echeverria, Professor of Education; B.S., Cheyney State Cuba; Ph.D., Universidad Central de Las Villas, College; M.E., Trenton State College; Ed.D., Cuba Teachers College/Columbia University BETHART, Ivonne; Language Lab Manager; B.A., BRAUNSTEIN, Susan; Associate Professor of M.A., University of Miami Communication, School of Adult and Continuing BEVILACQUA, O.P., Sister Linda; President; Education; B.A., M.A.T., University of Louisville; Professor of Education; B.S., Barry University; Ed.D., Florida Atlantic University M.Ed., Siena Heights University; Ph.D., Michigan BRICENO, Carmen; Academic Advisor, School of State University Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., M.Ed., University of Massachusetts, Amherst ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 281

BRILL, Jacqueline; Assistant Professor of Surgery; BURKE, Robert; Professor Emeritus of Educational B.S., St. Thomas University; D.P.M., Barry Computing and Technology; B.A., Michigan State University University; Ed.D., Harvard University BROCK, Barry J.; Academic Coordinator, Health BUTCHER, Monique; Associate Professor of Sport Services Administration; Assistant Academic and Exercise Sciences; B.S., Ohio University; M.S., Coordinator for Administration, Brevard, Orlando University of Arkansas; Ph.D., Texas Woman’s Treasure Coast; Assistant Professor of Health University Services Administration, School of Adult and BYRD, Sharon; 2+2 Program Coordinator, Assistant Continuing Education; B.S., University of Professor of Education; B.S., M.S., University of Alabama; M.P.A., University of West Florida; Southern Mississippi; Ed.D., Univeristy of Ed.D., University of Central Florida Memphis BORKOWSKI, Paula J., Transcript Evaluator; B.S., BYRNE, Lawrence; Associate Professor of English; Champlain College B.A., Loyola University; M.A., Boston University; BROIHAHN, Michael A.; Associate Professor of Ph.D., Boston University Accounting; B.S., M.B.A., M.S., University of CADY, Catherine S.; Admissions and Marketing Wisconsin; C.P.A., C.F.M., C.F.S., C.I.A., C.F.A., Coordinator, Adrian Dominican School of C.F.P., C.M.A. Education; B.A., University of Central Florida; BROSCHARD, Dawn M., Assistant Vice President for M.A., Regis University Planning and Assessment/Director of Institutional CAHILL, Linda; Director and Instructional Designer, Research; B.A., Bloomfield College; M.S., Stevens CELT/Division of Information Technology; B.A., Institute of Technology George Mason University; M.A., Temple BROWNE, Anthony; Housekeeping Manager, University; M.S., University of Miami; Ph.D., New Facilities Management York University BROWN, Christy; Senior Staff Writer/Editor; CALLAGHAN, Karen; Associate Dean, School of Academic Publications, Marketing and Advertising Arts and Sciences; Chair, Sociology and BROWN, Judith Oropallo; Associate Dean, School of Criminology; Professor of Sociology; B.A., LaSalle Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., Elmira College; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Ohio College; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., State University Florida International University CANTENS, Bernardo J.; Associate Professor of BROWN, Victoria; Assistant Professor, Educational Philosophy; B.A., M.A., Florida International Computing and Technology; B.S., M.S., Central University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Miami Missouri State University; Ed.D., University of CARAVELIS, Mary; Visiting Instructor, Political West Florida Science and Geography; B.A., M.A.,Florida BROWN, Yvette Ann Marie; Associate Dean and Atlantic University Director, Network and Information Systems CARIONI, Angeles; Assistant Professor of Education; Services; B.S., M.S., Barry University B.A., Cordoba University (Argentina); M.S., Barry BRYANT, Lynne; Assistant Professor of Nursing; Univesity B.S.N., University of Maryland; M.S.N., University CARO, Manuel Jesus; Assistant Professor of of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Florida International Sociology and Criminology; B.S., University of University Granada (Spain); M.A., Ph.D., University of Miami BRYSON, Brenda J.; Associate Professor of Social CARON, O.P., David Rev.; Director, Center for Work; B.S.W., University of North Carolina; Dominican Studies; B.A., University of M.S.W., University of Georgia; Ph.D., University Massachusetts, M.A., M.Div., St. John’s Seminary; of Washington D.Min., Catholic Theological Union BUCHMAN, Jacqueline; Associate Professor of CARR, Diann; Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., Podiatric Medicine; B.S., Pennsylvania State Duquesne University; M.S.N., Barry University; University; D.P.M., California College of Podiatric Doctoral Candidate, Florida International Medicine University BURIA, MariaElena; 2+2 Coordinator, Assistant CARRIG, James; Assistant Athletic Director, Public Professor of Education; B. S., Florida International Affairs/SID; B.A., University of Findlay; M.S., The University; M.S., University of Southern California United States Sports Academy 282 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

CARSTENS, Paul D.; Director of Facilities CHRAIBI, Chakib; Associate Professor of Computer Management; B.S., United States Naval Academy Science; B.S., M.S., Doctorate, University of CARTER, Sam; Assistant Professor, School of Bordeaux; Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton Education; B.S., Eastern Illinois University; M.S., CHROMY, Samantha; Assistant Professor of Florida International University; J.D., University Education; B.S., University of Surrey, Guildford, of Miami England; M.S., Stetson University; Ph.D., CARTRIGHT, Evelyn; Instructor of English; B.A., University of Central Florida M.A., SUNY at Stony Brook CHRUSZCZYK, Cynthia; Associate Registrar; CASAL, Carmen; Library Computing Support B.B.A., Florida International University; M.S., Specialist, Division of Information Technology; Barry University B.A., Florida International University; M.S., North CIESLAR, Rosemarie; Assistant Director, Cash Dakota State University Management, Business and Finance Division; B.S., CASALE, Frank; Director, Planned and Deferred Barry University Gifts, Institutional Advancement; B.A., St. CLEMENT, Annie; Professor of Sport and Exercise Bonaventure University Sciences; B.S. , M.S., University of Minnesota; CASSINI, Charles J.; Assistant Professor of Ph.D., University of Iowa; J.D., Cleveland State Philosophy; B.A., The Catholic University of University America; M.A., University of Miami; M.Ed., CLOTHIER, Carol; Assistant Dean, Arts and Sciences; Florida Atlantic University B.S., Florida State University; M.S., Barry CASTRO, Vivian; Director, CAL Program, Learning University Center; B.A., M.S., Florida International University CLOTTEY, Ruth; Professor of Marketing; B.A., Ohio CAUCE, Rita M.; Assistant Director of Library Northern University; M.B.A., Bowling Green State Technical Services, Division of Information University; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Technology; B.A., Florida State University; M.S.., COFFEY, James; Senior Assistant Director of Nova Southeastern University Admissions; B.A., State University of New York CAVANAUGH, O.P.; Sr. Sarah; Associate Vice at Albany President for Institutional Advancement; B.S., COLE-MILLER, Alice; Senior Financial Aid Barry University; M.S., Barry University Counselor; B.S., Nova Southeastern University; CEPEDA, Marilyn; Coordinator, Disability Services, M.S., California State University Student Services COLIN, Jessie; Director, Ph.D. in Nursing Program; CERRA, G. Jean; Dean of Human Performance and Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., M.S.N., Leisure Sciences; Professor of Physical Education; Hunter College; Ph.D., Adelphi University B.S., Florida State University; M.A., University of COLLINS, Carol; Application Specialist, Business and Iowa; Ph.D., University of Missouri Finance Division CERVANTES, Cynthia A.; Assistant Program COLVIN, Mary K.; Supervisor, Nursing Resource Director, Cardiovascular Perfusion Program; B.A., Center; Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., University of Oklahoma Georgetown University; M.S.N., Edinboro CHANG SWAIN, Jacqueline; Assistant Professor of University of Pennsylvania Biology; B.A., Barnard College/Columbia CONDE, Luis T.; Assistant Professor of Education; University; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University B.S., University of Lisbon, Portugal; B.A., St. CHARRON, Sue Ann; Associate Professor of Nursing; Thomas University; M.S., St. Thomas University; B.S.N., Wayne State University; M.S.N., Emory Ph.D., The Union Institute University; Ph.D., University of Michigan CONNELL, Helen; Associate Professor of English; CHATTOO, Calmer; Reference Librarian; B.A., Chair, English and Foreign Languages; B.A., M.A., University of West Indies, Mona, Jamaica; M.L.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., Florida State Ed.M., University of Buffalo-SUNY University CHOATE, Angela; Assistant Professor of Educational CONTRERAS, Penelope C.; Financial Aid Counselor; Computing Technology; B.S., Andrews University; B.A., University of Florida M.S., Ph.D., Barry University COOK, Patricia J.; Assistant Dean, School of Social Work; Assistant Professor of Social Work; B.A., Gordon College; M.S., Columbia University School of Social Work ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 283

CORPUZ, Helen L., Director of Undergraduate CURRERI, Angela Ceil; Associate Professor of Art; Admissions; B.A., Fordham University at Lincoln B.F.A., University of Miami; M.F.A., University Center; M.S., College of Staten Island of Kansas CORRISS, Mary Laura; Senior Programmer/Analyst, CVEJANOVICH, George J., Jr.; Associate Professor Administrative Information Systems; B.A., of Political Science and International Studies; B.A., Duquesne University; M.S., Barry University Louisiana State University; M.A., Louisiana State COULTER, Beverly; Professor of Music; B.F.A., University; Ph.D., University of Texas Florida Atlantic University; M.M., D.M.A., CZERNIEC, Timothy H.; Senior Vice President for University of Miami Business and Finance; Associate Professor of COUSINS, Sheldon; Academic Advisor, School of Management; B.B.A., Kent State University; Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., York M.Ed., M.B.A., University of Miami College; M.S.W., Hunter College DABAJA, Flor Maria; Director, Kendall, School of COVONE, Michael; Director of Athletics; B.P.S., Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., M.P.A., M.S., Barry University University of Michigan CRAMER, Carl R.; Professor of Sport and Exercise DAGHESTANI, Eddie; Associate Professor of Sciences; B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., Economics and Finance; J.D., Damascus University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., Kansas State University; M.S., Ph.D., Colorado State University University DALMADGE, Cretson L.; Assistant Professor of CREIGHTON, Cynthia; Associate Professor and Management Information Systems; B.Sc., Assistant Director of Occupational Therapy; B.S., University of West Indies, Trinidad; M.B.A.; Ph.D. Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Southern Illinois University Michigan; Ph.D., Wayne State University DANIELS, Ollie; 2+2 Coordinator, Associate CREMADES, Gualberto; Assistant Professor of Sport Professor of Education; B.S., Edward Waters and Exercise Sciences; B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., College; M.S., Texas Southern University; Ed.D., University of Houston University of Florida CRONIN, Adriana; Associate Director of Records DAVIDSON, Carla; Academic Advisor, School of Management and Transcript Evaluation; B.L.S., Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., State M.S., Barry University University of New York; M.A., New York University CRUZ, Robert David; Associate Professor of Economics and Finance; B.A., Georgetown DAVIES, Roxanne S.; Director, QIP; B.S., M.S., Texas University; Ph. D., University of Pennsylvania A&M University; L.M.H.C., NCC CULVER, Charles M.; Associate Program Director DAVIS, Cynthia; Assistant Academic Coordinator for and Director of Didactic Studies, Physician English, South Dade; Associate Professor of Assistant Program; Professor of Medical Education; English, School of Adult and Continuing B.A., Columbia University; M.D., Ph.D., Duke Education; B.A., Boston College; M.A., University Georgetown University; M.Ed., Boston University; Ph.D., University of Maryland CUNNINGHAM, S.S.C.M., Sr. Agnes; Distinguished Visiting Professor of Theology; B.A., St. Louis DAVIS, Deborah L.; Senior Financial Aid Counselor; University; M.A., Marquette University; S.T.D., B.S., M.S., University of Maine Faculte Catholique, Lyon, France DAY, Terri; Associate Professor of Law; B.A., CUPIDO, Claris Lynette; Laboratory Director, School University of Wisconsin; M.S.S.A., Case Western of Natural and Health Sciences; ONC (Biological Reserve University; LL.M., Yale Law School; J.D., Sciences) The College of Northeast London; University of Florida Diploma in Microbiology, London Guildhall DeBLASIO, P. Zoe; Assistant to the Chair of University Theology/Philosophy; B.A., University of Miami; CURETON, Kathleen; Academic Advisor/Recruiter, M.A., Barry University School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., DeBRUYNE, Annick; Alumni Projects and Events Austin Peay State University; M.S., Murray State Coordinator; RVA, Antwerp, Belgium; B.A. University University of Miami 284 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

DeCARDENAS, Rebecca; Director, Cutler Ridge, DINGER, Patricia C.; Senior Admissions Counselor; School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.P.S., B.A., Ohio Northern University; M.S., Barry Barry University; M.B.A., Embry Riddle University Aeronautical University DOMINGUEZ, Azul; Senior Financial Aid Counselor; DEEB, Khaled; Academic Coordinator, Information B.A., Florida International University Technology; Assistant Professor of Information DORAN, Madeleine; Associate Professor of Technology, School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., Valdosta State University; M.S., Education; B.A., B.S., Beirut University; M.S., University of Montana; Ed.D., University of South Ph.D. Florida International University Florida DeLaPAZ, Miguel; Assistant Director of Public Safety DOTSON, Julie; Director, Continuing Medical DeLaVEGA, Phyllis; Assistant to the Director, Student Education, School of Graduate Medical Sciences; Activities B.A., Knox College DEMPSEY, Susan; Associate Professor of Theatre and DUBERRY, James; Executive Chef, Dining Services English; B.A., Boston College; M.F.A., Catholic DUCHATELET, Martine; Associate Dean, School of University, D.C. Business; Professor of Economics/Finance; B.A., DENELL, Kerri; Grants Manager, School of Nursing’ M.A., University of Brussels, Belgium; Ph.D., B.S.W., Barry University Stanford University DEVINE, Patrick; Assistant Director, Residential Life, DUFFY, Maureen; Associate Professor of Education; Student Services; B.S., M.S., Barry University B.S., National University of Ireland; M.S., Barry DeWINTER, Marietta; Librarian/Cataloger; M.L.S., University; M.S., Ph.D., Nova University Florida State University DUNCAN, Krishna; Computer Systems Engineer, DEZEK, John; Associate Professor of Education; Desktop Computing Services; B.S., Barry Associate Dean of Graduate Programs in University Education; B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., DUQUE, Francisco; Media Relations Coordinator; Ed.S., Ed.D., Western Michigan University Institutional Advancement; B.A., University of DIAZ, Leticia; Associate Dean for Academic Affairs Central Florida and Professor of Law; J.D., Ph.D., Rutgers School DUTTER, Lee E.; Associate Dean for Academic of Law Affairs, School of Adult and Continuing Education; DIAZ-RODRIGUEZ, Mercedes; Executive Secretary B.S., Florida State University; M.A., Ph.D., to the Director of Anesthesiology; B.S. Candidate, University of Rochester Barry University DUVALL, Darrell; Director, Information Technology DIEZ, Nicole; Director, Special Projects, Business and Support Desk, Division of Information Technology; Finance; B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Miami B.S., M.S., Florida International University DiBELLO, Lilia; Assistant Professor of Education; DYER, Janyce; Associate Dean for the Graduate B.A., Tulane University; M.S., Ed.D., Florida Programs in Nursing; Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., International University Stockton State College; M.S., Rutgers University; D.N.Sc., The Catholic University of America DiMARKO, Walter A.; Director of Student Teaching/ Internship; B.Ed., M.A., University of Miami; EATON-DONALD, Kalenda C.; Assistant Professor M.Ed., Florida Atlantic University of English; B.A., Dillard University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University DICK, Ronald M.; Professor of Anesthesiology; B.S., Florida State University; B.S., Ph.D., University of EBERSOLE, Jim; Manager, Campus Bookstore; A.S., South Carolina Purdue University DIEZ, Nicole O.; Director, Financial Operations; EELTINK, Catherina; Associate Professor of Business and Finance Division; B.B.A., M.B.A., Education, Doctoral Faculty, Counseling - Orlando; University of Miami; C.P.A., Florida B.A., Marquette University; M.S., University of Miami; Ph.D., Florida State University DIMKOVSKI, Martin; Network Engineer, Network & Information Systems; B.S., Barry University EGAN-HINELINE, Eileen, R.N.-C.; Director, Campus Health Services; B.S.N., Barry University; DINGER, Amber R., Financial Aid Counselor; B.S, M.S., Barry University Florida State University ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 285

EHLE, Mary A.; Assistant Professor, The Blessed FEITO, Patricia Maria; Academic Coordinator Edmund Rice School for Pastoral Ministry; B.A., English, Written Communication, and Foreign St. Norbert College; M.A., St. John’s University; Languages; Associate Professor of English, School Ph.D., Marquette University of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., Florida ELLIS, Gilbert; Assistant Professor of Physiology; International University; A.M., University of B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Michigan; Ph.D., University of California Northeastern University FELGER, Courtney; Senior Admissions Counselor; ERVIN, Steven; Coordinator of Student Activities, B.A., Gannon University; M.S.W., Barry Student Services; B.A., University of Texas at University Arlington; M.S., University of Miami FENTON, William E., Jr.; Vice President for ESPOSITO, Luigi; Assistant Professor of Sociology Institutional Advancement; B.A., University of and Criminology; B.A., Florida International Notre Dame; M.A., Stanford University; Doctoral University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Miami Candidate, Barry University ESTEVEZ, Monsignor Felipe J.; Associate Professor FERNANDEZ, Antonio A.; Assistant Professor of of Theology; M.A., Barry University; S.T.L., Biology; B.Sc., B.A., M.D., Higher Institute of University of Montreal; S.T.D., Pontifical Medical Sciences of Havana, Cuba Gregorian University FERNANDEZ, M. Sylvia; Associate Professor of ESTEVEZ, Marilyn; Instructor of English; B.S., Counseling Education; B.A., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Florida International University; M.A., Barry Southern Illinois University at Carbondale University FERNANDEZ, Susana; Director, Commuter Affairs, EVANCO, Carol; Assistant Vice President, Alumni Student Services; B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D. Barry Relations; M.B.A., Barry University University EVANS, Chester A.; Associate Vice President and FERRANTE, Elizabeth; Academic Advisor, School Dean, School of Graduate Medical Sciences; of Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., M.S., Professor of Podiatric Medicine; B.S., University M.B.A., Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University of Miami; M.S., University of Florida; B.Med.Sc., FICKEL, Angela; Instructor in Biology; B.S., D.P.M., California College of Podiatric Medicine Marquette University; M.S., Barry University EVANS, Evelyn; Associate Professor of Education; FIEDLER, Anne; Professor of Management, School Associate Dean for Teaching and Learning of Business; B.A., M.B.A., University of Miami; Programs; B.Ed., University of Miami; M.Ed., Ph.D., Florida International University University of Miami; Ed.D., University of Miami FIEN, Richard B.; Assistant Professor of Medical EWING, Dan; Professor of Art History; B.A., Education, Physician Assistant Program; B.S., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., University University of Florida; M.D., University of Miami of Michigan FISHER, George H.; Professor of Chemistry; B.S., FAIRBANKS, Sandra J.; Associate Professor of Rollins College; M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., Philosophy; B.A., Wheaton College; M.Phil., University of Miami University of Edinburgh; J.D., University of Maine; FISHER, Susan L.; Assistant Professor of Education; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota B.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., Rollins FAIRBANKS, O.P., Sr. Sara Ann; Assistant Professor College; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University of Theology; B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Aquinas FISHMAN, Philip; Instructor of English; B.S., M.A., Institute of Theology; Ph.D., University of St. Ohio State University Michael’s College/ Toronto School of Theology FLETCHER, Dave C; Senior Director of Graduate FARMER, Robert E.; Academic Advisor, School of Admissions; B.A., Don Bosco College; M.A., Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., St. Charles University of South Florida; M.A., St. Vincent De and St. Mary’s College; B.A., M.A., University of Paul Regional Seminary Louvain; M.Ed., University of Florida; M.A., FLORA, Joseph; Associate Professor of Education; University of South Florida; Ed.D., Boston B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University; M.R.E., University Central Baptist; M.A., University of the Pacific; FARRELL, Jill BeLoff; Assistant Professor of Ph.D., Western Colorado University; Ed.D., Education; Director Curriculum and Instruction University of Arkansas Program; B.S.A., M.S., Ed.D., Florida International University 286 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

FLOWERS, O.P., Sr. Grace; Academic Advisor, GIBBS, Dolores; Program Director; Assistant Associate Director, Treasure Coast, School of Adult Professor of Anesthesiology; B.S., Corpus Christi and Continuing Education; B.S., Siena Heights State University; M.S., Barry University; Doctoral College; M.S., Barry University; M.A., Loyola candidate, University of Southern California University; Ed.S., University of Georgia GIBSON, Ann; Assistant Professor of Sport & FOSTER, Shannon; Wellness Coordinator and Exercise Sciences; B.A., Albertus Magnus College; Instructor, School of Human Performance and M.B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of New Mexico Leisure Science; B.S., M.E.S.S., University of GILLIG, Scott Edward; Professor of Counseling; B.A., Florida M.ED., Ph.D., University of Toledo FRANCO, Mary Jane; Instructor in Computer Science, GIORDANO, Victoria A.; Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science Department; Education, School of Education; B.S. and M.S., B.S., Pontificia Universidad Javeriana; M.S., Nova University; Doctoral candidate Florida University of Notre Dame International University FRANK, Mitch; Assistant Professor of Law; B.A., GIOVANNUCCI, Perri; Visiting Profesor of English; Cornell University; J.D., University of Florida B.A., M.A., Wayne State University; Ph.D., FRANK, William P.; Assistant Dean for Students, University of Miami School of Business; B.S., Bradley University; GLASSMEYER, Donata; Director, Tallahassee, M.B.A., DePaul University School of Adult and Continuing Education; FREED, C.C.P., Jason; Program Director, Tallahassee; B.A., M.A., University of Cincinnati Cardiovascular Perfusion; B.S., University of GLOVER-HODGE, Renee; Alumni Program Director; Texas; M.S., Barry University B.S., Barry University FREEMAN, Marsha; Associate Professor of Law; GLYNN, Gerard; Associate Professor of Law; B.A., B.A., Queens College; J.D., Touro College St. Louis University; LL.M., Georgetown FREI, O.P., Sr. John Karen; Associate Vice President University; M.S., J.D., American University for Research; Dean, School of Natural and Health GOEHL, John F., Jr.; Professor of Physics; B.S., Sciences; Professor of Biological and Biomedical University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., University of Sciences; B.A., Douglass College; M.S., Rutgers Notre Dame University; M.B.A., Barry University; Ph.D., GOLLET, Arnitra; Area Coordinator, Residential Life, University of Miami Division of Student Services; B.A., Barry FRIESER, Barry; General Manager, Dining Services; University B.A., Brandeis University GONZALEZ, Josefina; Payroll Specialist, Business GAFFNEY, Patrick; Assistant Professor of Education; and Finance Division B.A., St. Benedict’s College; M.Ed., University of GONZALEZ, Pedro B.; Assistant Professor of Missouri; Ph.D., University of Mississippi Philosophy; B.A., University of Alabama; M.S., GARCIA, Tamara Celestin; Coordinator, Inter- Ph.D., DePaul University Cultural Center, Student Services; B.A., University GOTTLIEB, JoAnn K.; Assistant Professor of of Miami; M.P.A. , Florida International University Nursing; B.S., M.S.N., Adelphi University GARNETT, Lakima; Area Coordinator; Residential GOULET, Jocelyn; Director, Health Sciences Life; B.A., Eastern Carolina University Admissions Operation; B.A., B.Ed., University of GASSO, Teresa M.; Transcript Evaluator, Division of Ottawa; B.Ph., L.Ph., St. Paul University; M.A., Enrollment Services; B.S., Kennesaw College; University of Ottawa M.S., Barry University GRANT, Lynn; Director, Brevard, School of Adult and GEHRET, Steve; Associate Vice President for Finance; Continuing Education; B.S., City University of New B.S., St. Edwards University; M.B.A., Barry York at York College; M.A., Webster University University; C.P.A., Florida GRAY, Artis L.; 2+2 Coordinator, Assistant Professor GERBER, Cheryl B.; Executive Assistant to Vice of Education; B.S., Florida State University; M.S., President for Business and Finance; B.L.S., M.S., Florida International University; Ed.D., Florida Barry University International University ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 287

GRAY, Patrick; Associate Professor of Education; HAYS, Elizabeth T.; Associate Professor of Director, Educational Leadership Program; B.S., Physiology; B.A., Keuka College; Ph.D., Florida State University; M.Ed., Florida Atlantic University of Maryland University; Ed.S., Ed.D., University of Florida HAYS, Nicole Lynn, Head Coach, Women’s GRAY, Susan; Professor of Social Work; B.A., Basketball; B.S.. Culver-Stockton College Caldwell College; M.S.W., Rutgers University; HEIM, Julie, Call Center Supervisor, Division of M.B.A., Barry University; Ed.D., Nova University; Enrollment Services Ph.D., Barry University HELOPOULOS, Chris; Assistant Professor of Medical GRAZZIANI-RIVERA, Annette; Transcript Education; Associate Director of Clinical Evaluator, Division of Enrollment Services; B.S., Education, Physician Assistant Program; B.S., Barry University University of Florida; B.A., M.S., University of GREENBAUM, Andrea; Assistant Professor of Illinois English; B.A., California State University; M.A., HENNESSY, Bro. Paul K., C.F.C.; Professor and Ph.D., University of South Florida President, The Blessed Edmund Rice School for GRIFFIN, Michael; Vice President for Student Pastoral Ministry; B.A., Iona College; M.A., St. Services; Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., John’s University; B.St., Lateran Pontifical M.A., Siena Heights College; Ed.D., Nova University; Ph.D., The Catholic University of Southeastern University America GRIMES, Carrie; Information Systems Coordinator; HERSHORIN, Indra Ramphal; Instructor in Nursing; Division of Enrollment Services; B.L.S., M.S., B.S.N., M.S.N., Barry University Barry University HERVITZ, Hugo; Professor of Economics and GRIZZLE, Gary; Associate Professor of Sociology; Finance; B.A., Hebrew University; M.Sc., B.A., Florida Int’l University; M.S., Florida State University of London; M.A., University of University; Ph.D., Northwestern University Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Indiana University GRYBOWSKI, II, James; Technical Services HERZOG, Jennifer; Coodinator Student Activities; Manager, Office of the Registrar; B.S., Barry B.A., Southern Illinois University at Carbondale; University M.Ed., DePaul University HACKER, Marcia; Assistant Professor of Nursing; HICKS, Leta E.; Associate Professor of Sport and B.S.N., M.S.N., Ph.D., Barry University Exercise Sciences; Director, Graduate Programs; HALLBACK, Sharon; Operations Manager, School of B.S., University of Tulsa; M.S. and Ed.D., Natural and Health Sciences; BP.S., M.S., Barry Oklahoma State University University HIGGS, Paul; Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., HANDEL-FERNANDEZ, Mary Ellen; Assistant M.S., Ph.D., University of Auckland Professor of Biology; B.A., University of HILL, Candice, R.N., Registered Nurse, Student Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Miami Health Services; B.S.N., Barry University; HANSON, Carole F.; Assistant Director of Financial M.H.S.A., Georgia Southern University Aid; B.P.S., Barry University HOCHMAN, Jennifer; Personal Counselor, HARALAMBIDES, James; Associate Professor of Counseling Center; B.A., University of Michigan; Computer Science; Diploma, University of Patras, M.S., Psy.D., Nova Southeastern University Greece; M.S., Ph.D., University of Texas, Dallas HOCHMAN, Judith Whiteman; Associate Dean of HARLIN, Rebecca P.; Associate Professor of Continuing Education Programs, School of Adult Education; B.S., Mansfield State University; M.S., and Continuing Education; B.S., Wilkes College; University of Central Florida;Ph.D., University of M.A., Marywood College; Ed.D., Temple Florida University HARRIS, Jennifer; Instructor in Nursing; B.S.N., HOCK, Jean; Director, Residential Life, Student M.S.N., University of Miami Services; B.A., M.S., Barry University HARRIS-LOOBY, Judy; Assistant Professor of HODGE, Robert; Catering Manager, Dining Services; Education; B.A., M.A., University of the Virgin B.S., Florida Metropolitan University Islands; Ph.D., University of Miami HOFFMAN, Eric; Associate Professor of HAUSER, Nancy E., Operations Manager, School of Communication; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Florida State Business; B.P.S., Barry University University 288 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

HOLLAND, H. Brian; Assistant Professor of Law; HURT, Joseph Richard; Dean, School of Law-Orlando, B.A., Tufts University; J.D., Washington College Professor of Law; Master of Law, Yale University; of Law at American University; LLM, Columbia J.D., Baylor University University HUTCHISON, SND, Sr. Julie Marie; Assistant Dean HOLLOWAY, Stephen M.; Associate Vice President of Education, Orlando, School of Education; B.A., for Graduate Studies and Dean, School of Social University of Michigan; M.Ed., Bowling Green Work; Professor of Social Work; B.A., San Diego State University; Doctoral candidate, Teachers State University; M.S., Ph.D., Columbia University College Columbia University HORNER, Robert Bower; Assistant Professor of HUTTO, Barbara B.; Assistant to the Dean, School of Philosophy, School of Adult and Continuing Arts & Sciences Education; B.A., Schiller International University; HYMN, Lynch; Audiovisual Services Manager, M.A., Boston University; M.A., Ph.D. University Division of Information Technology; B.L.S., Barry of Miami University HOUGHTON, Charlene; Director, Teaching and IGLESIAS, Estrella; Library Director and Assistant Learning 2+2 Programs, Assistant Professor of Dean of Library Services, Barry University Library; Education; B.S., James Millikin University; M.Ed., B.A., Barry University; M.L.S., Louisiana State University of Miami University HOUSTON, Yvonne; Assistant Professor of Dance, INTROCASO, Sister Candace C.D.P., Vice President B.F.A., New York University; M.A., Teachers for Planning and Assessment; Professor of College, Columbia University Education; B.A., Shippensburg University; M.A., HOUSTON-VEGA, Mary Kay; Associate Professor Fordham University; Ph.D., The Claremont of Social Work; B.S.W., Colorado State University; Graduate University M.S.W., University of Denver; Ph.D., University IOZZIO, Mary Jo; Associate Professor of Theology; of Southern California B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., HOUTS, M. Aaron; Academic Advisor, Brevard, Providence College; M.A., Ph.D., Fordham School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., University Rhodes College; M.A., University of Memphis ISREL, Richard; Assistant Registrar; B.S., Florida HU, Xiaotang; Assistant Professor of Biology; M.S., International University Ph.D., Hunan Medical University (China) IZQUIERDO, Antonio Gil; Web Programmer/ HUBSCHMAN, Betty Gould; Associate Professor of Designer, Administrative Information Systems; Education; B.A., Florida Atlantic University; M.S., B.S., Concordia University, Wisconsin Ed.D., Florida International University JACKSON, O.P., Sr. Myra; Associate Vice President HUDACK, Lawrence R.; Professor of Accounting; for Human Resources; B.A., Barry University; B.B.A., M.B.A., Bonaventure University; Ph.D., M.B.A., Barry University University of North Texas JAGADISH, Mysore; Professor of Mathematics; M.S., HULL, Helia Garrido; Assistant Professor of Law; University of Mysore; M.S., Ph.D., University of B.A., Providence College; J.D., Stetson University Miami HULTQUIST, Ronald D.; Assistant Maintenance JEANTILUS, Yvette; Computer Liaison; B.P.S., M.S., Manager for Construction and Alterations, Barry University Facilities Management; Licensed General JEHLE, O.P., Sister Dorothy; Professor Emerita of Contractor English; Director of Archives; B.A., College of St. HUMESTON, H. Dart; Assistant Dean/Director of Francis; M.A., John Carroll University; Ph.D., Financial Aid; B.L.S., M.S., Barry University Loyola University HUNTER, Carmen; Director, Continuing Education JENKINS, Marilyn; Academic Advisor, School of Programs, School of Adult and Continuing Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., M.S., La Education; B.S., Barry University Roche College HURLEY, O.P., Sister Marie Carol; Professor Emerita JEZEK, Dennis; Director, Sports Information; B.A., of Humanities; B.A., Siena Heights College; M.A., University of Alabama; M.S., Shippensburg The Catholic University of America University of Pennsylvania JIMENEZ, Ana; Assistant Professor of Biology; B.S., Barry University; Ph.D., University of Miami ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 289

JIMENEZ, Ricardo; Instructor of Computer Science, KOOTTUNGAL, Viju Mathew; Director, Desktop Mathematics and Computer Sciences; B.A., Florida Computing Services, Division of Information International University; M.S., Barry University Technology; B.S., M.B.A., Barry University JOHNSON, Audrey; Assistant Director of IT Support KOPERSKI, SFCC, Sr. Veronica; Professor of Desk, Division of Information Technology; B.S., Theology; B.A., Madonna College; M.A., M.S., Barry University University of Notre Dame; M.A., S.T.L., Ph.D., JOHNSON, Theresa A.; Assistant Professor of S.T.D., Catholic University of Louvain (Belgium) Medical Education, Physician Assistant Program; KOPP, David; Assistant Professor of Education; A.A., University of Florida; B.S., Baylor College A.A.S, B.S., University of Louisville; M.B.A. , of Medicine; M.S. Barry University University of Orlando; Ph.D., Barry University JONES, Deborah Lynn; Assistant Professor of KOWLESSAR, Astrid F.; Admissions Counselor; Psychology; B.A., Northwestern University; M.Ed., B.A., B.S., Barry University Boston University; M.A., Ph.D., University of KRAZIT, John; IT/Processing Specialist, Institutional North Texas Advancement; B.S., Florida State University KANEFSKY, Joseph; Assistant Athletic Trainer; KUSHI, Harold (Terry); Director, Info Technology Clinical Instructor; B.S., University at Buffalo; Infrastructure Services; Division of Information M.S., Barry University Technology KEENER, Joseph; Academic Advisor/Recruiter, LaBAHN, Patricia D.; Associate Dean, School of School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., Adult and Continuing Education; Assistant St. Alphonsus College; M.S.W., Barry University Professor of Social Science; B.A., Creighton KEGELES, Sharon; Assistant Professor of Sport and University; M.A., University of Dayton; M.B.A., Exercise Sciences; M.S., Barry University Barry University; Ph.D., Saint Louis University KELLY, Dorothy C.; Assistant Registrar; B.S., Barry LaBARRIE, Ronald; Director of Student Financial University Services; B.S., M.B.A., Barry University KELLY, Timothy Brian; Associate Professor of Social LADERMAN, Mike.; Assistant Vice President for Work; B.A., Emory University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University Relations; B.A., Nova Southeastern University of Georgia (on leave of absence) University KING, Christine A.; Associate Professor of Education; LAGAZON, Christopher; Programmer/Analyst, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D. University of Miami Administrative Information Systems; B.S., KINZEL, Rochelle; Portfolio Reader, School of Adult University Santo Tomas-Philippines and Continuing Education; Assistant Professor of LAMET, Ann W.; Assistant Professor of Nursing; Communication Arts; B.A., Queens College; M.A., B.S.N., Hunter-Bellevue; M.S., SUNY at Stony Hunter College Brook; Doctoral Candidate, Barry University KLEIER, JoAnn; Associate Professor Nursing; B.S.N., LANDA-GONZALEZ, Belkis; Assistant Professor of University of South Florida; M.S.N., University of Occupational Therapy; B.S., University of Miami; Miami; Ed.D., Florida International University; M.S., Florida International University Ph.D., Barry University LANGER, Roy; Instructor in Speech; B.A., M.A., KOLSKY, Sharon; Instructor in Education; 2+2 Brooklyn College; Ph.D., Northwestern University Program Coordinator; B.S., University of LANGTON, Brandon G., Web and Graphic Designer, Maryland; M.S., University of Miami Academic Publications, Marketing and KONCSOL, Stephen W.; Associate Professor of Advertising; B.S., Florida International University Psychology; B.A., Clark University; M.S., Rutgers LAPANAITIS, Yanni; Financial Aid Counselor; B.S., University; Ph.D., Rutgers University Barry University KONCZAL, Lisa; Assistant Professor of Sociology LASH, Lewis W.; Associate Professor of Management, and Criminology; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Florida School of Business; B.S., Central Michigan; M.A., International University University of Michigan; D.B.A., Nova University KOONS, Judith; Assistant Professor of Law; B.A., LATKOVICH, C.S.J., Sr. Sallie L.; Assistant Professor, University of Florida; J.D., University of Florida The Blessed Edmund Rice School for Pastoral College of Law; M.T.S., Harvard University Ministry; B.A., Cleveland State University; D.Min., Divinity School Graduate Theological Foundation 290 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

LAUDAN, Ralph; Associate Dean, School of Natural LITTLE, Daniel J.; Assistant Professor of Nursing; and Health Sciences; Associate Professor of B.S., M.B.A., Nova University; M.S.N., Florida Biology; B.S., M.S., Fairleigh Dickinson Atlantic University; Doctoral Candidate, Barry University; Ph.D., Rutgers University University LEACOCK, Stephen J.; Professor of Law; B.A., M.A., LIZAMA, Silvia; Professor of Photography; B.F.A., City of London Polytechnic; LL.M., London Barry University; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of University; Barrister, Middle Temple-London Technology LEE, J. Patrick; Provost/Senior Vice President for LONDONO, Edward Andrew; Director of Campus Academic Affairs; Professor of French; B.A., Recreation; B.A., M.A., Florida International Brescia College; Ph.D., Fordham University University LEE, Jay T.; Assistant Professor of Sport and Exercise LONDONO, Fernando; Facilities Manager/Shop Sciences; B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Supervisor, Fine Arts Department Houston LONDONO, Hernan; Assistant Director of LEEDER, Ellen Lismore; Professor of Spanish; Instructional Computing and Manager, Computer Doctora en Pedagogia, Universidad de La Habana, Labs, Division of Information Technology; B.S., Cuba; M.A., Ph.D., University of Miami Barry University LEFF, Susan; Director, Elderhostel Programs, Adult LONGO, Joanne; Assistant Director, Portfolio and Continuing Education; B.L.S., Barry University Program; Brevard, School of Adult and Continuing LETSCHE, Mary Ellen; Administrative Coordinator Education; B. S., University of Maryland; M.S., Barry University LENAGHAN, Donna Dismuke; Associate Professor of Education; Director of Educational Computing LOPEZ, Regina; Database Administrator, and Technology Programs, School of Education; Administrative Information Systems; B.S., Barry B.A., Salem College; M.S., University of Maryland; University Ed.S., Barry University; C.A.G.S., Ed.D., Virginia LORING, Marjorie J., Coordinator of Technical Tech Support Services Associate, School of Arts and LENNON, Ron; Professor of Marketing, School of Sciences Business; B.A., Long Island University; M.B.A., LOSITO, James M.; Professor of Orthopedics and University of Baltimore; Ph.D., University of Biomechanics; B.S., California Polytechnic State Maryland University; D.P.M., California College of Podiatric LePAGE, Carolyn, A.R.N.P.-B.C.; Nurse Practitioner, Medicine Student Health Services; B.S.N., M.S.N., Barry LOUTZENHISER, K. Kim; Assistant Academic University Coordinator of History, Political Science and LESCOUFLAIR, Vladimir; Studio Lab Supervisor, Public Administration, Assistant Professor of David Brinkley Studio; B.S., Florida International Public Administration, School of Adult and University Continuing Education; A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., St. Louis University LEVASSEUR, Marie Ange; Academic Advisor, Adult and Continuing Education; B.L.S., M.S.W, Barry LUCKETT, Pamela; Assistant Professor of University Information Technology; Assistant Academic Coordinator for Information Technology, Brevard, LEVINE, Joel; Associate Professor of Education; Orlando; B.S., University of Arkansas - Pine Bluff; Director of Information Technology and Distance M.S., Western Michigan University; Ed.S., Ph.D., Education; B.A., University of So. Florida; M.S., Florida Institute of Technology Florida Int’l University; Ed.S., Nova University; Ed.D., Florida Int’l University LUDWIG, Kathryn; Assistant Professor of Sport and Exercise Sciences; B.A., the Colorado College; LEWIS, Sarah J.; Associate Professor of Social Work; M.S., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., Texas B.S.W., Florida Atlantic University; M.S.W., Barry Woman’s University University; Ph.D., Florida State University LUEPTOW, Margaret B.; Adjunct Associate Professor LIN, Peter; Professor of Biology; B.S., University of and Librarian, The Blessed Edmund Rice School Wisconsin; M.T., Theda Clark Reg. Medical Ctr.; for Pastoral Ministry; A.B., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University M.L.S., University of Oregon LIS HOERNER, Shelly; Head Softball Coach; B.S., Canisius College; M.S., Barry University ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 291

LUGO, Andy; Personal Counselor Career & MANNER, Jane C.; Associate Professor of Education; Counseling Center; B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Bridgewater State College; M.Ed.E., M.S.W., Barry University Stroudsburg State University; Ed.S., Barry LUKOMSKI, Dolores; Academic Advisor, Orlando, Univesity; Ed.D., Florida International University School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., MAPP, Corey R., Systems Engineer, Division of M.S., Barry University Information Technology; B.S., Barry University LUNA, Eduardo; Professor of Mathematics; Chair, MAQSOOD, Huma; Admissions/Marketing Mathematics and Computer Science; B.S., Coordinator, Health Sciences; B.B.A., University University of Havana; M.A., Ph.D., The Catholic of Miami; M.B.A., Nova Southeastern University University of America MARIANO, Xilena P.; Information Systems LUTFI, Nicholas; Assistant Professor of Anatomy; Coordinator, Division of Enrollment Services; B.S., B.S., Boston University; M.S., D.P.M., Barry M.S., Barry University University MARILL, Alicia C.; Assistant Professor of Theology; MACE, David; Grounds & Support Services Manager, Director of D.Min. Program; B.A., Florida Atlantic Facilities Management University; M.A., Barry University; D.Min., MACIÁ, Silvia M.; Assistant Professor of Biology; Catholic Theological Union B.S., University of Miami; Ph.D., University of MARINAS, Carol; Associate Professor of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine and Mathematics; B.S., Indiana Univ. of Pennsylvania; Atmospheric Sciences M.S., Indiana Univ. of Pennsylvania; Ed.S., Barry MACK, Philip S.; Director of Admission, School of University, Ph.D., Florida State University Social Work; Assistant Professor of Social Work; MARKMAN, Joanna; Assistant Professor of Law, B.A., City University of New York; M.S.W., B.S., Syracuse University; J.D., Syracuse Columbia University University College of Law MacDOWALL, Charlene; Instructor in Mathematics, MARKOV, Lubomir P.; Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science Departmenet; Mathematics; M.A., Sofia University, Bulgaria; B.A., M.S., Hunter College, City University of New M.A., Ph.D., University of South Florida York MARSHALL, Troy; Systems Operator, Division of MacNAMARA, Alex; Maintenance Manager, Information Technology; B.S., Barry University Facilities Management; B.S., Barry University MARTINEZ, Oilda; Regional Director, Miami-Dade/ MacNAMARA, Caridad; Corporate and Community Monroe Counties, School of Adult and Continuing Relations Coordinator, Institutional Advancement; Education; B.A., M.A., Hunter College; Doctoral B.S., Barry University Candidate, Nova University MADDEN, O.P., Reverend Daniel P.; Associate MASON, Alan; Associate Professor of Music; B.M., Professor of Theology; B.S.C., DePaul University; M.M., Manhattan School of Music; D.M.A., B.Ph.,B.Th., Aquinas Institute of Philosophy; University of Miami L.Th.,S.T.D., St. Paul University; M.Th.,Ph.D., MASZTAL, Nancy B.; Professor of Education; B.A., University of Ottawa Florida State University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University MAGUIRE, R.S.M., Sr. Anastasia; Director, Career of Miami and Counseling Center; B.Ed., Queens University, MAYBEE, Richard; Assistant Professor, Behavioral Belfast; M.S.W., Barry University, L.C.S.W. Sciences/Speech, School of Adult and Continuing MAHER, Richard S.; Technical Manager, David Education; B.S., M.A., Central Michigan Brinkley Studio University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska MAJKA, Gene; Instructor in Nursing; B.S.N., M.S.N., MAZE, Claire; Supervisor, Nursing Resource Center; DePaul University Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., Florida MALDONADO, Nancy; Assistant Professor; B.A., Atlantic University; M.S.N., Ph.D., Barry B.S., Florida International; M.A., Ph.D., Barry University University MANDERSON, Nigel; Associate Director, Financial Aid; B.B.A., Florida Atlantic University 292 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

McARDLE, Gerri; Associate Professor and McKINLAY, Robert; Director of Project Development/ Coordinator of Doctoral Programs in HRD and Grrantsman, School of Graduate Medical Sciences; Educational Leadership; Ph.D., Syracuse B.S., Eastern Michigan University; M.P.S., College University; C.A.S. Teaching Technology, Harvard of Boca Raton University; Post Doctoral Fellow, Harvard McLAUGHLIN, Heidi; Assistant Dean for Marketing University and Recruitment, School of Adult & Continuing McBEE, Charles M.; Regional Director, West Dade/ Education; B.S., Fairfield University; M.B.A., South Broward Counties, School of Adult and D.B.A., Nova Southeastern University Continuing Education; B.S., M.S., Georgia State McNALLY, Anne; Accounts Payable Assistant, University Business and Finance Division McCRATH, Steven; Head Coach Men’s Soccer; B.A., McPHEE, Debra; Associate Dean, Associate Professor M.S., Seattle Pacific University of Social Work; B.A.,Saint Mary’s University, Nova McCULLOUGH, Alfred J.; Regional Director of Scotia; M.S.W., Columbia University; Ph.D., Marketing, School of Adult and Continuing University of Toronto Education; B.B.A., Iowa College; M.B.A., New McQUAY, Joseph; Director, External York University Communications; A.B., University of North McCREADY, Christine D.; Executive Assistant to the Carolina at Chapel Hill; M.B.A., Barry University Provost/Vice President for Academic Affairs; MEDINA-SHEPHERD, Rose; Assistant Professor of B.P.S., Barry University Nursing, B.S.N., Pace University; M.S.N., College McCRINK, Carmen; Director, Higher Education of New Rochelle Administration; Assistant Professor of Education; MELOUN, Jalane M.; Assistant Academic B.S., Florida International University; M.Ed., Coordinator for Administration, Miami, South Ph.D., University of Miami Broward, Assistant Professor of Administration, McDONOUGH, Kevin; Alumni Communications School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., Coordinator; B.A., University of Notre Dame Baldwin-Wallace College; M.A., University of McDONOUGH, Mary Eileen; Associate Vice Akron President for Student Services; Professor of MENDEZ, Jesus; Associate Professor of History; B.S., Education; NCAA Faculty Athletics M.A., University of Miami; Ph.D., University of Representative; B.S., Chestnut Hill College; M.S., Texas at Austin Marquette University; M.B.A., Barry University; MENOCAL, Lydia M.; Assistant Director, Southeast Ed.D., Nova University Pastoral Institute (SEPI); B.A., Indiana University; McFADDEN, John; Assistant Professor of M.S., Florida International University; M.A., Barry Anesthesiology; B.S.N., Gwynedd-Mercy College; University; J.C.L., J.C.D., Doctoral Candidate, M.S. in Health Care Administration, St. Joseph’s Catholic University of America University; M.S. in Nurse Anesthesia, St. Joseph’s MERRILL, Thomas J.; Professor of Surgery; B.S., University Iowa State University, D.P.M., Dr. William Scholl McFARLANE, Suzane; SEVIS Coordinator, College of Podiatric Medicine Intercultural Center; B.S., Rutgers University MICHELIN, Don; Sign Language Interpreter, Student McGEE, Robert W.; Professor of Accounting, B.S., Services Gannon University; M.S.T., DePaul University; MIER, Constance M.; Associate Professor of Exercise J.D., Cleveland State University; Ph.D., University Science; B.S., Michigan State University; M.S., of Warwick; Ph.D., The Union Institute & University of Arizona; Ph.D., University of Texas Univeristy; D.Sc., Tartu University (Estonia); at Austin Ph.D., University of Bradford MILLER, Neill L.; Assistant Dean, Human McGLONE, Jacqueline M.; Assistant Manager, Performance and Leisure Sciences; Coordinator of Business Services; B.S., Eastern Michigan Instructional Activities in Sport and Recreation; University; M.Ed., University of Arizona Associate Professor of Physical Education; B.A., McGUIRK, David G.; Director, Writing Center; University of Denver; M.S., Smith College Instructor in English, Learning Center; B.A., State MITCHELL, Douglas; Director, Occupational University New York, Oneota; M.A., Doctoral Therapy Program; B.S., Eastern Michigan Candidate, Florida Institute of Technology University; M.S., Wayne State University; Doctoral Candidate, Barry University ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 293

MOKHA, Paul; Head Coach, Women’s Crew; B.B.A., MUNOZ, Gloria; Senior Processing Specialist, Temple University Division of Enrollment Services MOLINA, Olga; Assistant Professor, School of Social MURPHY, Ann S. Carneal.; Professor of Education; Work; B.A., Farleigh Dickinson University; Director, Reading Program; B.A., Southern M.S.W., New York University; D.S.W., Hunter Methodist University; M.A., University of College Kentucky; Ed.S., University of Kentucky; Ed.D., MONTAGUE, Deborah F.; Assistant Dean, School of University of Miami Natural and Health Sciences; B.S., Syracuse MUSCARELLA, Frank; Professor of Psychology: University; M.B.A., Barry University B.A., San Diego State University; M.A., University MONTAGUE, Jeremy; Professor of Biology; B.S., of Louisville; Ph.D., University of Louisville SUNY at Geneseo; M.S., Kent State University; NANCE, Marcia K.; Vice Provost for University Ph.D., Syracuse University Marketing and Enrollment Services; B.S., Wayne MOORE, Keith L.; Director of Clinical Education, State College, Nebraska; M.S., Kearney State Physician Assistant Program; Assistant Professor College of Medical Education; B.S., J.D., Physician NELSON, John P.; Associate Dean of Clinics, School Assistant Certificate, Indiana University of Graduate Medical Sciences; Professor of MOOREHEAD, Theresa; Executive Director, Podiatric Medicine; B.A., Rutgers University; Auxiliary Services; B.A., Barry College; M.B.A., D.P.M., Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine Barry University NELSON, Dr. Katherine; Assistant Professor of MOO YOUNG, Sharon; Associate Director, Graphics/ Communication; B.A., Loyola University; M.A., Printing; B.F.A., Barry University Ph.D., Arizona State University MORALES, Guillermo; Instructor of Mathematics; NELSON, Terry; IT Support Supervisor, Business and Mathematics and Computer Science Department; Finance Division B.S., University of Havana; Ph.D., Cuban Academy NEMBHARD, Merlene; Reference Librarian; B.S., of Sciences, Havana, Cuba Barry University; M.S., Florida State University; MOREDA, Irene C.; Associate Professor of Social M.L.S., Florida State University Work; B.A., University of South Florida; NICHOLS, David; Head Coach, Women’s Volleyball; M.A.S.S.W., University of Chicago B.A., U.C.L.A. MORGAN, J. Dianne; Executive Assistant to the NICKERSON, Inge; Professor of Management; B.S., President; B.L.S., Barry University M.B.A., D.B.A., Louisiana Tech University MORRELL, Stephen O.; Professor of Economics and NODARSE, Maria Margarita; Associate Professor of Finance; B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Spanish; B.A., College of the Sacred Heart; M.A., Institute Ph.D., University of Miami MORRIS, Alison; Personal Counselor, Career & NOGUERAS, Debra; Assistant Dean for Student Counseling Center; B.S., Oxford Brooks Services, School of Nursing; B.S.N., M.S.N., Barry University; M.S., Nova Southeastern University University; Doctoral Candidate, Barry University MORRISSEY, William P.; Senior, Reference NOWNES, Nicholas L.; Assistant Professor of Librarian, Library; B.A., University of Kansas; English, School of Adult and Continuing M.S.L.S., Florida State University Education; B.A., California State University, MOSES, Justin; NT Systems Administrator, Division Northridge; M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska of Information Technology; B.S., Barry University NUEHRING, Elane M.; Professor of Social Work; MUDD, Laura; Professor of Biology; B.S., Director, Doctoral Program, School of Social Work; Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of B.A., Gonzaga University; M.S.S.W., University of Florida Wisconsin; Ph.D., Florida State University MULRY, IHM, Sister Loretta; Project Research O’BRIEN, Rev. Scott T., O.P.; Chaplain; D.Min., The Specialist, School of Adult and Continuing Catholic Theological Union,Chicago; M.Div., Education; A.B., Marywood College; M.S., Dominican School of Philosophy and Theology, Marquette University; Ed.D., Rutgers University Berkeley, CA; M.A., Graduate Theological Union, Berkeley MUNNINGS, Gala Brown; Associate Professor; Director of Field Education, School of Social Work; O’CONNOR, Nancy; Director of Billing and Account B.A., Fisk University; M.S.W., Barry University Services, School of Graduate Medical Sciences 294 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

O’DELL, Sr. Frances, O.S.F.; Reference Librarian; PANEQUE, Oneyda; Assistant Professor of Education; B.S., M.A., St. Bonaventure University; M.A., B.A., Northern Illinois University; M.A., University University of South Florida of Illinois ODIO, Cesar T.; Instructor in Sport and Exercise PAPES, Kathleen A.; Associate Dean for Sciences/Head Athletic Trainer; B.S., Florida Administrative Affairs, School of Nursing; Southern College; M.S., Nova University Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S., Russell Sage O’DONNELL, O.P., Sister Marie Joannes; Professor College; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Emerita of Chemistry; B.S., Siena Heights College; University; Ed.S., Ed.D., Florida Atlantic Ph.D., The Catholic University of America University O’GRADY, Patty; Coordinator of Exceptional Student PAPIER, Paul J.L.; Executive Director for Teaching Education Programs, Associate Professor of and Learning, Assistant Professor of Education; Education; B.S. University of San Francisco; M.Ed, B.S., Florida State University; M.Ed., University Ph.D., University of Miami of Miami; Doctoral Candidate, University of Sarasota O’LAUGHLIN, O.P., Sister Jeanne; Chancellor; Professor of Education; B.S., Siena Heights PAPIER, Velma; 2+2 Coordinator, Assistant Professor College; M.S.T., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of of Education; B.Ed., University of Miami; M.S., Arizona Nova University O’LEARY, Kathleen; Assistant Professor of PARKHURST, Doreen C.; Program Director and Marketing; B.A., Penn State University; M.B.A., Medical Director, Physician Assistant Program; Pace University; Doctoral Candidate, Florida Assistant Professor of Medical Education; B.A., Atlantic University Stonehill College; P.A., Northeastern University; M.D., Boston University School of Medicine OLSON, Eric D.; Academic Coordinator, Legal Studies; Assistant Professor of Legal Studies, PARNS, MERRYLE; Assistant Professor of Nursing; School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.B.A., B.S., University of Miami; M.S., Florida Florida Atlantic University; J.D., University of International University; M.S.N., Boston University Florida PATSDAUGHTER, Carol; Professor of Nursing; B.S., O’NEILL, Philip M.; Senior Reference Librarian; Northern Illinois University; M.S.N., Loyola B.A., University of Delaware; M.S.L.S., Columbia University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of University Washington ORDOUKHANI, Nasser; Associate Professor of PAYNE, Bruce C.; Professor of Finance; B.A., M.B.A., Mathematics; M.A., Tehran University; M.A., University of South Florida; Ph.D., Louisiana State Teacher’s College; M.S.and Ph.D, North Carolina University State University PECKRON, Harold; Associate Professor of Law; B.A., ORMAN, Richard; Academic Coordinator, Public Tulane University; LL.M., Georgetown University Administration, Professor of Public Administration, Law Center; Ph.D., Southwest University; J.D., School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., Dickinson School of Law State University of New York; M.R.P., Ph.D., PEEVER, Adrian; Assistant Professor of English; Syracuse University B.A., University of Birmingham, England; M.A., ORR, Edward; Associate Professor of Biology; B.S., Ph.D., University of Miami Cleveland State University; Ph.D., University of PELAEZ, Gloria Maria; Assistant Professor of California, Berkeley Education/Director of ESOL; B.A., Pennsylvania O’SHEA, Nina M.; System Administrator, State University; M.S., University of Miami; Ed.D., Administrative Information Systems; B.P.S., Barry Florida Atlantic University University PEMSINGH, Ramjeet; Associate Professor of PACKERT, Gerhild; Associate Professor of Biology; Anatomy, School of Graduate Medical Sciences; B.S., M.S., University of Central Florida; Ph.D., B.Sc., University of Montreal, Canada; B.Ed., University of South Florida University of Toronto, Canada; M.Sc., University of Guelph, Canada; Ph.D., University of Alberta, PAN, Victor; Professor of Mathematics; B.S., Canada Guangzhou Normal University; M.A., Jinan University; Ph. D., University of South Florida PERA, Sylvia; Academic Advisor, West Dade, School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., M.S., Barry University ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 295

PEREZ, Nancy; Director of Purchasing; B.L.S., Barry POLLYDORE, Deanna; Financial Aid Counselor; University B.A., Florida Atlantic University PEREZ-VENERO, Daniele; Reference Librarian, POWELL, Toni; Associate Professor of Education; Instructional Service Coordinator; B.A., Florida Director, HRDA Program; B.S., Carnegie-Mellon State University; M.L.S., San Jose State University University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University PERKEL, Linda K.; Associate Dean for the POWER, Valeria C.; Distance Librarian; B.A., Centro Undergraduate Program, School of Nursing; de Ensino Unificado de Brasilla; M.L.I.S., Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., University Louisiana State University of Florida; M.S.N., University of Miami; Ph.D., POZA, Jose J.; Marketing Director, Andreas School Barry University of Business; B.B.A., Florida International PERKINS, Sam; 2+2 Coordinator, Assistant Professor University; M.B.A., Barry University of Education; B.S., North Georgia College; M.E., PRESSOIR, Jr., Clarens; Distance Education Support Mercer University; Ph.D., Georgia State University Specialist, Division of Information Technology; PEROUNE, Denise; Assistant Vice Provost for B.B.A., Florida International University University Marketing and Advertisement; B.S., PROVITERA, Michael J.; Assistant Academic University of West Indies; M.S., Doctoral Coordinator for Administration, South Dade, Candidate, Barry University Assistant Professor of Administration, School of PEROUNE, Philip M.; Admissions Counselor; B.P.S., Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., City M.S., Barry University University of New York; M.B.A., Saint John’s PERRY, Denise; Project Coordinator, School of Social University; D.B.A., Nova Southeastern University Work; B.S., University of Maryland PUIG, Maria Elena; Visiting Professor of Social Work; PERRY, Joseph D.; Associate Professor of Psychology; B.A., B.A., Florida State University; M.S.W., B.S., Youngstown State University; M.A., Florida International University; Ph.D., Barry Westminster College; Ed.S., Ph.D., Kent State University University QUINN, Dennis; Associate Professor of English, PETERSON, Linda M.; Associate Vice President for School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., Undergraduate Studies and Dean, School of Arts M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green State University and Sciences; Professor of Psychology; B.S., QUINONES, Hector; Web Information Specialist, University of Illinois; M.S., Ph.D., University of School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., Miami University of Florida PICHÉ, O.P., Sister Evelyn; Dean, School of RAMIREZ, Jose; Web Programmer, Division of Education; Professor of Education; B.A., Siena Information Technology; B.S., Barry University Heights College; M.A., Siena Heights College; RAMOS, Tamica; Coordinator, Multicultural Affairs, Ph.D., Michigan State University Student Services; B.A., Brown University PIERCE, Walter J.; Associate Professor of Social RANERO, Juan; Head Coach, Baseball; B.S., Florida Work; B.A., Morehouse College; M.A., University State University; M.S., Appalachian State of Chicago; Ph.D., Barry University University PINEIRO, Carlos; Academic Advisor, School of Adult RARICK, Charles; Professor of Management; B.S., and Continuing Education; B.S., Mercy College; College of Ozarks; B.S., New York State M.S., Long Island University University; M.B.A., Drury College; Ph.D., St. Louis PINKERTON-JOHNSON, Cynthia; Assistant University Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., M.S.N., University RATZMANN, Rev. George; Assistant Professor, The of Miami Blessed Edmund Rice School for Pastoral Ministry; PITA, Antonio; Assistant Professor of Information M.A. in Theology, St. Vincent De Paul Seminary; Technology; Assistant Academic Coordinator of S.T.L., Ph.D., Katholieke Universiteit Information Technology, South Dade; B.A., Florida REATO, Deborah A.; Operations Manager, Office of International University; M.S., University of Miami the Registrar; B.S., Barry University PITTMAN, John C.; 2+2 Coordinator, Associate Professor of Education; B.S., Bethune-Cookman College; M.A., Fisk University; Ed.S., University of Florida; Ed.D., University of Miami 296 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

REDWAY, Flona; Assistant Director of MARC and RODRIGUEZ, Joel; Assistant Professor; B.S., Barry MIRT Program; Assistant Professor of Biology; University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan B.Sc., University of the West Indies; M.Phil., RODRIGUEZ, Mabel; Assistant Director of Field University of the West Indies; Ph.D., University of Instruction, School of Social Work; B.S.W., Indiana Cambridge, England University; M.S.W., Florida International REDWAY, Glendon; Assistant Dean for Information University Technology Administration; B.Sc., M.Phil, RODRIGUEZ, Rosa; Director, Operations/Budget, University of the West Indies School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.L.S., REID-MACK, Leisha; Senior Admissions Counselor; Barry University B.A., St. John’s University RODRIGUEZ, Vidal; Technical Assistant/Webmaster, RENDULIC, Paul A.; Associate Professor of School of Business; B.S., M.S., Barry University Education; B.S., M.B.A., State University of New ROHLFS, Filomena; Senior Assistant Registrar; York, Buffalo; Ph.D., Florida International B.P.S., Barry University University. ROIG, Dawn; Assistant Director of Public Safety RIAL, Yamirka C., Assistant Director, Financial Aid; ROJAS, Marga; Assistant Director, Billing and Data B.S., Florida Atlantic University Processing, Student Account Services; B.S., Barry RIBAUDO, Stefani C.; Development Research University Coordinator, Institutional Advancement; B.A., ROKHFELD, Mark; Director, Math Lab; Instructor State University of New York, Albany in Mathematics; Director, Math Lab; B.S., M.S., RICE, O.P., Sister Ellen Marie; Assistant to the Dean; Ternopol State Pedagogical Institute, Ukraine; Assistant Professor of Education; B.S., Edgewood A.B.D., Iv. Franko State University, L’vov College; M.S., Fordham University; Ph.D., ROMAIN, Nancy; 2+2 Coordinator, Assistant University of Wisconsin Professor of Education; B.A., Medaille College; RIOS, Giselle Elgarresta; Assistant Professor of M.E., University of Hawaii; Ed.D., Florida State Music; B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Miami University RIPLEY, Hugh W.; Dean Emeritus, University Library; ROSEMAN, Fay; Assistant Professor of Education, A.B., Syracuse University; A.M., Syracuse Director of Field Experience, Undergraduate University; M.S.L.S., Columbia University Program Coordinator-Main Campus; B.S., Pace RIVEIRA, Joyce, Director, Annual Fund; B.S., University; M.S.W., New York University; Ph.D., M.B.A., Barry University Barry University ROBERT, Pascal; Director, Technical Services, ROSENBERG, Daniel Z.; Associate Professor of Sport Student Services; B.S., M.S., Barry University and Exercise Sciences; Coordinator, Physical ROBERTS, Catherine; Assistant Professor in Education; B.S., Ed.D., University of Education; B.A., College of New Rochelle; M.S., Massachusetts; M.A., University of North Carolina Barry University; Ph.D., Barry University ROSENBLATT, Andrea F.; Associate Professor of ROBERTS, Sandra L.; Recruitment Liaison, School Education; B.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of of Adult and Continuing Education; B.L.S., M.A., Miami Barry University ROUDER, Leslie; Director, Office of Disability ROCKENSIES, Kenneth J., Dean of Students, Student Services, Student Services; B.A., Stony Brook Services; B.A., S.U.N.Y. at Stony Brook; M.S., University; M.S.W., Barry University, L.C.S.W. University of Kentucky; Ed.D., University of RUDES, James; Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., Virginia Hunter College; M.S.W., New York University; ROCKWELL, Thomas; Associate Professor of Art; Ph.D., Nova University B.F.A., Cleveland Institute of Art; M.F.A., Florida RUSH, Craig, Instructor of Psychology; B.A., Atlantic University University of North Carolina, Wilmington; M.S., RODRIGUEZ, Angel (Fred); Director, Accounting; East Carolina University; Doctoral candidate, B.B.A., University of Miami University of Alabama. RODRIGUEZ, Diane; Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., Interamerican University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Fordham University ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 297

RUSHING, John; Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs, SCHANFIELD, Lillian; Professor of English; B.Ed., Assistant Professor of Administration, School of University of Miami; M.A., University of Montreal; Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., University M.B.A., Barry University; M.ST., University of of Miami; M.B.A., D.B.A., Nova Southeastern Oxford; Ph.D., University of Miami University SCHANTZ, Shirley R.; Associate Professor of Nursing; RYDER, Maritza; Director of Operations, School of Director, Primary Care Nursing Center; B.S.N., Human Performance and Leisure Sciences; B.L.S., Pennsylvania State Univ.; M.S.N., University of M.S., Barry University Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University RYTTEKE, Sara; Assistant Professor of Photography; SCHIAVO, Frank Louis; Associate Professor of Law, B.F.A., Arizona State University; M.F.A., University School of Law-Orlando; B.S., University of of Houston Pennsylvania; LL.M., New York University School SALVANESCHI, Luigi; Distinguished Adjunct of Law; J.D., Villanova University School of Law Professor; M.C., Liceeo-Ginnasio Pareggiato; Ph.D., SCHLICH, Alex F.; Campus Minister; B.A., University Lateran University of Notre Dame SAMPOL, Esther; Coordinator, Developmental SCHMIDT, Kristi; Director of Benefactor English; B.S., Nova Southeastern University; Administration; B.S., Barry University M.A.T., Barry University SCHRAER, Steve; Distance Education Technologist, SAMRA, Rise J.; Professor of Communication; B.A., School of Education; B.A., University of Miami; Western Michigan University ; M.A., University of M.A., Florida International University Michigan; Ph.D., University of Arizona SCHWARTZBERG, Cori; Instructor in English; B.A., SAMUEL, George M.; Head Coach, Tennis; Assistant M.A., University of Miami Professor of Physical Education; B.S., M.P.D., East SCOTT, Angela M.; Assistant Vice Provost for Tennessee State Univ.; Ph.D., Southern Illinois Enrollment Services, Division of Enrollment University Services; B.S., M.S., Barry University SANBORN, Allen F.; Professor of Biology; B.S., M.S., SCOTT, Sister Arlene, O.P.; Assistant Vice President Ph.D., University of Illinois for Mission and Ministry; B.A., University of SANDERS, Edwina; Director, Collier and Lee Florida; M.A., Loyola University of Chicago Counties, School of Adult and Continuing SCOTT, James C.; Assistant Director/Counselor, Career Education; B.P.S., M.A., Barry University and Counseling Center; B.A., Seton Hall University; SATPATHY, Hara P.; Assistant Professor of Computer M.S., Psy.D. Nova Southeastern University Science; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Sambalpur University, SCOTT, Jeanne; Retail Manager, Dining Services India SCOTT, Phyllis F.; Associate Professor of Social Work; SAUSE, John P.; Professor of Theology; B.A., Iona B.A., Florida Atlantic University; M.S.W., Barry College; M.A., Manhattan College; M.S., Biscayne University; Ph.D., Barry University College; Ph.D., Florida State University; M.J., SCULLY, Robert E.; Academic Coordinator of Loyola University School of Law Administration, Associate Professor of SAVERIMUTTU, Mahen; Assistant Professor of Organizational Behavior, School of Adult and Communication; B.A., University of Peradeniya, Sri Continuing Education; B.A., Pennsylvania State Lanka; M.S., Purdue University; Doctoral University; M.A., Temple University; D.B.A., Nova Candidate, Michigan State University University SCARBOROUGH, Ellen; Assistant Dean for Student SEAGA, Andrew; Assistant Director Web Services; Affairs, School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., Barry University B.S., University of Virginia; M.S., Florida SEEPERSAUD, Debbie; IT Support and Document International University Specialist, Division of Information Technology; SCARBOROUGH, Jack; Dean, School of Business; B.S., Barry University Professor of Management; B.S., U.S. Coast Guard SEEPERSAUD, Winston; Assistant Manager for Academy; M.B.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., Trades, Facilities Management; B.S. , University of University of Maryland the West Indies; M.S. University of Manchester U. K.; Class “A” Air Conditioning Licensed Contractor 298 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

SEGAMI, Carlos; Professor of Mathematics and SILY, Michel; Director, University Web Services and Computer Science; B.S., Universidad Nacional de Internet Marketing, Division of Information Ingenieria, Lima, Peru; M.A., University of Kansas; Technology; B.S., Barry University Ph.D., University of North Carolina SILVER, Barbara; Instructor, School of Education; SESODIA, Sanjay; Assistant Professor of Anatomy B.S., M.Ed., University of Miami (Neurophysiology); B.Sc., University of Newcastle- SIMPSON, Andrew R., PC Support Specialist, Division upon-Tyne, England; M.Sc., Royal Postgraduate of Information Technology Medical School, University of London, England; SIMPSON, Traci A.; Assistant Vice President for Ph.D., University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England University Administrative Data, Administrative SEUBERT, Diane; Program Coordinator; Annual Fund, Information Systems; B.S., M.S., Barry University Institutional Advancement SIMPSON-WOOD, Taylor; Assistant Professor of SEVERINO, Thomas Paul; Assistant Vice President Law; B.A., DePaul University, M.F.A., Florida State for Development and Major Gifts; B.S., M.S., Iona University, J.D., LL.M., Tulane University School College, New York; M.A., University of Notre Dame of Law SHAPIRO, B. Sue; Associate Professor of Sport and SINCLAIR, Michelle; Area Coordinator, Residential Exercise Sciences; B.S., West Virginia University; Life; B.S., Barry University M.S., Ed.D., University of Virginia SINGH, Jai N.; Instructor in Mathematics; Mathematics SHARLAND, Alex P.; Associate Professor of and Computer Science Department; B.S., M.S., Marketing; B.S., University of Stirling; M.B.A., Patna University, India; Ph.D., Bihar University, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; India Ph.D., Florida State University SINGLETON, Sharron M.; Director, B.S.W. Program, SHARP, Joseph; Regional Director of Marketing, Associate Professor of Social Work; B.S.W., Norfolk School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., State University; M.S.W., Ohio State University; Northeast Louisiana University; M.B.A., Indiana D.S.W., Howard University Wesleyan University SIRIMANGKALA, Pawena; Director, Honors SHAW, GRAHAM; Associate Professor of Program; Associate Professor of Communication; Biochemistry; Ph.D., Aston University, England B.A., Mount Saint Clare College; M.A., Cleveland SHIELD, O.P., Sister Judith; Associate Professor State University; Ph.D., Kent State University Emerita of Economics; Ph.B., Siena Heights SMITH, Allen; Professor of Anatomy; B.A., Brown College; M.A., The Catholic University of America University; B.S., Widener University; M.A., Temple SHINE, Agnes; Associate Professor of Psychology and University; Ph.D., University of Oregon Medical Director, School Psychology Program; B.A., M.A., School SUNY at Plattsburgh; M.A., Middle Tennessee State SMITH, E. Timothy; Professor of History; Chair, University; Ph.D., Ball State University History and Political Science; B.A., Manchester SICCONE, Robert F.; Assistant to the President, The College; M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University Blessed Edmund Rice School for Pastoral Ministry; SMITH, Brian Keith; Assistant Sports Information B.A., M.S. in Education; Iona College Director; B.S., Mississippi College SIEGEL, Kristy; Records Specialist, School of Natural SOHER, Sister Mary P., O.P., Coordinator, Corporate and Health Sciences; B.S., Barry University and Community Relations; B.A., Trinity University SIEGEL, Michael; Associate Academic Dean, SODANO, Carol-Rae; Dean, School of Adult and Associate Professor of Microbiology, School of Continuing Education; B.A., Marymount College; Graduate Medical Sciences; B.S., Cornell M.A., Fordham University; M.A., LaSalle University; Ph.D., University of Florida University; Ed.D., Widener University SIENA, O.P., Sister Marie; Professor Emerita of SORIANO, Lacnne; Research Analyst; B.S., Barry Education; B.S., Siena Heights College; M.S., University University of Michigan; Ed.D., Wayne State SOTO, Luis D.; Coordinator of Processing and University Distribution Center, Division of Enrollment SILY, Andressa; Senior Web & Graphic Designer; B.A., Services; B.S., Barry University Universidade Federal do Espirito Santo SOTO, Monica; Director of Conference and Event Services; B.L.S., Barry University ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 299

SOUTHERLAND, Charles C., Jr.; Professor of SUPERFISKY, Sister Phyllis, O.S.F.; Assistant to the Podiatric Medicine; B.S., Brigham Young Dean, School of Education; Coordinator, Catholic University; D.P.M., California College of Podiatric Educational Leadership Program; Associate Medicine Professor of Education; B.A., Alverno College; SPALDING, Claudette; Associate Dean for the M.A., Saint Louis University; Ph.D., Boston College Graduate Programs, School of Nursing; Assistant SUPRAN, Ellen; Assistant Professor of Education; Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., University of Miami; B.Ed., University of Miami; M.Ed., University of M.S.N., Barry University, Ph.D., Barry University Nebraska; Ed.S., Nova University SPANN, Steven P.; Associate Director, Residential Life; SUTTON, Douglas; Assistant Professor of Nursing, B.A., North Carolina State University; M.A., B.S., University of the State of New York, Albany; Appalachian State University M.N., University of Florida; M.P.A., Troy State SPRAGUE-DAMON, Gerri; Director, West Palm University; Doctoral Candidate, Florida Beach Program, School of Social Work; B.A., Marist International University College; M.S.W., Barry University SWAN, Margot; Assistant Director, Accounting; B.A., STALLIONS, Maria; 2+2 Coordinator, Assistant B.S., Barry University Professor of Education; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Barry SWANER, Ann; Academic Coordinator of Theology; University Associate Professor of Theology, School of Adult STARRATT, Christopher; Associate Dean and and Continuing Education; B.A., University of Associate Professor of Psychology; B.A., University Toronto; Ph.D., Univ. of Iowa of Florida; M.A., Ball State University; Ph.D., SZUCHMAN, Lenore T.; Chair, Psychology Auburn University Department and Professor of Psychology; B.A., STARRATT, Gerene K.; Assistant Professor of Brandeis University; M.A., University of Texas, Psychology; B.A., Chatham College; M.A., Ph.D., Austin; M.S., Ph.D., Florida Int’l University Florida Atlantic University TALCOTT, Stanley M.; Professor of Law, School of STECHSCHULTE, O.P., Sister Agnes Louise; Law-Orlando; B.S., University of Nebraska; J.D., Professor Emerita of Biology; B.S., Siena Heights University of Nebraska School of Law College; M.S., University of Detroit; Ph.D., The TANG, Jieying; Information Systems Coordinator, Catholic University of America Division of Enrollment Services; B.S., Florida STEFANO, Michelle A.; Assistant Director, Learning International University Center; Instructor in English, Learning Center; B.A., TANG, Jihong; Distance Education Technologist, M.A., Florida International University School of Education; B.S., Hangzhou University; STOBS, James; Head Coach Men’s Golf; B.A., Florida M.S., Nova University Atlantic University TATE-BLAKE, Carmeta; Instructional Designer- STRUGANOVA, Irina; Associate Professor of Physics; Distance Education; B.A., University of the West B.S., Ph.D., Moscow State University Indies; M.S., Ed.D., Florida International University SUAREZ, Joanne M., Director, ACE Technology TEJEDA, Manuel J.; Associate Professor of Services; B.L.S., M.S., Barry University Management, A.B., M.S.Ed., Ph.D., University of Miami SUAREZ, S.J., Reverend Pedro; Professor of Mathematics; B.A., Fordham University; M.S., TENG, K. L. Joe; Assistant Professor of Management University of Miami; M.Div., Loyola University of Information Systems; B.A., B.S.E.E., Southern Chicago; M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University Illinois University; M.B.A., Arkansas State University; Ph.D., University of Memphis. SULLIVAN, Rodney; Director of Operations, School of Social Work; B.A., Indiana University; Master TESTA, Ronald J.; Academic Coordinator, Behavioral of Landscape Architecture, Ball State University Sciences and Social Work; Associate Professor of Behavioral Sciences and Social Work, School of SUNSHINE, Edward R.; Associate Professor of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., University Theology; B.A., M.A., Loyola University of of Connecticut; M.A., Ph.D., University of South Chicago; Ph.D., Graduate Theological Union, Florida Berkeley THOMPSON, Fred G. Jr.; Manager, Mail Center, Business and Finance Division; B.B.A., University of Texas; M.B.A., Barry University 300 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

THURSTON, Maxine A.; Associate Professor of Social VASQUEZ, Damaris, Director, Intercultural Center, Work; B.S., Indiana University; M.S.W., Florida Student Services; B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., State University; Ph.D., Florida State University University of Rhode Island TISDALE, PATRICIA; Electronic Communication VELEZ, Andreas; Coordinator of Inquiry Development Specialist, University Relations; B.A., State Strategy University of New York, Oneonta VELIS, Evelio; Assistant Professor of Health Services TOOTLE, Alvin Eugene; Associate Professor of Administration; M.D., University of Havana, Cuba; Education; B.A., M.S., Troy State University; Ed.D., M.S., Barry University Auburn University VENET, Kenneth S.; Assistant Director, Library TOYOS, Alexander M., PC Support Specialist, Division Reference Services; B.A., Northeastern University; of Information Technology M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State University TROPP, Stephen; Assistant Professor of Law; B.A., VERLANGIERI, Erick Jaeger; Assistant Director of University of California; J.D., Pacific University Network and Information System Services, Division McGeorge School of Law of Information Technology; B.S., M.B.A., Barry TULLOSS, Ijya C.; Associate Professor of Education; University Program Director, Montessori Education; B.S., VILBAS, Phyllis; Associate Director of Human Mapual Institute of Technology; M.S., Northwestern Resources University; Ed.D., Nova University VILLEMURE, O.P., Sister Paul James; Professor of TULLY, Gregory; Associate Professor of Social Work; Mathematics; B.S., Siena Heights College; Ph.D., B.A., New York University; M.S.W., Hunter College University of Notre Dame of the City University of New York; Ph.D., New VITRO, Paul; Information Specialist, Student Services; York University B.S., M.B.A., Barry University TUREEN, Richard M.; Assistant Professor of VIZCAINO, Reverend Mario B.; Director, South East Counseling; B.B.A., University of Miami; MEd., Pastoral Institute; B.A., S.T.L., Gregorian St. Louis University; Ph.D., Nova University University; M.A., The Catholic University of TURNER, Valerie; Senior Web Editor, Division of America Information Technology; B.A., Douglass College, VOUTSINAS, Mickie; Technology Support and Web Rutgers University; M.Phil., Drew University Page Developer, School of Human Performance and TURPIN, Kathy J.; Associate Director of Athletics; Leisure Sciences; B.S.. Barry University B.S., University of Missouri - Columbia; M.S., WAHAB, Abena; Senior Research Analyst; B.S., Western Illinois University Morgan State University; M.S., Loyola College TYLER, Michael; Professor of Accounting, School of WALLNER, Tony S.; Professor of Chemistry; Chair, Business; B.S., Florida State University; Ph.D., Physical Sciences; B.S., University of Wisconsin; Florida Int’l University M.S., University of Michigan; Ph.D., Case Western ULLOA, Freddy E.; Associate Vice President for Reserve University Facilities Management; B.S., Barry University; WALSH, Sandra; Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., Duke M.B.A., Barry University University; M.A.Ed., Wake Forest University; VACCARO, Andrew; Web Writer, Academic M.S.N., East Carolina University; Ph.D., University Publications, Advertising & Marketing; B.A. Barry of South Carolina University WARNER, Joyce; Assistant Professor of Education; VALENTI, Anthony; Assistant Director, Library Public B.A., Syracuse University; M.S., Monmouth Services; B.A., University of Connecticut; M.L.S., University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania University of South Florida WEBER, Scott; Associate Professor of Photography; VAN De BROECK, Millicent; Technology Specialist, B.F.A., M.F.A., San Francisco Art Institute School of Adult and Continuing Education; WEDIG, O.P., Rev. Mark E.; Associate Professor of VAN VOORHIS, Peggy; 2+2 Coordinator, Assistant Theology; Chair, Theology and Philosophy; B.A., Professor of Education; B.S., M.S., University of Southern Methodist University; M.Div., M.A., Wisconsin Graduate Theological Union; Ph.D., The Catholic VA NEGAS, Mercedes; Grants Coordinator; B.A., University of America University of Miami ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 301

WEIGAND, Kathy A.; Regional Director, Palm Beach/ WINSTON, Anna; Technology Support Assistant/Web North Broward Counties, School of Adult and Developer, Division of Enrollment Services; B.S., Continuing Education in Boynton Beach; B.L.S., Barry University Barry University; M.Ed., Florida Atlantic University WINTER, Gregory S.; Assistant Professor of WEINER, Marc A.; Director of Admissions and Management; B.S.B.A., University of Florida; Marketing, School of Graduate Medical Sciences; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., B.S., J.D., University of Miami University of Illinois WEITMAN, Catheryn J.; Professor of Education; B.S., WOLMAN, Clara; Associate Professor of Education; University of Missouri; M.Ed., University of Guam; B.A., M.A., Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; Ph.D., Texas A&M University Ph.D., University of Minnesota WEYMAN, Debra D.; University Registrar; B.S., M.S., WONG, Roman M.; Assistant Professor of Barry University Management Information Systems; Honours WHALL, Sr. Mildred, S.H.C.J.; Associate for Diploma, Lingnan College of Hong Kong; M.B.A., Administration, The Blessed Edmund Rice School University of North Carolina at Charlotte; Ph.D., for Pastoral Ministry; M.A. in Religious Education, Southern Illinois University Seattle University; M.A. in Educational Psychology, WORKMAN, Gayle; Associate Dean, School of New York University Human Performance and Leisure Sciences; WHEELER, Donald; Director Grant Programs; A.A., Associate Professor of Sport & Exercise Sciences; Miami-Dade Community College; B.A., University B.S., Bowling Green State University; M.S., of Florida; GSPIA University of Pittsburgh Slippery Rock University; Ph.D., The Ohio State University WHELLEY, Joanne; Associate Professor, School of Social Work; B.A., M.S.W., Catholic University of WORLEY, Mary Rode; Studio Manager/Production America; Ph.D., Fordham University Coordinator, David Brinkley Studio; A.A., A.S., Miami-Dade Community College; B.A., Barry WHITE, Jo Anne; Coordinator of PA Program, School University of Graduate Medical Sciences; B.A., Madrid, Spain WOYCHOWSKI, Vincent C.; Director of Graphics/ WHITE, Roger; Instructor in Sport and Exercise Printing Sciences; Head Coach, Women’s Golf; Facilitator, Golf Industry Management Program; B.A., M.S., YAZBECK, Sal; Assistant Academic Coordinator for Michigan State University Information Technology, Broward and Palm Beach; Assistant Professor of Information Technology, WHITEMAN, Alan S.; Associate Professor and School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.B.A., Program Director, Health Services Administration; Florida Atlantic University; M.B.A., Ph.D., Nova B.A., Michigan State University; M.B.A., Wayne Southeastern University State University; Ph.D., Walden University YEATTS, Karol; Associate Professor, B.A., Florida WHITTAKER, Madeleine G.; Senior Director of Atlantic University; M.Ed., North Texas State Records and Transcript Evaluation; B.S., Chestnut University; Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University Hill College; M.Ed., SUNY at Buffalo YOUNG, Dianne; Director, Treasure Coast, School of WHITTAKER, Madeline K.; Graphic Designer; B.A., Adult and Continuing Education; B.S., Northern St. Thomas University Illinois University; M.B.A., DePaul University WHORF, Robert; Associate Professor of Law; B.A., YOUNG, Stanley; Director of Security; B.P.A., M.S., Brown University; J.D., Syracuse University College Barry University of Law YOUNG, Thomas Wade; Visiting Assistant Professor; WICKER, John; Director of Music/Campus Ministry; B.S., McMurry College; J.D., Texas Tech University B.A., University of Miami ZAHNER, Carl J.; Academic Advisor, Tallahassee, WILKINSON, Richard C., Associate Director of School of Adult and Continuing Education; B.A., Admissions, B.A., University of South Florida; Marquette University; M.Ed., University of Guam; M.A., George Washington University Ph.D., J.D., University of Florida WILLIAMS, Lynda K.; Assistant Director of Field Instruction, School of Social Work; B.A., Stevens College; M.Ed., University of Missouri; M.S.W., Ph.D., Barry University 302 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

ZAROWNY, Jo Anne; Coordinator, Volunteer Center, ZUNIGA, Alicia; Associate Professor of Biology; Student Services; B.A., University of Houston Director, B.S. in Biology / MLS Program, ZAVODSKA, Anita; Academic Coordinator, Natural Histotechnology Track; B.S., Catholic University Sciences and Mathematics; Assistant Professor of of Chile; M.S., Florida International University; Environmental Sciences, School of Adult and Ph.D., Nova University Continuing Education; B.S., Florida International ZUNIGA-GALINDO, Wilson; Assistant Professor of University; M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Computer Science and Mathematics; B.S., National University of Arizona University of Colombia; B.S., Francisco Jose De ZUCCO, Linda; Academic Advisor/Site Manager, Palm Caldas University (Colombia); M.S., University of Beach Gardens, School of Adult and Continuing Los Andes (Colombia); D.S., Institute of Pure and Education; B.L.S., Barry Univeristy Applied Mathematics (Brazil) INDEX 303 INDEX

Academic Calendar ...... 3 Business, Andreas School of ...... 173 Academic Dishonesty ...... 56 Business Minor ...... 176 Academic Information ...... 39 Campus Interchange Program ...... 50 Academic Resources ...... 58 Campus Recreation and Wellness Department ...... 199 Accounting, B.S...... 175 Campus Store ...... 28 Accreditation and Memberships ...... 6 Cardiovascular Perfusion, B.S...... 245 Address, University Telephone ...... 2 Career Center ...... 18 Administration and Faculty ...... 279 CAL Program ...... 60 Administrative Organization ...... 271 Ceramics, B.A...... 116 Admissions ...... 11 Change of Major or School ...... 43 Adult and Continuing Education (ACE) ...... 69 Change of Status ...... 15 Advanced Placement ...... 14 Chemistry, B.S...... 149 Advertising (B.A.) ...... 94 Civic Chorale ...... 29 Advertising Minor ...... 95 Class Adjustments ...... 40 Advisors ...... 39 Class Load ...... 43 Africana Studies ...... 111 CLAST Test ...... 58 Allied Health Professions ...... 231 CLEP ...... 14 Alumni Association ...... 29 Clubs and Organizations ...... 25 American Sign Language ...... 111 Coaching Endorsement ...... 195 Americans with Disabilities Act ...... 253 Coaching Staff ...... 198 Appeal of Grades ...... 53 Communication Studies, B.A...... 97 Archives ...... 9 Communication, Department of ...... 94 Art, B.F.A., B.A...... 114 Community College Articulation Agreements ...... 14 Art History Minor ...... 116 Computer Science, B.S...... 142 Articulation Agreements ...... 14 Computer Science Minor ...... 143 Arts and Sciences, School of ...... 88 Computing Services ...... 65 Athletic Grants ...... 37 Contents, Table of ...... 4 Athletic Training, B.S...... 202 Continuing Education Programs (NC) ...... 78 Athletic Training, Five Year B.S. to M.S...... 203 Counseling Services ...... 18 Athletics, Intercollegiate ...... 197 Credit/No Credit ...... 45 Attendance ...... 40 Criminology, B.S...... 162 Bachelor of Liberal Studies (B.L.S.) ...... 71 Criminology, Minor ...... 162 Bachelor of Professional Studies (B.P.S.) ...... 70 Cytotechnology, B.S...... 231 Bachelor of Public Administration (B.P.A.) ...... 72 Dance Minor ...... 128 Bachelor of Science in Legal Studies (B.S.L.S.) ...... 75 Dean of Students ...... 18 Barry Singers and Civic Chorale ...... 29 Dean’s List ...... 46 BEC Program (Barry Early Credit) ...... 62 Declaration of Major ...... 43 Biology, B.S. Degrees and Majors, Graduate ...... 51 (Professional Pre-Med Specialization) ...... 232 Degrees and Majors, Undergraduate ...... 42 Biology, B.S. (Non-Medical Specialization) ...... 235 Departmental Proficiency Examination ...... 43 Biology, Biotechnology Specialization ...... 234 Desktop Computing Services ...... 65 Biology, Ecological Studies Specialization ...... 234 Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound Technology, B.S. .. 231 Biology, Evening Program ...... 241 Digital Imaging Option ...... 119 Biology, Histotechnology Specialization ...... 243 Disability Services ...... 20 Biology for the Medical Laboratory Technician ..... 242 Discounts ...... 31 Biology, Marine ...... 235 Dismissal ...... 32 Biology Minors ...... 237 Distribution Requirements ...... 41 Biomedical Science Post-Baccalaureate ...... 248 Diving Education Minor ...... 218 Board of Trustees...... 270 Drawing Specialization, B.A...... 116 Brinkley, David (Studio) ...... 66 Early Admission ...... 12 Broadcast Communication, B.A...... 96 Ecological Studies (Biology) ...... 234 Buildings and Facilities ...... 9 Economics, B.S...... 175 304 INDEX

Economics Minor ...... 176 Home Schooled Students ...... 12 Education, School of ...... 185 Honor Societies ...... 27 Elementary Education, B.S...... 185 Honors Program ...... 62 ELS Language Centers ...... 16 Human Performance and Leisure Sciences, Employment, Student ...... 34 School of ...... 195 English and Foreign Languages, Department of .... 102 Humanities ...... 112 English as a Second Language ...... 189 Information Technology (ACE) ...... 74 English/Literature, B.A...... 102 Information Technology, Division of ...... 65 English/Professional Writing, B.A...... 103 Information Technology Infrastructure Services ...... 67 Environmental Science, B.S...... 236 Instructional Activities, Sport and Recreation ...... 229 Environmental Studies, B.A...... 163 Instructional Computing ...... 66 Exceptional Student Education, B.S...... 185 Intercollegiate Athletics, Department of ...... 197 Exercise Science, B.S...... 208 Intercultural Center, O’Laughlin ...... 21 Exercise Science, Five Year B.S. to M.S...... 210 International Business, B.S...... 176 Exercise Science Minor ...... 209 International Students, Admissions ...... 15 Exhibits and Recitals ...... 29 International Student Services ...... 21 Expected Educational Results ...... 41 International Studies, B.A...... 134 Expenses ...... 30 Journalism Minor ...... 112 Faculty and Staff ...... 279 Leadership Development ...... 26 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act ...... 9 Learning Center ...... 58 Fees ...... 30 Legal Studies Program...... 75 Film Studies ...... 111 Liberal Studies, Adult and Continuing Education .... 71 Finance, B.S...... 176 Library Services ...... 66 Financial Aid, Eligibility and Application ...... 34 Loans, Student ...... 35 Financial Aid Grants, Loans, Scholarships ...... 34 Majors, Change of ...... 43 Financial Aid, Federal ...... 35 Management, B.S...... 176 Financial Aid, State ...... 35 Management Information Systems, B.S...... 176 Financial Aid, Veterans Assistance ...... 38 Marine Biology ...... 235 Fine Arts, Department of ...... 114 Marketing, B.S...... 176 Food Service ...... 28 Marketing Minor ...... 177 French, B.A...... 106 Mathematics and Computer Science, Freshman Students ...... 12 Department of ...... 137 General Studies, B.A...... 93 Mathematical Sciences, B.S...... 137 Geography ...... 135 Mathematics Minor ...... 139 Good Standing, Probation, Suspension ...... 46 Medical Laboratory Science, Biology, B.S...... 242 Gordon Rule ...... 44 Medical Leave Policy ...... 54 Grade Appeal...... 53 Medical Technology, B.S...... 231 Grade Reports...... 40 Mission and Ministry, Office of ...... 28 Grading System ...... 44 Mission Statement ...... 7 Graduate Credit for Qualified Seniors ...... 51 Music, B.M...... 123 Graduation Rate Data ...... 9 Music Minor ...... 124 Graduate Degrees and Majors ...... 51 Natural and Health Sciences, School of ...... 230 Graduation Requirements ...... 41 Non-Degree Students...... 14 Graduating with Honors ...... 46 Nuclear Medicine Technology, B.S...... 231 Grants ...... 34 Nursing, School of ...... 250 Greek Life ...... 25 Nursing, Accelerated Option, B.S.N...... 256 Grievance and Appeals ...... 53 Nursing, Accelerated B.S.N. to M.S.N. Option ...... 256 Guest Students ...... 14 Nursing, Basic Option, B.S.N...... 255 Health Center, University ...... 24 Nursing, L.P.N. to B.S.N. Option ...... 256 Health Insurance ...... 30 Nursing, R.N. to B.S.N. Option ...... 256 Health Services Administration Program (ACE) ...... 73 Nursing, R.N./B.S. to M.S.N. Bridge Option ...... 258 Histotechnology Specialization ...... 243 Nursing, Seamless R.N. to M.S.N. Option ...... 258 History, B.A...... 130 Nursing, Two-Year Option, B.S.N...... 256 History and Political Science, Department of ...... 130 Nursing, Three-Year Option...... 256 History of the University ...... 8 Occupational Therapy ...... 248 INDEX 305

Off-Campus Locations, Adult and Continuing Right To Know, Students ...... 8 Education ...... 77 Room and Board ...... 30 O’Laughlin Intercultural Center ...... 21 ROTC ...... 47 Orientation, New Students ...... 22 Scholarships ...... 35 Orientation Course Description ...... 23 Second Bachelor’s Degrees ...... 50 Painting and Drawing ...... 115 Servicemember’s Opportunity College ...... 78 Peace Studies ...... 135 Sexual Harassment ...... 55 Philosophy, B.A...... 169 Social Science Minor ...... 135 Philosophy, Minor ...... 169 Social Work, B.S.W...... 263 Photography, B.F.A., B.A...... 118 Sociology and Criminology, Department of ...... 159 Photography Certificate ...... 121 Sociology, B.S...... 159 Physical Education, B.S...... 211 Sociology Minor ...... 160 Physical Sciences, Department of ...... 149 Spanish, B.A...... 108 Physics ...... 152 Spanish Minor ...... 109 Placement Testing ...... 14 Speech ...... 101 Policies and Procedures ...... 53 Sport and Recreation, Instructional Activities in .... 229 Political Science, B.S...... 132 Sport and Exercise Sciences, Department of ...... 200 Pre-Dental, Biology ...... 232 Sport Management, B.S...... 215 Pre-Dental, Chemistry ...... 150 Sport Management-Diving Industry Specialization .. 217 Pre-Engineering ...... 147 Sport Management-Golf Industry Specialization ... 219 PreK-Primary Education, B.S...... 185 Sport Management, Five Year, B.S. to M.S...... 220 Pre-Law, B.A...... 134 Sports Activities ...... 27 Pre-Medical, Biology ...... 232 Student Accounts ...... 32 Pre-Medical, Chemistry ...... 150 Student Government Association ...... 25 Pre-Medicine, Athletic Training ...... 203 Student Life ...... 18 Pre-Medicine, Exercise Science ...... 210 Student Organizations ...... 25 Pre-Optometry ...... 232 Student Right to Know Act ...... 8 Pre-Pharmacy, Biology ...... 232 Student Services ...... 18 Pre-Pharmacy, Chemistry ...... 142 Student Teaching Requirements ...... 188 Pre-Physical Therapy, Biology...... 235 Study Abroad ...... 64 Pre-Physical Therapy, Athletic Training ...... 203 Substance Abuse ...... 55 Pre-Physical Therapy, Exercise Science ...... 210 Summer Sessions ...... 40 Pre-Physician Assistant (Biology) ...... 236 Suspension ...... 46 Pre-Podiatry ...... 235 Teaching Endorsement (P.E.) ...... 212 Pre-Veterinary, Biology ...... 233 Theatre, B.A...... 126 Pre-Veterinary, Chemistry ...... 150 Theatre Presentations ...... 29 President’s List ...... 46 Theology and Philosophy, Department of ...... 165 Probation ...... 46 Theology, B.A...... 165 Professional Administration, B.S...... 77 Theology Minor ...... 165 Professional Studies, B.P.S...... 70 TOEFL ...... 15 Professional Writing/English, B.A...... 103 Transcript Requests ...... 47 Psychology, B.S., Department of ...... 154 Transfer Credit Policies ...... 13 Psychology, B.S. Industrial/Organizational Transition in Language and Culture Program ...... 61 Specialization ...... 155 Translation, Interpretation, Spanish Certificate ...... 109 Psychology Minor ...... 155 Trustees ...... 270 Public Administration, Adult and Continuing Tuition and Fees ...... 30 Education ...... 72 Tuition Discounts ...... 30 Publications ...... 29 Tuition Payment Plan ...... 31 Public Relations, B.A...... 97 Veterans ...... 38 Readmission and Change of Status ...... 15 Withdrawal ...... 32 Recreation and Wellness, Campus Department of .. 199 Women’s Studies ...... 157 Refund Policy ...... 32 Repeat Courses ...... 46 Request to Register at Another Institution ...... 46 Residential Life ...... 23 NOTES